Resolution No. 09956 1
RESOLUTION NO. 9956
2
3 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF
VERNON APPROVING AND AUTHORIZING THE EXECUTION OF A
4 VEHICLE PURCHASE CONTRACT BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY
OF VERNON AND CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE AKA SEAGRAVE FIRE
5 APPARATUS, LLC FOR CUSTOM PUMPERS FOR-THE FIRE
6 DEPARTMENT
7 WHEREAS, the Vernon Eire Department is requesting the
8 purchase of two (2) new 2009 Seagrave Marauder II Custom. Pumpers (the
9 "Engines") to replace Engine 14 which is a 1994 Seagrave Pumper and
10 Engine 11 which is a 19.98 Seagrave Pumper, both of which will be
11 placed in Reserve status; and
12 WHEREAS, the Fire Department has implemented a replacement
13 schedule for all fire apparatus to ensure the best operational
14 efficiency and service to -the public by rotating Front Line apparatus
15 to Reserve apparatus 12 l~ years from purchase and the Reserve
16 apparatus remains in service for an additional 12 ~ years before the
17 apparatus is permanently removed from service and retired; and
18 WHEREAS, City staff have. determined that the purchase of the
19 new Engines will allow the Fire Department to provide the best
20 possible emergency response times in-life and death situations,
21 thereby benefitting the health and welfare of Vernon's citizens and
22 businesses; and
23 WHEREAS, California Seagrave aka Seagrave Fire Apparatus,
_24 LLC (collectively, "Seagrave") has submitted a proposal dated
25 -April 21, 2009 for the purchase of the Engines for a total of
26 $1,233,806.00 plus tax; and
27 WHEREAS, Seagrave has provided fire engines to the City in
28 the past and the purchase of the new Engines from Seagrave would
~i
1 maintain standardization of apparatus and .operations; and
2 WHEREAS, the Fire Department has, advised that the proposal
3 from Seagrave is reasonable-and that, based .upon Seagrave's proven
4 record of maintenance and support of the City's current Seagrave
5 fleet, Seagrave should be able to more efficiently and effectively
6 provide the Engines required by ,the City; and
7 WHEREAS,. the Fire Chief by memorandum dated April 23, 200.9
8 has recommended that the Engines be purchased from Seagrave; and
9 WHEREAS., the City Council of the City of Vernon has
10 determined that, pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a).of
11 Section 2'.27 of the Vernon City Code, it is in the public interest and
. 12 necessity to purchase the Engines from Seagrave.
13 NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE. CITY COUNCIL OF THE
14 CITY OF VERNON AS FOLLOWS:
15 SECTION 1: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
16 finds and determines that the recitals contained hereinabove are true
17 and correct.
1$ SECTION 2: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
19 approves the Vehicle Purchase Contract with Seagrave, in substantially
20 the same form as the copy which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and
21 incorporated by.reference.
22 SECTION 3: The City Council of the City o.f Vernon hereby
23 authorizes the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem to execute the Agreement for,
24 and on behalf of, the City of Vernon and the City Clerk, or Deputy
25 City Clerk, is hereby authorized to attest thereto.
26 SECTION 4: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
27 authorizes the City Administrator, or his designee, to make whatever
28 nonsubstantive, administrative and/or text changes, upon advice of
- 2 -
1 counsel, to the Agreement.
2 SECTION. 5: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
3 authorizes the City Administrator, or his designee, to execute-any and
4 all documents necessary for the purpose of securing the additional
5 grant funds and to take any action deemed necessary to implement and
6 carry out the terms and conditions of the Agreement and/or this
7 Resolution.
8 SECTION 6: The City Council of the City of Vernon hereby
9 directs the City'Clerk, or her designee, to send one fully executed
10 Agreement to:
11 California Seagr.ave aka Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC.
Attn. Manny Perez, Sales Manager
12 17160 Alburtis Avenue
13 Artesia, CA 91760
14 SECTION 7: The City Clerk of the City of Vernon shall
15 certify to .the passage of this' resolution, and thereupon and
16 thereafter the same shall be in full force and effect.
17 APPROVED AND ADOPTED this 11th day of May, 2009.
18
19
Name: Hilari® G~raz~les
20
21 Title: Mayor / A4-~1,r,r Pry- a'T~'
22 .ATTEST:
23
24 ANUELA GIRON, -i__y Clerk
25
26
27
28
_ 3 -
1 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
2 ) ss
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
3
4 I, MANUELA GIRON, City Clerk of the City of Vernon, do hereby
5 certify that-the foregoing Resolution, being Resolution No. 9956, was
6 duly adopted by the City Council of the City of Vernon~at a regular
7 meeting of the City Council duly held on Monday, May 11, 20.09 and
8 thereafter was duly signed by the Mayor or Mayor Pro-Tem of the City of
9 Vernon.
10
11 s
12 MANUELA GIRON, ity Clerk
13SEAL)
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26 '
27
28
- 4 -
EXHIBIT A
VEHICLE..PURCHASE CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT is made, entered into and executed in duplicate originals, either
copy of which may be considered and used as the original hereof for all purposes, as of this
day of May, 2009, in the City of Vernon, County of Los Angeles, California
BY AND. BETWEEN The City of Vernon (hereinafter referred to
as the "City")
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, California 90058
AND CALfFORNIA SEAGRAVE (hereinafter
referred to as "Seagrave°)
17160 Alburtis Avenue
Artesia, California 91760
,RECITALS
-WHEREAS, the City's Fire Department has determined tFiat the City needs to
purchase two fire engines fully equipped-with firefighting equipment, radios and intercom
components to replace Engines 11 and 14, which are 11 and 15 years old, respectively, to meet
• safety and operational standards- and to provide the best care possible in emergency situations
and intends to utilize the current engines for backup emergency purposes;. and
WHEREAS, Seagrave has prepared a Proposal dated-April 21, 2009 (hereinafter
the "Proposal"); a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by
reference.. .
;WHEREAS, Seagrave has advised that it can provide the City with two (2)
Seagrave Marauder II Custom Pumpers (the "Fire Engines") as provided for in the Proposal and
the City's specifications~~which are attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated by reference;
and
WHEREAS; the Fire Engines meet the City's specifications; and
- 1 -
WHEREAS; the City desires to enfer into an agreement with Seagrave to provide
for the purchase and delivery of the Fire Engines; and
WHEREAS, Seagrave. represents that it is qualified and capable of providing the
Fire Engines that the City requires.and is willing to do so on the terms andconditions set forth
.below.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO DO MUTUALLY AGREE AS SET
FORTH HEREIN:
1: , Purchase.
..Seagrave agrees to sell and deliver to the City the-Fire Engines, together with
appropriate apparatus and'equipment, as set forth and described in detail in the Proposal in
the event of a conflict between-the Proposal and this Contract, the terms of this Contract shall
prevail.
2. Time of Performance.
Seagrave shall deliver the Fire Engines within two hundred sixty (260) working
days from the time that the City issues a purchase order.
3. Price.
Seagrave agrees to sell and deliver, subject to final inspection by-the City, the Fire
Engines described in its Proposal in the total amount of One Million Three Hundred Forty Seven
Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirty Three Dollars and No Cents ($1_.,347,933.00).
4. Payment Terms. The City agrees to pay Seagrave the total amount
specified above within thirty (30) days of delivery of the Fire Engines and acceptance thereof by
the City of Vernon .Fire Department Title shall pass to the City upon fullpayment for the -Fire
Engines.
Seagrave sha0 be responsible for paying any subcontractors used in the:
performance of this agreement. Subcontractors shall not bill the City directly.
_ 2 _
5. PERFORMANCE TEST AND REQUIREMENTS.
A. Road Test:
A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA
recommendations (unless otherwise specified) and a continuous run of ten (1'0)-miles or more
shall be made during which time-the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The
transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles shall run quietly. and be free from abnormal
vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. The apparatus when loaded
shall have not less than 25% nor more than 45% of the weight on the front axle and certificate
showing weights on front axle, rear axle and total weight for the completed apparatus at time of
delivery, with -water tank full, but withoufi personnel; equipment and hose.
(1) The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 mph
from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the
maximum governed rpm of the'engine.
(2) The fully loaded vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a speed-
of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full
load).
(3) The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on
any-grade up to and including 6%.
(4) The service. brakes shall be capable of stopping the fully
loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete highway.
(5) The apparatus shall be tested and approved in accordance
with NFPA standard practices.
B. Pump Test and Certification -(STD).
The pump shall be #hird party tested at Seagrave's facility and shall conform to
NFPA requirements and standards.
_ 3 _
C, .Failure to Meet Test.
In the event the apparatus falls to meet the test. requirements of these
specifications on the first trials, second trials may be made at the option of the City within 30
days of the date of the first trials. Such trials shall be final and..conclusive and failure to comply
with these requirements shall because for rejection. Permission from Seagrave to keep or store
the Fire Engines in .any building owned or occupied by the City or testing by the City of Vernon
Fire Department during the above-specified. period shall not constitute acceptance.
6. .Warranties.
Seagrave warrants title to the Fire Engines purchased hereunder and any part
thereof to be free of :any claim of any security interest, lien or any encumbrance. Seagrave also
warrants that the Fire Engines will be delivered new and shall be free from defects in material
and workmanship under-normal use and service for a period. of one (1) year from the date of
delivery. The warranty provisions set forth in the proposal shall also apply to-the. Fire .Engines.
7. Compliance with Laws.
Seagrave shall strictly observe and comply with all applicable federal, state, and
local laws, ordinances and regulations governing this sale, including but not limited to any permit
or license requirements of the United States Department of Commerce,. as welt as any laws of
the United States of America that are in existence at the time this Agreement is executed. In the
- event that any of the above laws,. ordinances or regulations governing .this sale are enacted after
the execution of this Agreement, -any additional costs that result will be mutually agreed upon by
the parties.
8. Governing Law.
.The validity, interpretation and performance of this Contract shall be controlled and
construed under the laws of the State of California.
9. Forum Selection.
Any action brought relating to this Contract shall be brought and held exclusively in
a State Court in the County of Los Angeles, California.-
- 4 -
1D. Notices.
Notices to the parties, unless otherwise requested in writing, shall be sent to:
City: THE .CITY OF VERNON
Attn: ,City Administrator
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, California .90058
Seagrave.: CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE
Attn:
17160 Alburtis Avenue
Artesia, California 91760
11. General Provisions.
A. Independent Contractor.
At all times during the term of this Contract, Seagrave shall be an independent
contractor and shall not be an employee of the City. The City shall have the right to control
Seagrave only insofar as the results of Seagrave services rendered pursuant to this Contract;
however, the City shall not have the right to control the means by which Seagrave accomplishes
services rendered pursuant to the Contract except to .the extent that such services involve the
use of City property or Confidential Information.
B, Seagrave Not Agent.
Except as the City may specify in writing, Seagrave'shall have no authority,
express or implied, to act on behalf of the. City in any capacity whatsoever as an agent.
Seagrave shall have no authority, expressor implied, pursuant to this Contract to bind the City to
any.. obligation whatsoever. -
C. Indemnification.
Seagrave shall indemnify, defend, .protect andhold the City and its officers, agents
and employees, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses,
.damages, liabilities, fines, charges, penalties, orders, judgments and all costs and expenses
incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable attorney's fees and costs of defense
arising out of the services. pen`ormed under this Contract, except to the extent arising from or
- 5 -
caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, -its officers, agents, employees or
subcontractors.
D. Assignment and Subcontracting Prohibited:
No party to this Contract may assign or subcontract any right or obligation pursuant
to this Contract without the express written consent. of the other party. Any other attempted or
purported assignment of any right or obligation pursuant to this Contract shall be void and of no
effect.
E. Entire Agreement.
This Contract constitutes the complete and final expression of the agreement of
the parties and is intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of their
agreements and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous offers, promises, representations,
negotiations, discussions, communications and agreements .which may .have been: made in
connection with the subject matter hereof. All exhibits are incorporated by reference. Seagrave
represents that in entering into this Contract, it has not relied on any previous representations or
understandings of any kind or nature.
F. Partial Invalidity.
Wherever possible, each provision ,hereof will be interpreted in such manner as to
be effective and valid under applicable law, but incase any one or more of the provisions
contained herein-will, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such provision will be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision or provisions or any other provision hereof, unless such a construction
would be unreasonable or contrary to the intent of the parties as expressed in this Contract.
G. Time of the Essence.
Time is of the essence in the performance of this. Contract and of each and every
provision hereof. The waiver by the City of any breach or .breaches hereof shalt not be deemed,
.nor shall the same constitute, a waiver of any subsequent breach or breaches.
- 6 -
H. Risk of Loss.
Risk of .loss or damage shall pass to the City and delivery shall be deemed to be
complete upon delivery FOB to Vernon or upon- moving into storage at the City's request,
whichever occurs first.
L Attorneys' Fees.
In the event that it becomes necessary for either party,to this Contract to enforce
any of the provisions of this Contract, .the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction
may determine and fix reasonable attorney's fees to be paid to the successful litigant.
J. Benefit of Agreement.
This Contract shall bind and benefit the parties hereto and their heirs, successors,
and permitted assigns.
K. -Force Majeure.
Neither party shall be considered to be in default in any of its obligations .under this
Contract when a failure of performance shall be due to an uncontrollable force. The terms
"uncontrollable force" shall mean- any cause beyond the control of the party affected, including,
but not restricted to, flood, earthquake, storm, fire, lightening, epidemic, war, riot, civil
disturbance or disobedience, labor dispute,. labor material shortage, sabotage, federal, state,. or
municipal action, statute, ordinance, or regulation, embargoes or the United .States Government
or any other government, which by exercise of due diligence such party could not -reasonably
have been expected to avoid and by exercise to due diligence has been unable to overcome.
Either party rendered unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Contract by reason of an
uncontrollable force, shall give written notice within five (5) business days of such fact to the
-other party and shall exercise due diligence to remove such inability with all reasonable
dispatch.
L. Waiver.
Any vvaiver at anytime by either party of its rights with respect to a default under
this Contract, or with respect to any other matters arising in connection with this Contract, shall
not be deemed a waiver with respect to subsequent default or other matter..
_ ~ _
M. Amendment.
.All changes or modifications to this Contract shall be in a writing stating that it is an
amendment to this. Contract and shall be signed by -both parties or their duly authorized agents.
This Contract shaA not be modified through course of dealing, usage. or trade:
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Contract to be executed by
.and through their authorized officers on the date,. month and year first written above.
CITY OF VERNON
By:
NAME:
TITLE: MAYOR /MAYOR PRO-TEM
ATTEST:
Manuel Giron, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Jeff A. Harrison, City Attorney
CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE
sy:
Title:
By:
Title:
- 8 -
-
t ~ ' ~
r
? ! /
1.71.60 Alburtis Ave, Artesia CA 91760
Phone: 562 924-4499 Fax: 562 924-3322 E-mail: manny@caseagrave.com
Apri121, 2009
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth
Engineer Dave Shea
Vernon Fire Department
4305 Santa Fe Ave
Vernon, CA 90058
Re: Seagrave Marauder II Pumper
Chief Whitworth, F,rigineer Shea.; California Seagna~<e ~is.happy to provide your
department wth~the~following p•oposalfor.two SeagraveMarauder II Custom Pumpers.
This pricing includes the following: FOB to Vernon Fire~Department, Training on new
apparatus, all inspection traps ~an~d associated costs; Intere~onls and intercom installation,
radio installation of Vez7~oi Firc~Depai•tment provided'radios, factorywarranties, and all
2009 NFPA'1901 safety upgrades. Attached are the Pumper speciFications designed
specifically fo~ the City of Vernon Fire'Depai~tmeiit.
The followin~.hricin~iscalculated on~a till payment on delivery and. acceptance by
Vernon.. rirepersoniiel for;two (2) P{zril_pers
Seagrave i~1ai'auder1T ("ust~n~ Pu»>her ~ st $621-,903.00 each
Seagrave. Marauder it Cusluzi~ Pumper Z`ld ~ $611,903.00 each
Total (Two Pumpers) $1,233,806.00
Tax $114,127.00. .
Total Sell Price ~ $1,347,933.00
Delivery -for these units is 2G0 calendar days. from receipt of signed purchase order. The
above mentioned intercoms and Vernon Fire Department supplied radios will be installed
at California Seagrave. Should you have any questions please call me at 626 893-9589.
'Thank you, •
r' . G~ ~ • .
Manny Perez
Sales Manager, Seagrave
,A.
,
.
.i
~~~*:4j Tt:.
M ~b~
n r..
_ ~ q~
wra
~ ~
it r
~ r r ` , ~~r r~ ~~~ti v~~ ~ ~ '~'~.-iF7~§~,F ~~~~r'r7~~ttf - ~ ".n a: ~ x, b f r ~;~rty., ~F
a~ i H~ 4 v i ~ .-4~t t i t 1 i~91~` +.~~1 t~E ~f ~ ~ xo a -
~t ~ ~Cr "4 rr
sS. '4l0 3 ~t} + a ~ ti
,:47-- ~ 7.~ ~ ~fe~ f' . i 'i .t. r~ ~ ~-ftr t r~ _?a -11 ~J. 3~
.,tom,'
~ ~
is
Gl
y yy I ~"sib
Y.` I l 1 h~ f < ~ UY ky 4 ` ~
Y 'J I l T F n' 4 1~_.; La ~S c. ~4~~.if
{ T f ~rao e-. r x:"un ~ ~.l - '-r 7:t~~ r y~, yn
~?7.-7. f~ ~t ~.-l f iil3 ~xi~ ~
a~f fit L(i• ~ I`2z1,sy~ T;T.
~ f V~ ~1 ~ ~ v
i~ fi I
.d
:r
,4
t
to _
i~
f?
t
•f .r ra K~ - r.~;r$'~q ~~r ~f [ III ;~*e
J ~1 l~ 1 ~ f 11-
~ t srt <i .
E _ ~ ~
j !L
P
_ Sr ~ ~ "~a
° f ~ ~f
~ 1 451- f 4
- t
y ^fn~fi K 'fi i. ,
r ~~tiJ ~1 {r~. ~t ~ ,.#s .r
;
~ ~ k 'i" 8~ ~ '
{F~~'{ by f 1
Jf.h
} ~ a S
- ~ ~ ~ r,~~ s~. ~1 r .err e ~ .uio~i
~eagrave has built a reputnti®n fir durability, lougevit}% acid ' ; s
I
. dependab a performance in the most°demanding Fire Departments
.across the,nation. The Ma aude
~ r is,t
II h
e end product of, all vue s
have learned from demandingusers .vuho want only the. best
equipment available. '1-'
a~;.
.,~Y~~
I
-
n,, f.~:~
' ~ ~SLneE 1b'£s7 ~ -
5 tla
Fes'.' Y -
s 3 < -
E'" ~s r r r 'r 2 ~ a, X ~ti~ ~ ~ fyy~q, k8~' u
a z~ l ~ t< J 5 4 f ~l. ~F`Y
w• j ~ s ~ f ~ r~ t"` ~ ~t! ~ .i+''~ ~ sir ~ t ~ t ,~r r r ir. '
R`
y { ~ ,x r~ .'~''£,~rr S~w}m,~.t~}Wa-tl i'~3~w~i i i'c'' f ~t
~ a r rF ~ r~ SE
~ ~ f r~~, r~ r ~ 1 e ~,y i V y~ ,j
' ~ ~ / - yr- ~ ~ ~ ~ i-.y ~ ~ ~ lk' .
~ ~ x f ~ e th
~ a >
~ '?4 i h~ t 1 i F
1 I
~ ~ ~r~~f 3 ~ l ~ (r~~ Y fir t ~E, t P1Cf.t y 1 it y r ~ LG y~( s* ~ k 'N
Y ~'ii
L
I .'ti p h f iy, '@n ~~ia ~r i ,q~) s~' EI ~,1~ r ~~ii iIJ t1 ~ ~ a
~?~t~~~ i~ :~[Yir i ~ t ~ t yK~k ~ t PI ~ 4r~-i(r, ~tJ~c;l~( ~;!;n`v . ~
~ `1 j 5t ~'?E~,~Ir aGl,olrS ~ ' ~ Yr EL,Y[,~r~ ~ tl~k ~tPl I¢1, ~ s~ .
a ~ r, - '
F r ~ J[r i k,. ~ t ~f ~c ~a~~l'~t ~~`3r t iiE.~ { „y~~~
~a z. r i r - - l~, k v. ~ -
~ •t~ r cr: ,irf t Eu , col tii,r ~l t ~ ~,~pl J [Ef r ~ ~
~ t.~~~t~ ! ~~Ct J ii I~1~f~ ~~;;f` p~jNf~~~+lt~ ,l f~'~tt ~s~x~'~ ~ T~i4r~ iS RO ~~'~f~rC~i0iC6 than S['c~ 1'~1V~~5 ~aI'r~U[~L'P~)I) -
an ~ tier fP a ~f~dt ~f1~y."?. - ~ -
' t' ' r~`'~ ; „,~*r` f~ y~~ ~z~ ~ far".tlte safei~~ n# your iii~efighters:. "
+h'l ~fyj~cr I~j ~
ft,r~ a'_3~ er ~ ~ , ~},6 yk~ forstrength and dependability, Seagraves Marauder II is~the answer.
~ r :>,t~E~~`~h , i~f ~ ~ ~ ; a p g : nj ~~i ` Do a little research aril you will find that Marauder II is the safest
f , ' ; !'7
r ~ ~ and strongest-.cab in the industry.
i ~ ~u~ ~~.qd ~ b®~2 ,~~b 1~,
~ } `{Y ; e , ~ n { ~ ~ ~ • Seagrave'S safety cage cab design is unique in the industry
~ ~ ~ • Highest strength-to-weight ratio in astainless steel cab design
~ -n ~ Crorngard stainless steel provides suiigrior corrosion protection
j ~k 1LY1145~ J ~(k o~ a A E
y~~ ~~.,r ~ 3~"~ ~ e ~ , , . s ~ ~ w • Sealed engine tunnel keeps heat and noise out df the cab
5
f~ 2~~ ~~s~~~4e3~~+~r s rx~ ~ c~_}, ~
~ 1 4
~ ~ , , ~ Maraui3~r 11 PassedE>:~E R~8-~ SAE 2,900 sq.- in, o~ ~ ';n ~~:Qfd
F ~3 ~'p ~ ~ 'e q ~ ~ gash Testing Easily OptimizesViewiug
ti
~a~~{
~ f, ! 9 r y ~ ~ ~ • Impact and static load crash worthiness • Fog free ventilation system keeps
i ~ 't;l i~ " ~~',~u ~ e o ~ ~ Doors are not~required to open aiter~crash inside glass clear ~ - .
k sY;`'~~.v1~~~i~F r• r ~r;;` • ~ x~ i a~u-~ ~G ~ ~ testing; however, Seagrave's Marauder II ~ ~ o Pantographic wipers-sweep. a
r s ~ ~ a ~ doors openeti~~easily greater area of windshield 10
~ ~zj-t~rct~~~:~•e
~ i provide dptimum'view
E ~~~4 t. ~ lA r _ ~ e
r ^ +~1rr~ Q
~ 4:
" b'~ A4'~ ~Gfi P G - _
~ ~'o ~ ° ~ z ~ ~ Deso~ned for !~'~itstantli~g'Ride, Saiety an'd Function
I ! ; j t n ~ ~ c + t J q • Interior space is designed for optimized headroom and leg room
{ ~ L ` 'c - ~ ~ • Minimum'of 59"floor-to-ceiling height:.-_the mostheadroom in
r-~ - .a~ o~~" ~
r re ~ - . rfl class
; a ~ V £ • U tra quiet cab design using ~ 4,
~ ~ ~ ~ r the latest in NVH technology,
~ a i' a o~^ ~ o a~ ~ s e q
~ 1 • Engineered to achieve under
,
k ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ " ' ° 85 dB`inside the cab ~
r ~ ~ ' • High density weak rack ~ ' -
` A s c ~ ~ • a ` anti-slip floor covering
~F1 ~ ~ '~6 @~ Q ~~1 e ~ ~I a'
a Y~ ~ a g . 3 it ~ ~
« o
00 t@ - 0 r C r 0 a - -
- ~ ~ _
1 t- _ _ _ - _ -
y.. + o ~ - t ~ _
- - - ~ Ftlil Tilt and Split Tilt Gaps I
_ ~ • Allows,quick aril safe access
r• '
_ ~ ~ to engine and system ~ w:
~ 1 co'mponent§
~y • Tethered control_allows
f~ F n , ~ operator to stand asafe
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i distance away;#rom cab during'
tilting operation
- - nt
- - ni r~
:Rollover Protection Pivailable Glroice of Cab Lengths {1U8",13U",14Q", or 154" split-tiltf
echnology senses a rollover even = ~ '
re driver can react In a fraction of a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r r
these;,Y IorkS - J' ,a,^ ~ m," LJ -
o its M st - o e e a o° e
.y'
r
and side ~ Flat Roof Flat Roof 8" Raised Roof 14" Raised Roof
irbags deploy, k~~~xy ;
ng safety for , ~ - ` ' ta• Raised Notched Hoof
r ~ Available f7P Aerial Applications
pants. ~ -
-
t
-
;
rY' ~ i
t
' ~ ' 1 .'.itl..
_ ~ ~ ~ RR~ ~ ~ _ S
r ~ ~
~ ~
~e
.~.n ~
r. s
;;r~ t ~ ~ - , ~ Soagrave Info Center
r' ~
~r > ,r ~
r~ f t ~ ~ ~ ~ + ~ ~ • Displays crltlcal engine functions
~ ~ 1 ~ ~
- r~~,~ F ~ 22 status'indicators
~ i; t ~ • Digital clock
Dash
• r'- r"' ~ ~ • Flexrbleswitch panel and radio ,
. , ~ placement HVAC System
' _ t'~ • Dual-fan sin le condenser on roof
• Clear sight dashboard design- g
' ' t - ~ and overhead control consoles protected by cover makes
- auxilliary fans unnecessary
~ • Back=lit dash panel`with
dimmer switch • Multiple, independently contrglled
' R ~ ° • ~ venfs located throughout the cab
Superior ergonomics for both
` ` ~ - - provide superior air control
control and vision
° Dedicated airflow sweeps
~ h ` a wintlshieldfor fag free vislbility-
~x' ~ " { ~ even: in tou hest conditions
F r,,
7 4~ ''~F
z { ~ n
~I' )!r7 - ~ ~~~p° -
iI
I iC '~1'-. 1. t
2
~~'i
J l
~ I x+,
y
a ~
+ t ~r L k F~? v ~ -
r~ r t
F. ~
r
M. ~ , ~ ~
~
F
fi ~ f ~ ~
'~~~~~Sa1 ~IGµl~l is
.x {~Fi _
r P r
•+'?4
-i
J ~ 52. f it
f f r i f~ j a ~ ~ ~
f 4~ ~~~ry~ C ~ ti ja
/f e( ~J ~ j c~ tt't:'
i - xt 7 - - -
}
~ ~ .
~2a'i•r`ier ~!"satinyboors ' ~._;..r.....~.... M~.:,..~,,._,.:..~..w.
4 Standard barrier clearing doors are desirable
where highway medians and guardrails could ,
~ prohibit the opening of stantlafd full-length doors
terit?r I `Each door terminates near floor level and ~ ,r ~
i
tuS f' terio~. j Optional Hinged C~It Srde ':iricludes a special weathertight seal ' '
•
friedc,~,ayouts ~ Access-Doors ~ Optionallong doors offer traditional look ,
ed liner material ~ ° Available with a fully enclosed _ Front and rear cab doors are 94:75" wide. at opening
d to-cab dash and compartment orppen o the cab' o All entries have been designed with expanded ~ is
' interior- : ` ~
tunnel cover far . , n~etai extra wide anddeep,steps to promote
ie durability ~ ~•n ~ ~ Convenient external access to safe footing and prohibit accumulation of ice:
t ~u otherwise difficult to reach items and ofher debris tin the step area
~~;k _
'h ~ ~ ~
~Gri
From Rxie and suspension ~ Rear Axle and Suspension ~ ° y
vw 4 fWD Semi-elliptical 3.0" x 52" _ a Drum or EX225H 17"-disc brakes ~ ~ a ,
' constant-rate springs with military
wrapped eyes • Choice of suspension:
` l~~diaYor 6ver~lovv and v FWD Semi-Elliptical Spring ~'s ~ ~1~ 4
VVlndshieid fluid Access f~aor * Widest spring stance in the industry - Single Axle: 24,00D - 31,500 Ib f
a Conveniently located inside the contributing to Seagrave's;legentlary ~
ride and stabilit m severe road- ~ Reyco 79KB v$ E ~ r::
officer's step area'. y Single Axle: 24,Q00 - 33,500 Ib -
conditions ~ ~ ` ~ '
• No special tools needed to open ? Holland Newa AD Air-Ride ~ h T'
'sim I tilt out the hin ed anel ° Front axle features superior stability y `,F'
p y g p Single axle: 24,D00 32,000 Ib
- and handling
l.a~~~ Crlginc ~C"ullnei iisic}Ills +-Rated highway axle loads up to 22,000 Ibs Tandem axle: 40,000 -58,000 Ib
c :Only 28'fram floor o top oflunnel o ~ Hendrickson FIREMAAX Air-Ride t
° Superior turning radius up to 45 Sin le axle: 27,000 lb
-~'Al~o~ s Inn~e rlr~nltni hcttur cramp angle with 315 tires 9
'staginr_~ 1,~1 ir~tFrn;Il Fuuiprncnt Tandemaxle:40,000-58,000Ib
s Two power aistndunon points o Hendrickson HN Series'
Cptionai tndeilavlldent Aie~ride Front Suspension for Tandem axle: 40,000.-.54;000 Ib
Centralizer) Poti~iar Superi«r Ride,andHandling Stability ? Hendrickson RTSeries ~ ~
~istriljritioil d Reduces body roll, improves vehicle handling and ride comfori - Tandem Azle: 34,00016- 58;000 Ib
=0ne~daal~ 1 0~~~; un )head ~-Rated f~ighway axl-~ Igad;;.up to20,0001bs.
,power cli„tiih;iticnl pone .Air spring design combined with air suspension minimizes
~`Haidwiretl or ~ Irucl~al Irltclc ~ road shock and vbrationto~the_cab and occupants `z`''
`multiplex ~;~+~r,I • Reduces unsprung weight
-
ti:.
~~-All wirinf~ i ~ ! ~~lol, uwnl~cl, ~n~l- «_17° dual-liiston air:dise brakes standard)-for improved; ~ mo't'
'.filfli tlUll ~ n1P i ~'h 4 ~
:.braking and vehicle stability.-under all braking conditions. ~rt rz ~ { y _ t
~~l~i~~inu,~nq,~ut ;u!! vatailliutll .pnlyfive,greasefittingspersidereducesmaintenancetime ~ ~ ~
~ 'III~UCtiir t! [ ~'cIINt, Of UII Ir~~Lti I ~ fi>k!: N I i ~
,i ~ - 7
~ ~4 y~1Fy~'r iT`~'r„ ~ i i ~ i ~ ~,rY ~Xrs ~,~r.a,
s f t r1 ~y P' { ~ d
- rr
tk~^•~ _ -
. y.r T,~i~
~ll~ll~lf 811.i ildllStllISS3Uil
r
L6u:If rllerv~t ~ ~
~ ~-~u
R... 1 I, ~C~ i ,i'fi ill ull Ali ,1 ~f ifs, _ ~ , ~ it f.~
}
I~ni~l! a Ir,irn I ~:Cth~ r~[,r !n ih! r %~r~-4~y"~ ~.n~ ,
V
~ ~ ~ 1'r 1 Unique Variable Section Frame 1,~5t) sq inch Radiator Facleage
' z Higher ABM with less weight achieved without \ ~ Serpentine radiator cote provides high'est$TU%sq~in
~ ~ ? sacrificing step height cooling capacity
" f"~'ou1 U~inllter Frarllr ° Frame rail taper's'from 10:25" to 12.5" at the ~cen"ter • 3-Point engine-mounted radiator, shroud, and fan
R`Litt~hl~i; r~.t~ur,~~;~lni~np~r eVaer~~ir~n, ~ • to handlebiggerpayloads.without flexing _ ring packaged with he charged-air cooleroptimizes
HN~~ i~lie~~l~el ~nrj~nralc will! ~ ~ ° Provides higherBBM (2,801;600} engine cooling
full ~Ii~nilel b~~l uu~ the st~inle~t i ° 120,0001?SI yieldstrength across"the entire frame ° Horton DriveMasterfan clutcti is standard, and
tl;F I buinl~~i ~ e Butterfly crossmember increases structural strength provides quieter operation and. more efficient cooling
l u,trnn~fehrn ~ite~itl~ aucar`rircdatP . ~ ~ ~ Cooling test~appravetl~on all ofieredengine
Lifetime`frame rail warranty, is standard
ml~,tlioiil h.lnq~e;rf~i~tious apphcatlons-
i ,iru~tiir~ thPrrl
ilh r~N! ~ ~uhs to nNnta~oltr,~ ~ ~
" I 'N;,te~ , Maximize S®ating Comfort acrd Storage`Space, _ -
i (J,[100 j i (rime ; i - I
D< < rr~d t~ t,in lii~l! uli ~~utlu'l~5 ' _ _ I--
`ui Ir~,illi;nt ~~U~ltiGilt, I ~ .-1 ~ _ I ~ ~
i ~ _ _y--, -
?.Db,000 Mtle Ilii'~flltcr Y f-+~"'r-a ~ _ { ~ ~ -
" ~ _I ' ]
L~nn`~Idsi~n ~u lilier fenuies~ ~ I , ` ~ I - I ~ I
'r ~tnil~rNdr Iran ~.vi~h , r~illau! ~ilJe ,
~I I I 1 .
I ! Icirn nl:fnrllauhlc ~rlE ~~»-i~~ -~1 I I I y I, I • . I ~ ~ J~ ~
firr i Tatak's I ~ _~J ~ j - _ f
r 1
~~.°GO Intl,~r~ g al~an c~pnrit~ ~ ~ - w ~ } ~ - - ~ I
!
~ •°ltn~l~irri~t,inle~5 tt,e~st~a~IS ~ _ - I I~
~i~lpti!ln~ul's~e~nle q~~t! el tail ~ ~ ~ ~
C~ lor, Collet 1 , 1 .l
a~P~I I!-locunl~ rt_~irntlulf-1 s: ~ ~'I ~ 130"Cab ~ 140"Cali. 154"Cab'
Y~ ~ k'
,r - - _ -
i... , ~
k ~ r f'rl~ Y' n .r rpr ~i nj 7 ~.w 1
F`' rNrfi ~ c r~~~ x 4) t7 ~~e iii' -
iii ~
- ~ i y } ,
's e r 1 y r~ ~ rrv~~ ~ Y. it - .
t
? y_a r
r ~ e ~'4 4 -
N s, ~ s~ ~
1 ~ ~ _ 1 ~ :."p
k r 1 !
i t t ~
1 4 ~
rrb~
rr.~.~ ~ {
E " ~ f r ° xi ~ ~ (~Ny ~ ~ r, LADDER 23_41
I i ~ .,r ~1r ~ 3 ! l~40 rc,~6r ~i ~ s> t~_: - ,~J„~ ~ R ~vi~'
c r~ r s,r i ~ da ~ tt ! -
~ iF}~1u~ ~f~~~`l S,1',akE~ i ~ Ifr !ah ' ~<w - T----'^~_~ ~~.~~....<'ucr' ~ , ,
?;~~R kf~o~~~?aWre~F~i e Ge~r~~~tt~~~l~,~SE,~ ° ! ~ j~`~ '
"tea ~ ~ ti f~' ~ ~t~~ ~ ~ ax`~~' f ~ 6.:;,i "ti i e
~]G~ ~~~rl:~fi1 E v ~ ji'~'~E~~li"~f:4 t~ 1 _ ~ + ~//1~ r. r^.°
1 j ~a L t ~ - ~ 1`-_ ~L f..~-
~'er~n ~ r'p~ ~ - 3 n'~ r ~y ~ ~ ~'-.1 t) i1 i,
~ b~~(~.~4~i+i ~t'#`Y~~I~Yyr~PLI i(} ~3,~~' ~ '1*ry ~ 6'i .
/ ~
YI, t r r:' ,~~t h. { ~ c.k f~, ! t~~x-r i i~ _ ~i,~i ~f'!~ ! .
'6 'ii[1 n r,c~ t ~tk + 9 r 1 's1~auEFr~£ r~ ' ` ~'K:~s
r l;s c r i ~ ti4 ~a ~
v ~
~~~Z6`~F ~L ~k ~"~LE~Gf~e~ F(0 @i B@d(~~ fin
r ~f~, o- taf7 . k fi ni rCsn t-,
1~~ ~z~ l i- F o! 1de~ !f tl p{~ ~ ~
.i l~,1 ~ , r x 1
1 t ~ ~ ~ ~1r 'Cii Nr r7~4
. r $ z ~ . ~s r~ Marauder ~l
,1 ~ ~
p
4 t w f h b
71 Kw .
~r a Seagrave Builris a Betier Body
~ + ;rt ~~~s ~~es j~~`=~ z ~r'' ~ ~ ~ Available in stainless steel, aluminum, or
a N~ ;its ~ ~i-~r~~" r`sl~~ ~ti.' _«4 Polyprene
rF ~ ~~_i i ~t~ ~ ~ ~~~o ~ r • Strength antl durability tested:rubber-isolator-
y 1 ~ ' ~ mounted bod limits tortional stress loads.
wig °~6~ rF ~r~~~~:~'LLI^~~'~ i+ ~ ~i~~~'~~ y. - -
~ ~ ~ ; ~ 3~ t'.r ~ " e .t~ f"~f# ~ e 500 to 3000 gallon vuafertanks
~ ti ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~r gt t~ ' • Rescue style full height/full depth
F ~tiz - ~ ' `y"~ ~ compartments available
~ . r} • Low hose bed access designs -
~ ~ _ ~ r'"~'' • Choice of hinged or roll-up compartment doors .
t N~a 4; 6, orb SCBA bottle storage compartments
is ' r' ~ - -
rz ~
~
4 (
3 ~ ~ ~
k
t ~ ~
S'}~ -
t ~ 'S4 ~CYLL~£ ~~~y
f 1~~' - -
j
v~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Phone;. 715-823-2~~41
Vii, ~ . ~ ~ ~ Fax: 715-823-5769:
„ t1. Clintonville, WI
~ . 1 4+ ~ 1 ,y. ~
~ 4. #
~ ,Fii' ' 1'' ~ vvvvvv.seagrave:com
I:
'~t f~
*ti~l~-
Built with Prde-and
x
` A Century of Experience -
~r
r,~ ~ ~ ~ ; .
The.Mara~der II Cake and ~Cliasss is mailable an
~ i ~s
rte,.
Marauder II Force Aerial Ladder f ~ ~ ~ a
- , s,
.,~1t
r ~ ~ 8.
`t { ' r
t p
~`h ~a
_ ~ ~
r _ _ '7^ _ %
4
Marauder 11 TDA>
~ ~ t" ;,7 1~ 4. ~ s t~...
'4+~ ,p t
n~
Marauder II Aerialscope Tower
1 ~ T~ ~
f
Ltt`'91I'_ - -
. ~;.~-v rte'-''.~
r~' lr'
r ~
~
Marauder it Matrix Pumper
1--_
Q~ :o r~ _
+'ki ~ ~ 5 ~
~ ~,~~y~~ I F
~ "r'h ,l ' ' ~ 1 +t 1 1
r~ w
~ ! i 0 A . i
_ ~ ~ 0 ~ 1
~ { y
Y
Marauder 11 Specialist Rescue ~Waik-in acwa~k-aruuna) ~ ~ F , ¢ , ,
x ~ ~ ~ ~ a a e
.~._ti_~. ~ f a
;I~
t
1
2 ~ ~ ~ ~ r~
! ~ 4
~y
9 s
.c{":~:,
_ ~m ~
_ _ J ~W.; ~ ~ ono
I 4'S ~ d O
1 T I I K ti~ g U
if 1
$I 1
$r $ LL Z
• Z ~
1
i ® a w ~ "i v
~ ~ o
~ ~
~ ~
~
~ - ~
h ~ - 9 •
.1 ~ ~ ~
$ 1
$ E
1 I I. I I I ~
r ~
I ~ ~ii ~ -{~j ~j i 1 ~ dl 1' N
I ~ 11 - 11~ ~ n I I ~ K• ~3 d
® I 1 : I I jll I III I 9 9 I I I C'lo~NO
~ I I lii I lil II$ G 11 jl o~u~~v~i'3
® I j li! I !il I~ iE l I 'i ~j°~~~i~ o
it i~~ p g• i `y I o¢~¢p~p"i~°o
$ ~ I!I -,96 I~j j $ ~e I I ' ® ~ ew-I LiI~~E~^d.
:I ol%7¢~w¢^NH
~a ~ I I F:_y v _
j ~ ill ii I ~ i $ ~g7~y 1 i ~ Wg ¢ =t!IS~jzo
B
L I 8~ _ wo¢~aq~ra.~
$ " l$ _$11$1• S 10 ~ - ~ p~ cl.,_3~°m °mwc=+~5
li i i $ $ iS $ii$i $ it i ~ Q~ `A' x4tisio i~g5~'m
i'li i I i ~ ~1$ I$ ql~l ~I ; ~ ~ J-IJJX~y ~`Li'Sn
CIGG~C-l
i ii , ii I i ~ $ $ ~ ~ $ ~ oe
I
~x~l 1 I I 11 1 1 I -'i Y -g~
FFFW L JLI M _ L__ _ ~!y 1
• I ~ ~ ~
' ~j I ~ l 1 ~ ~ I
1
1 IK`1 .q p~
I I O 1~~ - _ i b ~.yw~1
~ j; 1 ..I ,E_~1 l,l l ® of
_ I 1 , I II l ti_-]I 1 II I l Q~ N~.IN
1 ® - ~p ow..wom
1 l IV i I I O I I ~ "48~~ ~ ~ K_~K.~o~
l l I l I l l _ I ~ ~ 1 tV O O'er. ~ W
1 1 1 1 1 .J... 1 rs'~.ls; 1 l I gxz~gAA
°I.+J eO x 3
V s~~i JoooQ
N h
. ~ ¢1.1'1 CC 1~Ri
yyrr~~~~ yK~~0..4421U~ I
/ # 1N~J Wgtagl lg11
W
N h Y46Q Wt~
1CgWW
~Op^ 117 ~O~~Q
° N
11 ® ~ ^
l
. oN`\o \mo\o
1 ~ Pm WII7 QC7 N~+W
e y o[
e- Ay 9f .
- - Il ~
s~y~s
~,~63~Y~
~ 4
~
•
One (1) "Proposal" Cover Letter -Marauder II
~ 00-03-221 M
PROPOSAL _
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS, LLC
April, 27.st 2009
Vernon Fire Department
Vernon; CA
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth:
Thank you .for the opportunity to present this proposal for a new Seagrave
"Marauder II" Fire Apparatus. Seagrave is prepared to manufacture for. you, upon
an order being placed by you for final acceptance by Seagrave Fire Apparatus,
. LLC at its home office in Clintonville,. Wisconsin; the apparatus and equipment
herein named -and' for the following prices:
Quantity 2 Marauder II Pumpers
The attached specification document is only a preliminary proposal; it can be
modified to -suit the exact needs of your Fire Department.. Our Sales and
Engineering staff is ready and able to provide you with whatever assistance and
resources you need to complete the complicated task of designing a custom fire
apparatus specifically to meet your needs, and then to produce a set of
specifications for publication that.. accurately defines .what your community .
requires. Based on our current backlog of orders, the apparatus and equipment
detailed' in the attached specification can be delivered to you at the above address
within approximately -260 calendar days after receiving the signed approval
drawings. and the acceptance thereof at our office in Clintonville, Wisconsin.
The published specification document shall form a part of the final contract, and
is subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are
interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the offer to purchase, and
provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of
the' apparatus or said costs have been negotiated, documented and accepted by
both parties.
Representi SEAG , E APPARATUS, LLC
By ti
~ ~ ~ ~ -
One (1) Specifications Introduction - Seas~rave
00-03-2410
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS SPECIFICATIONS INTRODUCTION
The selection of fire apparatus is one of the most important decisions made by
officials of any municipality or Fire Department today. Fire apparatus is
emergency equipment used-for the protection of life and property in your
community and it is expected to serve your community for many years.
Firefighter safety is the utmost concern for all Fire Departments. Your personnel:
are your most valuable resource, and protecting them while responding to and
returning from an emergency in your community is paramount. Investing in the
safest fire apparatus available isn't an option, it's a mandate.
Emergency apparatus is subject-to the most vigorous ypes of operations and
rnust.be kept in service around the clock. You must be assured that parts and
service will be available for the life of the apparatus. •
Municipalities are vitally concerned with the quality of firefighting apparatus, its
components and the dependability of the company producing the equipment.
Seagrave Fire Apparatus meets all of these requirements with excellence. Your
. Seagrave apparatus is produced in one of the most modern fire apparatus
manufacturing facilities in the country at Clintonville, Wisconsin. The machine
~ shops, sheet metal shops, assembly and painting departments are operated by
men and women trained to Seagrave's industry-leading quality standards and .
supervised by experienced personnel who insist on meeting and exceeding those
standards.
"Safety is Job #1" is far more than a catchy phrase at Seagrave - it's a mindset
that focuses everything we do. From the materials selected for the construction
of our.fire apparatus to the fully engineered roll-cage- design and construction of
our cabs, frefighter safety is the top priority at Seagrave. No one in the fire
apparatus industry builds a safer fire truck cab than Seagrave -No one. Want
proof? Seagrave provided a single production cab for independent third party
.crash worthiness testing to prove out safety and establish occupant protection.
dynamics at the Center for Advanced Product Evaluation, a part of TMMI, a
world leader in safety consulting. That single production cab was tested in three
different destructive testa-and was subjected to hi
homer target`valu®s than is
required for all tests. The test results- exceeded all testing_performance criteria for.
establishing crash protection worthiness and safety. In allahree consecutive ECE
& SAE•crash worthiness tests there was no encroachment into. the occupant's
survival space at any seating location. The mannequins remained seated, belted,
and unscathed. All. doors remained closed with all latches engaged yet
functional. The-roof never settled and the cab never separated from the chassis.
In fact, the same cab was subjected to over 10 consecutive~rolls during roll .
dynamic testing for integration of roll-over protection systems. We are proud to
accept the confirmation of the Seagrave cab integrity.
I
Safety does not happen by accident - it is engineered in to every one of our
products. Engineering at Seagrave is one. of our most important assets. Our
Engineering staff is made up of highly trained and experienced personnel
dedicated to.the research, design and building of fire apparatus. Seagrave uses
only the highest quality automotive components. Every part is carefully selected
for its particular function and is fully engineered into the total fire fighting unit.
Seagrave, "the safest name in fire apparatus", has been in continuous operation
since 1881, longer than any other fire apparatus manufacturer in the nation; and
- has given the U.S. Fire Service many. "firsts" through our engineering:
First spring aerial hoist ~ "
First centrifugal pump
First enclosed pumping.unit "
First automatic pressure'.regulator
First all steel aerial ladder
First 100% hydraulic aerial ladder hoist
First steel safety canopy cab
First 3 section boom aerial platform inU.S.
And many, others
Seagrave's Triton centrifugal pumps, with its bulletproof reliability and industry-
leading seven year. warranty, are standard on our apparatus. Waterous or Hale
centrifugal pumps are also "available. Seagrave straight stick ladder trucks feature "
our own 100% all steel ladder.
It is with great pride that Seagrave offers the widest variety of fire apparatus
available to. meet the ever-changing challenges facing the Fire Service today.
From our country's wilderness and urban interface, through our nation's rural
heartland, and in the world's largest cities,,, Seagrave is proud to be the. industry's
undisputed:leader in safety cab construction and quality fire apparatus for over
128 years.
We trust you will favorably consider our proposal. Your confidence will be
rewarded by the .highest quality apparatus, the safest cab in the industry and
excellent Seagrave service throughout its .long life.
One (1)- Seagrave History and Background
00-03-2500
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS. LLC '
Seagrave Fire Apparatus,-the United States' oldest continuous manufacturer of
fire apparatus, was founded in 1881 by Fredric Seagrave in Detroit, Michigan.
The company moved to Columbus, Ohio in 1891 and remained there until 1963
when all operations were moved to it's current location.in Clintonville,
Wisconsin. Today, Seagrave engineers and builds its own aerial ladders,
telescopic boom platforms, custom bodies and chassis.; One of Seagrave's custom
manufacturing distinctions is the roll cage design of its cabs; the hallmark of '
occupant safety. The "firm's comprehensive range of custom apparatus includes "
aerials, aerial quints, tractor-drawn. aerials, pumpers, pumper-tankers .and rescue .
units. Seagrave also builds in long lasting and .ultra high .durability materials such
` as 3CR12 stainless steel and Polyprene. All Seagrave products are NFPA, DOT
and RMVSS compliant..
MANUFACTURING
The Company's manufacturing operations are located in Clintonville, Wisconsin;
Rock Hill, South Carolina and Carleton Place, Ontario. Clintonville operations
include producing frame. and cab assemblies, sheet metal fabricating; machining,
assembly; test and final finish.: Rock Hill and Carleton. Place produce fmished
bodies in customized form for assembly with commercial chassis or Seagrave
custom chassis to provide customers with unique vehicles suited to their-
requirements.
Gear ratios, wheelbases, systems, equipment and attachments are varied to meet
the special requirements of each individual customer. The Company also
produces specialized vehicle chassis for airport snow removal and military
applications.
MARKETING
The principal products which are sold under the Seagrave trademark are
Commercial and Custom Pumpers, Aerial Ladder trucks, Aerial Platform trucks,
Quints; Wallc-in and Walk-around Heavy and Medium Rescue vehicles, Haz-Mat
vehicles, Mini-Pumpers, Mini-Rescues, WildlandBrush trucks, Urban Interface
Response vehicles and Tankers.
One (1) Intent of Proposal
00-04-0110
INTENT OF PROPOSAL
It is the~intent ofthis-Proposal to provide specifications covering the design;
manufacture and delivery of a complete fire apparatus, equipped as specified
herein; to the purchaser; with the intent to obtain the best results and the most
acceptable apparatus for emergency service use in the community of the
purchaser. These specifications cover the general requirements as to the type of
construction and performance to which the apparatus must~conform, together
with certain, details as to finish, equipment and appliances that will be provided
by Seagrave Fire Apparatus. Minor details of construction and materials, where
not otherwise specified, are left'to the discretion of the contractor, who shall be
solely responsible for the design, engineering and construction of all features.
One (1) Compliance with NFPA 1901.
00-04-01 A0
COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 1901
- The National Fire Protection Association Standard "NFPA 1901 -Standard for .
.Automotive Fire Apparatus -Current Edition" (hereinafter referred to as NPFA
1901.) in effect at the time of the purchase-shall be used as a reference and its
requirements shall be met by Seagrave. Seagrave shall construct the apparatus in
accordance with federal and state laws at the time of bid. Any federal, state or
NFPA"amended changes that will affect the cost of producing said apparatus-will
~ be charged to the purchaser. Mandatory minor apparatus equipment as stated in
the applicable. paragraphs (5.8, 6.7, 7.7, 8.8; 9.8, 10.5,119 and respective
• subparagraphs) of the NFPA standard shall riot be provided unless specifically
stated and listed in purchaser's written specifications.
Any and all references to "NFPA 1901 "within this document shall refer to the
current edition of NFPA 1901 in effect at the time of the purchase.
One (1) Purchaser's NFPA 1907 Responsibilities
00-04-0160
PURCHASER'S NFPA 1901 RESPONSIBILITIES
• In accordance with NFPA 1901, current edition, it shall be the responsibility of
the purchaser to specify the following details of the apparatus:
-Its required performance, including where operations at or above elevations of
2000 ft. or on grades greater than 6 percent are required.
- The maximum number of ftrefighters to ride within the apparatus.
- Specific electrical-loads that are tabe. part of the. minimum continuous electrical
load-defined in 13.3.3 of NFPA 2003.
- Any hose, ground. ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that
• exceed the minimum requirements of the NFPA 1901- standard in effect at the
time of the bid. Equipment weight and location on the apparatus are the
responsibility of the purchaser as a prerequisite of defining the loaded vehicle's
vertical center of gravity for rollover stability calculations, when required..
One (1) Acquaintance With Fire Dept and Community Needs
00-04-0210
ACQUAINTANCE WITH FIRE DEPARTIyiENT AND COMMUNITY NEEDS
Seagrave Fire Apparatus is committed to providing your Fire Department the
safest fire- apparatus- cab in the industry, and providing your community the best
fire apparatus value possible. Our Sales and Dealership staff shalt continue to
work with your emergency responders to evaluate your community's needs and
available resources. We will blend those requirements with our company's vast
knowledge of today's available materials and technology, balanced with our
128+'years of fire apparatus manufacturing experience. Together our goal is to
provide your-Fire Department the safest fire apparatus that best fits. your-
. community's needs, ensuring-your citizens -and taxpayers -the best value
• ossible.
One (1) Advantages of Single Source Manufacturer-Custom Chassis
00-04-0410
ADVANTAGES OF SINGLE. SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Because of the. intricacies of modern fire-apparatus design, engineering and
.manufacturing,. bids should only be considered from "single source".apparatus
manufacturers. A single source°manufacturer shall be defined as a manufacturer
who designs, engineers and manufactures the entire apparatus in the factory of
' the bidder. The use of commonly incorporated components such as the diesel
engine, the transmission, the pump, Iighting fixtures, etc. is acceptable.
However, calling the cab/chassis/drivetrain or the outriggers/torque box/aerial
device a "component" shall not be acceptable.
Using a single source manufacturer is also critically importantfor warranty and
• service. Accepting bids from onlysingle source manufacturers ensures your
community the fastest, undivided service from one manufacturer, as well as parts
availability and undivided warranty responsibility. There should be no
exceptions to these conditions.
One {1') Approval Drawings
00-04-7000
APPROVAL DRAWINGS .
Following the completion of the pre-construction conference, three (3) sets of
engineering, blueprint type drawings, specifically for this apparatus, shall be .
provided by the manufacturer and shall be approved by the Fire Department
before construction begins. Both the Fire Department and the manufacturer's .
representative shall have a copy. of this_ drawing. It shall become part of the total
contract. These drawings shall be drawn to scale on a CAD system to assure an
accurate and professional drawing. The drawing shall show five (5) views of the
' vehicle (front, rear, both sides and top). The drawings shall show the wheelbase
and overall dimensions of the apparatus, fmal compartment-sizes and features,
booster tank position, the location of all emergency warning equipment, work
. and scene lights, and all changes, if any; mutually agreed to during the pre- '
construction conference.
Three (3} Pre-.Construction Conference -Pro-posal, Clintonville
00-04-811 C
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A pre-construction conference shall be held at the Seagrave factory in
Clintonville, WI: The conference shall`be scheduled during normal business
hours,.Monday -Friday. All expenses for transportation, meals and lodging for
three (3) representatives of the purchaser shall be included in the bid price. A '
dealer representative shall accompany the purchaser on the trip. -The conference
.shall be held prior to the commencement of any work being done on the
apparatus. Factory sales; and engineering personnel-shall participate in the
,.conference as needed to ensure that the. apparatus fulfills all the requirements of
' the accepted bid. Authorized representatives ftom both the purchaser and
manufacturer shall approve and sign any changes. made during these meetings
prior to the commencement of any work being done on the apparatus.
It is understood and agreed that delays beyond thirty (30} days of contract
approval for pre-construction. conference changes in specifications shall be cause
for delay in delivery.
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEMITHIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure fo cover the costs in the "Header" section of the.quote,. in the
"Additional Charges" l'ab.Use "Qty° to indicate how many-Fire
Department-representatives will be attending: ;
Three {3) In-Process Inspection -Proposal., Clintonville
00-04-821 C
1N-PROCESS INSPECTION TRIP
' One (1) "In-Process" inspection trip for three (3) representatives of the purchaser
shall be included in the bid. The inspection shall take plane at the~Seagrave
factory in Clintonville, WI, during normal business hours, Monday -Friday. The
.cost of transportation, meals and lodging shall be included: A dealer
representative shall accompany the purchaser on the inspection trip. The
inspection shall not be longer than one (1) day unless multiple vehicles are being
inspected..
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Se
sure to cover the costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate how many Fire
Department representatives wilt be attending.
Four (4) Final Inspection -Proposal, Clintonville
00-04=831 C ,
FINAL INSPECTION TRIP
One (1) final- inspection trip for four (4) representatives of the purchaser shall be
included in the bid. The inspection shall take place at the Seagrave factory in
Clintonville,^WI, during normal business hours, Monday..- Friday. The cost of
transportation, meals and lodging shall be included. A dealer representative shall
accompany the purchaser on the inspection trip.
One (1) additional Trip for one (1) person will be provided to.inspect unit
and go over final tool and equipment mounting.
ENG. -NOTES ,
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
- sure to cover the costs. in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.USe "Qty" fo indicate how many Fire
Department representatives will be attending.
One (1) Pre-Delivery Road Trip and Final-Factory Checklist •
00-04-8400'
PRE-DELIVERY ROAD TRIP AND-FINAL FACTORY CHECKLIST •
Prior to delivery, the completed apparatus shall be thoroughly inspected by the
factory. This inspection shall include road. testing by the factory of no less- than
....100 miles. During.the. factory inspections and road testing, a checklist shall be
utilized by factory personnel to document the inspection and road test results.
The checklist shall include:
- Documentation of the make, model and serial numbers of all major components
such as the engine, transmission, pump, axles, eta
- Complete; comprehensive operational check of all chassis/drive train
components. and fluid levels.
. - A comprehensive review of the entire exterior and interior of the apparatus for fit
and finish, checked against the customer's pre-construction meeting approval
a specifications, and any ensuing change, orders.
• - A thorough test of all driving systems under actual highway and city driving
conditions,-for no less than l00 miles.
One (1)' Final Delivery & Familiarization -Pumpers/Rescues-
00-04-8510
DELIVERY
The fire apparatus shall be delivered over the road and under its own power to
- insure proper break-in of all driving components while still. under warranty. Rail
' or truck freight shipment. of the apparatus. is not acceptable.
An experienced:and qualified dealer representative shall familiarize Fire
Department personnel (as designated by the authority in charge). in the proper.
:operation, care and maintenance of the apparatus delivered.
The. representative must be a qualified, trained agent of the' local authorized
dealer or a direct employee of the manufacturer of the apparatus.
The familiarization period shall consist of three (3) sessions over a period of
three (3) days; during the normal work week (Monday -Friday). The schedule of
the instruction sessions shall be arranged by mutual agreement of the Fire-
Department and the delivering authority. The number, length and time of the
sessions-may vary due to the nature of the apparatus and availability of attendees
and must. be approved in advance. The balance of any time.remaining in a session
may be devoted to minor adjustments or corrections to the apparatus for items
which may have developed while in transit from the factory.
One (1) General Desi n Re uirements -Marauder II S/S Bod
00-05-013A -
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The specified apparatus shall be a custom cab type; designed, engineered and
..manufactured specifically for the fire service in North America. The apparatus
shall meet.or exceed the requirements of the NFPA 1901, current .edition; in all
respects. ,
Seagrave's "Marauder II" deluxe custom cab chassis shall be provided. The
Marauder IT is our top-o:f--the-line model incorporating an all steel cab for
strength, durability and safety. The cab and body sheet metal shall be
constructed of stainless steel; no exception,
The Marauder II cab has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any stainless steel
cab design in the industry. A 3".rectangular tube steel subframe anchors a
completely enclosed, all-stainless steel. super-structure; providing a protective
.safety-cage that totally surrounds. and protects the properly-seatbelted driver,
officer and crew. This safely-cage is covered in heavy gauge stainless steel,
making the finished product the strongest, safest cab in the industry.
The specified. apparatus shall. be designed to be fully operational in the local
climate of the purchaser.
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight - wL Certificate a# Delivery ~ -
00-05-0210'
-GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
The manufacturer shall be responsible for proper weight distribution upon the
chassis and axles. -
The apparatus when loaded, shall have not less Phan 25% nor more than 45% of
the weight on the front axle and not less than 55% nor more than 75% on the rear
axle. A certified weight certificate showing weights on the front axle, rear axle
and-total weight for the completed apparatus with the. water and fuel tanks .full;
but without personnel, equipment and hose shall be provided at the time of
delivery.
In accordance with NFPA 1901, it shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to
notify the manufacturer in the purchaser's specification of any hose, ground
ladders, or equipment to be carried bythe apparatus that exceeds the minnnum
requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard in effect at the time of the bid.
One (1) In-Sewice Weight Calculation
0.0-05-0310
IN-Sh,RVICE WEIGHT CALCULATION
A weight calculation showing weights on the front axle, rear axle. and total
weight for the completed apparatus as specified by the purchaser, with water and
.fuel tanks full, equipment and hose, shall be supplied.. This calculation shall be
available for the pre-construction conference.
For the purpose of calculating the in-service weight, firefighter weight shall be
calculated at 250 pounds per crevy member, including SCBA. If a hose load is
not provided, the minimum hose load required by NFPA 1901 shall be used for
the calculation. If a loose equipment load is not provided, including its location
on the vehicle, the NFPA 1901 load amount based on the cube of the body shall
be used.
One (1) Vehicle- Performance: Analysis Report
00-05-0420 .
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS
A performance analysis report shall be run on the vehicle, as ordered, using
computer software to determine top speed, gradeability, optimum shift points and
acceleration on various grades. The report shall be delivered with the completed
vehicle, but shall be available within thirty (30) days of the pre-construction
conference.
One (1) General Construction Qualit and Workmanshi
00-05-2000
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
The design. and construction of the apparatus shall .embody standard automotive
heavy vehicle engineering practices. The apparatus shall be designed, engineered
and constructed with due consideration for the severe service nature of the fire
service: -All parts of the apparatus shall be installed in accordance with the OEM
specifications.and shalt be strong enough to withstand the general service under .
full load for twenty (20} years.
Distribution of-load between the front and rear axles shall be engineered so that
all specified equipment, including a filled water tank, full complement: of
personnel and fire hose shall be carried without damage to the apparatus. Weight
' balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
National Fire Protection Association and current standard automotive practices.
The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its respective field. In order.
( to assure the quality that the purchaser demands and expects, all welding
personneTthat shall be utilized in the fabrication and construction of structural
i-
components of the apparatus .chassis, body. and aerial device shall hold a valid .
~ certificate from the AWS -American Welding Society.
The apparatus shall be designed to conform to the intent of ANSI and NFPA
1901 standards. The following design criteria shall be applicable to this
specification to the extent specified :herein;
- American Society for Testing Materials, (ASTM) - A-36 Specification for
Structural Steel
- Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc. (SAE) -SAE Handbook
- American Welding Society (AWS).- AWS014.4-77 .Classification and
Application of Welded Joints for Machinery and Equipment
- American Society orHon-Destructive Testing (ASNT)
- ASNT Guidelines; Procedure SNT-TC-.lA
The apparatus shall have symmetrical proportions and a pleasing appearance as a
result of design d0tail and fit/finish quality. The apparatus shall. be engineered
with firefighter safety as the top priority.. Ease of operation and- ease of
.maintenance shall also be considered in the apparatus design, but shall not
compromise safety.: No special tools shall be required to access normal service-
- or maintenance items.
All sensitive components shall be protected against adverse weather conditions.
Any exposed metal surface which is notpainted or otherwise coated shall have a
bright finish. Corrosion protection shall be provided between any dissimilar
' metals joined in the construction of this apparatus..
' -One (1) NFPA 1901 Stepping Surface Certifica#ion
00-05-2110
STEPPING SURFACE CERTIFICATION
A certification that all materials used for exterior surfaces designated as stepping,
standing and walking areas, all interior steps and all interior floors meet the slip
resistance requirements of the applicable edition and section of NFPA 1901 shall
be provided with the delivery documentation.
One (1) Pump Test and Certification - Third.Party
00-05-300S
PUMP TEST -AND CERTIFICATION
The fire pump shall be third party tested. at the apparatus manufacturer's facility
and shall conform to NFPA requirements and standards. Copies of all tests and
the mariufactdrer's record of pump construction details hall be provided with the
delivery documentation.-
- One {1) Performance. Requirements and Test -NFPA
00-05-40.00.
PERFORMANCE REOUIREMENTS.AND TEST -NFPA
A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA
recommendations (unless: otherwise specified) and a continuous run often (10)
miles or. more shall be made during which time the apparatus shall show no loss
of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles
' shall run quietly.and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the
operating range of the .apparatus.
The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 rnph from a standing start
within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum
governed rpm of the engine.
The fully loaded vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a speed of SO mph on a
level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full
load).
The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on any grade up to and
including 6%.
The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the fully loaded vehicle in 3 5 feet
at 20 mph on a level concrete highway.
The apparatus shall be tested -and approved in accordance with NFPA standard
. practices.
One (1) .Failure To Meet Test
' 00-05-41.00
FAILURE TO MEET TEST
In the event that the apparatus fails to meet the road. test requirements of these
. specifications upon delivery, during the firsYtrials, second trials may be made at
the option of the bidder within 30 days of the date of the first trials. -Such trials
shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall
be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission from the manufacturer to keep
or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its
use by the Fire Department during the above specified period shall not constitute
acceptance.
One {7) Marauder II S/S Tilt Cab -Side Mt. Pumper.
10-00-7100
' GENERAL '
Chassis shall be a new, heavy-duty, custom fire apparatus design built expressly
for the-fire service. All standard components that have not been specified shall.
be provided.
..Chassis shall be designed, engineered and built by the bidder and be the
manufacturer's .first line custom chassis.
The chassis shall be suitable for heavy-duty service with all components having
adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type
of service required.
ENG. NOTES
If selecting a top mount operator stand, change base to 10-00-7200.
S One (1) :Wheelbase -187.50"
10-00-9910
WHEELBASE '
The wheelbase shall be: 187.50 inches
Wheelbase to be 187.50".
ENG. NOTES ~ .
When determining your wheelbase reference the Redbook Wheelbase
_ Chart.Dealer must enter dimensions on spec.
Five (5) Seating Capacity
10-00-9920
SEATING CAPACITY
The safe seating capacity of the cab for properly belted passengers, shall be: Five
(5)
ENG. NOTES
Enter seating capacity in the "quantity".
one (1) Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings
10-00-9940
- GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATINGS
Front Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
Rear Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
ENG. NOTES
Dealer must enter GVWR on spec. Vehicles vvith a GVWR greater than
26k# shall not exceed 68 mph. Vehicles with a combined water/foam
tank capacity greater-than 120Q gal or GVWR greater than 50k# shall not
exceed 60 mph. '
One (1). Frame -10.25"/12,5" Vari Sect. Rail, 2.60'16m RBM
10-10-4200
FRAME
,The. chassis frame shall be built with two variable section steel channels with a
minimum of six (6) crossmembers. Pump shall not be counted as a crossmember.
The side rails shall be of heat treated steel measuring 12-1/2" tapered to .10-1/4" x
3-1/2".x 3/8". Each rail shall have a section modulus of 21.7, a minimum elastic
limit of 120,000 PSI and a minimum resisting bending moment of 2,601.,600 inch
pounds. The crossmembers shall be of heavy duty, fabricated, all-welded design,.
made out of a minimum of 50,000 psi material, The frame and cross members .
shall be~a bolted assembly utilizing i/2" flange-head grade eight bolts and
Spiralock flange nuts. Spiralock nuts shall be used exclusively in the frame
assembly for mounting spring hangers, steering gear, engine, transmission, eta
because of their ability to maintain a constant torque tension and prevent
. vibration loosening. Their design shall provide for an even thread load
distribution over the bolt, increased fatigue strength. and life,-and clamping
torque. All holes-made must be used and any holes in-the frame for options not
.required on this chassis are not acceptable. The frame rails shall be primed with
a polyester powder coating."
ENG. NOTES
Used when wheelbase is 180" to 219"" except for top mounts: choose vari
section rail with liner when wheelbase is 215" or more. Note: Frame
applications must be reviewed and approved by Seagrave engineering.
One (1) Bumper -10" Hiah, SIS, Wrap-Around
10-11-0000. .
BUMPER
A heavy duty, 10" high, ribbed, highly polished stainless steel bumper shall be
mounted to .the front of the chassis. As part of the bumper extension, a 1/4" thick.
by 9-3/8" high formed channel with 3" flanges shall be provided directly behind
the full width of the flat. portion of the bumper. It shall be a. modular assembly of
three (3) pieces bolted together. This bumper frame extension support shall be
reinforced. by an angle (minimum 5-I/4" x 3-1/2 x 3/8") welded to the bottom, A
3/16" aluminum treadplate gravel pan (deck) contoured to fit just below the front .
face of the cab and just below the upper bumper flange shall be provided. Sides
.(between bumper and cab corners) of the deck shall be boxed in. Pan shall not be
fastened to the top flange of the bumper.
One (1) Bumper Extension - ?1" -
10-12-0011
11" BUMPER EXTENSION .
A bumper extension shall be installed at the front of the cab. The front of the
bumper shall be approximately 11" from the front face of the cab. A gravel pars
- made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate shall be installed between the front bumper
and the.cab: Thebumper extension shall be designed and constructed so that the
apparatus can be lifted and/or towed by the extension - no exceptions.
ENG. NOTES
If bumper extension is used as a step, .you must also select handrails for
a 3 point stance.
S One (1) Front Bumper Hose Trough. -Center, 12.75" Deep
10-12-1130
FRONT HOSE TROUGH -CENTER
A hose trough shall be installed in the center of the bumper extension. It shall be
of T0.5" wide x 29.38" long x 12,75" deep, adequate size to hold approximately
50 feet of ] -3/4"-double jacketed fire hose: It shall be constructed of smooth
.aluminum and be easily removable from the gravel pan. It shall be installed with
recessed (countersunk) flathead screws to avoid damaging the hose. The
horizontal top mounting flange shall have mitered outside corners and its surface
shall be ~DA'd. Drain holes shall be provided.
The hose tray shall hold 50' of 1-.75" hose double jacket. the hose trough
shall be as deep only to accommodate this amount of .hose and no
deeper.
ENG. NOTES
Exact capacity is dependent upon the size, type, .and mfgr of hose.
One (1) Thru Bumper Opening -for RS Suction
10-12-1410
BUMPER OPENING FOR. FRONT SUCTION
An opening shall be provided in the right side of the bumper for a thru-bumper
-front suction.
ENG. NOTES
- Requires factory approval.- Requires front suction.- Not available with
air ride.front suspension on Attacker (Is available on MII).
One (1) Recessed Notch in .Front Bumper - LS, Full, for Q2B
10-12-152F
RECESSED NOTCH IN FRONT BUMPER FOR LEFT SIDE02B S1ItEN
A recessed notch shall be cut into the left side of the front bumper. and gravel pan
for: a Q2B siren. It shall be boxed in on the three vertical sides with aluminum
treadplate:
ENG. NOTES
- Requires a Federal Q2B siren- A recessed Q2B is not available when
there is a hose trough or other- compartment at that .location on the
bumper.
One (1) Dri-Deck -Front Bumper Compt (Ea)
10-12-5400
Black Dri-Deck shall be provided in the bottom of this front bumper
compartment. .
One (1) Covec -ATP, for; Front Bumper Hose. Trough, w/-Notch
10-12-6150
HINGED ALUM COVER WITH PRECONNECT NOTCH
The hose trough shall be provided with a hinged aluminum cover. The cover
shall be notched on one end for the preconnect. A gas cylinder type hold open
(and closed) device and stainless steel butterfly latch shall be provided for the
door.
S One (1) Chrome Tow Hooks ~ .
10-20-0000
CHROME TOW HOOKS
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely.
attached to the bumper support in addition to the cut-plate tow eyes.
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely
attached to the bumper support in addition to the cut-plate tow eyes.
One (1) Front Tow Eves -Cut Plate, Chrome. Thru Bumper
10-20-0300
FRONT TOW EYES
Two (2) chrome plated "cut plate" type tow eyes shall be furnished. They shall be
installed through the front-face of the bumper-and securely attached (bolted) to
i. the-bumper extension frame. The eyes shall be fabricated of 1"thick steel plate
with a 3~" diameter opening.
ENG. NOTES
~ ~ Bumper extension should be greater than 11".
One (1)• Rear Tow Loops -Painted, Under Step
10-22-0100
REAR TOW LOOPS
Two ,(2) painted rear tow loops shall be, provided, welded to the underside of the
rear- step subframe.
One (1) Power Steering Installation With Ross TAS-85
10-25-0100.
STEERr1VG
A Ross model TAS-85 integral heavy. duty power steering system shall be
provided. The hydraulic pump shall be engine gear driven. The steering gear
"box", or fixture that the gear is mounted to, shall be fabricated in the factory of .
- the bidder. It shall be a welded assembly constructed of 3/8" formed steel with a
3/4" face plate. Vertical gussets hall be provided between the face plate and the
frame mounting plate to insure against frame flex while the vehicle is stationary.
One {1) Auxiliary Cylinder -Power Steering
10-25-1300
AUXILIARY CYLINDER FOR POWER -STEERING
An auxiliary power assist cylinder shall be provided in the power steering
system.
ENG. NOTES
Required if front axle weight exceeds 18,000 tbs.
One (1), Chassis Alignment
10-25-2000
CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
The chassis frame rails shall be cross checked for length and square. Front and
.rear axles shall be laser aligned: The front axle shall be aligned and toe-in and
caster set on the front tires at the manufacturer's facility.
The completed apparatus should be rechecked for proper alignment after the
chassis has been fully loaded.
One (1) -Air System -Chassis, Two Axle
10-28-0100
AIR PIPING
The service brake system shall. be full air type. The system is to meet or exceed
current FMVSS-121 requirements:.Other components or accessories shall be as
follows: •
e Pressure protection valve
• Quick build up system
• Engine mounted, gear driven air compressor
• Bendix Model E-6 dual circuit brake treadle valve
• Two.air pressure gauges on cab dash- with indicator light and buzzer
One (1) Bendix DV2 automatic drain valve on wet tank
• Manual drain valves on remaining air reservoirs
• Air reservoirs
The Bendix SR-1 valve, in conjunction with the double check valve, shall enable
modulation of the spring brakes in the event of a service brake air system failure
to allow the vehicle to be stopped.
Brake piping shall consist of SAE approved, DOT rated "Synflex" reinforced
colored nylon tubing. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where
necessary in the chassis. Braided hoses shall provide flexibility between axle and
frame connections.. Brake air lines shall be color-coded. Air inlet to air brake
compressor shall be from the engine intake manifold, i.e. after transition through
the engine air cleaner. A combination of flexible stainless steel braided Teflon
hose and copper. line and braided stainless Teflon hose shall be provided from the
compressor to the air dryer,
The parking brake system is to be the. spring set type operated by control valve
on.driver's console. A brake indicator (ightshall also be provided:
ENG. NOTES
Quantity and capacity of air reservoirs depends on axle and brake size.
One (1) Air Dryer -.Meritor WABCO System Saver 1200
10-28-3820
AIR DRYER
A Meritor WABCO.1200 System Saver air dryer shall be installed in the air
brake system. It shall have a minimum capacity of 30 cfm air flow.. Dryer shall
be equipped with an integral, automatic, 12. volt heated moisture ejector which.is
thermostatically controlled. System shall include a pressure'controlled check
valve installed between the wet tank and the secondary air reservoir.
One (1) .Aux Air Outlet -Schrader Coupler. Shutoff Valve
10-28-4900
AUXILIARY AIR OUTLET
There shall be a 1/4" female air outlet with Schrader air hose fitting mounted on
the left pump panel with a 1/4" valve. The outlet shall be connected to one of the
vehicle's air reservoirs and shall provide an air supply for air tools or other uses.
A 1/4 turn shutoff valve shall be located adjacent to the outlet.
[X] Pumper or quint -standard location is on the pump panel
The outlet shall. be connected the the secondary air reservoir.
One (1) Aux Air Inlet -Manual
10-2$-5600
AUXILIARY AIR INLET
There shall be an auxiliary air inlet installed to maintain the chassis air pressure
while the.engine is not running. A check valve shall be installed in the-line to
prevent outflow. of air pressure from the. "wet" or "supply" tank.
Location of Auxiliary Air Inlet: .
[X] .Pumper or Quint-Standard location is on pump .panel
The inlet shall be labeled:
ENG. NOTES
Provide Location. -
One (1) Front Axle: - 6it6FS, 22i~ ~rrlDisc Brakes 1 Spring Suspension
11-00-4000
FRONT AXLE
A Meritor MFS front axle with.a 22,000 pound rating shall be provided. It shall
include composite low-friction. bushings with diagonal grooves to better
distribute Tube, camber settings of +1/4 degree for both left and right sides to help
.improve tine life and a large diameter, heat treated kingpin~with a Tube retaining
seal.
DISC BRAKES
The front axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air disc. brakes with
internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons and robust
sealing of slide. pins for environmental, protection. The #EX225H air disc brakes
shall. have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever mechanism with variable
mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be provided.
FRONT SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION 3" X 52"
The front suspension shall be semi-elliptical3" x 52" constant rate type springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,
thickness and number shalt be provided to match the leaf spring rating with that
of the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Gabriet 3-1/2" heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. shall also be provided on
the front -axle.
ENG. NOTE& .
This axle will be rated in accordance with the tires/wheels/ suspension
• being, used. The MFS front. steer front axle shall have a 42 degree cramp
angle with 425/65822.5tines:
One (1) Oil Seals - w/ !/iewina Window, Front Axle .
11-00-9500
FRONT AXLE OIL SEALS
. The front axle shall be equipped with oil~type seals with viewing windows:
One (1) Rear Axle - RS-24-160. w/EX225H Disc Brakes, 24;000#
11-10-0200.
REAR AXLE
The rear axle shall be a Meritor model RS24-160 with a capacity of 24;000
pounds at-the hub. The rear axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air
..disc brakes with internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons
and robust sealing of slide pins for environmental protection. The #EX225H air
disc brakes shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever mechanism with
variable mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be
provided.
All axles shall be purchased complete from and certified by the axle
manufacturer for the specific application. Brake chamber brand and size shall be
determined by the axle manufacturer,
ENG. NOTES
Any op speed less than 66mph on a 1550 ft Ib torque engine or 73mph
on a 1650 ft Ib torque engine requires factory approval Weight analysis
required on Attacker Rescue. lJse 11 R22.5 tires. Match suspension
capacity to axle capacity.
S Seventy (70) Top Road Speed 7
11-10-9999
ROAD SPEED
The top road speed of the vehicle-shall be 68 MPH at the governed engine RPM.
Top speed to be governed at 70 MPH.
ENG. 'NOTES
Vehicles with a GVWR greater than 26k# shall not exceed 68 mph.
Vehicles with a combined water/foam tank capacity greater than 1200 gal
or GVWR greater than 50k# shall not exceed 60 mph::
One (1) Anti,Lock Brakes (ABS) - 4-Channel
11-20-2600
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS
The vehicle. shall be equipped with a WABCO 4S4M anti-lock braking system
(ABS). The ABS shall provide four (4) channel anti-lock-up braking control on
.the (2) front and (2) rear wheels: The systerri shall employ a digital electronics
system with microprocessor controls divided. into two (2) diagonal circuits. In the
event- of one circuitmalfunetionthc second circuit shall operate unaffected. Each
wheel shall be constantly monitored by the system when the vehicle is in motion.
When any wheel beginsto during braking a signalshall be transmitted to the
processor from the wheel sensor: The control unit shall instantly reduce the
braking force applied to the wheel and immediately re-apply braking force so that
the wheel rapidly slows without locking. The system shall control .all wheels
simultaneously to provide maximum vehicle braking in a relatively straight line.
An ABS warning light shall be installed in the warning light panel of the
driverdash.
The ABS system. shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system
whenever the anti-lock braking mode is active.
ENG. NOTES
Not available on TDA: use 11-20-2700.
One (1), Vehicle Stability Compliance -Calculation Method
11-20-2750
VEHICLE STABILITY COMPLIANCE -CALCULATION METHOD
In compliance with NFPA 1901-2009 Edition standard 4.13.1, the vehicle, as
specified, shall be reviewed by a qualifted professional engineer in the employ of
the bidder, to verify that the vehicle shall have a Vertical Center of Gravity no
higher than 80% of the rear-axle's Track Width. The calculation shall be
available for review after the. conclusion of the Pre-Construction meeting,
providing that the Fire Department accurately identifies the equipment to be
carried and its storage location on the vehicle.
One (1) Rear. Susg. -Semi-Elliptical Sprina, 3"x52" Sinstle 24,000#
11-30-3100
REAR SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION 3" X 52" SINGLE -
24,000#
The rear suspension shall be semi-elliptical. 3" x 52"constant rate type. springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,
thickness and number shall be provided to match the Leaf spring rating with that
of the gross axleweight,rating of thevehicle.
Two (2) Front Tires - GY/385165R22.5/G286A SS/Hwv 9,370# Ea
12-05-6100
FRONT TIRES
The front tires shall be Goodyear 385/65822.5 G286A SS, load range "J",
. highway tread with a maximum rating of 9,370 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
ENG. NOTES
-Any 10-man cab requires 425 front tires. - A higher load rating of
10,025# is avail w/ lower max speed of 68mph.
Four {4) Rear Tires - GY/11R22.5/G164 RTD/Aar 6.425# (Eat
12-06-0300
REAR TIRES
The rear tires shall be Goodyear 11822.5 G164 RTI?, load range "H", aggressive
-tread with a maximum rating of 6,425 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
One (1) Wheels - Alurn. Disc.. Polished. Sinale -Rear Axle
12-50-0500 ~ ~ ~
WHEELS
Wheels shall be Alcoa polished aluminum disc type and hub piloted. Chrome
plated nut covers shall be furnished.
ENG: NOTES
Not available for 75' Meanstick-with a 500 gallon water tank-and single
-rear axle.
One (1) Hub Caas - (2) S/S, "13abv 61oon", Front Axle
12-80-0100
FRONT AXLE "BABY MOON" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "Baby Moon" type hub caps_shall be provided on the front axle.
The hub cap style shall match the requirements of the front axle wheel seals.
One (1) Hub Caas -_12) S/S, "High Hat", Rear Axle
12-90=0200
REAR AXLE "HIGH HAT" HUB CAPS '
Stainless steel "High Hat" type hub caps shall be provided.on the rear axle(s).
ENG. NOTES
Change quantity to (2) for tandem axle.
One (1) Tire Pressure Indicators =Accu-Pressure H.D. Safety Caps, Single
Axle ,
12-9D-1010
TIRE PRESSURE INDICATORS
Accu-Pressure Heavy Duty Safety Caps shall be provided and installed:. each
wheel shall be equipped with a valve stem inflation pressure sensitive monitor
that shall provide a visual color.. indication of when the-tire pressure is below the
manufacturers recommended level. The chrome safety cap shall. show.. green
when the tire is properly inflated and red once the tire becomes underinflated by
' 10%. .
One (1) Engine -Cummins, ISM, 500 HP, 1550 ft. Ib., 10.8 L w/o DPF
. 13-00-6878
ENGINE ~ .
-The chassis shall be powered by a 2007 emissions compliant Cummins ISM
diesel engine as described below:
• Model ISM
• Number of Cylinders Six
• Bore and Stroke 4.92 x 5.79 in.
• .Displacement Liter (Cu. In) _ 10.8 (659)
• Rated BHP 500 @ 21.00 RPM
• Torque . 15501bs.-ft. at 1200 RFM
~ Governed RPM 2100
• Oil Capacity /Type. 10.2 gallons /SAE CJ=4
Fuel Requirement Ultra low sulfur diesel (15 ppm max)
Standard equipment on the engine to include the following:
• Cooled Exhaust Gas Recirculation system
• Fan - 32", 11 blade '
• Charge air cooling
• High pressure, common rail fuel system
' • Fuel filter with check valve and water separator
• Fuel strainer
• Governor -electronic, interact system
• Injectors -electronically controlled full authority injection
• Lube oii cooler -integral
• .Lube oil filter -full flow
• Starting motor - l2 volt
• Turbocharger -variable geometry type
• Air compressor - Wabco 18.7 CFM
The engine exhaust system shall be a horizontal design constructed -from heavy-
duty truck components. Flexible couplings shall be utilized to absorb the torque
and vibration of the engine. The outlet shall be directed to the forward side of
the rear wheels, exiting the right side, with a straight tip. Aheat-absorbing
sleeve shall.be used on the exhaust pipe in the engine compartment area to reduce
stored heat, providing protection for the alternator, and also to protect hands
when checking or adding oil in the engine compartment.
ENGINE AND CHARGED AIR COOLING SYSTEMS
A serpentine core type radiator with continuous louvered copper fin design shall
be provided. Radiator shall be fitted with formed steel side frames. The top tank
shall have abuilt-in de-aeration system. A drain shall be located at the lowest
point:.
The engine charged air-heat exchanger -shall be located directly in front of the
radiator and be"bolted to its side rails. It shall be-all aluminum-brazed
construction. Air cooler to be cross flow. design with cast aluminum side tanks,
horizontal inlet and outlet at top and aluminum louvered serpentine external air
fins. Cooler tubes. shall also be constructed of aluminum and have internal fins.
that eliminate laminar airflow.
The charge air cooler and the radiator shall be produced by the same
manufacturer as a single assembly to provide continuity throughout the cooling
system. This shall ensure a certified"balanced" package for the chassis engine air .
and fluid cooling systems.
The .dual heat exchanger package shall be mounted on a frame fabricated
mounting bracket attached to the front of the engine in a manner so that it "floats"
with the engine. This mounting design eliminatesengine fan and radiator shroud .
contact due to engine torque movement and promotes more efficient airflow. It
shall beheld in place at the bottom by two (2) large -bolts equipped with anti-
stress rubber biscuits. The top of the radiator shall be supported by two (2), 3/4"
tubular braces, bolted to the engine block. Anti-vibration rubber biscuits shall be
installed at the top threaded end of the braces where they attach to the radiator.
A fan shroud shall be bolted to the rear (engine side) of the radiator to increase
the fan's efficiency by drawing all air from the front of (and through) the radiator.
It shall also be equipped with extruded rubber side baffles.
• ~ ENG. NOTES
• Requires Allison 4000EVS transmission and Spicer 1810 driveline.
One (1) Engine Cooling Certification
13-00-7000
ENGINE COOLING CERTIFICATION
"EPQ" (End Product Questionnaire) certification shall be provided by the
apparatus manufacturer and shall be done on a completed unit (after pump and
complete body installation). Incomplete certifications (chassis only) shall not be
• acceptable.
One (1) Fan Clutch ~ -
13-00-7500
FAN CLUTCH
A pneumatically operated, thermostatically controlled, clutch shall be .provided
for the engine cooling fan. The clutch shall be of a failsafe design, in that it shall
fail in the "on" mode and thus prevent overheating in the event of component or
.air line failure. Manufacturer shall also wire the clutch so that it remains "on" in
the pumping mode to prevent water pressure fluctuations. ;
- One (1). Coolant Overflow Reservoir - 6 QT
13-00-7600
• COOLANT OVERFLOW RESERVOIR.
A six (6) quart coolant overflow reservoir shall be provided. It shall be accessed
in the officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with small D-ring
handle shall be provided for access. A visual inspection shall be possible without
• tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS). The aluminum treadplate-door shall be
.properly labeled.
.One (1)' Silicone Hoses - Coolant/Heater
13-01-2100
SILICONE HOSES
All hoses in the cooling system. shall be silicone type with stainless steel constant
torque Oetiker clamps..
One (1) Transmission -Allison. 4000-EVS
13-03-1200 -
TRANSMISSION
An Allison, Model 4000 - EVS, electronically controlled, 5 speed automatic
transmission with integral fluid filter shall be provided. A transmission cooler
shall be installed in the radiator bottom tank. A warning. light and buzzer shall be
provided on the -cab dash to alert the driver should the transmission overheat.
• The transmission shall include the following: an oil life monitor, a filter life
monitor, -and a transmission health monitor. The oil-life monitor determines fluid
life remaining by monitoring various operating parameters.. The filter life
monitor- determines when fluid filter(s). need to be replaced: The transmission •
health monitor determines when clutch system inspection is required. The
monitors send a message via a blink code to a special prognostic light on the shift
pad.
-The transmission shall include the following emergency vehicle specifications:
• Maximum gross input power: 600 hp
. Maximum gross inputtorque: 1850 !bs/ft.
• Input speed range: 1700 to 2300 rpm
• Direct gear lock-up: 4th @ 1.00 to 1.00
• Overdrive gear and ratio:. 5th @ 0.74 to 1,00
Gear ratios shall be as follows:
l st 3.51 to 1
• 2nd 1.91'to 1
3rd 1.43 to 1
~ 4th 1:00 to 1
5th 0.74 to 1
• Rev '-4.80 to 1
ENG. NOTES
This transmission has PTO opening at .7:00 & 1_:00. Engineering approval
req for use of 1:00 position. Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200, 1810
driveline.Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200, 1810 driveline.~
One (1) .Transmission Fluid -Mobil Delvac Synthetic ATF F/ 4000-EVS
13-03-2005
TRANSMISSION FLUID
The Allison 4000-EVS transmission shall be delivered from the factory with
Mobil Delvac Synthetic ATF.
Orie (1) Transmission Proaramming - 5th On Mode
13-03-3000 '
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
. The transmission shall be programmed as a 5-speed with 5th gear (overdrive).
selected. by mode button only.
ENG. NOTES.
Valid option. for Allison transmission.
One (1) Transmission Shift Control -.Allison Touch Pad
13-03-4000
TOUCH PAD TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL
Touch .pad control-shift module shall be mounted to the right of the driver on the
. ..console and be indirect lighted for after dark. operation..
One (1) Driveline - $aicer 1810
~ 13-05-0200
DRIVELINE
Drivelines shall be built with heavy-duty metal tubes and utilize Spicer 1810
series or "Equal" mechanics type universal joints with "half round" end yokes.
This quick disconnect strap and bolt design type end joint shall allow the.
driveline to b'e easily disassembled and dropped straight down for ease of service
and maintenance. They also. shall be dynamically balanced by the truck
manufacturer before installation in the chassis. A splined slip joint;is to be
provided in each shaft assembly.
S One (1) Fuel-Tank - 65 Gallon, S/S, Rear Mt., w/S/S Straps
13-08-2700
FUEL. SYSTEM
The vehicle shall be furnished with a 65 gallon fuel tank mounted behind-the rear
axle and just below the frame rails using a stainless steel strap. The tank shall be
constructed of stainless steel and equipped with a swash partition and'vent. The
fuel tank shall meet all FHWA requirements including a fill capacity of 95% of
tank volume and all DOT and FIvNSS regulations for rollover protection. A 2"
diameter fill inlet shall be provided. Fuel cap shall be of brass or bronze
construction, non-vented and have lead safety fuses. It shall be chained to inlet
tube or to the body sheet metal to prevent loss. Braided hoses shall be provided
for the fuel lines. A 1/2" NPT drain plug shall be located at the bottom of the
tank. The tank shall be installed using stainless steel straps and hardware, ,
separated from the tank by a rubber insulating strip to prevent against chaffing.
On trucks without torque boxes, the fuel tank pickup tube and sending unit shall
~ be accessible without having to remove the tank.
The fuel: fill inlet shall be located on the left (drivers) side of the apparatus. It
shall be concealed behind a door marked "DIESEL FUEL ONLY". The fuel
inlet area, recessed behind the door, shall be completely enclosed to prevent dirt
and debris from entering. Provision shall be provided inside the fill recess for
drainage of any spilled fuel within the cavity.
Provide fuel fall inlets on each side of the un. it.
Provide fuel fill inlets on each side of the unit.
.ENG. NOTES
For Pumpers, when selecting a 65 gal. tank with an air ride suspension,
you must select 45-48-9000 (flush rear). NA on non-ext bodies or ext
body w/ 14" ext compt. Requires Engineering Approval.
One {1) Fuel Fill Door - S/S. Brushed:
13-08-3010
The fuel door shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall have a brushed
finish.. It shall be horizontally hinged at the bottom and pull down to open. A
Southco spring loaded device with brass roller shall be provided to hold the door
in the open or closed position. A black pull knob shall be installed on the door
for opening and closing it. A black rubber bumper shall be installed in a position
( to prevent the door from damaging the surrounding surface when it is opened.
The bumper shall be permanently mounted with screws.
One (1) Fuel Cooler - Engine
' 13-08-5400
ENGINE FUEL COOLER
An engine fuel cooler shall be provided on the apparatus. The engine fuel cooler
shall cool the returning fuel from the engine using the water from the water
PumP•
ENG..NOTES
Not compatible with CAT C-9 engines. Only available on units with a
water pump. Champ, Model 42-1768.
One (1) FueUH2(~ : eparator - Fileetauard FS1000
13-08-5700
FLEETGUARD FUEL WATER SEPARATOR
A Fleetguard FS1000 spin-on 10 micron filter with-fuel water separator shall be
provided.
ENG. NOTES
- This is the standard primary filter on the 2007 ISM engines. Only
.available on ISM engines.
One (1) Alternator - Leece Neville. 320 Amp
13-10-0400
ALTERNATOR
( A minimum 320 amp Leece Neville alternator with an integral rectifier system
shall be provided.
- ENG. NOTES
The 320 amp alternator is the largest Leece Neville alternator available.lf
vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer, an additional 45 amp draw must be
added to the continuous electrical load, per NFPA.
One (1) Air Compressor - Wabco 18,7 cfm
13-11=0400
AIR COMPRESSOR
A Wabco 18.7 cfm air compressor shall be furnished. The air compressor shall be
gear driven off the engine..
ENG. NOTES
Only available on Cummins Engines.
One (1) Air Cleaner
13-12-0500
AIR CLEANER
A Donaldson Power Core dry type engine'air cleaner shallbe provided. It shall
be installed. in a location so that the filter element can be easily serviced.
-One (1) Air Restrict Indicator - Information Display Center .
13-12-5500
~ AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN INFORMATION DISPLAY CENTER
An electrical engine air restriction indicator shall be provided and installed in the
cab infoxmation display center.
ENG. •NOTES
Farr "Filter Minder" •
One (1) Exhaust -Non-DPF, with 5" Aluminized Pipe
13-13-02A0
EXHAUST
The exhaust system shall be 5" in diameter and. shall discharge horizontally on
the officer side of the vehicle, ahead of the: rear tires. Stainless steel flex pipe and
aluminized steel hard pipe shall be used between the engine turbo and the
aluminized steel muffler.. Aluminized steel pipe shall be used from the muffler to
the exhaust discharge. The muffler shall be bolted to the frame with brackets.
Joints shall be connected with. lapping band style clamps.
One (1) Tailpipe - Plvmovent; Extended for Exh. Evac. System
13-13-0900
TAILPIPE EXTENSION
The tailpipe shall be provided to accommodate a Plymoverit exhaust evacuation
system. The tailpipe will be mounted perpendicular to the•side of.the truck and
be flush with the body. 12" of clearance between the, pipe and the. tire will be
provided.
It is understood that the 2007 engine exhausts can not be connec#ed to exhaust
evacuation systems when the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst and Diesel Particulate
Filter on the engine are regenerating.
ENG. NOTES
• Receiver plate is not supplied, it is a DFI.
One (1) Exhaust Heat Shielding for Non-DPF Engines
13-13-1120 •
EXHAUST HEAT SHIELDS •
The exhaust pipe shall be wrapped in two (2) multi-layered insulation blankets,
from. just aft of the turbo to just, below the .frame rail to protect the. air piping and
air lines-that run in the frame. and to provide protection for the -air cleaner. Each
blanket shall have a fiberglass inner layer and a silicone impregnated fiberglass
cloth-outer layer.
The cab -shall receive 1.25" thick foil back insulation blanket under the crew floor
to reduce floor temperatures.
Ali harnesses and cables, in proximity to exhaust system components, shall be
protected. with ThermaShield insulation.
One {1) Enbine Brake -Jacobs, Cummins ISM
13-15-0400
ENGINE BRAKE
A 7acobs engine brake shall be installed with controls within easy reach of the'
driver.:Brake shall-automatically be actuated when the accelerator pedal is
released. The.engine brake shallbe wired in conjunction with the rear brake
lights so that they are activated when the engine brake is engaged. It shall have a
three position switch; "LOW' ; "MEDIUM" and "HIGH'.' along-with an "OFF"
and "ON" switch.
One (1) Heater -Engine, 1500 Watt
13-15-3300
ENGINE HEATER-
A 1.10 volt, 1500-Watt direct immersion block heater shall be provided with AC
electrical inlet (shoreline)- connection.
ENG: NOTES
If a 220 volt engine heater is wanted SOPR required and shoreline must
change to 30 amp. Kim Hotstart.Requires Shoreline Connection.
One (1) Fast Idle -Switched on Dash .
13-15-4100
FAST IDLE SWITCH
A fast idle switch shall activate an engine high. idle potentiometer. The circuit
shall be wired through the neutral safety/parking brake interlock to prevent
activation when the transmission is in the road mode. Fast idle shall be set at
1000 RPM's. A switch located inside the cab convenient to the driver shall be
provided fbr this system:
One (1) Naenealate -Lubrication Capacity
13-15-5000
LUBRICATION PLATE
A permanent plate shall be installed. in the driver's' compartment which shall
specifythe quantity: and type of lubrication fluids used in the following chassis or
apparatus components: engine, chassis transmission, pump transmission, pump
.primer. and rear axle differential. Engine coolant type and quantity shall also be
stated.
One (1) Cab -.S/S; Full TiIt,140" (Mll - MF)
20-00-6700
STAINLESS -STEEL FULL TILT'CAB
The cab shallbe designed specifically for the fire service and as such shall
provide extra strength and safety. The cab shall be made in the factory of the
bidder and must be the bidder's top-of--the-line stainless -steel model. The cab
hall tilt forward for engine access. .
CUSTOM CAB DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
The cab shall be of stainless. steel reinforced welded safety-cage construction
utilizing a rectangular structural tube sub-frame.. Front face, roof and rear wall
shall be framed with stainless steel square tubing. Cab sides shall utilize both
formed stainless steel sheet metal and formed tubing for reinforcement. Framing
shall be covered with a stainless steel skin on front and sides. Side roof covering
(rolled edges) shall be constructed of stainless steel sheet metal formed in a
quarter round, hollow double wall, angle reinforced configuration with integral
drip xail. .
No plastic or fiberglass shall be used in the construction of~the cab,
CAB DIMENSIONS
The back wall of the cab shall measure 72" from the center of the front axle. The
cab shall have an inside width of 91" and outside width of 96". Entrance step
wells to the driver's and officer's positions shall be a minimum of 26" wide and •
the rear. crew step wells shall be 34" wide. They shall be "spaced" out at front,
rear and side to prevent trapping of dirt and other residue. Entrance steps shall be
made of expanded aluminum grating..
CAB FLOORS AND UNDERSIDE
Cab floors shall be covered with a sound barrier mat with aheavy-duty wear
surface. The underside of the cab shall have an integral high strength framework
which shall become the lifting platform for the cab hydraulic tilt system.
CAB ROOF
The roof of the .cab shall be covered with high polished aluminum diamond
plating, The perimeter of the treadplate,. at the junction with the cab. roof, shall
be sealed.
REAR OF CAB
The rear of the cab shall be covered with high-polished aluminum diamond
plating. The perimeter of the treadplate, at the junction with the cab -back wall,
shall be sealed. •
CAB TILT
The cab shall tilt a minimum of 45 degrees for normal servicing of the engine
and other equipment. The tilt cab locking system shall be a two-pointtype that
locks automatically when the cab is lowered into its nested position. The cab tilt
.package is custom designed forsafety. and ease of vehicle maintenance. The
hydraulic tilting system consists of two heavy-duty single acting cylinders
equipped with- velocity fuses at the cylinder base in case of any failure in the
operating mode. The power supply is a high efficiency electric over hydraulic
system with an integral mechanical override incase of battery failure. All
components and parts are designed for installation with a minimum of 3 to 1
safety factor based on current S.A:E. standards.
In addition toahe velocity fuses, a secondary. safety system. shall be provided to
hold cab in the fully raised position in the event of a failure in the primary lift..
mechanism: It shall consist of a metal. channel device, which automatically drops
i over the extended rod of the right side. hydraulic lift cylinder thereby preventing
its retraction. The safety channel can only be released through an overt action
made by the operator such as pulling a lever or cable. Automatic release of the
' ~ safety system shall not be acceptable.
.The cab tiff system shall be remotely controlled utilizing a twelve foot cable with
a hand held push button device which into plug into a receptacle in the bumper,
area on,the right-hand side of tha cab.. The receptacle shall have aspring-loaded
weatherproof cover. A four point isolated mounting system-shall be provided.
The mounting system shall consist of two (2) front pivot mounts- fabricated of
.steel and two (2) rear cab mounts that. are center bonded rubber., Each front pivot
mount shall consist of a greaseless pin and amulti-layered; self-lubricating,
composite bearing. The outer layer of the bearing shall be,high-durometer rubber
to isolate road vibrations and shock.
ENG. NOTES
***Requires Weighf Analysis for use on TowerMax Platforms, certain
combinations of cab options may create an overweight problem.8 Seats
on 140" MII cab is-not available with MeanStick
One (1) Cab Grille -Front, Marauder II
20-006910
.CAB- GRILLE -VERTICAL BARS-AND RAISED BEZEL SURROUND
The cab front opening shall be covered with a custom made polished stainless
steel grille that shall be fabricated in the bidder's factory, -The grille shall have
formed vertical bars spaced apart on 2" centers. The upper polished stainless
steel. grille shall have a matching lower. counterpart to further facilitate engine
cooling: The two (2) stainless grilles shall be housed in a custom, raised and
chrome plated bezel..
ENG. -NOTES
No secondary screen is allowed behind the front cab grille.
One (1) Engine Air Inlet Grille & -Ember Separator, MII
20-00-69MS ~ '
ENGINE AIR INTAKE GRILLE WITH WATER/EMBER SEPARATOR
A highly polished stainless steel removable grille for engine air intake shall be
provided. The air intake grille shall cover the replaceable water and ember
separator .filter housed in the cab structure.
The airvntake grille and water/ember separator cartridge shall be located on the
side of the cab, above and to the. rear of the drivers side steer axle. wheel well..
One (1) Cab R®®f - ~/S, sI" Raised
20-00-7500
8" RAISED ROOF
The rear section of the.. cab roof, over the crew cab area, shall be raised 8" higher
than the driver's and officer's section. The raised portion shall start just behind
the centerline of the front axle: The leading forward. face of the raised roof shall
slope backward 45 degrees to provide a streamlined look.
The interior floor to ceiling height of the forward portion of the cab shall be 59".
i The interior floor to ceiling height of the rear crew portion of the cab shall be
' 67". .
The rear crew cab doors shall be extended into the raised portion fo provide
maximum headroom for entering and exiting the rear crew cab. The top of the
rear crew doors shall increase by 8" and have an additional: piece of fixed glass at
the top'of the door, above and separate from the standard door glass.
One (1) Door Window Separator Trim -Flat Black .
20-00-7910
DOOR WINDOW TRIM
Flat black trim shall separate the roll-down glass of the crew doors and the fixed
glass above it. -
On~ (1) Doors - farrier Styie, CViI{ 140"/15~'° Cabs .
20-00-8200
CAB DOOR CONSTRUCTION -BARRIER CLEARING
The cab doors .shall be barrier clearing and fabricated from stainless steel (No
exceptions): The cab doors shall be 34.75" wide. The interior and exterior door
handles to be flush mounted paddle, style with a keyed lock incorporated in the
exterior handle and lever control lock incorporated in the interior handle. Six
.inch wide strap style door checks shall be provided. Doors shall be hung on high
polished stainless steel full length hinges attached to cab and door with .25"
bolts. Doors shall meet Federal Motor. Vehicle Safety Standard #206.
Each cab door inner panel shall have:a minimum of 96 square inches of reflective
material
installed to alert traffic when doors :are open:
ENG. NOTES
.For MF, MS, LS cabs only.
S One (1) Doors - (2) Cab, Side Access, 25" Hiah
20-00-9500
' CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR
Two (2) cab side access doors shall be provided on the cab, one each side-
between-the front doors and front crew cab windows: Door openings shall be .
approximately 13.00" wide x 25.00" high. "D" handle type latches shall be
provided on the lower rearward part ofthe door. The doors shall be vertically
hinged. with a chain type stop.
Doors shall be hinged:
[ ]Standard at front
[X] Optional at rear
Provide a DA'd S/S shelf on the floor in the cab access door area on each
side.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with split tilt cabs.
One (1) Sill Protector_ -.Cab Side Acc. Door..Brushed S/S. "
20-00-9640.
' ~ CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided
on the cab side access door sills to protect the painted finish.
S Six (6) Two Wav Radio Antenna Mount - Universal wl Cable~Ea)
20-03-1000
TWO-WAY RADIO ANTENNA IyIOLJhIT(S)
Six (6) universal antenna mount(s), model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable
and weatherproof cap shall be provided for the two-way radio equipment. The .
mount(s) shall be installed in the cab roof as requested by the customer. The
cable shall berouted to.the-lower dash, or as requested by the customer, with any
excess cable secured in an accessible location. All installation locations and
cable routing shall be confirmed with the customer during the pre-construction
process.
Desired locations}. shall be:
Antennas shall be mounted in a "Trough"/Mounting strips, so only one (1)
hole is needed in the cab.
ENG. NOTES.
Antenna. Whip to be Dealer or Customer Furnished and Dealer Ins#alled.
DO NOT SEND WHIP TO FACTORYI
One (1) Innerliners -Front. 304 S/S, for MII cab
20-05-2010
FRONT STAINLESS STEEL INNERLINERS
Semi-circular. innerliners shall be provided in each front wheel housing. -They .
shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be bolted in place so they
may be'removed if damaged, Self
tapping sheet metal screws are riot acceptable.
The outside edge of the innerliner shall be bolted along its entire length. The ~ .
bottom edge of liner shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid.
trapping dirt and debris.
ENG. NOTES
On split tilts the- innerliners wilt be split over the center axle.Only available
on the Marauder II cab.
One (1) Fenderettes -Front. S/S
20-05-2.110
FRONT FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed in the front wheel openings.
-They shall be sufficiently wide to completely cover'the outside rear tire and
reduce wheel splash along the sides of the body. They shall be installed with
1/4" hex head. bolts (self-tapping sheet: metal screws are not acceptable) and have
a full width rubber welt placed between the fenderette and-body wheel well
opening flange. Outside edge of welting shall forma "V" bead between fender
and body side face to prevent moisture from entering. Inside edge shall also have
a small raised bead. Outside edge. of fenderette, at the wheel opening shall be .
rolled inward to eliminate a sharp edge and avoid injury when cleaning '
apparatus.
One (1) Mud Flaps -Rear
20-07-0200 .
REAR MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty rear mud flaps with the manufacturer's colored- "logo"::and name (in
script) placed on the rear face shall be provided and installed to the rear of the
rear dual. wheels. Name shall be in black with a white background. Flaps shall be
24" wide and be made of 3/16" heavy duty semi-flexible vinyl material to prevent
"sailing",
.One (1) Mirrors - (2) Lana Mekra, 300 Series, Four-Way, Heatd/Remote
20-1.0-1300
CAB MIRRORS WITH AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE. CONTROL
Two (2) Lang Mekra 300 Series chrome plated aero style main and convex
mirrors shall be installed, one (1) on each side of the vehicle: The main mirror
shall be a four-way heated, remotely controlled adjustable 7" x 16" second
surface chromed flat glass... The convex shall be a four-way adjustable 6" x 8" .
second surface chromed 400 mm radius glass.
The mirrors shall have abuilt-in temperature sensor that will automatically .
controLthe surface temperature of the mirror. An additional on/off switch is
installed for mirror heat.
Delete the on/off switch for the mirror heater.
One (1) Windshield -Tinted
20-12-030Q
WINDSHIELD
The windshield shall be of tinted automotive aaminated safety plate glass with a
curved two-piece design. The windshield shall have appro~cimately 2900 square
inches of visual area. Right. and left hand windshield .glass shall be symmetrical
and interchangeable from sideto side to minimize spare parts stock-and expense.
Windshield shall.be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding
with a bright finish, decorative, locking bead. Cab shall be finish painted prior to
windshield glass being installed.
One (1). Windshield. Wipers & Washers
20-12-0305
WINDSHIELD WIl'ERS AND WASHERS
One (1) wet arm operated windshield wiper shall be provided for each plate of.
windshield glass for accessibility and optimum windshield wiping surface areas,
Wipers shall be two speed type with intermittent wiping feature. One (1) control
switch shall be provided and. located on the self-canceling directional switch for
both wiper arms.- The switch shall combine the on/off (automatic .park position),
two speed, intermittent and washer functions in one control. The turning switch
i ~ shall activate the wipers and control speed, and pushing it shall operate the
washers.
One (1) Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir = 5 QT (MII)
20-12-0310
. WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
A five (5) quart windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be provided.. It shall be
accessed in the officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with
-small D-ring handle shall be provided. for access. A visual inspection shall be
possible without tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS). -The aluminum treadplate
door shall be properly labeled.
One (1) Door Glass.-Tinted, Electric Power Windows
20-12-2700
DOOR WINDOWS
A retractable window with automotive type tempered safety glass shall be
provided in all four (4) cab doors. All glass shall be tinted. Glass shall slide in
stainless steel side channels with cloth/iiber liners. Rubberized fiber seals shall
be located at the bottom of the window opening to prevent water and debris from
entering the interior. of the door when the glass is up (or down). A -seal hall be
.placed on both sides (interior and exterior) of the glass.- The front door glass
`shall be 23.75" high x 25.75" wide upper and 27.50" wide lower. The rear door
glass shall be 23.75" high x 30" wide. The door. window openings shall be
trimmed on the exterior side with a smooth, black, poly vinyl chloride (PVC)
molding
Electric power window. regulator shall be manufactured by-the IVluncy
Corporation and shall be the enclosed, sliding flexible shaft, gear type for ease of
operation and reliability. The shaft shall enter a vinyl plastic protective sheath
whenever it is exposed. A 12 volt electric motor with gear reduction box to slow
driven gear rpm and increase.power transmission shall be provided. Individual
switches shall be provided so that the driver controls the left side forward door
window, officer the right side and crew occupants -the- rear. Switches shall be on
the door or in another convenient location. Aftermarket add-on type electric
power window conversion devices like the type that replaces the crank arm will
not be acceptable.
One (1) Glass -Side Crew Cab. Fixed, Tinted
20-14-1100
CREW CAB SIDE GLASS -
There shall be a side window on each side of the cab between the doors. They
shall be tinted and be manufactured of automotive tempered safety glass. Each
window shall be 23" high x 23".wide to provide maximum vision, They shall 6e
. installed and held in place. by an extruded rubber molding with a chrome plated,
decorative, locking ,bead. Cab shall be finish painted prior to window glass being
installed.
One (1) Cab Trim -Exterior Molding
20-16=0100
CAB TRIM
Decorative molding is to be provided across the front and along both sides of the . '
cab just below the windshield level,. The molding shall be the automotive
adhesive type made of poly vinyl chloride (PVC). It shall be 5/8" -wide with
' chrome plated outer edges and a .511:6" textured black center strip:
• One (1) Scuffplates - (41 Cab Door Frame, S/S, Hi-Polished
20-16-5000
CAB DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATES
A highly polished stainless steel scuffplate shall be installed on the striker side of
each cab door frame and shall run the full height of the door opening. The
• scuffplate shall be a single-bend configuration-that guards the outer door frame
post from damage and chips to the paint.
One (1) Knurled Aluminum: Cab. Handrails & Grab Handles: MII
20-18=0100
CAB HANDRAILS AND GRAB HANDLES
Handrails shall be l-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, wtha bright
anodized finish.
All handrail stanchions. shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
• with 1/4" stainless steel hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have. a rubberized gasket
placed between them and the body surface they are mounted on. A drain hole
shall be provided in each bottom stanchion,
Handrails and handles shall be installed as follows: '
Four (4) 24" handrails shall be installed-on the side of the cab, one just to the rear
of each cab door. Stanchions shall be offset to the rear to provide hand clearance
~ and prevent injury when opening or closing cab doors.
Four (4) rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on the inside of each
cab door.
Two (2) 12" rubber covered .grab handles shall be;provided, one on the driver's
. side and officer's. side front A-pillar, above the door hinge, to assist in entry to the
cab.
• Two (2) 12" rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on each rear
crew door C-pillar; on the hinged side of the door, to assist in entry to the cab:
One.(1) Crash Test Report -Chassis and Cab
20-20-0100
CRASH TEST
. The cab shall be certified for the following tests: •
SAE J2420: Cab over Engine (COE) Front Strength Evaluation -Dynamic
Loading -Heavy Trucks
SAE J2422: Cab Roof Strength Evaluation -Quasi Static Loading -Heavy
.Trucks '
$CE Regulation 29: Protection of Occupants of Cab in Commercial Vehicle
Performance Measure:
1. After undergoing each test, the cab of the vehicle shall exhibit a survival space
accommodating a 50th percentile male ATD in the median position without
contact between the manikin and-non-resilient parts for all seating positions.
2. None of the doors shall open during the tests.
3. The cab attachments may be distorted or fractured, however, the cab shall remain
attached to the vehicle frame in at least one attachment location.
ENG. NOTES
Certification available on request.
One (1) RoIITek - 4 Seatina Positions
20-20-1100
ROLLTEK
RollTek shall be installed in the cab to provide additional occupant protection.
The RollTek system shall consist of the following features: A roll sensor system,
a belt pretensioning and seat pull down system, a buckle pretensioning system,
and an airbag deployment system.
-The roll sensor system shall consist of a sensor capable of activating and
deploying up to 8 safety components. The sensor shall store enough power to
deploy all the safety devices. for one second after power loss. The sensor shall be
programmed to record 8 seconds of roll data before and 2 seconds of data-after a
crash:event. The roll sensor shall be pre programmed to recognize a rollover
condition, which shall include a roll or tilt condition of approximately 40 degrees
from horizontal
Each air ride seat shall have a belt pretensioner and a seat pull down system. In
the event of a rollover condition, the seat belts are tightened and -the seat
,suspension system is pulled to it's lowest position. This locked position shall last
for at least 20 seconds.
-Each fixed seat shall have a buckle pretensioning system. In the event of a
rollover condition, the "normal" slack-from the lap belt is retracted which better
positions the occupant.
An airbag shall be located at each outboard seat position, for deployment
between the seat and the bulkhead. Airbag deployment shall be calibrated and
placed so as to protect the outboard occupants from contact with the cab and
injury from interior and. exterior objects.
The pretensioning systems are the first systems to deploy, followed by the
airbags; then ground impact.
ENG. NOTES
Not avail on Attacker. Only avail w/ some Bostrom seats w/-high backs;.
see seat EN. Not avail f/ rear facing inbd seats. If more seats are regd,
select 20-20-1300 &/or 20=20-1310 & adj qty.
One (1) RollTek.- Additional-Outboard Seats Reauire RoIITek (Ea)
20-20-1300
One (1) additional outboard seats shall have RollTek components installed as are
available for each location.
Additional seats receiving RoIITek-shall be:
ENG. NOTES
. ~ Identify seats to receive RoIITek. Only avail w/ Bostrom seats w/ high
backs. Some Bostrom seating not avail; see seat EN..
Two (2) Air Ride Seat Components For RoIITek (Eal
20-20-1410
ROLLTEK AIR RIllE SEAT COMPONENTS
Two (2) seats in the cab shall be air ride. Ro11Tek components shall be
incorporated into each air ride seat to convert the seat for use with the Ro11Tek
safety system.
One (1) Sea$13e1tlliiarnina Svstem - idF~.A .
20-20-301 Q `
SEAT ALARM SYSTEM
A seat :alarm system .provided by Li:feGuard Technologies shall be installed in the
cab, as mandated by NFPA 1901 14.1.3.10. The alarm. system shall be activated
anytime the parking brake. is released or the automatic transmission is not iri park.
The system shall consist of an audible alarm that can be heard at all positions
designated to be occupied while the vehicle is in motion and a visual display to
the driver or officer showing the condition at each seating position.
The visual display shall give the following indications:
~ ~ Affirmative Senses occupant and-belt is
Indication buckled.`
Negative- .Senses occupant and belt is
Indication. unbuckled.
Negative Senses no occupant and belt is
Indication buckled.
Dark Senses no occupant and belt is
unbuckled.
ENG. NOTES
.Costs included in with Vehicle Data Recorder:
Five (5) Helmet Holder-Ziamatic #UHH-1 (Ea, QtV must = # of seats)
20-20-4010
HELMET HOLDER
{Quantity} Ziamatic model UHH-1 helmet holders shall be provided and
installed: -Locations within the cab for the' holders shall be determined at the time
of the preconference meeting.
The helmets shall be released-from the holders by pulling a.retention strap down.
No adjustments shall be required for the various sizes and styles of helmets.
The helmet hold shall be compliant with NFPA current edition requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Locations to be determined at the pre-con meeting. Be sure to adjust
quantity to number of seated positions..
One (4) Helmet Caution Labels (for 4 door cabs)
20-20-4024 "
CAUTION LABELS
Caution labels shall be posted in the cab so that they shall be visible from each
seat position. The labels shall read: "Do Not Wear. Helmets While Seated".
One (1) Headliner- Padded. Acoustical
20-25-0800-
- HEADLINER
The calf shall be provided with a removable headliner for ease of servicing the
electrical wiring placed in the cab roof. The headliner shall consist of 3 layers of
material. Next to the roof shall be a-layer of acoustical insulation made of
polyester and polypropylene fibers. The next layer is 1/4" thick Luann. Finally, .
there is a 1/4" thick layer of foam/perforated acoustical vinyl,
The headliner shall be-the multi-piece type (minimum of three (3) sections) so"
that the entire liner does not have to be removed for localized maintenance.
One (1) Engine Enclosure. MIl
20-25-1000
ENGINE ENCLOSURE
The engine enclosure structure shall have a 1-1/4" thick inner lining, on the
engine side; comprised of aluminized foil and foam/barrier composite for heat
~ insulation. The tunnel cover shall have 1/2" decoupled foam lower and 1"
decoupled foam upper covering, on the cab interior. side, for noise insulation.
The top forward portion'of the hood shall have afull=width riser with a sloped
face for the :installation of the switch panel. -The sloped panels shall be used-for
vehicle accessory controls.. A minimum of 1" shall be.provided between the right
edge of_the accelerator pedal and the side of the engine hood. A removable cover
over the engine enclosure and insulation shall be coated vrith Linex to act as an
insulator for sound and engine temperature, as well as to provide an easy-to-clean
work surface.'
In order to optimize in-cab vision and seating space for the driver, officer and
crew members while properly seated and belted in turn-out gear, the maximum
overall dimensions of the engine enclosure shall not exceed:
- 28.0" from floor to top of engine tunnel between driver and officer
- 28.0" from floor to top of engine funnel at front center dash panel
- 33.0" from floor to top of driver and officer dash panels
ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRUCTURE
The top portion of the engine enclosure shall have an 1/8" thick aluminum ,
channelframe located between the engine tunnel structure and the cover to
support the cover and facilitate mounting of accessories and equipment.
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
An access door shall be provided at the rear of the engine enclosure for routine
engine fluid checks. The access door shall be insulated from engine heat with
aluminized foil/foam/barrier composite and sealedao prevent exhaust fumes from
entering the crew cab:
S One (1) Radio - AM/FM/CD, w/Weather Band '
20-25-2200`
AM/FM/CD W/WEATHER BAND RADIO
One (1) Kenwood brand AM/FM/CD/Weather Band radio with--four (4) speakers
shall be provided and installed. The stereo radio shall be centrally located in the
overhead console and the speakers shall be located two (2) in the front of the cab
behind driver and officer, and two (2) in the rear cab. corners.
One (1) Steering Wheel - Tiltfo
elesco~in~z
20-25-3000
18" STEERING WHEEL WITH TILT/TELESCOPE
A padded 18" steering wheel with center horn ring shall beprovided. The upper
steering column shall be of the tilt and telescopic type. Aself-canceling
directional switch with wiper. control and headlight dimmer: control. shall be
mounted on the steering column with an ICC four way flash switch. The self-
canceling directional switch shall be easily removable and replaceable without
removing the steering wheel or column assembly: The junction of the shaft and
the cab floor shall be sealed to prevent air exchange between the cab interior and.
exterior. `
One (1) Linex ~ Cab .Dash
20-25-4000
~ LINEX FOR CAB DASH
The cab dash shall be sprayed with Linex having a high resistance to abrasion
and tearing. A vinyl cloth glued or laminated in some manner to a metal backing
surface shall not be acceptable.
The Linex shall absorb impact without surface damage. The Linex shall be
resistant to gasoline, diesel. fuel, paints, bleaches, organic solvents and other
cleaning agents and chemicals. It shall include sound dampening and vibration
elimination properties.
The Linex shall be solvent free and be environmentally safe to apply with. no
VOC or~CFC hazards. Its surface shall have anon-glare, granular~texture and be
easily cleaned with common cleansing compounds.
The cab dash linex color shall be:~
[X] Dark Gray -Vernon to provide PPG # for color match.
One (1) ATP -Cab Floor, Over Insulated Mat, Tilt Only
20=25-4400
TREADPLATE FLOORING
Aluminum treadplate flooring shall be installed over the insulated cab floor
matting: Flooring shall be removable in sections.
One (1) Sun. Visors - (2) Vinvl..Padded
20-25-5000
~ SUN VISORS
Two (2).6.625" x 29..50" .padded sun visors=shall be provided, one on the driver's
side and one on the officer's side. Visor shall be supported'at both ends to prevent
drooping.
One (1) Kickplate - Rearlnterior WaIIATP,12" Hiah
20-25-7000
ALUMINUM TREADPLATE KICKPLATE
A 12" high vertical aluminum treadplate kickplate shall be installed across the
lower portion ofthe-interior rear wall of the cab.
One (1) Sign -Vehicle Dimension & Weight
20-25-8000
:VEHICLE DIMENSION SIGN
Asign-shall be provided in the front cab area indicating the height of the
completed apparatus in,feet and inches, length of the completed apparatus in feet
-and inches, and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) in tons.
S One (1) Rear Interior Wall
20-25-9998
BRUSHED S!S REAR INTERIOR CAB' WALL
-The rear interior wall shall have brushed stainless steel panels covering the entire
wall floor to ceiling. (copy LA City last order)
The rear interior wall shall-have brushed stainless steel panels covering
the entire wall floor to ceiling. (copy LA City last order)
S One (1) Garmin Streetpilot 7200 GPS Svstem
20-25-9999
GARMIN STREETP:[LOT 7200 GPS SYSTEM
Shall provide and install a permantly fixed or mounted Garmin Streetpilot 7200
- GPS system wired hot to main battery switch.
- Provide and install. on permanently fixed or mounted GPS system wired.
hot to main battery switch.
One (1) .Power Studs -Overhead Switch Panel. (41 Stud Switched
20-26-1800
POWER STUDS (OVERHEAD SWITCH PANEL). .
Four (4) studs shall be provided in the overhead switch panel to provide a 12 volt
feed. The studs shall consist of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud,
switched ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Power Studs -Cab Dash Area, L1 Stud Switched
20-26-1900
~ POWER STUDS (CAB DASH)
Four. (4) studs shall be provided in the cab dash area to provide a 12 volt feed.
The studs shall consist of a 12 volt direct_stud, switched battery stud, switched
ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Inner Cab Door Panels - S/S, Brushed
20-50-5200 .
INNER DOOR PANELS-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL (4)
The cab inside door panels shall. be removable and shall be constructed of
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Reflective Chevron on Inner Cab Door Panel
20-50-6000
All cab passenger compartment doors shall have at least 96 square inches of
reflective material affixed to the inside of each. door to alert traffic when the door
is open. The reflective material shall.be a chevron design that complies with
NFPA requirements.
One (1) Seat -Driver's, Bostrom, Sierra, Air. Reclining
21-00-BOAR
DRIVER'S SEAT
The driver's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 reclining high back
seat with air suspension. A DOT approved 3-pt, shoulder harness shall be
furnished that is red in color. -The seatbelts shall- meet NFPA.1901 length
~ requirements.
Seat-shall be gray.
ENG. NOTES
Seat features the Seagrave logo.
One (1) Seat- Officer's, Bostrom, Sierra, Air-100, Reclining
21-01-BOAR
OFFICER'S SEAT
The officer's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 RX reclining high
back air suspension seat with 5" horizontal adjustment. A DOT approved 3-pt.
shoulder harness shall. be furnished that. is red in color.. The seatbelts shall meet
NFPA 1901. length requirements.-
ENG. NOTES
*Not available with RoI1Tek.-Seat features the Seagrave logo,
One (1) Seat Riper - MII Officer, 5" High, NA w/ RoIITek .
21-05-0300
. The officer's seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a 3CR12 stainless
• steel frame that measures 16.5" wide x 5.0" high x 17.0" deep, front to back.
ENG. NOTES
*Not .available with RoIITek:For Marauder II cabs only.
One (1) Seat_ R_ iser - MII Driver,_C-Channel Bracket for RoNTek
21-05-110D
The driver's. seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a C Channel Bracket.
ENG. NOTES
Required under air suspension seats when RoIITek is present:
One (1) Seat - (~Il Inboard, Fwd Facing, Bostrom, Sierra Flip-up
21-11-6800
REAR SEATING
. The rear crew cab section shall contain one (1) forward facing seat. The forward
facing seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up jumpseat installed
on the rear wall of the cab .directly behind the engine enclosure. The seating area
shall allow maximum room for fire fighters in full turnout gear. A DOT
approved 3-pt. shoulder harness shall be furnished that is red in color. The
seatbelts shall meet NFPA 1901 length requirements.
ENG. NOTES .
This is a non-SCBA seat.
Orie (1). -Seat - (2) Outboard, Fwd Facinu, Bostrom. Sierra Flip-up
21-11-7A00
REAR SEATING
i
The rear crew cab section shall contain. two (2) outboard forward facing seats.
The two forward facing seats shall be H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up
jumpseats installed on the rear wall of the cab. The seating area shall allow
maximum room for fire fighters in full turn out gear. DOT~approved 3-pt.
shoulder harnesses shall be furnished that are red in color. -The seatbelts shall
meet NFPA 1901 length requirements.
One (1) Upholstery -.Seat, Bostrom, Dura-Wear, Gray
21-12-7500
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All cab seats shall be upholstered in gray H,O. Bostrom' "Durawear" waterproof
cloth fabric.
ENG. NOTES
Bostrom Seats ®nly.
One (1) .Interior-Decor -Black
21-13-1600
INTERIOR DECOR
The interior components, accessories and trim, shall be black in color.
One (1) Sian - Seatinsl Capacity
21-13-2500
CAPACITY SIGN
A sign visible to the driver, that states the number of personnel the vehicle is
. designed to carry, shall be provided.
Two (2) Cab Compt- Rear Facing. Outbd. 1 HI Dr, 21w x 24d x 21 h (Ea)
21-15-1110
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS)
Two (2) storage compartment(s) shall be provided in the cab. The compartment
shall be rear facing and in the outboard position. It shall be constructed of 1/8"
smooth aluminum. The compartment shall -have a "sweep out" design. It shall
have a removable, false, back wall for electrical routings. The compartment
interior shall have no fmish. The exterior shall have a Linex finish, the same
cclor as the cab interior. The compartment shall have a single pan door with. "D"
ring handle and an inboard hinge. The overall outside dimensions of the
compartment shall be 21" wide x 24" deep x 21" high.
Compartment shallbe located on the
[X] Both sides.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify quantity and which side(s) to receive compartment.
Outboard rear facing seat on side w/this compartment is not available
when this compartment is chosen. All equipment must be removed before
tilting cab.
Two (2) Shelf -Adjustable, 1I8" Aluminum wl DA'd Finish {Ea)
21-15-2010 .
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Two (2) adjustable shelf or shelves shall be provided. Each shelf shall be made
from 1 /8" aluminum sheet metal- and, have .welded corners and a DA'd finish. It
shall be supported by four (4) stainless steel .angles bolted to "alumastrut" tracks.
ENG. NOTES
Please provide quantity of shelves.**If there is more than 1 cab compt,
you musf specify location details in the Shop Note.
S Orie {1) .Forward Facinst Compartment
21-15-9998
FORWARD. FACING COMPARTMENT - LA CITY
There shall be a forward,facing compartment to house the Kussmaul Charger and
three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA City style. in size and
access doors and also have a linex fmish.
There shall be a forward facing compartment to house the Kussmaul
Charger and three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA
City style compartment in size and access doors and also have a linex
finish.
One (1) HVAC/Defroster -Forward Cab. 46,000/33.000 BTU
21-23-0700'
HVAC AND- DEFROSTER
A cab front -HVAC system. and defroster with a43U CFM variable speed blower
shall. be provided.. The front HVAC system shall have a heating capacity of
46,000 BTU/hr and a cooling capacity of 33,000 BTU/hr. The HVAC unit shall
be located near the floor on the right side of cab, in front of the officer's footwell,
and shall include a shut off valve in the engine coolant supply line. The front
HVAC system may direct air to the windshield, the lower dash on both sides, and
the center of the cab. Conventional: "slot" .type defroster outlets located at the
bottom of the windshield shall direct airflow from the HVAC system up on to the
windshields. '
For optimum comfort in all weather, the automotive style climate control panel
shall allow the driver to control the heating,- cooling,. defrosting and ventilating
functions for the forward portion of the cab. The front control panel shall _include
an air temperature switch and push button controls for air dischargeaocation
(mode), fan speed, and temperature. The air source shall be manually selected
either fresh outside air or recirculated air.
ENG. NOTES
Marauder II cabs will utilize this system in cabs produced after March
2009.
One {1) Manual Shutoff Valve - forward Cab HVAC Return.
21-23-0900
~ MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE FOR CAB FRONT HVAC COOLANT
RETURN
A manual shutoff valve shall .be provided at the engine for the front cab HVAC
engine coolant-return line to facilitate servicing.
- One (1) Air Conditioner - 72.500 BTU. Total
21-23-3800
AIR CONDITIONING
' The cab'shall be equipped with an air conditioning system to work in conjunction
to the forward cab HVAC system fora combined-cooling capacity of 72,500
BTU/hr, The ceiling mounted evaporator shall work in conjunction with the
front cab fIVAC controls and shall have an additional rear control for adjusting
the fan speed. The evaporator shall have six (6) air diffusers to allow for multi-
directional airflow. Each diffuser shall be adjustable up and down and` side-to-
side for individual preference. A sump style .drain system shall be provided
inside the cab to allow for the removal of condensation.
The evaporator shall be compliant with all EPA regulations and use R-134A
Refrigerant. All hoses used in the air conditioning system shall be "barrier" type
construction for containment .of the refrigerant. The condenser shall be a stacked
type; low profile, dual fan connpact designwith dryer and pressure switch
included. The condenser shall be located on the cab roof. It shall be protected
from damage with a fabricated aluminum treadplate cover, except for-the fan
i~ opening at the top and openings for the hoses.
The air conditioning system shall exceed the industry norm by cooling the cab
from an ambient temperature of 100 degrees: Fahrenheit at 50% relative humidity
to an average cab temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes.
One. (1) Map Box - Y8) 30 Decree Angle Slots w/ Black Liner finish
21-50-0900
MAP -BOX
A map box shall be provided between the driver and officer: It shall be installed
on the top of the engine hood or air tunnel.. Box shall have eight (8) -slots spaced
on 3.00 inch horizontal centers. Each slot shall be 1.4.00 inches wide and 8.00
inches deep. They shall slant at a 30 degree. angle towards the rear of the truck.
• Box shall be constructed of .125 inch thick smooth 5052 aluminum sheet metal
with welded assembly. It shall be covered: with black liner:. •
S One (1) Radios and Intercom to.be Dealer Furnished
21-50-9999
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM .SHALL BE PROVIDED AND.
INSTALLED BY CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE. All Radios and Hand Helds to
• 'be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California Seagrave.
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND
' INSTALLED BY CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE. AlI Radios and Hand Held's
to be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California
Seag rave
Two (2) Na Cab Compartment 12V Power Points "
22-03-1500
Two (2) Cab Compt Light -ROM LED, (1) Strip Light
23-25-0020 •
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS -LED
..The -cab interior. storage compartment shall have a ROM LED lighting strip
installed., The lighting strip shall be mounted vertically at the right side of the
cab compartment door. (facing the compartment door). The lighting strip shall be
shock resistant and feature true parallel wiring with special long-life, bright LED
lights. The lights. shall be installed in a rigid aluminum track, with Lexan clear
lens for•quick and easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be
used to activate light.
ENG. NOTES
- This light shall be integrated on all roll up doors and -stand alone on all
• hinged doors.- Cost is included in with the compartment cost.
Two (2) No Cab Compartment 120V Receptacle
( 70-05-1800
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Front Axle, 2 Yr , P&L
91-75=.0015
WARRANTY
.Meritor Corporation provides a-two (2) year parts and labor warranty on the front
axle.
One (1) Vrilarranty -Meritor Disc Brakes, 3 Yr , P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
' Meritor Corporation provides a three (3) year parts and labor warranty on the
EX225H disc brakes.:
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Disc Brakes, $ Yr , P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides athree (3) year partsand labor warranty on the
EX22SH disc brakes.
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Rear Axle, 2 Yr , P&L
91-75-0025
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a two {2) year parts and- labor warranty on the rear
axle.
One. (1) Warranty -Cummins ISM Engine; 5 Yr / 100.000. Mile
91-75-0050
WARRANTY
Cummins provides a 5 year or 100,000 mile warranty on the ISM engine.
One (1) Warranty -Allison Transmission. 5 Yr P & L
91-75-0065..
WARRANTY
Allison provides a 5 year warranty on the EVS transmissions..
One (1). Electrical Wiring -12V General
22-00-.0100
GENERAL 12-VOLT ELECTRICAL WIIZING REQUIREMENTS
12-VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with aheavy-duty 12-volt electrical system. All
12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall
conform to modern automotive practices. All electrical wiring and components
installed in the apparatus shall be suitable for use in severe duty emergency
vehicle applications.
GENERAL WIlZING AND WIRE HARNESS CONSTRUCTION
Unless otherwise specified by the component supplier, all insulated wire and
i, cable shall conform to SAE J1127 Low Voltage Battery Cable type SGX or .SIX,
or SAE J1128 Low Voltage Primary Cable type SXL, GXL, or TXL.
Circuit feeder wires shall be stranded copper. or copper alloy conductors of a
gauge rated to carry 125 percent of the maximum current for which"the circuit is
protected.
Conductor materials and- stranding, other than copper, shall be permitted if all
. applicable requirements for physical,electrical, and environmental conditions are
met as dictated by the end application.
The overall covering of conductors shall be moisture-resistant loom or braid that
has a minimum continuous rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good
engineering. practice dictates special consideration for loom installations exposed
to higher temperatures.
The overall covering of jacketed cables shall be moisture resistant and have a
minimum continuous temperature rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good
engineering practice dictates special consideration for cable installations exposed
to higher temperatures.
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
All wiring shall be uniquely identified by a circuit number and color coding. The
identification.shall be referenced on a wiring diagram. Wires less than 8 AWG
shall be permanently identified at least every 2.0 inches (50.8 rnm) by a circuit
and function code. Cables equal. to or larger than 8 AWG and wires included in
jacketed cables shall bepermanently identified by circuit number at all
.terminations.
WIRING CONNECTIONS
All wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a
positive mechanical and electrical connection. The wiring connections and
terminations shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturers
instructions. Secondary locks shall be utilized on all connectors that are
secondary lock capable.
Exterior,exposed wire connectors shall be environmentally sealed to withstand
elements-such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Seal
plugs shall be installed in all unused sealed connector cavities.
All ungrounded electrical terminals shall have covers or be ~in enclosures to
protect against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage,
liquid contaminants, -dust, and other environmental factors.
Wiring splices shall be crimp-type, molded, or sonic weld type. Adhesive lined
heat shrink tubing shall be used to seal and insulate splice joints.
WIRE AND CABLE ROUTING
' Wiring routed through holes in sheet metal or castings shall have edges protected
by an appropriately sized grommet. .
r
` Wiring shall be routed to :avoid metal edges, screws, trim fasteners and abrasive
surfaces. When such routings are not possible, protective devices {shields, caps,.
etc.) shall be used to protect the wires. When wires must cross a metal edge the
edge shall be covered with a protective shield.
.Wiring shall be routed. to provide atleast 3 inches: (76.2 mm) clearance to
moving parts, unless positively fastened or protected by a conduit.
Wire routings should avoid areas where temperatures exceed 180° F (82.2° C)
and a minimum clearance of 6 inches (152.4 mm) shall be maintained from
exhaust system components. Where compliance with-,this requirement is not
possible, high temperature insulation and heat shields shall be utilized.
-When wiring is routed between two members where relative motion can occur
the wiring shall be secured to-each member, with enough wire slack to allow
.flexing without damage to the.wires:
Wiring to all circuit components (switches, relays, etc.) in exposed locations shall
.provide a drip loop to prevent moisture. from-being conducted into the device via
the wire connection:
Routing wires into areas exposed to wheel wash shall be avoided if possible.
When such routings cannot be avoided,-adequate clipping or protective shields
shall protect the wires from stone and ice damage.
Wiring shall be secured in its intended location with appropriately sized bolt-on
clips and nylon wire ties.
Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall include a
. sufficient length of wire to allow the component to be pulled -away from the
mounting area for inspecton'and service work.
Bulkhead type connectors or sealed fittings shall be used to prevent the entry of
liquid contaminants into weather tight enclosures:.
SPARE WIRES
Wiring harnesses from/to major power and signal distribution areas of the
apparatus shall include spare wires for future expansion of the system.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Serviceable components shall be readily accessible. Switches, relays, terminals
and connectors shall have a do rating of 1.25% of the maximum current for which
the circuit is protected.
A distributed power and signal system shall be utilized on the apparatus to
minimize power supply voltage drops. Power and signal distribution areas in the
cab-shall be concentrated in two (2) areas:
A lower cab power and signal distribution center shall be located in the center
forward portion of the cab "dash".- It shall be hinged and opened by unlocking.
two (2) top mounted, double hinged, lift and pull latches. This area shall contain
relays and circuit breakers installed in a logical and serviceable fashion.
An upper power distribution and signal distribution area shall be located in the
forward portion of the cab ceiling, above the engine tunnel:. Components in this
area shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible by opening a hinged
cover.' .
All. electrical components or devices installed in an exposed. area on the outside
of the cab or body hall be mounted in such a manrier, or protected by a gasket,
caulking or other means, so that moisture shall not accurriulate in it.
CORROSION PROTECTION
Externally exposed, non-plug type, electrical connections shall be .given a hand
applied or sprayed application of an industrial standard insulation coating with a
minimum rating of 2100.volts per mil thickness. Insulation shall protect the
connection from water induced electrical corrosion and accidental-short
circuiting. Should the connection be loosened or removed during-the
manufacturing process another coating shall be applied after it has been
refastened or replaced.
One {1) Main Battery-And Starter Circuits
22-00-0110
MAIN BATTERY AND STARTER CIRCUITS
BATTERY POWER BUSS
All positive cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a battery
positive buss bar located as close to the batteries as practical. The alternator shall
be wired directly to the battery positive buss bar through. the ammeter shunt, if
one is provided.
ENGINE STARTER AND INTERLOCK CIRCUITS
-The starter solenoid(s) shall be connected directly to the battery positive buss bar.
An interlock shall be provided to prevent the operator from engaging the starter
when the engine is running.
BATTERY GROUND BUSS AND SINGLE POINT GROUND SYSTEM
All negative (ground) cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a
battery negative buss bar locatedas close to the batteries as practical. A 2/0
AVVG :cable shall connect. the battery negative buss- bar. to the chassis frame.
Appropriately sized ground feeder cables shall be utilized to provide a low
impedance ground path to the negative buss bar for all electrical devices on the
apparatus.-
~ APP.~IRATUS GROUND BONDING
A 2/0 AWG cable shall connect the battery negative buss bar to the chassis
frame. The cab, pump enclosure (if furnished), and body structure shall be
electrically bonded to the vehicle frame by a 2/0 AWG braided copper ground
.strap,...
One (1) EMIlRFI Protection
22-00-0120.
EMh'RFI PROTECTION
The apparatus electrical system and related devices shall have the ability to
function in the.severe electromagnetic environment typical of fire ground
operations..
EMURFI EMISSIONS
State-of-the-art electrical system.design and components shall be utilized to
' ensure the suppression of radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic
interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) emissions that may cause
communication and navigation radio-reception interference.. The electrical
system and related components shall comply with the applicable sections of
JS51/1 Performance Levels and Methods of
Measurement of
Electromagnetic .
Compatibility of Vehicles, Boats (up to I S m), and Machines (16.6 Hz to 18 GHz)
EMURFI SUSCEPTIBILITY
The apparatus electrical system shall incorporate immune circuit designs;
faltering, shielding and twisted-pair wiring to control EMURFI susceptibility.
Particular attention shall be given to harness and cable routing to minimize the
potential for conducted and radiated signal susceptibility.
Electrical /electronic equipment on the.apparatus shall not be susceptible to
radiated and conducted EMURFI emissions from on-board radio transmitter(s)
and shall comply with the requirements of SAE J551-12 Vehicle Electromagnetic
Immunity--On-Board Transmitter Simulation.
One {1) Low Voltage Electrical System Performance Testing
22-00-0130
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING
An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that all. installed electrical
equipment is properly connected and is in working. order. The apparatus
alternator shall be tested with the total continuous electrical load applied and.
engine running up to the. engine- manufacturer's governed speed for a minimum of
2 hours. Additionally,. all warning lights shall be run continuously during the
three (3) hour NFPA pump certification test (or at another time. for not lass than
three (3) hours). Activation ofthe-.load- management system (if furnished). shall .
be permitted during this test. An alarm sounded by excessive battery discharge,
as detected by the low voltage warning system, or a system voltage of less than
11.8. V do at the battery for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test
failuie.
One (1) Cab Dash & Instruments
1 22-00=0140
CAB DASH. AND INSTRUMENTS
Anon-glare instrument panel, custom designed to accommodate the appropriate
functions, shall be provided. Illumination shall be provided for controls,
switches, instruction plates, gauges, and instruments necessary fox the operation
• of the apparatus. The cab dash shall be forward slanted,. and constructed of
aluminum. .
A system shall be provided. that interacts with the engine electronics and
eliminates redundant senders and switches. The electronic engine gauges shall
receive information on the SAE J1939 data link to improve reliability and gauge
accuracy. Connectors shall be utilized for ease of service. The dial face shall be
black with-white lettering. The primary letters shall be in Imperial with the
secondary, smaller letters in metric The dial shall have international non-
language symbols for the gauge function (except speedometer). Gauges shall
have red illumination with a monochrome LCD display located on the
speedometer gauge. -They shall also have a 250 degree dial sweep for greater
definition of scale. SAE J1939 Faults and Warnings shall be displayed on the •
- LED display..
DRIVER'S INSTRUMENTATION
• The following gauges shall be provided:
. Main Gauges
3" Speedometer: 0-85 MPH with-built in LCD display: .
Mode switch -shall allow operator to select menu items in the display
screen.
Up switch -.shall allow operator to scroll up through menu items.
Down switch -shall allow operator to scroll down through menu items.
3" Tachometer: 0-4000 RPM
Satellite. Gauges. •
2" Fuel Level: Empty-full with low level warning indicator.
2" Voltmeter::10-16VDC.with lowvolt warning indicator. '
2" Coolant Temperature: 100-240 degrees Fahrenheit with high tamp warning
indicator.
2"Engine Oil Pressure: 0-80 PSI.
2" Transmission Oil Temperature: 100-320 degrees Fahrenheit with high
• temp warning indicator.
2" Front Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low air indicator.
2" Rear Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low air indicator.
DRIVER'S INDICATOR LIGHT MODULE
The following indicators shall be mounted in a removable modular panel in front
of the steering column.. The indicators shall be identified with universal ISO
• 2575 symbols where applicable and visible to the driver while seated. All
applicable indicators in the modular panel shall automatically. illuminate for l
second upon activation of the ignition switch to verify operation:
Battery Switch"On" green indicator light •
Ignition Switch "On" indicator
Check Transmission amber indicator light .
Check Engine amber indicator light .
Stop Engine (Engine Warning) red indicator light
High Exhaust Temperature (HEST) amber indicator light (if applicable)
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration (DPF) amber indicator light (if applicable)
Wait to •Start amber indicator light (if applicable)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) amber indicator light (if applicable)
ABS~ warning amber indicator light
ATC activated amber indicator light
Spring (Parking) Brake "On" red indicator light
High Beam "On" blue indicator light
Low air pressure red indicator light
Left Turn signal green indicator light
Right Turn signal green indicator light -
General Warning red indicator light (if applicable)
AUDIBLE CAB: ALARMS
.Audible alarms shall be provided in the cab to alert the operator of conditions
- that require attention. The alarm device(s) shall be audible in the driving
. compartment-and feature an adjustable volume control.
An intermittent audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are
present and the parking brake is disengaged:
Check Engine
Check Transmission
Active Hazard Warning (Do Not Move Apparatus; Door Open, Tower Raised,
Ladder Rack Down, etc.)
Tiller Cab Operator Not in Position (if applicable)-
- A steady audible tone-shall sound when the following conditions are present:
Stop Engine (includes High Engine Temperature and Low Engine Oil Pressure)
Low Voltage .
Engine Air Filter Restriction
Jackknife Warning (if applicable)
DRIVER'S AND OFFICER'S CONTROLS
The following rocker style control switches shall be identified and accessible to
the driver while seated. Switches shall include integral indicator lights (where
applicable) to advise that the switch has been energized and identification labels
shall.be illuminated for-night driving.
Ignition switch with green indicator light
Engine Start switch
Headlight /Tail-Marker-ID light switch
Instrument Panel Dimmer control rheostat
The following controls shall be stalk mounted on the steering column and
identifed.and visible to the driver while seated.
Turn Signal Control and 4-Way Hazard Warning switch
' High-beam headlight switch
Windshield wiper control switch '
Windshield washer control switch
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to the driver while .
seated.
Parking (Spring) Brake Control
Other controls (as defined. elsewhere in this specification)
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to both the driver and
officer while seated. Controls shall be identified and illuminated for nighf
driving.
HVAC control panel
High Idle control switch
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
One (1) Emergency & Work Light Switch Panel -Driver
22-00-015D
" ~ EMERGENCY & WORK LIGHT SWITCH PANEL - DR]VER'S SIDE
.All emergency fight and work area lighting control switches shall be mounted in
a removable panel.located in the overhead position on the driver's side of the cab. .
The light switches shall be "rocker" type with an internal indicator light (where
applicable) to show when the- switch is energized. All switches shall be properly
identified by an illuminated label for night driving.
' A master warning light switch and.individual switches shall be provided to allow.
pre-selection of emergency lighting.
One (1) Door AiarlHazard Warnine Indicator -LED
22-00-0160
DOOR AJAR/HAZARD INDICATOR LIGHT (DO NOT MOVE
APPARATUSI
A Whelen "TO"series 2" round red flashing LED light with chrome flange shall
illuminate automatically whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully
engaged and any of the. following conditions exist:
- Any passenger or equipment compartment door is open.
- Any ladder or equipment rack is not in the stowed position.
- Stabilizer system is not in its stowed. position.
-Powered light tower is extended.
-.Any other device permanently attached. to the apparatus is open, extended, or
deployed in a manner that is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the
apparatus is moved.
. The hazard warning light shall be identified" with a label that reads: "Do Not
Move Apparatus When Light Is On." The light shall be located on the ceiling
between the driver and-the officer.
One (1) Digital Clock
22-00-0170
DIGITAL CLOCK
A 12/24 hour.real-time digital clock shall be identified and visible to both the
driver and officer while seated.
One (1) Electrical Wiring - 42V Hardwire
22-00-0200
ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS -HARDWIRE
The apparatus shall be equipped with a fully integrated power management and
signal distribution system. ~ .
CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each electrical circuit. All
circuit protection devices shall be sized according to 125% of the anticipated load
to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current
overload.
Circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) and
conform to SAE J553 ox J258 unless operational requirements and/or safety
concerns dictate Type-III manual reset type .conforming to SAE. J 1625.
Automotive-type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 shall be
utilized•when required to protect electronic equipment.
POWER CONTROL RELAYS AND SOLENOIDS
" Power control relays. and solenoids shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125
percent of the anticipated current load. .
_ One (1) Information Center 11 =Hardwire
22-00-0215
INFORMATION CENTER II
A 3.5" transflective high resolution TFT color display capable of displaying
graphical images as well as text messages shall be located on the cab dash. The
main display page shall include the currenttime and date. Additional
information pages shall be provided for seat belt status, door open status,
equipment not stowed. status, and vehicle warning messages..Information pages.
shall be selected for viewing by the operator by selecting a corresponding button
on the display module.
APPARATUS STATUS INDICATORS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS
If a monitored "Caution" or "Warning" condition is active, a corresponding
triangular shaped status indicator shall flash accordingly, The alarm system
status indicator shall flash yellow when a "Caution" condition is active. The
alarm system status indicator shall flash red when a "Warning" condition is
active. The alarm system status indicator shall. flash alternately red and yellow if
both conditions are active at the same time. The alarm system status indicator
shall-remain gray if no "Caution" or "Warning" conditions are active. In addition '
to visual indicators, audible alarms shall sound when designated conditions
activate the "Caution" and "Warning" status indicators.
WARNING INDICATOR
~ "
A flashing red triangle symbol shall alert the vehicle occupants ofan active
"WARNING" condition. This is def ned as a situation or status on the vehicle.
that is of high priority or "mission critical" nature. The. flashing real triangle shall
be displayed. on the Information Center and. dash gauge panel in front of the
driver. The following are typical "Warning" (high priority) conditions;
CAB NOT LATCHED LOW VOLTAGE .
AlR RESTRICTION COMM FAULT
The following items are considered warnings-only when the parking brake is
released.
AERIAL RAISED , JACKS EXTENDED
FRONT BRAKE LOCK DECK GUN RAISED
CAUTION INDICATOR
A flashing amber triangle shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active
"CAUTION" condition. This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle that
is not of high priority or "mission critical" nature; but xequires attention before
the vehicle is put in motion. The following are typical "Caution" (not high
.priority) conditions:
'AERIAL RAISED HYDRAULIC FILTER
OUTPUT TRIPPED. FRONT BRAKE LOCK
DECK GUN RAISED JACKS EXTENDED
AUDIBLE ALARMS
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "steady" (not an
intermittent beep); signifying a "mission critical" condition exists that. requires .
immediate attention.
STOP ENGINE. CAB NOT LATCHED
LOW AIR
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "intermittently"
(i.e.; beep), signifying a condition exists that may become "mission critical" if
not quickly addressed. .
LOW VOLTAGE HAZARD LIGHT .
CHECK ENGINE CHECK XMSN
A]R RESTRICTION
' Corresponding "Low Air", "Stop Engine", "Check Engine",:and "Check
Transmission" visual indicators shall. be located in the dash gauge panel in front
of the. driver.
OPEN DOORS / DEPLOYED E UIPMENT RACKS /EXTENDED STEPS
` When a cab or compartment door is open, a step is extended, or equipment
(i.e.,ladder) rack is deployed, the "DOORS" indicator shall flash. Pressing the
corresponding button shall display an overhead. graphical representation of the
" apparatus. This image depicts the open cab door(s), open compartment door(s),
deployed equipment rack(s), and%or extended step(s).
One (1). Load Management System -Hardwire
22-00-.0220
AUTOMATED ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with an automated load management system that
monitors battery system voltage and sheds electrical system loads if a low
voltage condition develops. If the current-load demand" exceeds the alternator
output, the load manager shall shut down individual loads as required to maintain
a minimum system voltage of 11.8 VDC at the battery. The load-shed sequence
shall be in the following order:
Air conditioner
Crew.cab heater
Officer side scene lights (if applicable)
Driver side scene lights (if applicable)
Rear scene lights (if applicable)
The load manager shall have 16 programmable outputs to supply warning and
load switching requirements.
• Outputs 1-12 shall be independently programmable to activate during the scene
mode, the response mode, or both. These outputs: canalso be programmed to
activate with the ignition or master warning switch, or to sequence and shed
along with the priority. Electrical loads defined in NFPA 1901 as "minimum
continuous" shall not be subject to automatic load management.
• Output 13.shall be designated to activate the fast idle system.'
• Output 14 shall provide a low voltage warning for an isolated battery (if
installed).
• Output 15 is a user configurable output and shall be programmable for activation
between 10.5 and 1 S volts. Output 16 shall provide a loW voltage alarm that
activates at the NFPA required l 1.8 voltage level.
The load manger shall have a digital display to indicate system voltage in normal
operation mode and also indicate the output configuration during programming
mode:
The load manager shall be protected against reverse polarity and shorted outputs
and be enclosed in a metal enclosure to enhance EMUBFLprotection.
A remote status indicator shall be installed on the cab instrument panel to signal
when the load;manager is active, low voltage is detected, and high idle is
enabled.
One (1) Load S"eauencer -Hardwire
22-00-0230
LOADSEOUENCER
A sequential switching device shall automatically energize the specified optical
warning devices to minimize potentially damaging voltage fluctuations due to the
` sudden addition or removal oflarge-current demands on the electrical system.
Upon. activation of the "EMERGENCY MASTER" warning switch and provided
tl'ie individual optical warning device. switches are also activated, the following
' loads shall be activated (or deactivated} in 0.5 second intervals.:
Front Light Bar
Side Light Bar (if applicable)
Front warning lights ,
Front and Rear Flashing Lights
Side Warning .
Rear Beacons
High Beam Headlight Flash
One (1) Vehicle Data Recorder - NF'PA, LifeGuard Technologies, Hardwire
22-00=0235
DATA RECORDER -
A LifeGuard Technologies on-board electronic recording,device shall record '
select apparatus status and usage information.- The data logging unit shall
communicate with all major vehicle component electronic control units,
including engine, transmission, anti-lock brakes and the body electrical system
controller. It shall record seat belt status often seat positions. The data logger
.shall also communicate with the RollTek System if present: All recorded events
shall include date and. time stamped information.
The recorder shall. be capable of recording-100 engine: hours' worth of minute-by- .
minute data, When memory capacity has been reached, he system shall erase
the oldest.data first. All data stored shallbe uploadable by the user to a computer
-and importable into a-data management software package.. The software shall be
' capable of running on both Windows and Apple operating systems and shall be
capable of producing reports over a specified time range.
Reports shall include: Raw second-by-second data, daily-logs for the time the
engine is running for agiven-data, ;weekly.summaries showing maximum values
each hour for each day, monthly summaries showing maximum values each day
for every day of the month.
One (1) .Electrical System Diagnostics -Hardwire
22-00-0240
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
The apparatus shall feature on-board electrical system diagnostics and an
interface for off: board diagnostic service equipment.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
Switches shall be provided in the cab to allow the operator or service personnel
to obtain On-Board diagnostic and other information from the ABS system,
Engine Controller, and Information Center. A troubleshooting guide shall be
provided with the vehicle to assist with. interpretation of the diagnostic signals.
OFF-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC PROVISION
A 9-Pin: Off-Board Diagnostic connector- shall be. installed to .provide service
access to the vehicle SAE J1939 and J1587 data bus communication links. The
connector shall conform to SAE J1939/13 Off-Board Diagnostic .Connector
specifications. -The connector shall be mounted inside the cab on the driver side
irr a location that is. accessible from the ground.
One (1) Pump Engagement Controls & Indicators
22-01-0200 ~ ,
PUMP ENGAGEMENT CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
One- (1) green indicator light shall be installed in the driving compartment, which
shall indicate when the pump shift has been completed and shall be labeled
"Pump Engaged". A second green indicator light shall also be provided in the
driving compartment and also on the pump operator's panel These two (2) lights
shall be energized when the pump shift has been completed, the chassis
transmission is engaged in pump gear and the parking brake is applied. The light
in the driving compartment shall be labeled "OK To Pump". The light on the
pump panel shall be located just above the throttle control and shall be labeled
"Warning: Do Not Open Throttle Unless Light Is On". Indicator lights in the cab
shall be located adjacent to the pump shift control
Two (2) 12V Power Point -Officer's Side Dash (Ea)
22-03-1300
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLES}
Two (2) 12 volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided on the.
officer's side of the dash. The plug and receptacle are made from corrosion
resistiant marine grade materials. The plug locks into the receptacle providing a
positive moisture proof connection.
Location of the 12V Power Point shall be;
- ENG.- NOTES
Identify. location of receptacle(s)-and .plug(s). .
Five (5) 12V .Power. Point. -User Defined Location (Ea)
22-03-1400
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLESS) .
Five (5) 12 volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided and
installed as directed by the fire, department. The plug and receptacle'are made
from corrosion resistant marine grade materials. The plug locks into the
receptacle providing a positive moisture proof connection: ~
~ocatio.n of the 12V F'ower Point(s) shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify location of receptacle(s).
One (1) Camera Svstem - (2) Zone Defense 7" LCD, Rear & RS
22-OC-2270
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
A Zone Defense rear view camera system, #323 with #0312-3135, shall be
installed. One camera shall be mounted on the rear upper bulkhead, close to
center, to provide a rear view.. The second camera shall be mounted on the right
' side of the cab to provide side blind spot viewing. Each camera shall have it's
own trigger. The system shall consist of the following items:
- One (1) 7" color LCD flat panel monitor with speaker, 7" wide x 4.75" high X
1"thick without back shield; 7.75" wide x 5.5"high. x 1.25" thick with.back
shield. Monitor shall be rated for 10,000 hours.
-Two (2) Zone Defense 313C Color cameras with 1/3"Color CCD Sensor, High-
Tech; True Zero Light Night Vision with 18 infrared LEDs and a microphone.
--One (1) remote control.
- One (1)'Zone Defense Pana-vise mount, #400D, shall be used to mount the
monitor.. Pana.-vise. mount shall be a T-bolt all-metal construction, pedestal
.mount with a 6" rise and adjustment-knob
-One (1) 65 foot cable.
- One (1:) 16 foot cable.
- All required mounting hardware.and instructions:
ENG. NOTES
Rear camera not available on #op of traffic advisor on Aerialscope.
One (1 } Batteries - (6) 12V, 950 CCA
22-10-0700
,BATTERIES
Six (6) 12V-Group 31 950 GCA batteries shall be installed•three each side of the
cab under the rear entrance way.
Heavy-duty battery cables shall. be provided to maximize power available to the
electrical system.
ENG: NOTES
An isolated battery is not.available with 6 Group 31 batteries.
One (1) Jumper Cable Studs-Under Driver's Side Battery Box
22-10-5200
JUMPER CABLE STUDS
A.pair or jumper cable studs with color coded covers shall be provided under the - .
driver's side battery box..
[ ]Standard location is under driver's side battery compartment.
[]Other location (requires SOPR):
One (1) Battery Boxes - S/S. (1) Each Side
22-11-0600
BATTERY BOXES
Battery comparhnents shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be located
one (1) each side mounted on the vehicle frame: They shall be well ventilated
and enclosed to protect against road splash and debris. Suitable provisions shall
be provided for drainage.
f The batteries shall be held firmly in place by providing a full frame type top
clamp which encloses the battery set on all four (4) upper corner sides. The one '
piece clamp shall be fabricated of 314" angles and beheld implace by two (2) "J"
shaped clamping bolts. Battery inspection shall be provided through latched drop
down doors in the crew cab lower step area.
One (1) Battery Selector.Switch -Blue. Sea 350 Ama
22-15-1400
SELECTOR SWITCH -BLUE SEA 9003
A master load disconnect switch shall be provided between the battery positive
buss.bar and the remainder of the switched battery electrical loads on the
apparatus. A green. "battery on" pilot light that is visible from the driver's
position shall be provided.
One. (1) single battery system switch mounted near the driver's side front entrance
in a location so it maybe turned off by a person standing on the ground outside-
the vehicle. It shall have the capacity to handle 350 amps of continuous power:
One {1) Battery Charter -Kussmaul #091-56-12 Autocharge 1000
22-:15-3800
BATTI~?RY CHARGER
There shall be one (1) Kussmaul model #091-56-12 "Auto Charge 1000" single
battery charger system installed in the vehicle's electrical system. The charger
shall be fully automatic and shall maintain the truck batteries at a full charge
level when connected to a 120-VAC source. Remote voltage sensing shall be
provided to compensate the charger output for the voltage drop in the charging
wires. A remote mounted indicator shall be provided.which-will contain one bar
graph to display the condition of the batteries. A "BATTERY SAVER" circuit
shall be~provided for-the. charging of rechargeable hand lights, portable radios
and other loads to a maximum of 3 amps while-the unit is' connected to the 120
VAC source.
The remote indicator shall be mounted in the cab overhead console.
(STD).
ENG. NOTES
Require shoreline connection. Please-identify location for remote
indicator.
S One (1) Location -Floor In Forward Facing Compartment
22-15-4LDF
It shall be located on the floor in the forward facing compartment.
it shall •be located on the floor in the forward facing compartment...
One (1) Battery Charter Cover
22-15-5000.
• BATTERY CHARGER COVER
A smooth aluminum :cover shall be provided over the battery charger. The
outside finish shall match the cab interior finish.
One (1) "Super Auto Elect" Plua_ -Kussmaul; 30 amp
22-15-5700
AUTO EJECT PLUG
A Kussmaul model #091-55-30-220, 220 VAC, 30 amp "Super Auto Eject"
shoreline power connector shall be provided in the driver's step well for the .
battery charger. The shoreline power connector shall be provided with a spring
loaded cover to prevent water from entering when the shoreline is not connected.
A label shall be permanently affixed at the power inlet that indicates the line
voltage in volts and the current rating in amps.
ENG. NOTES
Note: Not allowed to be located on crew panel, side of cabs, due to
protruding interFerence:An on board battery charger must be added with
this option.
One (1) Headlights -Quad. Rectangular, Halogen
22-90-0100
HEADLIGHTS
Front headlights are to be halogen rectangular quad type with bright. finished trim
rings and bezel. Headlights shall be flush mounted in the front face of the cab.
ENG. NOTES
On the.Mll, .headlights may NOT be located on lower knock-outpanel
when` a Q2B siren/bell/firont suction blocks the light output..
One (1) Headlights -.Alternating.. Flashing
22-90-0120
ALTERNATING FLASHING HEADLIGHTS
The chassis high beam headlights shall flash alternately controlled by a rocker
switch. .
One (1) Marker/ID/Clearance Lights -LED, Ft Bumper Surface Mt
22-90-0210
LIGHTS
Exterior cab lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation,
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and any National Fire Protection
Association requirements in effect at the time of proposal.
Five (5) Weldon 91:86-1500-20, amber LED type clearance and identification
lights shall be surface mounted across the top leading edge of the cab roof.
Two (2) Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED type marker lights with guards, shall
be surface mounted; one on each end of the front bumper, or forward -end of the
cab.- -
Seven (7) Weldon 9186-1500-10, red LED marker and clearance lights shall be
installed at the rear of the body. The three light identification cluster shall be
recessed behind the rear step .vertical flange. Two lights shall be placed at each
lower -rear body corner, facing the side. -Two .lights shall be placed in the upper
rear body corners, facing the rear.
One (1) Marker Lights - t4}Additional Amber, LED
22-90;024L .
MARKER LIGHTS
Two (4) additional Weldon 9.186-1500-20, amber LED marker lights shall be
provided, two (2) on each side of the vehicle.
[ ] Seagrave to locate (two each side).
. ~ NOTE: Must be ahead of rear axle.
One (1) Side Turn/Marker Liahts - (2) TL 60115Y, Amber LED Midship IReg
30' QAL+) ~ .
22-90-030L
TURN/MARKER LIGHTS
One (1}TruckLite mode16011SY LED amber turnJmarker light shall be provided
and installed forward of a single rear axle or between tandem rear axles on each
side of the vehicle. The lights shall have black flanges.
ENG. NOTES
Verify overall length. of vehicle.
One {1) License Plate Bracket & LED' Light
22-90-0400
LICENSE PLATE LED EIGHT & BRACKET
A steel license plate bracket, painted black, shall be installed on the. rear of the
vehicle. Mounted on the license plate bracket shall be a chrome light bracket
containing a 12 volt LED lamp-that-shall illuminatethe license plate.
[ ]Std location on Matrix Pumper shall be on the left hand side of truck
under the tailboard area.
[ ]Other location shall be:
ENG. NOTES
No standard location. Brackef is located wherever possible.
One (1) D.O.T. Reflectors
22-90-0500
D.O.T. REFLECTORS
Reflectors shall be placed on the cab and body as required by Federal standards.
Ara amber reflector, Signal Stat, model 32ADB, shall be placed on each side of
the cab, Four (4) Signal Stat mode132DB red reflectors shall be located on the
rear face and sides of the body.. The reflectors shall be rectangular in shape.
S One (1) Cab Spotlights - (2) Goliaht 2067 Remote Spotlights-
- 23-01-12ZZ
CAB SPOTLIGHTS
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067 40.0,000 candlepower spotlights with dash
mouirted remote & wireless controls mounted on the cab roof outboard of the.
lightbar (1 each side).
i
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067 400,000 candlepower spotligh#s with
dash mounted remote & wireless controls mounted on the cab roof
outboard of the lightbar (1 each side).
S Six {6) Hose Bed liahtina in ATP Covers
23-01-9997
HOSEBED LIGHTING UNDER ATP COVERS
There shall be 6 (si.x) Whelen # 2000CDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed covers to give lighting to the entire hose bed. -
There. shall be 6 (six) Whelen #2000CDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed covers to give lighting to the entire hose
bed.
S One (1) Frt Direct Lts -Federal #QL64Z, Amber Arrow w/Flang
23-02-0900
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
- There shall.be one (1) Federal Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED amber
arrow directional signal light with flange installed on each side of the cab front
face. Light lens shall have an amber arrow shape with black background.
There shall be one (1) Federal .Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED
amber arrow directional signal lighfi with flange installed on each side of
the cab front face. Light lens shall have an amber arrow shape with black
background.
ENG. NOTES •
Select flash pattern in Shop Note.On the MII, directional lights may NOT
be located. on lower knock-out panel when a Q2B siren/belllfront suction
blocks the light output.
One (1) Frt Direct Lts -Opt.#11, Whelen600 LED,Ambr Arrw w/Dl Lt Bz •
23-02-1100
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be one (1) Whelen 600 Series LED amber arrow directional signal
light installed on each side of the cab front face: Light lens shall have an amber
arrow shape with black background. They shall be mounted. in a chrome plated
dual light. bezel that. matches the headlight housing... ~ •
ENG. NOTES
Note: An additional warning light is required for the other half of the
headlight housing. On the Mll, directional` lights may NOT be located on
• lower.knock-out panel when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction blocks the light
output.
S One (1) Cab Side Directional Lights - (2) Weldon "Bua-Eve" .
23-02-9010
CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
Side directional lights shall be provided in addition to the front turn signals. They
shall be Weldon mode191.86-8560-20, "bug eye" type. One (1) light shall be
mounted just above the front fender on each side of the. cab. Lights shall have an
amber polycarbonate lens and h%ghly polished stainless steel mounting flange or
bezel.-
S One (1) FedSia Quardr Flare (2) Turn Signals
23-03-9999.
ADD'L TURN. SIGNAL BACK OF CAB
Add two (2) Federal Signal Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab LA City
style.
Add two FedSig Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab (LA City style).
-One (1) Brake/Tail Liaht - (2) FedSia QuadraFlare LED
23-03-BFL1
BRAKE/TAIL LIGHTS .
Two (2): Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake/tail lights, model QL64Z-
BTT, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side: All brakes
~ lights shawl be shall be programmed for."steady burn" operation in compliance
with FMVSS No. 108.
- Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical _
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; .vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all be from the same. manufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
S One (1) Brake Lis~ht -FedSia QuadraFlare, LED 3rd Add'I
23-03-BWLA
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT .
One (I) Federal. Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake light,-model QL64Z-
- BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus, as directed by the fire
department. All brakes lights shall be shall be programmed for "steady -burn"
operation in compliance with FMVSS No. 108.
Type of mounting shall be:
[X] Vertical
Location for third brake light shall be:
One.(1) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare"-LED. red brake light, model
' ~ QL64Z-BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus; as
dicectetl by the. fire .department. All brakes lights shall be shall be
programmed for "steady burn" operation in compliance with FMVSS No..
_108.
ENG. NOTES
. Please identify location and mounting. Light shall include 6".pigtail and
deutsch plug.
One (1) Rr Turn Signal - (2) FedSiq QuadraFlare,- LED, Amber Arrow
23-03-TFL1
TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
-Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED amber. arrow turn lights, model
QL64Z-ARROW, steall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal. (aerial).
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
-and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
One (1 } Back 1.1p Lights - (21 FedSiq QuadraFlare, LED
23-Q3-VFL1
BACK UP LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" clear LED back up lights, model QL64Z-
BACKUP, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn;
and backup lights must all be from the samemanufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
S One (1) Bezels (2} - StopITurn/Backup, FedSiq, Cast, f/QuadraFlare
23-03-XFH1
BEZELS -FOUR (41 LIGHT
One (1) pair of Federal Signal vertical 4-lamp, polished cast aluminum bezels
shall be provided for the "QuadraFlare" series rear stop/tail, turn, and backup.
lights.
ENG. NOTES
Note: These bezels are for the Federal Signal QuadraFlare Series lights
only:
One (1) Light Activation - Stea Lis~hts. Ground Lights
23-05-0010
LIGHT ~ACTNATION
All step lights and ground lights shall be activated with the, parking brakes in
conjunction with the headlights.
One (1) Step Lights - (4) Cab, Truck-Cite 302000, Recessed
23-05-1000
CAB STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Truck-Cite mode1302000 step lights shall be provided, one (1) at each
cab entrance door.
-One (1) Step Lights - (4) Bodv, Weldon 9186-23882-30. Surface Mt
23-05-10P0-~
BODY STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Weldon 9186-23882-30 hooded step lights with a chrome flange shall be
surface mounted, one (1) on each side of the rear step area to illuminate the rear
step ar?d one (1) on each side on the forward face of the side compartments.
One (1) Ground Lights - (4) Cab, Truck-Cite 44042C :LED
23-05-20CL
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproofTruck-Cite 44042C LED ground lightsahall be provided
underneath the cab, per NFPA requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements.
One (1) Ground Lights - (41 Bodv, Truck-Cite 44042C LED
23-05=20PL
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof Truck-Cite 440420 LED ground lights shall be provided.
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements.
One (1) !Work Light - (1) Engine Compt, T1L 4094SW
23-05-3.010
ENGINE COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHT
One (1) Truck-Cite 4094SW engine compartment work light with integral switch
shall be~ provided and wired to illuminate automatically when the cab is tilted:
The light shall also be wired through the engine compartment access door switch,
providing illumination of fluid dip sticks and coolant overflow reservoir.
One (1) Work,Lipht - (2) Pump Module, T/L 4094SW
23-05-3110
PUMP MODULE WORK LIGHTS
Two (2) Truck-Cite 4094SW pump module work lights shall be installed, one (1)
` on the left side behind the master gauge panel and one (1) on the right side
behind the removable panel. Each light shall have a switch on if.
S One (1) Cab Dome Lights - (4) RedlClear, (11 White -Whelen LED
23-11-1000
INTERIOR CAB DOME LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen #700 LED red/clear lights with push button shall be mounted in
the cab ceiling. Two (2) in front (driver & officer) and. two (2). in the crew cab.
All lights shall be controlled by a switch by the lens.
One (1) clear switchable Trucklite 7203 shall be mounted above the engine-hood.
Whelen #700 LED red/clear lights.
S Two (2) -Cab Dome Lights - Add'I Red/Clear (TATS)
23-11-1200
IItiTTEF.IOR RED/CLEAR CAB DOME LIGHTS
{Quantity} Additional dome light(s)shall be-provided in the cab. The light(s)
shall. be Whelen #700 .LED red/clear dome light(s). All lights shall be controlled
by a switch by the lens.
Detailed location of lights shall be:
' Whelen. #700 LED red/clear dome light(s). .
ENG. NOTES
. Dome lights are in additionto the standard dome lights QW 23-11-1000.
S One (1) Map Light -Gooseneck, Federal Littlelite #LF18ES-LED
23-11-1900
MAP LIGHT
A Federal "Littlelite" #LF18ES-LED cab map light with gooseneck and rheostat
control shall be located on the instrument panel within reach of the officer.
One (1) Door Switches - Dome Lights, Automatic
23-11=2700
AUTOMATIC DOOR SWITCHES
Automatic door switches shall be provided for the cab dome lights.
Lights shall be activated by opening of cab door:
[.].Clear Lights,. Std
[ ]Red Lights
ENG. NOTES
.Select which lights are to be activated by opening of any cab door.
S Two (2) Cab Door Lights - (2) Federal, 3K LED, Red
23-11-290A
DOOR INTERIOR LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal 3K LED red vertical light with chrome flange shall be installed
on the interior of the cab doors, one (1) on each side of the cab, above the door
seal in the.lower outboard corner.
Cab doors receiving Federal 3K red LED lights shall be [X] all doors -
adjustquantity to 2.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify which doors to receive lights.
Fourteen (14)
23-25-0150 Compt Lights - (2) ROM LED Strips, Vertical Mt (EaZ
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS - (2) LED STRIP
Fourteen (T4) compartment(s) shall have a ROM LED lighting strip installed on
both sides. of the door. The lighting strips, which comes in 12" sections, 24 LEDs
per section, shall be mounted vertically along both sides of the door framing in
all specified body compartments. The lighting strips shall be shock resistant and
feature true parallel wiring with special long-life, bright LED lights. The lights
shall be installed in rigid aluminum. tracks; with Lexan clear lens for quick and
easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be used to activate the
lights.
~ Specify which compartment(s) shall receive lighting:
ENG. NOTES -
Add number of compartments to be equipped with (2) ROM-LED strip
lights. These lights will be integrated on all roll up"doors and stand alone
on all hinged doors.
Two (2) Compt Lights -Rooftop, ROM LED Strip (Ea)
23-25-2030
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Two (2) rooftop compartments shall be provided with a ROM LED light installed
underneath the flange of the compartment to provide illumination. Each light
shall be automatically illuminated by opening the respective compartment door..
S One (1) Listhtbar -.Federal 60" Jet Solaria
24-00-0100
LIGHTBAR
A Federal Jet Solaris Model JLX60HLOtJ01.1 lightbar shall be provided on the
front of the cab roof.
A Federal Jet Solaris -Model JL.X60HL00011 lightbar shall be provided on
the front of the cab roof.
~ S One (1) L_ ightbar - (2) Federal 21" Jet Solaris
24-00-1000
LIGI-ITBAR
Two (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX2108-NFPA 21" lightbars shall be
provided on the cab roof.
Two. (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX2108-NFPA 21" lightbars shall be
provided on the cab roof.
~ Twelve (12) Warninsi Light -Federal 6 X 4, QuadraFla
24-00-6000
WARNING LIGHT(S)
Twelve (12) Federal Slgnal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-R R.ed LED warning
Light(s) with red lens shall. be mounted on the apparatus.
. Twelve (12)Federal Signal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-R Red LED
warning light(s) with red lens shall be mounted on the apparatus.
S Eight (8) Warniing Light - Federa13600 LED
24-00-8400
WARNING LIGHTS
Eight (8) Federal Signal.. Model 3600 Series red LED warning lights with red
lens and bezel shall. be provided with the flush mount kit.-
~ Location of all lights in detail shall be:
Eight (8) Federal Signal Model 3600 Series red LED. warning lights with
red lens and bezel shall be provided with the flush mount kit.
ENG. NOTES
Note: Provide ~QW #24-03-9000 Flasher for every 4 flashing- lights on Mll -
only.
S One (1) Warning Light Federal Micro-Escape, 2 Sides (1)Red1(1)Amb
24-00-9700.
UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS
Two{2) Federal-Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL'~C-* beacons,(one (1) red
one (1) amber ),-shall be provided on the upper rear level of the apparatus.
Amber light shall be an the:
[ ]Left side
I l Right side
Two (2) Federal Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL*C * beacons,(one
(1) red ,one (1) amber), shall be provided on the upper rear level of the
apparatus.
S One (1) Traffic Advisor -Federal Cuda LED 44" .
24-00-9900
TRAFFIC ADVISOR
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" LED traffic advisor shall be
provided-the control in the. SmartSiren with Signalmaster Control.
There shall be three modes of operation to direct traffic to a safe passing lane, i.e.
moving lights shall direct traffic either right or left and from center out in both
directions. An alternating flash mode shall also be provided.
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" tED traffic advisor shall be
provided the control. in the SmartSiren with Sigmstr Control
One (1) 3M apticom Emitter
24-15-3010
3M OPTICOM EMITTER
A 3M "Opticom" Priority Control System emitter providing intersection control
for quick response. and reduced risk of accidents, shall be provided- with the
emitter assembly installed on the 1'eading edge of the cab roof (or in lightbar)..
The flash rate shall be provided by the-fire department.
Desired. location of emitter shall be:
[ ]Leading edge of cab roof
[X] Inside cab rooflightbar
.Flash rate required shall be:
ENG, NOTES
-Contact factory for pricing when. installing in lightbar.- There are Wheien
options in QW with the Opticom already built in.- Please identify the flash
rate.
One (1) Standard Perimeter 1!llarning Light Locations -Custom Apparatus
24-3L-0100
Location of each perimeter warning light shall be:
1 on each side of the cab front, inboard.of the turn signal.
1 on each side of the cab bumper extension
1 on each side of the cab, above the wheelwell
• 1 on each side of the body, above the wheelwell-
- 1 on each side of the rear of the,body below the back-up lights
One (1) Installation -Traffic Advisor, Recessed in Body
24-82-INOR
The traffic advisor shall be recessed in the-rear face of the body just below the
hosebed. The recess for the light shall be constructed of aluminum and be-fully
welded at all corners and seams for a professional and custom appearance.
ENG. NOTES
Maximum 'Traffic Adv. Size Restrictions:MeanSitck - 38"75' Force-
- 34"100' Force - 34"~`*Recessed mounting of Traffic Adv. is not available
with roll up door for ground ladder compt.
I
' One (1) Electric horn -Sinale ~
25-00-0100 ~
AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES
One (1) automotive electric horn controlled by the steering wheel horn button li
shall be provided.
One (1) Backup Alarm -Federal#252, 97DBA
25-01-0400
BACK-UP ALARM
There shall be a Federal #252 electronic alarm-that sounds when the truck is
placed in reverse. An 97 DBA audible intermittent "beep" shall be produced to
warn persons near or on the truck.
S One (1) Rear Step to Cab Buzzer -Back of Bodv.1H Rear Only
25-15-2500
REAR STEP TO CAB BUZZER
There shall be a rear step to cab signal system provided to indicate required-truck
movement. If shall consist of a buzzer mounted in the cab that shall instruct the
driver to go forward, backup or stop.. The button that activates the buzzer shall be
weatherproof and installed one (1) left side on the rear beavertail, to allow user to
remotely alert the driver. The buttons shall be labeled: (1 -STOP) (2 - GO) (3 -
BACK-UP).
One (1) Air Horn -Sinale, Grover. w/(2) Foot Switches
26-00-1500
AIR HORN WITH FOOT CONTROLS.
One (1) Grover 1510 chrome air horn shall be furnished. A pressure protection
valve shall be installed in-line to prevent loss of all air from the vehicle air brake
system. Two (2) Linemaster treadle type foot switches shall be provided to
actuate the air horns, one (1) each side of the cab on the floor by the driver's and
officer's feet.
Air horn location in bumper shall be:
[X] Right side
[ l Left side
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location.
S One (1) Electronic-Siren -Federal #SS201-8
26-10-8200 .
FEDERAL SIREN
A Federal .model. SS201-8 siren shall. be provided.
Mic Clip- Location:
A Federal model :SS201-8 siren shall be provided.
' One (1) Install Siren Control Head In Overhead Console
26-10-8210
The electronic siren control head shall be center mounted in the overhead
console.
One (1) Siren Saeaker - FedSia #ES100, w/EF Grille. In Bumaer (Ea)
26-11-FE1 E .
SIREN SPEAKER(S)
- One (1) Federal Model ES100 compact 100 watt speaker(s) shall be provided and
recess mounted in the front bumper. Opening in the bumper for the speaker shall
be covered with a Federal "Electric F" gille.
One (1) speaker location in bumper:
[ ]Right side
[X] Center
[ }Left side ,
ENG. NOTES
' Please provide location. Cannot be used if side gravel pan hose troughs
are specified. Engineering must approve if located in bumper cen#er
ahead of hose trough.
One (1) Mechanical Siren - Q2B, w/2-Foot Switches, Recessed in Bumpr
26-15-5500
MECHANICAL SIREN
A Federal Model Q2B siren with chrome plated housing shall be recessed
mounted in the front bumper extension with front and vane grille exposed. Two
foot switches shall be provided, installed one each side of the cab, on the toe
board.. There shall be an electric brake control installed in the cab, at the driver's
switch panel, properly labeled.
Mounting location shall be:
[X) Left side of bumper
[ ]Notched out and flush
[X] Forward section ext. through bumper
ENG. NOTES ~ .
Be sure that you have selected a notch or opening in the front
bumper!Not Available: Notch recessed in the center of an 11" bumper.
S One (1). Foot Switch Mounting
26-15-9999
fOOTSWITCHES -
Foot switches shall shall be mounted on front area of captains area (same style
as LA City units)
Foot switched shall shall be mounted on front area of captains area J
(same style as LA City units)
One (1) Ground Lis~hts - Runnins~ Board Hose Well, T-L 80600 LED (Ea)
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1) weatherproof Truck-Cite 60600 LED ground light(s) shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
[X] One (1) shall be located by-the running board hose well to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD) .
[ J Additional lights to be located:
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required.
One (1) :Ground Lights - Running Board Hose Weii, T-L 60600 LED (Ea)
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1).weatherproof Truck-Cite 60600 LED ground light(s)'shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
t
[ ]One (1) -shall be located by the running board hose well to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD)
[ ]Additional lights to be located:
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required.
S One (1) Oper Stand - 60", Side Ctrl, w/inspect-or Compt Prov, S/S
30-00-3200
OPERATORS STAND
A 60 inch wide operators-stand (pump compartment) shall be furnished with flex
joints between the cab and pump compartment and between.the pump
compartment and the body to -allow for twisting of the chassis. frame without
putting undue stress on these components. (No exception to this requirement). An
open bin shall be provided above the pump. It shall incorporate an aluminum
treadplate floor that is screwed in place so that it can be removed for access to the
pump and piping if required.
Pump compartment substructure to be fabricated of stainless steel structural
shapes and formed stainless steel sheet stock material. Operators stand shall be
installed on a pump mounting fixture in a four point arrangement which allows it
to flex independently of the chassis frame. A Tech Products rubber insulator (or
equal) shall be used at each mounting point. Pump compartment substructure
shall also support the side running boards. Entire pump' compartment, including
pump and.plumbing, shall be removable from the vehicle in one complete unit.
Removable stainless steel panels, full height and width, shall be provided on both
sides. of the operators stand.. Right side panel shall held in place with flush style
lift-and turn fasteners for quick removal. One (1) 8" knurled grab rail shall be
provided in the right-and left hand. side pump panel areas.
CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges shall be properly marked and located at left side of
the apparatus. All gauges and controls shall be mounted on a stainless steel panel
.with color coded identification of discharge controls and gauges.
Gauge and control panel shall be two separate panels for ease of maintenance.
The master gauge panel shall be hinged (vertically) for easy access to the back of
the gauges. It shall be held in place with two (2) recessed lift and turn fasteners.
Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed.around -all suction. inlets and
discharge outlets. All push-pull discharge controls are to have chrome plated "T"
.handles. Push-pull discharge controls are to pull straight ouf of panel: Controls
that pull out at an angle shall not be acceptable. Remote control push-pull
discharge rods shall be equipped with universal joints and/or ball and socket
connections to eliminate binding.
~ The following controls and gauges shall be located on the control panel for
convenient operation:.
- .All discharge controls
- Electronic engine throttle or governor
- Primer control
- Tank fill control
- Tank to pump control .
- Master Discharge gauge
- Master Intake gauge `
- 1/4" NPT Allen head pressure and vacuum test plugs .
- Stop engine/check-engine warning lights and audible alarm
- Auxiliary cooler control
- Master pump drain control
- Individual pressure gauges
- Water level indicator
- There shall be a hinged ATP cover over the left-hand side of the open bin.
The entire pump stand shall be extended to match the height of the body.
ENG. NOTES
Niust select inspection door(s) or comet(s) separately.
One (1) Pump Panel Labels - NFPA
30-02=0100
PUMP PANEL LABELS
Labeling of the pump panel shall be per NFPA guidelines. Beyond NFPA,
additional color selection and verbiage shall be at the manufacturer's discretion.
.One (1) ..Pump Panels -Side. Mount, Brushed S/S
30-02-0500
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL ON PUMP PANEL
Pump panels, on both sides of vehicle and including the gauge panel, shall be
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Pump. Panel Lights - (6) Weldon 2630-0000-30. Incand Side Mt
30-02-1450
PUMP PANEL LIGHTS
Each' side of the operator-stand shall have-three (3) Weldon 2630-0000-30
incandescent lights located beneath a full length polished stainless steel shield to
• illuminate the pump panel controls and gauges.
One (1) Pump Panel Light Activation -1 Light by Pump Shift, Side Mt
30-02-2110'
PUMP PANEL LIGHT ACTIVATION
One (1) of the lights on the driver's side of the operator stand shall be activated
when the pump is engaged.
One (1) Light Switch -Pump Panel
30-02 2130
t PUMP PANEL LIGHT SWITCH
A~ switch on the pump panel shall activate the pump panel lights not already
activated by either the pump. engaging or the marker/ground lights & parking
brake combination
One (1) Pump Panel Comptlights - (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30, Incand.
30-02-2355
Two (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30 incandescent lights shall beprovided for the •
pump panel compartments, one each side. Each light shall be wired to illuminate
automatically when. the compartment. door is opened.
S One (1) Pump Panel- Comfit - 60" & 66" Op. Stand, Both:Sides S1S
30-10-5500
PUMP PANELCOMPARTMENT
A pump panel compartment shall be provided ahead of the pump on both the left
and right side. The compartment shall be 34.75" high x 15" deep x 18" wide.
Each compartment door shall be vertically hinged and equipped with stainless.
steel double. spring door. stays that. automatically hold the door in both the open
and closed positions. The pump panel compartment. door shall consist of double
panel construction,."D" ring door handles, Eberhard 206 latches, stainless steel
piano hinges, etc. The door sheet metal panels shall be stainless steel.-
. Compartment height on the right side shall be reduced by 10" if the engine is
equipped with a diesel particulate filter.
Both compartments are to be 25" high IPO 34.75" high.
Both compartments are to be 25" high IPO 34.75" high.
ENG. NOTES
Note: This option is for 60"/66" operators stands only.Gompartment height
shall be reduced by the space occupied by the diesel. particulate filter, if
so equipped.
One {1) Vents -Operator Stand Comats
30-10-8A00
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current edition.
One (1) Runninp Board - 60" LH 3/16" ATP w/Hosewell
30-20-1800.
LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH HOSEWELL
Left side running board shall be made of 3/I6" aluminum treadplate. Two (2}
1/4" thick aluminum gusset type supports shall extend from the pump
compartment framing to securely support the running board. Outer edges of the
running boards shall_be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in. Running board
shall not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame. .
An air space shall be provided between the aluminum running board; the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and debris from-being trapped
between these components.
There hall be one (1) hosewell recess mounted in the running board; It shall be
approximately 9..00" wide x 38.00" long x 9.00"-deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well.
One {1) _Runninp_ Board - 60", RH 3116" ATP w/Hosewell .
30-20-2100.
RIGHT. SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH. HOSEWELL
Right side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum .treadplate. Two (2)
1 /4"..thick aluminum gusset type supports shall extend from the pump-
compartment framing to securelyupportthe running board. Outer. edges of the
running boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in. Running board
shall not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame..
An air space shall be provided between the aluminum running board, the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and .debris from,-being trapped
between these components...
There shall be one (1} hosewell recess mounted in the running board. It shall be
approximately 9.00" wide x 38.00" long x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well.
One (1) Covers -ATP. Runninp Board Hosewell
30-20-4700.
I RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
i
- Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one (1) for each side of the
~ running board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Covers,.-ATP. Runninst Board Hosewell
30-20-4700
RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one (1) for each sideof the
running~board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to '
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Crosslav Hosebeds - (2)1.75"
30-26-0100
CROSSi;AY HOSEBEDS
There shall be two (2) crosslay hosebeds provided, cutout and recessed into the
forward corner of the pump operator's panel. The bottom of each crosslay shall
be a maximum of 66" from the ground. Each hosebed shall be approximately 24"
deep and have the capacity to carry a minimum of 200 feet of preconnected 1.75"
double jacketed hose.
The sides of the hosebed shall be constructed of aluminum and they shall have a
large vertical radius at each end to form-hose payout guides. A horizontal
aluminum hose guide with a large radius shall also be provided at the bottom of
the outer ends of the hosebed. The interior of the hosebeds shall be smooth and
free- from all sharp projections which might damage hose. Aluminum interior
~ sides shall have a " DA" type finish and shall not be painted.
One adjustable hose bed partition (divider) shall be provided. Partition shall be
constructed of 3/16" thick 5052-H32 aluminum alloy sheet. Bottom of the
divider shall be adequately reinforced. Partition shall have "DA" type finish.
Divider shall be fully adjustable by providing slots at each end of the hosebed.
The divider shall be held in place by tightening two (2) 3/8" flathead bolts at each
end of the partition bottom flanges.
The bottom of these hose compartments-shall be provided with a removable,
single piece, inverted aluminum "pan"...Pan shall have .50" holes punched in it.to
provide for the ventilation of the hose.
ENG. NOTES
Hi-polished S/S hose guides not available. Xlays f/side mount stand only.
Capacity based on average hose & doesn't consider specialty nozzles. A
hose restraint is req'd per NFPA. Hosebed to be 14", 17", 19" or 24" wide;
determine w/PE dwg.
S One (1) Crosslav Hosebed - Additionah for Drv Hose Load
30-26-1300
DRY CROSSLAY HOSEBED
. In addition to the preconnected crosslay hosebeds a "dry", non-preconnected, bed
shall.be provided for carrying additional fire hose. This crosslay bed shall be
located to the rear of the preconnected ones and shall have an adjustable divider
and grating similar to the other beds.
The deadlay shall be the sane dimensions as the front two with a horizontal shelf
evenly dividing from top to bottom. It hall.be-large enough to hold two high.
rise style packs (one upper, on.e lower) of 1.00' of l .75" with. an Akron #1720 1.5"
fog nozzle with a pistol grip anal an Akron #1480 gated wye.
Crosslay height (bottom to ground):
66" Standard
72".Optional
The deadlay shall be the same dimensions as the front two with a
horizontal shelf evenly dividing from top to bottom.. It shall be large
enough to hold two high rise style packs (one upper, one lower) of 1.00' of
1.75" with an Akron. #1720 1.5" fog nozzle with a pistol grip and an Akron
#1480 gated wye.
ENG. NOTES
Xlays for side mount only. Cap. of 200' of 1-3/4"double. jacket hose
based on average hose w/o special nozzles. A hose restraint is req'd per
NFPA. Hosebed be 14", 17" 19" or 24" wide; deter w/PE dwg.
~ One (1) ATP Cover - Crosslav
30-28-0130'
CROSSLAY COVER
There shall be an aluminum cover for the crosslay. The. cover shall be
constructed of 3/16" aluminum treadplate and be hinged with a stainless steel
piano hinge. The cover shall be hinged at the front of the hosebed with a hold
open device'provided for repacking hose.. A positive latching mechanism shall
be provided.
ENG. NOTES
Option is for,side control panel only.
One (1) Vinvl End Flaps - Crosslav w/ ATP Cover
30-28-0160_
CROSSLAY END FLAPS
A weighted cover shall be .provided for the ends of the crosslay. The cover shall
be made of 16 oz. per square yard polyester coated with a urethane top, coat
(vinyl). The vinyl cover shall be permanently attached to the ATP cover and
have stainless-steel springl clips and hooks on the bottom corners.
This cover combination shall restrain the hose in the crosslay from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle is underway in normal operations.
~ Color of vinyl. cover shall be:
[ ]Red _
[ ]White .
' [ ]Black •
[ l Yellow
One (1) dump ~ Wa#eroua, 1500 GPNI, 2-~ta~e, CMU
31-00-1400
WATEROUS PUMP
Pump.shal) be a Waterous CMU two-stage 1500 GPM midship mounted
centrifugal type, carefully designed in accordance with good modern practice.
The pump shall be the class "A" type and be tested at the manufacturer's facility
and certified by an independent testing organization.
The pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated
below.
100% of rated capacity at 150 PSI net pump pressure
70% of rated capacity at 200 PSI net pump pressure
50% of rated capacity at 250 PSI net pump pressure
Pump when dry shall be capable of taking suction- and discharging water with a
lift of 10 feet in not more than 30 seconds through 20 feet of suction hose of the
appropriate size.
~ The pump shall have atwo-piece, horizontally-split body with intake and •
discharge passageways in a single casting and on"the same level providing the
lowest possible height, a lower center of gravity, and more room for hose reels, •
hose~beds and other equipment. The two-piece, horizontally-split pump body
design allows removal of the bottom pump cover without disturbing the- main
• pump body mounting or any piping.
The casing shall be made of high-tensile,-close grained gray iron. All
passageways shall be carefully matched to'assure the very best hydraulic flow
characteristics.
Matched bronze impellers shall be balanced-both mechanically and hydraulically
for vibration-free operation.- Fiame-plated impeller hubs shall be standard to
assure longer life despite the presence of abrasives in the water supply.
An exclusive two-piece impeller shaft shall allow true separation of the pump
and pump transmission without disassembling either unit, greatly reducing repair
labor time. The heat-treated stainless steel impeller shaft shall be ground at all •
critical areas and polished under packing.
Three deep-groove, anti-friction ball bearings shall be located outside the
pumping chamber, giving support and proper alignment to the impeller. shaft
assembly: Bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated completely separated. from
the water being pumped, and protected by seal housing, flinger rings and oil
seals.
Flinger rings shall be located on the impeller shaft' between seal housings and
bearing housings to provide added protection and keep water and foreign matter
out of the bearings.
Bronze, reverse-flow, labyrinth-type wear rings shalt resist water bypass and
maintain high efficiency and lasting performance. These replaceable wear rings
increase pump life and minimize maintenance costs.
Braided flexible graphite (BFG) packing rings shall be held in place by a split-
bronze gland which is fully removable and adjustable. BFG packing improves
• heat dissipation, reduces maintenance and minimizes shaft wear.
A-ball-type bronze transfer valve, in removable bronze housings with large
waterways shall allow for smooth transfer to either PRESSURE or VOLUME
without sticking. A floating seal design shall allow sand to be flushed away to
prevent the valve from- sticking or jamming. The hydraulically-balanced seal
assembly reduces pressure loss and improves pump efficiency..
A ,C 10 series pump: transmission- shall be housed in a three-piece horizontally-
split, high-strength aluminum housing. Power transfer to pump shall be through
a Morse HV high-strength involute form chain. An internal lubrication system -
shall directly lubricate the chain. Drive and driven sprockets shall be made of '
steel. Sprockets shall be hardened and have ground bores. Driveline shaft shall
be made of alloy steel, hardened and ground to size. All shafts shall be ball-
bearing supported. .
One (1) Pump Anti-Corrosion System -Zinc Anode Waterous Pumps
31-01-0400.
• PUMP ANTI-CORROSION SYSTEM
An anti-corrosion system shall be installed to prevent galvanic corrosion within
the pump. It shall consist of two (2) sacrificial zinc anodes:: One shall be installed
on-each of the 6" main inlets. Anodes shall be easily removable for inspection
and replacement.
One (1) Pump Seal -Mechanical, Waterous •
31-01-6100
MECHANICAL PUMP SEALS
Mechanical pump seals shall be provided to eliminate the need for conventional
packing rings.
One (1) Pumo Shift -Three-Position.. Air, w/l_ockinst Collar
31-02-0800
PUMP SHIFT
An air operated shift system shall be provided that allows he shift-arm position
• to be changed by means of an in-cab mounted switch. It shall engage either the
pump- drive gear or the truck drive shaft gear. Athree-position positive lock air
shift shall be provided.
One. (1) Pump Shift Manual Override •
31-02-0900
i PUMP SHIFT MANUAL OVERRIDE
. A ma~iual pump shift override shall be provided.
One (1) Relief Valve -Intake Pressure. Elkhart, 2-1/2"
31-03-0000
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A 2-1/2" Elkhart intake relief valve shall be permanently installed in the inlet
piping. It shall have minimum pressure adjustment of 75 to 250 psi. The surplus
- water shall be plumbed to the underside of the truck away from the operator.
One (1) Relief Valve -intake Pressure, Pilot Operated. Waterous
31-03-DD00
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous pilot operated intake relief (dump) valve shall be installed on the
pump intake manifold with a mnimum,pressure adjustment of SO to 250 psig.
The surplus water shall be plumbed to the underside of the truck away from the
operator and shall terminate with a2-1/2" Victaulic outlet. Hose connection shall
only be used when excess. water flow is creating a nuisance or hazard around the
apparatus and dumping would be more convenient elsewhere. A permanent label
.shall be provided near the outlet that states "Intake Pressure Relief Outlet - Do
Not Cape:
ENG. NOTES
This.option is only available with Waterous Rumps.
One (1) Transfer-Valve -Manual-Shift. Waterous- .
31-04-0100
TRANSFER VALVE
Transfer valve design shall be of latest ball ype, of all bronze construction and
incorporate a hydraulically balanced seal assembly to minimize leakage around
the ball`and assure maximum pump efficiency. The transfer valve shall operate
smoothly and without sticking even when exposed to sandy or"dirty water.
Operation of the transfer valve shall provide. smooth changing of the transfer
valve to .either PRESSURE or VOLUME without shutting down at any discharge
pressure up to 250 psi.
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available with Waterous Pumps. Not available with top
mount operator's stand options.
One (1) Primar - Rotary Vane, Waterous #VPO, -Oil-less
31-05-0300
PRIMING DEVICE
Priming pump shall be a Waterous Model VPO electrically driven, positive
. displacement, rotary vane type. It shall .operate without the use of sealing oil, i.e.
be of oil-less design and not require an oil.tank. Motor shall be totally enclosed to
prevent dust, dirt and water from entering. Priming pump shall be built by the. ~ .
manufacturer of the fire pump.
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available with Waterous Pumps.
One (1) Priming Valve -Waterous. Vacuum Activtd, Push Button, Elect
31-05-0700
PRIMING VALVE
Priming valve shall be operated by a push button control on the pump panel.
Pushing the button shall automatically open the priming valve and activate the
primer motor at the same time, thus being a one hand operation. Primer valve
shall be connected to the top of both pump volutes (two stage pumps) making it
possible to prime the pump no matter if the pump is in pressure or volume.
One (1) Transmission .Lock Up -Pump Shift Activation
31-07-0100
TRANSMISSION LOCK UP
The direct gear transmission lockup for the fire pump operation shall engage
automatically when the pump shift control irr the cab is activated.
One (1) D_ rain Valve -Master Pump, BrassISIS, w/Sealed Port
31-07-0300
MASTER DRAIN -FIRE PUMP.
A master drain valve shall be provided and installed. The draimassembly shall
be constructed of brass and stainless steel with individually sealed ports for low
point drainage of the fire pump and auxiliary devices.
One (1) Pressure i2elief Svstem -Waterous Manual
31-11-1100.
PRESSURE CONTROL
Waterous adjustable pressure .relief valve system specifically designed for fire
service shall be provided. Valve shall be positive and quick acting and have
instantaneous gn/off control. When in the off position, the relief valve shall
functionally be removed from the system. When turned back on, it shall again
' monitor and maintain the pressure the relief valve was set at the last time it was
used., Control for adjusting pressure to be elliptical shaped'for positive grip.
Wheel control not acceptable. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be
providedand be accessible from pump operator's panel. LED lights to indicate.
when- the relief valve is bypassing and when the relief valve is fully closed shall
be furnished.
ENG: NOTES
-This option is only available with Waterous Pumps.- Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Manual bush-button Throttle = FRC. RTU
31-12-0200,-
. MANUAL PUSH-BUTTON THROTTLE CONTROL
A Fire Research manual push-button throttle,. model RTU series, shall be
installed. The remote throttle shall maintain the engine RPM at the level set by
the operator. The program features shall be accessed via push--buttons located on
the front of the module. The program shall support automatic regulation of
engine -RPM, a field programmable preset, and diagnostic capabilities. The
remote throttle safety features. shall include an OK to pump interlock signal
i recognition and return to idlepush button.
When the throttle is active, the cab accelerator shall be inhibited to prevent.
inadvertent operation of the cab accelerator, which could result in a sudden and
dangerous increase in pump discharge pressure.
ENG. NOTES
- .Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Auxiliary Coolina System
32-00-01.00
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be installed to permit use of
water from the discharge side of the fire pump: to reduce.the temperature of the
antifreeze solution circulating through the. engine cooling system.
ENG. -NOTES
Not compatible with Triton pumps.
One (1) Pump Pipina - S1S Pipe and HP Hose Hydrotested
32-01-0110
PUMP PIPING - HYDROTESTED STAINLESS STEEL AND HIGH
PRESSURE HOSE.
All suction and discharge lines shall use schedule 10 stainless steel-pipe or heavy
duty pressure/vacuum'-hose with stainless steel end fittings.: Sweat soldered
copper tubing is not acceptable. Where vibration or chassis flexing.may damage
or loosen piping, the pipe shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber couplings.
All discharge and gated inlet lines to drain through individual drain valves. All
individual drain lines are to be extended to drain below chassis frame.
All threaded fittings shall be sealed with a heavy duty Teflon anaerobic pipe
sealant. It shall be in a liquid form with a .consistency similar to grease. Teflon
` tape shall not be acceptable. It shall be designed to prevent corrosion between
- the mating surfaces and to -allow for easy disassembly of the joints if necessary..
Permabond shall manufacture with a trade name of Perma-lok.
All water carrying pressure gauge lines are to be of flexible polypropylene tubing
to prevent breakage from vibration. All suction. inlets and discharge outlets shall
be equipped with National Standard Threads (NST).
The entire pump and plumbing system shall be hydrostatic tested up to 250 psi by
the manufacturer. The test shall be third~party witnessed and shall comply with
- the requirements of Section 16.13.8 of NFPA 1901, current edition.
ENG. NOTES
SOPR needed. if over ten (10) discharges. ~ .
Fourteen (14)
32-01=2500. Drain.Valves -Line, Class 1, Quarter Turn
DRAINS
A Class One .75" quarter turn ball drain or bleed off valve shall be provided for.
each gated hydrant inlet or discharge outlet. The drain valves shall be recessed
behind the panel. with the control handle extending through it:-They shall be
located along the bottom of the side pump panels in a single horizontal row. The
• drain contrcls shall be properly labeled. The water discharged from the drain
lines shall be routed so it is exhausted below the chassis frame rails..
ENG.. NOTES
The cost of the drain(s) is included in .each MIV, aux inlet,_frontlrear,inlet
and discharge>1.5" and aerial waterway.
One (1) Tank To Pump Line Valve - 3" Side Panet Con#rof
32-02-3000
TANK TO PUMP LINE '
A 3" tank to pump valve shall be installed between the water tank and the pump.
The valve shall be a quarter-turn ball type, drop out design and constructed of '
bronze. fihe control handle shall be chrome push/pull, locking "T" type and will
be installed on the left side pump panel. A check valve shall be installed between
the pump and the valve to prevent water from flowing back into the tank.
ENG. NOTES
If top mount control panel is quoted delete this option;and use option #32-
02-3100.
One (1) Valve Controls -Side Mount, Class 1
33-00-5100
INLET AND OUTLET PUSH PULL CONTROLS
All inlet and outlet push-pull valve control handles shall be the "T" handle design
with a recess in its face fora 7/8" x 2-7/8" identification plate. Handles and
panel plates (escutcheons) shall be constructed of cast zinc with a polished
chrome.plated finish. Handles shall be labeled describing the function of the
control handle.. The discharge valves that are remote mounted in the pump
system piping shall be actuated by Class 1 1/4 turn locking push-pull control
assembly. The sliding rod for the outlet. which pulls out from the pump panel
shall be constructed-of 3/4" diameter aluminum with a hard coated anodized
surface. Inlet valve controls do not have to be the locking type nor have the
Class l control rod.
ENG. NOTES
If quotation has top mount pump panel feature delete his option and add
option #33-00-5200.
One (1) Valves. -All Akron, ®irect & Inline
33-00-5400
AKRON VALVES
All direct and in-line valves shall be Akron model 8600 or 8800 heavy duty
swing-out. brass valves designed for operating pressures to 250 psi. Akron 8000
series valves have a 316 stainless steel ball turning in self-adjusting ball seats and
shall create a positive seal to hold pressure or vacuum in both directions without
the use of high maintenance o-rings. Lubrication or regular maintenance shall.
not be required to support the valve manufacturer's warranty.
-One (1) . Master Compound Gauaes - (2) Ashcroft 4.5" dia., 30-0-600
33-03-4000
MASTER GAUGES
A pair of Ashcroft compound gauges shall be provided for the master Pump
Intake and master Pump Discharge gauges, The gauges. shall be 4.5" irrdiameter
and have a pressure range of 30-0-600 and shall dampen vibration.and pulsation.
The.gauges shall be the dry type for optimal performance in freezing
temperatures. The gauge body and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with
black lettering on white faces. The gauges shall each have an adjustable pointer
and a vent hole to assist with condensation.
The master gauges shall be grouped together on the pump operator's control
panel for ease of observation during pump operations, as required by NFPA
1901.
Eleven (11 } _ Gauges -Line, 2.5", Ashcroft, 30-0-600, 1 per Disc
33-04-0100
PRESSURE GAUGES )
{Quantity} individual line pressure gauges for the 1.50" andlarger discharges
shall be furnished. The gauge(s) shall be 2.5" in diameter and have a pressure
range of 30-0-60.0 and shall dampen vibration and pulsation. Each gauge shall be
the dry type for optimal performance in freezing temperatures. The gauge body
and bezel shallbe stainless steel construction with black lettering on white faces.
Each gauge shall have an adjustable pointer and a vent hole to assist with
condensation.
ENG. NOTES
A gauge is. required for every discharge 1.5" or larger. .
One (1) Pump-Panel Engine Gauges -Class1 ENFO IV
33-04-9700
PUMP PANEL ENG]NE GAUGES.- CLASSI ENFO IV
A Class 1 "ENFO IV" shall be provided.. The. ENFO IV provides the pump
operator with engine rpm; oil pressure, engine temperature. and electrical system
voltage: The ENFO ]V shall utilize the SAE J-1939 bus for engine information.
The voltage shall be displayed from the battery. This compaot unit contains all
required engine audible and visual alarms including the voltage warning.
One (1) Fuel Gauge -Pump Panel
33-05=..0400_
FUEL -GAUGE
A 2" weatherproof fuel gauge shall be mounted on pump panel indicating the
amount of fuel in tank, The gauge shall be mounted in a well. lighted-area for
night .operations.
S One (1) Tank LeveLGauge -Water, Sight-Glass Style Plastic Tube
33-06-101.0
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE
There shall be a "sight-glass" style water tank level gauge mounted on the pump
.panel. The tank level gauge shall be a length of clear plastic tubing that is equal
in heighfto that of the booster'tank. The tubing shall be mounted on the pump
. operators panel in a protective stainless steel channel. The tubing shall be piped
' directly into the booster tank and shall fill at a rate, and to a level, that is indirect
. relation to the water in the booster tank.
The sight tube i to'be illuminated with a LED light strip.
Sight tube to be illuminated with a LED light strip.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with a hinged gauge panel. Subject to freezing in cold
climates.
One (1) Tank Level Gauge -Water, Class1, Intelli-Tank
33-06-1110
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE -MASTER
The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge
for indicating water level. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level. on
a 4-light LED display and show increments of 1%8 of a tank.
. The Class 1 "Intelli -Tank" tank level gauge utilizes a pressure transducer that
mounts on the outside of the tank for sensing water or foam levels. No probes are
required for the tank. .
One {1 } Large Tank Level Displays - (2) Water Whalen PST LED -Cab
33-06-1 A21
LARGE WATER TANK LEVEL DISPLAYS:
Two (2) Whalen "PST" water tank level display(s) shall be provided on the cab,
one on each side of the body. The displays shall be vertically mounted and wired
to-the Master water tank level gauge through a remote display driver module.
ENG.. NOTES
Be sure that you have added a Class1 Remote Large Display Driver
Module:
One {1) Main Puma Inlets - 6", (11 LlS, (1) R/S
33-10-0100
PUMP INLETS:
A 6" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle.
Removable die cast zinc strainers- shall be provided in each side inlet to provide
cathodic protection for the pump and thus reduce corrosion in the pump. Each.
inlet shall extend past the pump panel and shall allow a minimum of 8° clearance
to the outside edge of the running board.
ENG. NOTES
If clearance is not correct, use short or recessed and short inlets.
. One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -Gated, 2-1/2", Left Side
33-10-1300
2-1/2" HYDRANT INLET
One 2-1/2" gated hydrant inlet shall be furnished on the left side of the operator's
stand. The valve shall be recessed behind the panel and shall be provided with a
push pull control extending through the panel.. The valve shall be of the drop out
type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST female swivel adapter and screen.
A warning label shall be provided near the inlet identifying it as a pressurized
water source.
ENG. NOTES
Must be controlled at operator's control panel when only one (1) auxiliary
inlet is provided.
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -Gated, 2-112", Ripht Side
33-10-1400
2-1/2 HYDRANT INLET
One 2-1 /2" gated hydrant inlet shall be furnished on the right side of the
operator's stand. The valve sha1T be recessed. behind the panel and shall. be
provided with a push pull control extending through the panel. The valve shall
be of the drop, out type.. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1 /2" NST female swivel
adapter and screen. A warning label shall be provided near the inlet identifying it
as a pressurized water source.
ENG. NOTES
Must be controlled at operator's control panel when only one (1) auxiliary
inlet is provided.
One (1) Front Inlet - 5".w/o Valve - for MII wl'07 Eng. or Sentinel
33-13-1300'
FRONT 5'.' PUMP INLET
The apparatus shall be provided with a 5" front pump inlet. It shall be installed.
-with the hose inlet at the right side of the cab front bumper.
The inlet shall be constructed- of schedule 10 stainless. steel piping and shall enter
the inlet manifold section of the pump. Galvanized or black iron .(steel). pipe is
not an acceptable alternative. Connection to the pump shall be via a bolted
flange, threaded pipe turned into the manifold will not be acceptable. The front
suction shall be a welded fabrication utilizing sweep type welded pipe elbows.
Threaded pipe and elbows shall not be used in the. design of the- front inlet.
Piping shall be routed under the-cab and- over the front axle in the right side
wheel well area. It shall be mounted to the chassis frame (not cab or body) -with
heavy duty support brackets.
.The multi-piece assembly shall be connected together with' Victaulic couplings.
They shall prevent damage to the piping-when the chassis frame twists or flexes.
Also they shall provide a means of disassembly and removal of any individual
piping section if necessary because of accident or for easier-access to other
damaged areas or places requiring special maintenance needs. Front inlet piping
shall. be removable without having to remove the cab..
- Total assembly shall be fully engineered, and not a "make on job" fabrication
where future replacement parts cannot be ordered from the.apparatus builder.
Bidder may be required to provide evidence of his ability to supply engineering
.drawings of the front inlet assembly and its individual parts:
ENG: NOTES
Contact factory for approval if utilizing on Meanstick. Front suction option
is not available with air ride front suspension. Not available on MII with
2006 engine.
One (1) 5" Butterfiv Valve - Fron# Inlet, w/Handwheel Control
33-13-2.000
5" BUTTERFLY VALVE
The front inlet shall include a handwheel controlled 5" butterfly valve (or equal)
with indicator. Handwheel shall be located on the pump panel. Indicator shall
show valve rotation for opening or closing. Valve shall be equipped with an
. aluminum bronze disc or other similar non-corrosive material Valve seat
material shall be.a nonfreezing synthetic rubber similar to_Buna N. There shall be
a right angle gear assembly mounted on tap of valve with control rod extended to
..pump panel. Rod shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) universal joints to
prevent binding during operation.
One (1) Tank FiH Line - 2-1/2"
33-20-0250
TANK FILL
There shall be a 2-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed with a 2-1/2" inline
bronze valve. Valve shall be controlled at the pump panel with a chrome locking
handle.
One (1) Front Bumper Discharge - LS.1.5" w/ 2" Plumbing
34-15-0152
1.5" FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE -LEFT
One (1) 1,5" preconnect discharge shall be located in the front bumper extension
on the left side. -The discharge shall ba plumbed -from the pump .with 2" pipe and
high pressure hose. It shall have a 2" full flow quarter turn valve and a pressure
gauge.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04- .
0100 or Q1N#33-04-0200,
S One (1) Hand 1Nheels
34-15-9999
HAND WHEEL VALVES
The following discharges shalt have handwheel actuators LPO puch pull
actuators.
-LH 2 1l2"
-RH 2 1/2"
-LH Rear 2 1/2"
-RH Rear 2 1/2"
-Booster Reel
i
The following discharges shall have handwheel actuators IP0 push pull
~ actuators.
-LH 2 1/2"
-RH 2 112"
-LH Rear 2 1/2"
-RH Rear 2 1/2"
-Booster Reel
One (1)~ Crosslay Discharge - (2) 1.5" w/ 2" Plumbing
34-17-0100
CROSSLAY DISCHARGES
A 1.5" discharge shall terminate in the bottom of each crosslay bed. It shall be
plumbed with 2" high pressure hose, be gated with a 2" ball-type bronze valve
and have a 1.5" NST 90 degree swivel outlet in the hosebed. The,valve controls
and pressure gauges for the crosslays shall be installed on the pump operator's
panel. Push-pull valve controls shall be the quarter turn locking type,with
chrome plated "T" style handle.
One (1) Discharge - LS, 2-1/2" ~Ea)
34-20-0250
2-I/2" LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
One (1) 2"l/2" discharge(s), each with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve
and pressure gauge shall be located on the left side panel. Each valve shall be
capable of being locked or unlocked at the valve from the control panel at any
position between open or closed -and shall operate freely up to maximum pump.
discharge pressure. Each valve shall be mounted with the body behind the pump
panel and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump.
One (1) Discharge - RS, 2-1/2" (Ea)
34-21-0250
2-1J2" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
- One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve and
pressure gauge shall be located on the right side panel. Each valve shall be
• capable of being locked or unlocked at the valve from the. control panel at:any
position between open or closed and shall operate freely up to maximum pump
discharge pressure. Each valve shall be mounted with the body behind the pump
panel and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump. •
Two (2) Discharge - RS, 4" wl Akron Valve, Manual Handwheel Control
34-21-0400
4" RIGHT. SIDE DISCHARGE
There shall be one (l) 4" discharge with pressure gauge to the right side pump
panel. The outlet shall be piped from the discharge side of the pump through an
Akron 4" handwheel controlled valve with 4"piping. The valve shall be pump
panel controlled.
.ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-
1 0100 or QW#33-04-0200. Not available for top mounts.
One (1) R_ ear Discharge - LSD 2-112"
34-24-0250
2-1/2" LEFT REAR DISCHARGE
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose. bed on the left
hand side. It shall be plumbed with 2-1/2" pipe. The outlet shall be operated by
an in-line 2-1/2" drop out type. valve with control and pressure gauge at the pump
panel.. Victaulic or other flexible type coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
appropriate:
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-0100
or QW#33-04-0200.
One (1) Rear Discharge - RS, 2-112"
34-25-0250
2-1/2" RIGHT REAR DISCHARGE
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose bed on the right
hand side. It shall be plumbed 2-1/2" pipe. The outlet shall be operated by an in-
line 2-1/2" drop out type valve with controTand pressure gauge at the pump
panel. Victaulic or other flexible type coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
appropriate.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-0100
{ ~ or QW#33-04-0200.
One (1) Cap -Main Puma inlet, 6", Lona Handled. Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-0030
MAIN PUMP INLET. CAP(Sl
Orie .(1) 6" NST long handled chrome plated cap(s) shall be provided for the
main pump inlet(s).
One (1) Plug ~ Chain - LS Auxiliary-Gated Inlet, 2.5". Chr®me Plated-
34-85-0110
LEFT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining chain shall be provided for the left side
2.5" auxiliary gated inlet.
One (1) Plug & Chain - RS Auxiliary Gated inlet 2.5", Chrome Plated
34-85-0120
RIGHT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining chain shall be provided for the right side
2.5" auxiliary gated inlet.
'One (1) Adaater & Screen -Front Inlet, 5" -NST. Chrome Plated
34-85-0310
.FRONT INLET ADAPTER & SCREEN
I A 5" NST chrome plated adapter and screen shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1)' Cap - Front1nlet, 5" Long Handled. Chrome Plated
34-85-0360
FRONT INLET CAP
A 5" NST long handled chrome plated. cap shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1) Swivel - LS Front Bumper Discharde,'1.5"NST 90 Decree, S1S
34-85-1010
FRONT PRECONNECT DISCHARGE SWIVEL
A Chicksan Style, polished stainless steel, 1-1/2° IvINST 90 degree swivel elbow
shall be'provided for the le$ side of the front preconnect discharge.
One (1) No Cap & Chain for Left Front Bumper Discharge
34-85-1045:
One (1) Adapter - LS 2.5" Discharge; 2.5" x 2.5" NST, Chrm Pltd (Ea)
34-85-1210
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1).2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2:5" left side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain;.34-85-1930..
One (1) Elbow - LS 2.5" Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Ded, Chrm Pltd (Ea)
34-85-1214.
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1)'2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided -for the 2.5" left side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-1930:
One (1) Adapter - RS Discharge, 2.5" NST, Ch-tome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1610
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER-
One (1) 2:5" FNPT x 2.5" IVINST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided far
the 2.5" right side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This adapter takes a 2.5" cap & chain, 34-85-2030.
One (1) Elbow - RS Discharde, 2.5" NST, 45 Ded., Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1614
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbows} shall,be
provided,for the 2,S" right side discharge(s).
ENG.. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-2030.
Two (2) Adapter - RS 4" Discharde, 4" x 5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1820
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
i
Two (2) 4" FNPT x 5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the-
4" right side discharge(s).
Twa (2) Elbow - RS 4" Discharge, 4" NST, 45 Dea Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1834.
RIGHT•SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
Two (2) 4" FNST x 4" IVINST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 4" right side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
' This elbow takes a 4" cap & chain, 34-85-2060.
One (1) Cap & Chain - LS Discharge, 2.5",Chrome Plated IEa)
34-85-1930
LEFT- SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1}2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided-for the
2.5" left side discharge(s).
One (1) Cap &-Chain - RS Discharge, 2.5". Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2030 •
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (_l } 2.5" chrome, plated caps} and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the .
right side discharge(s).:
Two (2) Cap & Chain - RS Discharge, 4", Chrome Plated ,~Eal
34-85-2060
_ RIGHT .SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN-
- Two (2) 4" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
right side discharge(s).-
Location. of 4"cap & chain shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify which right side discharges receive this cap & chain.
One (1) Adapter - LS Rear Discharae, 2.5" NST Chrome Plated (Eat
34-85-2210-
_ LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2:5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" left side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow- LS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST
_45 Deg, Chrm Platd (Ea)
34-85-2214
LEFT -SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45'degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
.provided for the 2.5" left side rear discharge(s).. "
ENG. NOTES .
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-2930.
~ One {1) Adapter - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2610
RIGHT SIDE .REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1)_ 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided-for
the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow. - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg, Chrm Platd (Ea)
34-85-2614
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One. (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-3030.
One (1) Caa & Chain - LS Rear Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2930
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
left side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - RS Rear Discharge, 2:5", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-3030
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Discharge -Deck Gun, 3", Akron wl Handwheel Control
34-90-03AH .
3" DELUGE RISER W/AKRON HANDWHEEL CONTROL
A 3". deluge gun riser shall be installed.above the pump terminating in the open
bin with National Pipe Thread (NPT). Location to be determined on the P. E.
Drawing and approved by the customer. Piping shall be installed securely so no
movement develops. when the line is charged. The riser shall be gated and
controlled at tlxe pump operator panel by an Akron handwheel controlled valve.
The outlet shall be piped from the discharge,manifold of-the pump through 3"
piping: An open/closed dial indicator shall be provided on the pump panel.
Piping shall terminate above the pump housing floor: -
[ ]approximately-1:2.5"
[ ].Specify other height: -
NOTE: Class 1-auto drain shall be used on all deck gun installations.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gaugesl Discharges
limited to one. Does not include flange or adapter. Not available on top
mounts. NOTE: Class 1 auto drain will lie used on all deck gun_
installations.
S One (1) beck Gun-and monitor
35-00-9999
AKRON APPOLLO DECK GUN
Akron Turbo master Nozzle #1755,-Akron Apollo monitor.base #341._6, Akron
master stream straightner, Akron master stream foam nozzle #3625, Akron
master stream smooth bore #2499.
Akron Turbo master Nozzle #1755, Akron Apollo monitor base #3416,
Akron master sfiream straightener, Akron master stream foam nozzle
#3625, Akron master stream smooth bore #2499.
One (1) 3" ASA Deck Gun Flanae for 3" Pipe
35-00-9X 10
3" ASA DECK GUN FLANGE
A 3" 4-bolt ASA flange shall be furnished and installed on the end of the deluge.
riser.
One (1) Booster Reel -Open Bin. Polished Aluminum -
35-70-1100
BOOSTER REEL -OPEN BIN -POLISHED ALUMINUM
A Hannay aluminum booster reel with aluminum discs shall be installed over the
~ pump compartment. Reel shall be constructed utilizing an aluminum welded
base. Rewind will be 12- volt - 1 /2 HP electric motor and will chain- drive the
reel drum. The booster reel shall have an automatic brake to prevent the booster
hose from unwinding uncontrollably. Reel shall have a capacity for 200' of 1"
booster hose or 300' of 3/4" booster hose. A gear driven manual rewind shall be
included. A push button rewind switch. shall be provided at a convenient
location on the pump panel. The booster reel discharge control shall be located
at the operators control panel. The reel shall be piped with 1-1/2" piping and
flexible high pressure hose. -Reel access location to unwind to the right hand
side of the apparatus unless otherwise specified.
if quantity selection for this option is two, then one reel will unwind to the right
hand, side and one reel will unwind to the left hand side. Open bin space needed
for reel mounting is 28.00" wide x 27.00" deep x 29.00" high. :
THE BOOSTER REEL SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FAR RIGHT AS
POSSIBLE TO WITH-DECK GUN TOMAXIMIZE THE COMPARTMENT
SPACE IN DUNNAGE AREA. Foam.discharge.
One {1) Booster Hose -1"..100' Len,
ath
35-70-6200
100' LENGTH OF 1" BOOSTER HOSE
-One (1) hundred (100') foot length(s). of l 800 PSI booster hose, coupled with
chrome plated pin hole type 1" CHT couplings shall be provided and installed. .
One (1) Hose Reel Polished S/S Rotlrs & Guides -Open Bin Same Side
35-70-6800
• HOSE REEL POLISHED S/S ROLLERS AND GUIDES -OPEN BIN
Polished stainless steel hose reel rollers and guides shall be provided at the top of
the operator's stand compartment on the same side asthe-hose-reel location.
Option quantity .can be two if two reels are specified in the. open bin:
S One (1) Booster Reel Nozzle Holder
35-70-68J K
BOOSTER REEL NOZZLE HOLDER
An aluminum booster-reel nozzle holder shall be supplied-and installed on-the
officer's side pump panel:
One (1) Reel Master Switch
35-70-7200
REEL MASTER SWITCH
A reel master switch shall be provided on the operator's panel.
Standard location is on pump panel
One (1) Hose Reel Biowout From Vehicle Air Supply
35-70-8200.
1 BLOW-OUT FOR BOOSTER REEL .
An air valve shall be provided on .the pump panel, piped from the vehicle air
system to the hose reel, to blow the water out of the booster hose.
Standard valve location is on the pump panel
- One {1) Foam System - FoamPro 2002, A or B .Foam
36-90-5200
FOAMPRO 2002 FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM FOR CLASS "A" OR
..B.. FOAM
A FoamPco'2002 direct injection foam system capable of flowing 1000 GPM of
0.5% concentration, 500 GPM of 1.0% concentration and 166 GPM of 3%
concentration shall be provided:
The foann system shall be capable of discharging either Class A or B-foam.
The foam proportioning system operation shall be based on a direct measurement
of water flows and pressure. The system shall be equipped with a digital
electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control
display shall be a microprocessor, which receives inpufi from the system flow
meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate output. The microprocessor
shall compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure that
j the proportion rate: is accurate.
i
Push button control for the foam proportioning rate shall allow a ratip from .1
to 3.0% in 0.1 % increments. The rated 'capacity of the system shall be 166 GPM
at 3.00% and 1000 GPM at 0;5%.
Foam injection pump shall be rated 5.0 GPM and be the positive displacement
type powered by a 12 volt DC electric motor.
A check valve shall be installed between the water pump and foam injection
point to prevent foam agent -from contaminating the water pump.. Also a check
valve shall be, placed between the foam pump and injection point to prevent
water flowing into the foam pump and foam tanks.
-After the flowmeter and the foam injection point the discharge shall be split to
feed four (4) different outlets as directed by the fire department. It is understood
by the department that depending on the number of discharges utilized, nozzle
flow rates selected and foam agent percentage, that all outlets may not be able to
be used sirriultaneously at rated water or foam flows (see-foam capacities stated
above) nor cart one outlet (of the four) discharge water and another foam while
the system is in operation. .
Foam shall be plumbed to the following discharges:
Front Bumper
Rear 2 1/2" LH Discharge.
Booster -Reel
' Deck Gun
ENG. NOTES
Only one foam tank so tank selector (manual or electric) is not an option.
-Foam Tank priced separately.NOTE: This option is limited to four (4) or
lessdischarges. If more discharges are required, an SOPR must be
submitted to the factory.
One (1) Foarn Svstern Tes#iinp - Test Method 2
36-91-01 M2
FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM TESTING
The foam proportioning system accuracy shall be tested using method 2 of
section A.21.11.1 as specified in NFPA 1901, current edition::"Measuring Foam
Concentrate Pump Output Directly". With the foam system operating at a given
water flow rate, and either foam concentrate or water used as a substitute for
foam concentrate, the output of the foam concentrate. pump shall be measured by
diverting that output into a calibrated container for direct measurement over a
measured period of time. An alternative. is to measure the foam concentrate flow
or water substitute with a calibrated meter.
The dontractors report shall contain the following information for each foam
tested:
I TANK A
Set Ratio:
and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio: .
Lower Control Limit:
Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy:. Yes
No
- TANK B
Set Ratio
% -and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumedfor Run Timer
Actual Mixing Ratio:
Lower Control Limit:
Upper Control Limit:
The. mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: _Yes -
No
One- (1) Warranty -Waterous. Pump, 5 Yrs, Parts Only
91-75-0500.
WATEROUS WARRANTY
The pump shall be warranted by Waterous to the. original buyer that the pump is
free from defects. in material and workmanship for 5 years. This warranty covers
parts onlX. The "Warranty Period" commences on the date the`original buyer
takes.delivery of the apparatus. Please refer to Waterous warranty documents
enclosed. ,
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the: proposal
One (1) Warranty -Akron Brass, 8600/8800 Heavv Duty Valves,' 10 Year
91-75-052B
WARRANTY
-Akron Brass warrants the 8600 -and 8800 heavy duty valves for a period often
(10) years after purchase against defects in materials or workmanship.
One (1) Warranty -Ashcroft Gauaes, 5 Yr
91-75-3180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (5) year manufacturer's warranty:
Eleven (11) ~ Warranty -Ashcroft Gauae
91-75-3.180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five.(5) year manufacturer's warranty,
One (1) Water Tank - 500 Gallon. T-Type,-Short
37-02-0050.
WATER TANK.
Booster Tank
The Tank shall have a capacity of 500 U.S. Gallons The tank manufacturer shall
mark the tank and furnish notice that indicates proof of warranty. The purpose of
the notice is to inform department personnel who store, stock, or use the tank that
the unit is under warranty. There shall be a 3" diameter threaded plug located in
-the bottom of the booster tank sump. to provide a drain when cleaning and
flushing tank of foreign substances.
.Construction
-The tank shall be constructed from'h" thick sheet stock material that shall be a
non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic and U. V: stabilized for maximum
protection. The tank shall be of a special configuration-and is so designed to be
completely independent of the body-and compartments. All joints and seams
shall be welded and tested for maximum strength and integrity. The top of the
.tank will be fitted with locations for removable lifting- eyes designed with, a 3 to 1
safety factor to allow for easy removal: All transverse and longitudinal swash
partitions shall be equipped with vent and air holes to permit movement of air
and water between compartments: The partitions shall be designed to provide
maximum-water flow.: All swash partitions interlock with one another and -are .
welded to each other as well as to the walls of the tank:'
- Fill Tower
The tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The fill tower
shall'be constructed of/a" sheet stock material and shall be a minimum
dimension of 8.00" x 8.00" outer perimeter (Standard size to be 12,00" x 12.00").
The-tower shall be located in the left front corner of the tank unless- otherwise
specified by the purchaser. The tower shall have- a'/a" thick removable screen
and ahinged-Type cover. Inside- the fill tower shall be a combination vent
overflow pipe.- The vent overflow shall be a minimum of schedule 40
polypropylene pipe with a minimum LD. of 4" that is designed to run through the
tank; and shall be piped behind the rear wheels so as to maximize traction.
' Cover .
The tank cover shall be constructed of/z" thick sheet stock material that is U. V.
stabilized. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall be drilled and tapped to
.accommodate the lifting eyes.
Sumo
There shall be one (1) sump standard per tank. The sump shall be constructed. of
%2" thick sheet stock material and be located in the bottom of the tank to the front.
On all tanks that require a front suction, a 3" schedule 40 polypropylene pipe
shall be installed that will incorporate a dip tube from the front of the tank to the
sump location. The sump shall have a minimum 3" NPT threaded outlet on the
bottom for a drain plug. This shall be used as a combination clean-out and drain.
The tank shall- have an anti-swirl plate located approximately 2" - 2'/i' above the
sump:. ' .
Outlets .
i There will be two (2) standard tank outlets: one for tank-to-pump suction line
which.shall be a minimum of 3" coupling; one for a tank fill line, which shall be
a minimum of 1" pipe, NPT coupling. All tank fill couplings shall be backed
with flow deflectors to break up the stream of water entering the tank, and be
capable, of withstanding sustained. fill rates of up to 1,000 GPM.
Mountine
The tank shall rest on cross members in conjunction-.with Such additional cross-
members, spaced at a distancethat wouldnot allow for more than 530 square
inches of unsupported area under the tank-floor. In-cases where overall height of
the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross-member spacing will be decreased to allow for
not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank will be isolated
from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum
thickness and width dimension of ,250" x 2.00'°-and a minimum Rockwell
Hardness of 60 durometer, Additionally, the tank will be supported around the
entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both front-and rear as well as side to
side to prevent the tank from. shifting during vehicle operation. Although the
- tank.is designed on a free floating suspension principle, the tank will have
adequate hold down restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation.
If proper retention is not available or incorporated into the apparatus hose floor,
an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of tank, half way
between the front and the rear on each side of-the tank. These. stops will be
constructed. of carbon steel having minimum angular. dimensions of 3.00" x 3.00"
x .250" and shall be approximately .6.00" to 12.00" lang. These brackets will
incorporate a hard rubber isolating pad with a minimum thickness of .250"
affixed on the underside of the angle. The angle will then be bolted to the body ~ .
sidewalls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of
the upper sidewall ofahe tank. Internal mounting block design and. hose bed
floors will be so designed that the floor. slat supports extend- full width from side
wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop. off the edge of the. tank or in any
way come in contact with the individual. covers where a puncture could occur,
Hose floor loading will support up to 2001bs. per sq. foot and will be evenly
distributed whenever possible. Other equipmentsuch as generators, portable
pumps, etc. -will not be mounted directly to the tank top: .
ENG. NOTES
Only.available for short or short extended pumper bodies. Req. min: 1"
tank fill. Req. min. axle capacity of 22,000 Ib. on Attacker or 24,000 Ib. on
MII. Max: rear comet. height is 39.75".
One (1) Foam Tank - "A", 40 Gallon. Built Into Water Tank
37-35-040A
FOAM TANK
A forty (40) gallon "A" foam tank shall be incorporated. into the water tank.
These 40 gallons shall be in addition to the amount ofwater-specified. The fill
tower shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter (standard size to
be 12" x.12" )..The fill tower shall be provided with an easy opening, hinged,
• latching cover. Within the fill tower shall be an anti-foaming fill pipe. The fll
tower shall be constructed to facilitate complete interior flushing as required.
The fill tower shall be equipped with apressure/vacuum vent that enables the
tank to. compensate for changes in pressure or vacuum when filling or
~ withdrawing foam concentrate:
ENG. NOTES
Foam cells}totaling more#han 50 gal. in an L-Tank requires engineering
' approval.
One (1) Direct Tank 1=ill - 2.5" LS Pump Panel, Recessed Valve
37-40-0300
TANK FILL,-LEFT SIDE PUMF FANEL
A 2-1/2" ball type, .quarter turn, tank fill valve shall be provided. The control
valve shall be a swing handle valve and shall be located inside the pump
enclosure on the left side.
It shall terminated in a chrome plated 2-1 /2" swivel female. connector with a
screen and chrome plated 2-1/2" plug With retaining chain: Only the control
handle and 2-1/2" NST female swivel shall be exposed.
ENG.. NOTES
If water tank is not a s#andard tank please contact the factory for
availability of this' option.A single 2.5"direct tank#ill'does NOT meet the
requirements of NFPA 1901 `for a Mobile Water Supply Apparatus water
- tank:
One (1) Pumper Bodv OA Length -121" Short (C=w2.S")
40-00-0121
121" OVERALL BODY LENGTH
The overall length of the body shall. be 121". The distance: from the front exterior
edge of the body to the midline of the rear axle shall be 52.5". Body overall
width shall be 98", fender to fender:
One (1). Bodv Material & Construction - Staiinless Steel, Short
40-00-1100
STAINLESS STEEL BODY CONSTRUCTION
. The body and compartments shall be constructed of heavy duty 3CR12 stainless
steel: The body shall be welded on external or hidden surfaces wherever possible
to insure a clean compartment interior look: The front portion of the right and
left hand side compartments shall mount to a front cross panel. The panel shall
be constructed of stainless steel tubing and heavy duty stainless steal sheet metal
The front cross panel assembly shall rest on two (2) -heavy duty rubber isolators.
These isolators shall be bolted to' brackets mounted to the chassis .frame, as close
to the .center line of the chassis frame as possible. These center mounted
isolators shall provides pivot-point which shall allow chassis movement without,
introducing stresses into the body.. The rear portion of each side compartment
shall bolt directly to the-rear step support assembly, which is bolted directly to
the chassis frame. The step support assembly shall be constructed of formed .25"
and .375" plate, 2" X 3".tubes, 2" X 2" angles,. and 3" structural channels in a
.welded assembly. The rear wall shall be reinforced with formed heavy duty
panels.
The. compartments 'shall 6e a "sweep out" design with the floor higher than the
door sill. The compartment floors shall :be a minimum of 2.S mm 3CR12
i stainless steel. Ali compartment seams shall be. caulked with gray
adhesive/sealant. Each compartment shall be rated for 500 lbs. of storage. False
' bulkhead panels shall be provided on the inside of the forward and rearward wall
of the side compartment panel to cover and protect all electrical wiring and
components. This also provides a clean interior for equipment mounting. These
• panels shall be removable. Door frames on compartments with hinged doors
shall be fabricated by flanging the door. opening edges inward 1.88" and bending
out again .75" to form an angle. The hose body side panels and partitions shall
be raised..in 5" increments to provide adequate storage for the required and
specif ed hose load.
A .125" bright. aluminum treadplate cover shall be installed over the side
compartments, .The cover shall not form the compartment top.but shall be an
overlay. The forward and rearward edges of the-cover shall be folded down 1.5"
to cap the forward .and rearward ends of the side compartment panel.. The outside
edge of the cover shall be folded. down 1.5" to cap the outside of the side
compartment panel and shall have a 45 degree outward bend to provide drip
protection over any compartment doors which are immediately below the cover.
Extruded aluminum drip molding with a bright anodized finish shall. provide drip
protection for any compartment doors that are not directly. below an aluminum
treadplate- cover. The forward face of the side compartments and the face of the
front cross panel above the operator stand shall be covered with a bright
• aluminum treadplate overlay, All body components covered with aluminum
treadplate overlays shall be coated with an anti-corrosion.-compound prior to
installation. All treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All exposed
screw or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon acorn nuts..
Fender compartments shall be integral. with the body side;compartmentation.
There shall be uo sharp- objects protruding into the wheel well area that could
cause injury while cleaning or doing other maintenance in this area.
• The compartment sizes shall be as follows:
One (1) LS Compts -Short SS 70"H Hilo. 22.5164/34.5. Hinaed
45-10-1.285
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
The high over low left hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00"-high shall be
made of stainless steel. This ,panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rear wheels, one (1) low compartment behind the-rear wheels, and two (2)
upper compartments. The two upper compartments shall be separated by a
doorframe, but shall be transverse. The compartment behind the rear wheels has
a 25.75" wide x 29.75" high transverse area through the rear tailboard
compartment. All compartments shall have hinged doors. This panel-shall have
an angled beavertail designed. to be 1.00" shorter than the tailboard width at the •
bottom and 4.00" wide at theaop.
-The compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" widex 29.75" high: The clean door opening shall be 16:00"
wide x 27.7.5" high. The usable compartmentspace shall be 19.50" wide x
29.75" high x.25.75" deep. This. compartment shall have a vertically hinged
! single door, ,
The compartment behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
' ~ dimension of 31.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 31.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
Each upper compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
56.00" wide x 30.50" high. Each clear door. opening shall be 52.50" wide x
27.00" high. Each usable compartment space shall be 57.50" wide x 33.00" high
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door.
One (1) RS Comets'-Short SS 70"H Hilo, 22.5164!34 5 w/Rack- Hinged
45-20-1295..
RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
The high over low right hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00" high shall be
made of stainless steel. This panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rearwheels; one (1) low compartment behind the rear wheels; and two (2) .
- upper compartments. A ladder rack. pivot area shall separate the two upper
compartments: The compartment behind the rear wheels has a 25.75" wide x
29.75" high transverse area through the rear tailboard compartment. All
compartments-shall have hinged doors. -This panel shall have an angled '
beavertail designed to be 1.OQ" shorter than the tailboard width at the bottom and '
.4.00"-wide at the top.
Thee compartment -ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" wide x 29.75" high: The clear door opening shall be 16.00"
. wide x 27:75" high.. The usable compartment space shall be 19.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
The compartment behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 31.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide x27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 31.50" wide x
29:75" -high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
Each.upper compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
49.25" wide x 30.50" high. Each clear door opening-shall be 45.75" wide x
27.00" high.' Each usable compartment space shall be 52.06" wide x 33.00"-high
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door.
S -One (1) BeaverTail Comets full Height Both Sides
45-20-12TP
BEAVERTAIL COMPARTMENTS
Two (2) rear full height beavertail comparhnents, 64.50" high x 16.00" wide x
10:75" deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the vehicle, one each
side. The compartments shall open to the outside of the vehicle, and shall be
provided vrith. double panel,1.ap ty}~e, doors, constructed of the same material as
the body, with "D" ring latches and Eberhardt #206 locks. The. compartment
! floors shall be of the sweep out design.
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel double
spring door stays.
Two (2) rear full height beavertail compartments, 64.50" high x16.00°
wide x 10.75" deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the
F
vehicle, one each side. The compartments shall open to the outside of the-
. vehicle, and shall be provided with double panel, lap type, doors,
constructed of the same material as the body, with "D" ring latches and
Eberhardt.#206 locks. The compartment floors shall be of-the sweep out
design.
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel
double spring door stays. -
One (1) Vents - Body Compartments (Matrix)
45-38=0100
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current .edition.
One (1) Innerliners --.Rear Single: Axle, 304 S!S
45-39-0010
- REAR STAINLESS STEEL INNERLINERS
Full semi-circular innerliners shall be provided in each wheel housing. They
~ shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel: and shall be bolted in place so they
may be removed if damaged.. Selftapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable.
The bottom edge of liner shall be reinforced along its full length, however, it
.shall not have a formed reinforcement: flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Fenderette -Rear Sins~le Axle, SIS
45-39-0030-
REAR FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed on the rear wheel openings.
The fenders shall be wide enough to completely -cover the outside rear tire and
reduce wheel splash up the sides of the body. They shall be installed with 1/4" .
hex head bolts, self-tapping sheet metal screws. are not acceptable. A full. width
rubber welt shall be placed between the fenderette and body wheel well opening
flange. -The outside edge of the welting-shall forma "V" bead between the fender
and the body side face to prevent moisture from entering. The inside edge shall
also have a small raised bead. The. outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel
opening, shall be rolled inward to eliminate any sharp edges and avoid injury:
when cleaning the apparatus.
One (1) Fender Panel -Rear, SIS, Single Axle, Painted .
45-39-0060
REAR FENDER PANELS
Painted. 3CR12 stainless. steel fender panels shall be provided on the outer face of
each fender area. Thepanels shall be painted to match the job color.
t S One (1) .Rear Compt. -33.75" H, SS
45-40=3375
REAR COMPARTMENT
One (1) full height, full width stainless steel compartment shall be provided at the
• rear of the apparatus above the tailboard, 42.00" wide x 38:63," high x 28.00"
deep: The compartment shall- be transverse as standard with a 25.75" wide x
29.75" high transverse area through each rear side compartment. ]in the rear wall,
there shall be a removable access cover adequately sized to service the fuel tank
pickup-tube and sending unit without having to remove the tank. •
The full height compartment-shall have.a doorframe to doorframe dirr?ension of
38.00" wide x 33.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 36.50".wide x 28.50"
high., -The usable compartment space for the area under the roll shall be 41.75"
wide x 29.50" high x 26.50" deep and. the area behind the roll- shall be 41.75"
wide x d.75"-high x 15.75" deep. This compartment shall have an aluminum
shutter type roll up door.
The compartment is to have aluminum treadplate hinged doors IPO a roll-
- up door.
ENG. NOTES
A camera, lightbar or discharge above the rear comet will reduce the
height of the rear comet by 6" ea from the max allowable ht for. the water
tank selected. EX': A .combo camera & discharge only need 6" total
Check water tank req. •
• One (1) Rear. Surface -ATP Befow Hosebed & Beavertail Faces(Non-Ext)
45-48-:9050
REAR BODY SURFACE •
• The surface of the rear body below the hosebed and the inward and side facing
walls of each beavertail shall be covered with adequately reinforced bright
aluminum treadplate up to the height of the hosebed floor. Then the remaining
upper inside surface of the beavertail shall be covered with brushed stainless
steel. -All treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All exposed screw
or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon acorn nuts.
The rear facing bulkhead of the compartments, as well as the rear facing edge of
• the beavertail, shall be painted job color.
ENG. NOTES •
Reflective Chevron Striping available only on rear facing compartment
body panels; #91-03-4000 or #91-03=400D.
S One (1) Rear Special Compartments
• 45-50-0999
REAR OF BODY COMPARMENTS
• There shall be two (2) compartments on the rear of the apparatus approximately
30" high, 14" wide and the complete depth. of the beaver tail. Compartments shall
be to the inside of the beavertails compartments. They shall open from the rear
side with locking D-Ring handle and aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of
the compartment shall be covered with aluminum tread plate to provide abrasion
resistance and a stepping surface.
There shall be two (2)`compartments on the rear of the apparatus
approximately 30" high, 14".wide and he complete depth of the beaver
tail. Compartments shall be to fhe inside of the. beavertails compartments.
They shall-open from the rear side with locking D-Ring handle-and.
aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of the compartment shall be
covered with aluminum tread plate to .provide abrasion resistance and a
stepping surface.
Tvvo (2) Rooftop Comet: -Over ShortlMedium Side Body Comets, S/S
45-50-1100. .
ROOF TOP COMPARTMENT OVER BODY SIDE COMPARTMENT
One (1) rooftop compartment shall be provided on top of the body side
compartment. The compartment shall be constructed of stainless steel. It shall
be equipped with two (2) top opening hinged doors made from aluminum
treadplate. The width of the door opening shall be the width of the compartment
minus 6.50". The length of the door openings shall -lie 51 "for the short body,.
59" for the short extended -body, 55.5" for the medium.: body, and 63.5" for the
medium. extended body. The piano hinges shall run full length of the doors and
be located at the outboard side so the .compartment interior is accessible from the
hose bed. Gas cylinder type stays shall be provided to hold the door open. A
positive locking latch shall, be provided to hold the door closed. This
i compartment shall be the same width and length as the compartments below and
the same height as the distance from the.top of the body side compartments to the
top of the hose bed sides.
Location shall be:
. [X] Left Side
[X]Right Side
. Height shall be:
[X] 10•'
[ ] 15°
[ ] 20°
ENG. NOTES
Choose location and height of compartments. Only available on full
height body sides.-
Six (6) Parfiition -Rooftop Compartment,, Vertical IEa) _
45-58-0100
ROOFTOP COMPARTMENT PARTITION
Six (6) bolt in partition(s) to match body material shall be installed in the rooftop
compartment. The partition(s) shall be fastened with #10 self-tapping screws.
ENG. NOTES
Specify detailed location of the compartments.
S One (1) Tailboard -Pumper, 16" D, for Ext. w/Grip
57-20-5110
TAILBOARD .
The tailboard shall be 1 b" deep located between the rear body compartments.
The width of the tailboard between the rear body compartments shall be 42"
when both compartments. are 28" deep, 70" when both compartments are 14"
deep, and 56" when one compartment is. l4" deep and the other compartment is
28" deep. The tailboard surface shall be 3/16thick aluminum treadplate with 2-
l/2deep flanges on the front,: rear, and side edges. It shall be installed over a
heavy-duty steel framework to prevent the tailboard-from bending and flexing.
The tailboard support shall be constructed of formed 1/4- 3/8plate, 2X 3tubes, 2X
tangles, and 3structural channels in a welded. assembly. It shall be bolted
directly to the chassis frame rails, not the body.
All mounting bolts used to fasten the treadplate to the tailboard support shall be
5/16flat-head Phillips. Holes for these fasteners shall. be countersunk so bolt
heads are flush with the walking surface. Self-tapping sheet metal screws shall
not be used to install the aluminum treadplate. There shall be a 1/2gap between
the tailboard and the body to prevent moisture from being trapped. Rear outside
corners shall,have a 445 degree miter to house the vehicle identification lights:
Light mounting support shall be provided to protect and shield the lights from
debris: .
There shall be a "Gripstrut" insert- welded into the tailboard. The insert shall be
' centered by width 31-3/4"wide x 4-112" deep.
ENG. NOTES
Only for use with the extended pumper with standard (Non-flush) rear. .
One (1). Hydraulic Ladder Rack
90-10-0100
HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
The ground ladders shall be mounted above the side compartments on a swing . •
down ladder rack. This rack is to be constructed of 6061 aluminum plate and
6063 aluminum tubing. The rack is to be mounted to the body at three pivot
locations; front,. rear and center. All pivot locations shall. be bronzed bushed and
all pins shall be 1" diameter minimum. The center arm shall be constructed of
two 3/4" thick aluminum plates spaced no less than 4.75" apart. The-side pivot
arms shall he constructed of solid 3/4" x 2-1/2" aluminum bar, gusseted at the top
where joining the tube structure. The tube structure under. the ladder shall be no
less than 2" x 2" x 1/8" wall and shall be diagonally braced. The ladder-must be
secured with two leather lined quick release ladder docks.
One (1) double acting hydraulic cylinder shall be furnished at the center pivot
location to move the rack up and down: The cylinder shall have a 2 1/2" diameter
bore size and a 1-1/4" diameter piston rodsize. The piston rod shall be threaded
and provided with an adjustable clevis. Mounted directly to .the cylinder shall be
a flow control valve to prevent the rack from dropping suddenly incase of
~ hydraulic line burst or leakage. A tie rod type cylinder with O-ring seals will not
be acceptable:. .
i
A door shall be provided to cover the hydraulic cylinder and will close
automatically when the rack is in the up position.
The hydraulic cylinder shall be operated by an independent hydraulic pump
coupled to a 12 VDC motor. The"pump shall be capable of 150'cubic inches of
:oil a minute at 1000 psi. The .pump reservoir shall be made of high density
polyethylene and hold 46 cubic inches of oil.
A guarded toggle switch. shall control the hydraulic pump through a 12 volt relay.
This switch shall be located on the pump panel to allow the operator full view of
the rack when lowering. An over center stainless steel eam lock shall secure the
ladder rack when in the up position. This cam lock shall prevent the ladder rack
from moving both side to side"and from moving fore'and. aft during road travel..
The cam lock shall be installed at the forward position within easy reach of the
operator. An indieater light shall~be installed in the cab to notify. the driver when
the cam lock is unlocked from the stored position. There shall be interlocks to
prevent the rack from being lowered when the cam is closed or when the
compartment doors are open in the area of ladder rack. travel.
The ladder rack-shall be capable of being lowered within 12 seconds. When
lowered, the bottom of the rack shall not be more than 54 inches above the
ground. ~ "
A warning light, activated when parking brake is disengaged, shall be provided in
the cab to indicate when rack is in motion or down. Flashing lights shall be.
provided on the front ar~d rear of the rack and activated when rack is in use.
Reflective striping shall be provided on the outward sid"e of the rack.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with vertical exhaust or Upper crossrail option 57-20-0100..
Must. also select 90-00-9650 and deselect 90-00-9600 ladder brackets .
when choosing #his option.
One (1) Finish - Compt interior. Gray Zolatone Paint '
91-01-1000.
ZOLATONE FINISH -COMPARTMENT INTERIOR
Each compartment interior shall be finished with gray Zolatone Type paint.
One (1) Hosebed Finish -Paint Job Color
91-02-2000
PAINT~HOSEBED
The interior of the hose bed shall be painted to match the body color.
One (1) Warranty -Water Tank, Limited Lifetime
91-75=0530
WARRANTY
The water tank manufacturer shall provide a limited lifetime warranty. ,
~ One (1) Hose Load -Main Hosebed
45-60-0100
HOSE LOAD
The hose load in the main hosebed shall be:
400' of 1.75"
1000' of 4"
1000' of 2.50"
ENG. NOTES
State quantity,. size and manufacturer's brand of hose to be carried and
location of each size hose in bed from. left to right (facing rear of truck).
One (1) Hosebed -w/Aluminum. Slats. Pumper
45-60-0200
HOSEBED
-The hosebed shall be a minimum of 70" wide and shall be thoroughly reinforced
at the corners. Removable aluminum grating shall be installed in the bottom of
the hosebed to provide:ventilation. The grating slats shall be 4-5/8" wide 1Zy 1/2"
thick and shall have a corrugated or ribbed surface to-help drain and dry the hose.
The interior of the hosebed body shall be smooth and free'from all sharp
projections that might damage the hose.
Pumper Body Style:
The shape of the hosebed for a pumper body shall be rectangular, 70" wide as
standard. r
Rescue Pumper Body Style:
The shape of the hosebed for a rescue pumper body shall be T-shaped when the
tank is shorter than the height of the body sides. The upper portion shall be 70"
wide between the risers as standard. The bottom portion of the hosebed between
the compartments shall be 42"-wide.
Choosing options such as hatch compartments, hydraulic ladder rack, and/or split
body styles (one side pumper and one side rescue) may change the width and
shape of the hosebed.
Three (3) Hosebed Partitions -Aluminum. Mill Finish (Ea)
45-65-1300
HOSEBED DNIDERS
.Three (3) smooth aluminum hosebed. divider(s) with. a mill finish shall be .
provided to separate the individual hose loads. The divider. shall be constructed
of .1875" aluminum sheet welded to a T-shaped extrdded foot that runs the full
length. of the partition. The divider(s) shall be fully adjustable by providing slide
tracks at the front and rear of the hosebed'.. The divider shall be held in place by
two (2) 5/1 G" tapered bolts at each end of the partition. The mounting bolts shall
turn into threaded slide blocks located in the track. Holes in the T-shaped foot .
shall be countersunk so the bolt head is flush with the surrounding surface and
will not damage the hose.
ENG. NOTES.
Hose Bed Partition Stiffeners 45-68-0100 required for hose bed partitions
over 23" tall. -
S One (1} Hosebed Bulkhead Full Width
45-65-13TP
BULKHEAD REAR OF FILL TOWERS
There shall be a bulkhead. installed towards the rear of the fill towers the full
width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes the area
just in front of the backboard/ pike pole storage area.
There shall be a bulkhead installed towards the .rear of the fill towers the
full width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes
the area just in front of the' backboard/ pike pole storage area.
Three (3) Hosebed Part.. Reinforcement - read 23"-36" tall (Ea)
45-68-0100
HOSEBED DIVIDER REINFORCEMENT
A-1.25" round aluminum extrusion slotted on the bottom to fit over the top and
rear edge of the partition shall be provided on each hosebed divider. The ,
. extrusion shall be beveled at the;corner and welded in place to reinforce the
partition. This option is required.. for partitions with excessive length or height.
ENG. NOTES
Check Qty.Required for Hose Bed Partitions over 23" - 36"tall. if the .
partition. is over 36" tall, you must select the partition reinforcement with
~ `bracket option.
S One (1) Hose Bed Compartments Vertical
45-68-0999
BACKBOARD/PIKE POLE COMPARTMENT
There shall be a vertical diamond plate compartmeirt on the-right side of the hose
. bed to hold two (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold .one (1) 6' pike pole
and one (1) rubbish hook with d-handle.
There shall be a vertical diamond-plate compartment on the right side of
the hose bed to hold two- (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold -one
(1) 6' pike pole and one (1) rubbish hook with d-handle..
One (1) Hosebed Cover -Hinged, ATP w/ Center Partition.- ,
45-68-1220
HOSEBED COVER
A 1/8" thick aluminum treadplate hosebed cover shall be ,provided. It shall fully
cover the entire top of the hosebed. The cover shall be made of two (2) doors
with continuous piano type hinges bolted to each hosebed side panel. Hinges
shall be bolted to the covers. Edges of each cover shall be~flanged down 1-3/8"
and each corner shall be welded. Each cover shall be reinforced with 1-1 /4"
{ square-tubes welded to the underside of the cover for increased strength.
The cover shall be supported. in the center by a modified hosebed partition that
' incorporates a channel at its top. The cover edges shall fit into the channel and
provide a drain trough. The center partition shall be higher than hose body sides
to create a downward slope to each side of body for proper moisture drainage.
This center. divider shall be allowed to move a maximum of 6" in either direction '
to accommodate special hoseload requirements. A 150 lb. rated gas cylinder
shall be installed on each cover to assisf in lifting it. The cylinders shall also
hold the covers in the raised position. An aluminum treadplate panel shall be
provided to close off the front of the hosebed.
ENG. NOTES
Must pick 45-68-1250;end flaps. NA w/15" riser 8~ hyd ldr rack.Need
drawing for riser ht. If hose load reps center partition to move more than
6", pick ATP.cover 45-68-1210. Need dwg to determine..
One (1) Vinyt Ertd Flap - FlRear of ATP Hosebed Cover
45-68-1250
WEIGHTED END FLAPS
A weighted and secured vinyl cover shall be provided for the -rear of the
aluminum hosebed cover. The cover shall be made of 16 oz. per square yard
polyester coated with a urethane top coat (vinyl). The vinyl shall be permanently
..attached to the ATP cover and- have stainless steel spring chips and hooks on the
- bottom corners. This cover combination shall secure the hose from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle- is underway in normal operations.
~ Color of vinyl flap shall be:
I l 'Red
[ ]White
[ ]Black
[ ]Yellow
S One (1) Access Cover - Hinged, F/Water & Foam Tank FiN Towers
45-68-1300
HINGED ACCESS COVER
The forward end of the cover shall have a: hinged access cover for the water &
foam tank fill towers. It shall be constructed of aluminum treadplate and be
equipped with a spring loaded snap latch.
ENG. NOTES
Requires option 45-68-1210 or 45-68-1220.
One (1) Compartment Door - Hinged
57-00-0.005
HINGED COMPARTMENT DOORS
The compartment doors, unless otherwise specified, are to be lap type, double
panel construction outer and inner panels. Outer pan edges that form the lap
portion of the door shall be "hemmed" (.bent over and back 180 degrees) over the
inner pan edges. Inside corners, at the hem area, shall be welded and ground
smooth.. A minimum of one (1) "Z" shaped formed 14 gauge support rail (two
(2) if door is wider than 14") shall be placed between the panels to stiffen and
reinforce the door. Stiffener shall be welded to the inside pan and fastened to the
outside pan with 3M two sided industrial strength tape.
The. doors shall be weather stripped with an automotive bulb type extruded
rubber inner seal. A second outer seal of closed cell rubber shall be placed on the
lap edge of the door to prevent damage to the-paint finish. Outer seal shall have
. corrugated surface to prevent sticking.
The doors shall be mounted on highly polished:stainless steel piano hinges with a
pin diameter of .25". Mounting holes shall be slotted vertically on one side of the
hinge and horizontally on the other side to provide for proper adjustment of the
door. The hinge pins-shall have spun ends. (crowns) at both:ends to hold them in
place and. provide a finished look, :Eberhard 2061atches with.stainless steel "D"
ring handles shall be provided on the lift, single, drop down, and lock door.
(double door set-up). The free door (double door set=up) shall have an (2)
Eberhard latches top and bottom with a single handle located inside the door.
(standard location. at bottom). Isolation tape shall lie furnished between the door ,
hinge and door jam. A rubber gasket shall be provided between the "D" ring
handle and the .door.
Vertically hinged doors shall be equipped with Hansen SEZ or Thomas EZ sexing
type.door checks that also hold the doors in the open and closed position. Checks
shall be the two point mounting type for simplicity. Spring tension (15 lb.) shall
be easily adjustable. Checks shall have black zinc mounting brackets with
stainless steel springs, 11 "-long rods and clamps. Springs shall be polished.
~ Horizontally hinged doors shall be held in the opened position with gas cylinder
type stays. Switches .for automatic compartment light operation shall be installed
in the door hinge area.
ENG. NOTES.
You must select a compartment door liner.
Two (2) Comet. Door -Vert Hinged Double Door IPO Lift Up Door
57-00=0100
UPPER COMPARTMENT DOORS
In:place of the standard horizontally hinged lift door in the ovex the wheels
compartment, there shall be vertically hinged double doors. „
The.location(s) for the vertical hinged double doors shall be:
Both RH over the wheel well compartments.
ENG. NOTES
Enter quantity and describe location(s)..
One (1) Si11 Protector - Bodv Comrat. Door, Brushed S/S
57-00-3500
COMPARTMENT DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided
. on the body compartment door sills. to protect the painted finish.
One (1)' Swing Out Tool Board -Aluminum Pea ,Board, Adjustable (Ea)
' 57-05=5025
-SWING-OUT TOOL BOARD(S)
One (1) swing-out tool board(s) shall be installed as instructed bythe fire
department, for mounting of fire department tools and equipment. Each tool
board shall be constructed of .1$75" aluminum peg board awith 1.00" hole
spacing and mounted on heavy duty hinges. The top and outside edges, of the
pegboard(s) shall be reinforced with heavy duty 1.25" round aluminum extrusion.
Each board shall be hinged at the front or rear (specify) and latched opposite the
hinge.- The board(s) shall be horizontally adjustable on unistrut.
.The hinge on the pegboard shall be at-the front [ ] or the rear [
location of swing out-.tool board(s). shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Please identify location and if pegboard is to be hinged at the front or
rear.
S One (1) Factory tool mounting
57-05-9999-
- TOOL MOUNTING
Seagrave-will mount specified tools on unit prior to delivery: Tools-and mounting
.locations will be determined both before purchase and at preconstruction
meeting.
Seagrave will mount specified tools on unit prior to delivery. Tools and
mounting. locations will be determined both before purchase and at
pteconstruction meeting.
One (1) Mike Compartment - Hic,Lh Polished S/S Door
57-10-0100
MIKE COMPARTMENT
A mike and speaker compartment with a high polished stainless steel door with
chrome plated latch shall be furnished adjacent to the pump operator's panel. The
compartment size-shall be 9" wide x 12" high x 8" deep with a 7" x 11.75" door
:opening.
ENG. NOTES
Mike compartment is not allowed with a third folding. step on front of body..
Mike box may fit on the operator stand.
O:ne (1) Air Bottle Comats - (8) Bottles, In Sinale Wheel WeIL Rect.
57-10-1300
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENTS
There shall be four (4) enclosures to accommodate eight (8) air bottles. Four (4)
double air bottle compartments shall be located, one' each side in front of the rear
i wheels and one each side behind the rear wheels. The compartments shall be
fabricated to match the body type, provide a minimum of 26.00" usable depth,
ENG. NOTES
' Pump panel compartment is not included, see 30-10-9020.
Thirteen (13)
57-00-5200 Liner -Interior Comsat Door, Brushed S/S (Ea!
BRUSHED STAINLESS COMPARTMENT DOOR LINERS
Brushed stainless steel overlay shall be provided on the inside of each
compartment door to protecf the painted finish and to cover inside door
hardware.
ENG. NOTES
Be sure to adjust quantity to the number of-doors on the apparatus
receiving. hinged doors. You must select a compartment door liner for all
hinged doors, including those on broomer comets, which are always
hinged.
Twenty One (21)
57-05-0100 Dri-Dek -Per Compartment/Shelf 1 Trav (Ea)
DRI-DEK
Twenty One (21)Black Dri-Dek mats shall be provided and installed on
compartment floors and/or in shelves/trays as specified,
[ ]All compartments
]All Shelves and Trays
[ ]Compartments, Shelves and Trays as Specified:
Eight (8) Shelf - Adjustable, Stainless Steel:(Ea)
57-05-3030
ADJUSTABLE- SHELF OR SHELVES
Eight (8) adjustable shelf or shelves {with open corners) made from 12 gauge 304
stainless steel shall be provided. Each shelf shall be supported by four (4)
stainless steel angles bolted to "alumastrut" tracks for adjustability.
Location of shelves shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location and quantity of shelves.Shelves are universally
sized for the compartment they occupy. Special sizes are not available.
S One (1) Tool- Chest
57-05-41 TP
TOOL CHEST .
There shall be a LAFD style tool chest located in the driver's side front:compt..
There shall be a LAFD style tool chest located in the driver's side front
comps. This tool chest shall. match the LAFD Engine 51 tool-chest that is
mounted in the R/S rear compartment '
and an 8°.OOoverall height. There shall be a rubber pad. provided on the rear wall
• ~ = to prevent bottle damage. The bottom half of each compartment shall be lined
with a ribbed rubber matting to prevent damage to the bottles. The double
compartments-shall have a single-wide opening and a raised nylon center divider •
to prevent the bottles from rolling together.
-ENG. NOTES
Please verify the air bottle size being provided. Requires air bottle
• compartment doors.
Four (4) Air Bottle Compt. Door -Brushed w/Lift & Turn (Ea)
57-10-1510
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR
The compartment doors shall be constructed of 14 gauge brushed stainless steel
secured by a full length stainless steel hinge and: a chrome finish lift and turn
• lock.
ENG. NOTES
Adjust quantity to match how many bbttle enclosures, not bottles.
One (1) Steas -Chrome Folding •
57-20-8010 •
BODY STEPS
There shall be 3 chrome folding steps on the front of the body; two on the
driver's side and one on the officer's side. There shall be: chrome folding steps on
both sides of the rear, in sufficient quantities, to meet NFPA regulations for the
.height configured by the body and tank chosen.
The folding steps shall be a minimum of 42 square inches of serrated non-skid
surface per step. -Each step shall be tested to withstand a minimum of 2000
pounds of static load. Heavy duty stainless steel springs shall be incorporated in
the hinge to hold the step in either the open or closed positions. •
- Two (2) 8" knurled grab rails shall be provided on the-front of the body, bne on
each side, as high as possible in compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for 3-
point cbntact for access and egress at that .location.
- One (1) Handrail - Bodv, (31 Rear,,Intermediate X-rail
57-25-0110
BODY HANDRAILS
Handrails to be 1-1/4" diameter extruded, knurled, aluminum with a bright '
anodized finish.
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
with 1/4"stainless steel hex head bolts.: Stanchions shall have arubberized
.gasket placed .between them and the .body surface they .are mounted on. A drain
hole shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
.Handrails shall be installed as follows:
One (1) handrail, a minimum of 30".long, shall be provided and. installed on each
rear.beavertail or body side. -Each handrail shallbe located so as to provide a 3- .
' point stance while climbing onto. and off the rear step.
. ,One (1) full-width intermediate handrail shall be installed below the hosebed,
Additional handrails may be required per NFPA, dependent upon body
configuration.
One (1) Rub Rail, Side Body - S/S, Brushed .
57-30-0120
- RUB RAILS
Brushed stainless steel'rub rails shall be provided along the lower portion of the
body, beneath the compartment doors, on each side to prevent damage to the
body and finish. The rub rails shall be a minimum of 2-S/8" wide x 1" deep and
shall be mounted on rubber supports, Rub rails shall have a:1" x 1" chamfer at
the front and rear of the rail.. The rails shall protrude 1-11/16" from the face of
the body.
Eight (8) .Finish- Adjustable Shelf, DA (Ea) .
91-01-_5300
DA'd FINISH -ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S)
Eight (8) adjustable shelf(s) shall have a DA'd finish.
S Two (2) Recessed Havis Shield Floods
23-01-9999
RECESSED BODY MOUNTED SGENELIGHTS
Two (2)' Havis-Shields Equipment Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-L and KR- ~ "
4035X-D-R comprised of the following components shall be supplied.
• A Kwik-Strike 4000, model KR-4000 light fixture shall. be supplied, The overall
rectangular die- cast light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide, by 7".high by 1.875"
deep and have a white. powder coat finish.: The 35 watt 12 volt light shall have a
Xenon, high intensity discharge (HID) bulb with a field replaceable, aluminum
reflector The reflector shall project light in an asymmetrical downward angle
• pattern out from the center of the light.fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated, internal mounted, electronic
ballast assembly forcorrosionand vibration resistance. The ballastand bulb .
assembly will be easily accessible by removing the front faceplate also made of
die cast aluminum and finish as the main housing. This faceplate will cover the
ballast storage compartment which, when facing the light fixture, will be oriented
on the left side and the right side..
Two (2). Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with one (1)
3-way switch for bothlights including a switch in cab.
Two (2) Havis-Shields Equipment,Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-L and
KR-4035X-D=R comprised of the`following components shall be supplied.
A Kwik-Strike 4000, model KR-4000 light fixture shall be supplied. The
overall rectangular die cast light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide by 7" high.
by 1.875" deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 35 watt 12 volt
light shall have a Xenon, high intensity discharge (HID) bulb- with' a field
replaceable, aluminum reflector The reflector shall project light in an
asymmetrical downward angle pattern out from the center of the light
fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated,. internal mounted,
electronic ballast assembly for corrosion and vibration resistance. The
ballast and bulb assembly will be easily. accessible by removing the front
' faceplate :also. made of die-cast aluminum and finish as the main housing.
This faceplate. will cover the ballast storage compartment which; when
facing the light fixture, will be oriented on the-left side and the right side.
Two (2) Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with
one (1) 3-way switch for both lights including a switch in cab.
Two (2) Telescopic Pole Mt - HS, KR-SB-1100,Side Mt,PushUp,Rmt (Ea)
71-GH-1100
TELESCOPIC POLE MOUNT SCENELIGHT(S)
Two (2) Havis Shields model KR-SB-1100, side mounting, push-up, telescopic
pole with manual remote controlled lighthead assembly, shall be installed as
directed by the fire department.
Model KR-SB-1100 telescopic pole(s) shall be located:
ENG. NOTES
ID location. Only available with Magnafire lampheads. Not available w/ .
concealed wire or on/off switch. Access steps/handrail must be provided if
not operable from ground. Spec/cost doesn't include- light.
Two (2) Lighfhead - HS. Magnafire 3000. KR-32, 12V, 150W HID (Eal
71-KH-3032
Two (2) Havis Shields Magnafire 3000, KR-32, 12 volt, 150 watt, 6 amp, metal
halide HID, li:ghthead(s) shall be installed as directedby the fire department. '
ENG. NOTES
Not available on KR-2500-SP-KOV, KR-SB-65X-W4, KR=2800, KR-2900,
KR-3100. Havis Shields mounts. Spec & cost does not.include mount.
Two (2) Light Raised indicator Switch - HS, (-11(Eal
71-PH-OL04
Two (2) Havis- Shields telescopic poles shall be connected to the. hazard indicator
in the cab. The hazard light shall be activated when the teiescopic~ light is not in
' the nested position.
Three (3) 12V Light Switched at Cab Dash Oa St wI 3 Wav Switch
71-Y0-0025
Three (3) 12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dsah and the pump operator
stand with a 3-way switch.
j
Two (2) Switches are for each telescoping light. The additional switch is
w
for the rear floodlights. The rear lights are to be switched from the cab
dash and the rear of the body.
One (1) Ground Ladders -Pumpers
90-00-0100
GROUI~ID LADDERS
.Ladders shall be provided. in full compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for
pumper trucks. The. following ground ladders shall be provided:
One (1) Ladder -Folding, Duo-Safety #585A. 10' Aluminum
90-00-1000
DUO-SAFETY #585A, 10' ALUMINUM FOLDING LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety 10 ft aluminum folding ladder, Series 585-A ~ _
One (1) Ladder -Roof. Duo-Safety #775A, 14' Aluminum
90-00-2700
DUO-SAFETY #775A, 14' ALUMINUM ROOF LADDER
One-(1)Duo-Safety 14 ft aluminum roof ladder, Series 775-A .
One'(1) Ladder - 24'-2 Sect. Ext.; Duo-Safety #900A, Aluminum
90-00-4100.
DUO-.SAFETY:#900A, 24'-2 SECT. ALUM. EXT. LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety 24 ft. 2-section aluminum extension ladder, Series 900-A
One (1) Ladder Brackets ~F/Hvd Ladder, Rack
90-00-9650
LADDER BRACKETS
There shall be two stainless. steel fabricated ladder brackets with an .unpainted
finish .used. to install the ladders on the hydraulic ladder rack. The ladder .
brackets shall bolt #o horizontal adjustable stakes on the rack.
One (1) Ladder Bracket Nylon Wear Strips
90-00-9690
LADDER BRACKET NYLON WEAR STRIPS
The ladder brackets shall have nylon (UHMW) wear strips attached to prevent
damage to the ladders.
One (1) Ladder Clamps-- PuIllTwist-Type
90-00-9800
LADDER CLAMPS
Polished aluminum pull/quarter turn type ladder clamps shall be provided for the
groundladders. They shall be vertically adjustable ~p and down independent of
.the ladder brackets. Clamps shall be attached to a stainless steel spring loaded
shaft. Clamp spring tension shall be adjustable. The spring assembly -shall be .
fully enclosed within a white metal cast housing: Housing shall. be painted a
silver/gray color. A vertically adjustable rubber bumper shall be placed in the
ladder bracket mounting guide to serve as a stop or rest for the inside lower
ladder beam and to prevent it from hitting and damaging the body sides.
One (1) Pike Poles
90-05-0100..
PIKE POLES/MOUNTING
The following pike poles-shall be furnished:
One (1) Pike Pole.- 6' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberglass Handle
90-05-2200 .
6' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One' (1) 6 ft. Duo-Safety. pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
One (1) Pike Pole -10' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberglass Handle
90-05-2400
10' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1)10 ft. Duo-Safety-pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
S One (1) Rubbish Hook..- 6' fVupla RH-6
90-05-2499
6' RUBBISH HOOK WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1) 6 ft. Nupla Rubbish Hook with. hollow fiberglass handle(s) w/D-handle.
One (1) "D" Handles for Pike Poles (Eaf
90-05-510D
"D" HANDLES FOR PIKE POLES
Each pike pole shall be provided with a "D" ring handle.
One (1) _Pike Pole Mounting - (2) Clips (Ea)
90-05-6150
TULIP CLIP PIKE POLE MOUNTS
The pike poles shall be mounted in tulip clips.
Location of mounting clips shall be:
One (1) _Pike Pold Mounting -Aluminum Tube (Eal
90-05-6550
ALUMINUM TUBE PIKE POLE MOUNTS
The pike poles shall be mounted below the ground ]adders ~in aluminum tubes.
Tubes that are mounted to the top of the compartment shall-not be acceptable. .
No Exceptions.
One (1) Wheel~Chocks , (21 Zico Folding Alum. (Pumper)
90-21-0300
ZICO FOLDING ALUMINUM -WHEEL CHOCKS
. Two (2) folding aluminum wheel chocks Model SAC-44 rwith SQCH-44-H
holders shall be furnished. The holders. shall be installed by the manufacturer
and the. chocks shipped loose with the apparatus.
Mounting location of wheel chock holders shall be:
S One (1) Attic Ladder and 10' aike pole mounted on Hvd Ladder rack
! 91-10-0999
FOLDING LADDER & PIKE POLE MOUNTING
The.Attic ladder and 10' Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydrualic ladder rack.
. The Attic ladder and 10' Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydraulic
ladder rack.
.One (1) Paint -Prep & Finish, Non-Metallic .
91-00-0000
PAINT PREP AND FII~tISH
All bright metal parts shall be chrome plated or stainless steel (brushed and/or
polished) or bright finish aluminum treadplate. The body and cab shall be treated
in critical areas during assembly with an anti-corrosive and rust preventative
wherever necessary. The complete exterior of the apparatus shall be painted with
polyurethane paint. of the highest quality. -The cab, pump compartment and body
shall be prime and finish painted prior to installation on the chassis to ensure
paint coverage in all areas {including the difficult to reach places) meets or
.exceeds the mil thickness requirements of the paint manufacturer. The
compartment doors shall be fitted, then removed and painted separately to ensure
finish paint behind ..the hinges and seals, The exterior and interior. ofthe cab shall
. be finish painted before doors are mounted or any assembly is started to insure a
finished painted surface beneath trim items..
One (1) Paint--Prep & Finish
91-00-2600
{ PAINT PREPARATION
All substrates shall be thoroughly cleaned, before painting, with a
chemical/phosfihatizing cleaner, cleaner coater -and sealer. The entire unit shall be
wiped with 3919-5 wax and greaseremover. This process shall ensure a clean
substrate free of all contaminants prior to priming.
PRIMER
All prepared surfaces shall be primed with a minimum of three (3) coats of
.primer, designed to provide excellent fill and corrosion resistance when used
over properly prepared substrates. Two (2) cross-coats of 3980 urethane lead and
chrome free primer:
TOPCOAT
The entire unit shall be DA sanded using 280 grit or finer to provide for the
optimum topcoat appearance. 3939-5 cleaner shall be used to remove all sanding
.dust prior to topcoat application. Three (3) wet coats of high quality two-
component polyurethane PPG Del Fleet-shall be applied to insure a long lasting
premium performance finish.
PAINTERS
All painters shall be PPG certified. They shall be re-certified periodically in order
to keep up to current standards and procedures. in the paint industry.
FACILITY
The finishing facility shall be PPG certified. In order to be certified, the facility
shall meet or exceed the extensive and stringent requirements demanded.by PPG.
The paint facility-shall be audited quarterly to ensure proper equipment,
.procedures and safety regulations are being used and adhered to.
One (1) Paint -:Clear Coat Paint Finish (Exteriorl
91-00-3000
CLEAR COAT PAINT
Upon completion of the color coats, a clear coat paint finish shall be applied to
the entire exterior of the vehicle.
ENG. NOTES
Note: Series 5000 only!!
One (1) Paint -Frame & Undercarriage Finish. Job Color
91-00-4600
FRAME & UNDERCARRIAGE FINISH
The chassis frame, bumper extension, suspension, axles, air tanks; fuel tank,
battery boxes, eta shall be painted job color along with the following items.
- Pump.module mounting brackets.
-Body mounting brackets.
- Steering gear box and steering link- arm.
- Drive shafts.
- Front section (when furnished).
The following items shall be furnished with the finish as provided by their
respective manufacturer.
- Engine,.transmission and accessories.
-Exhaust system.
- Retarder (when furnished).
-PTO & hydraulic pump (when furnished).
-Cab lift cylinders & hydraulic pump.
- Shock absorbers.
- Fuel filter.
-Air drier and air cleaner.
-Electrical wiring and loom.
- Air brake lines, valves and mounting brackets.
One {1') Paint -Cab Interior, Grav Zolatone Paint
91-00-5000
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be provided with gray Zolatone paint. `
One (1) Paint -Cab .Interior. Clear Coat (Full Cabs) .
91-00-5400
FAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be clear coated.
One (1) Paint -Cab Exterior, One Color
91-00-5900
SINGLE COLOR CAB PAINT
The cab shall be painted one color. A decorative molding shall be installed
horizontally across the front of the cab above-.the wipers andtaper down with a
radius even with the outside .corners of the grille.
Paint number shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Remember to provide paint codes in Shop Notes.
One (1) Cab Decorative Trim Molding - Straiaht
91-00-A120
A decorative. molding shall provided around -the cab. The decorative molding
shall be horizontal across the front of the cab above the wipers.
Trim configuration below windshield shall be:
- At horizontal trim.below windshield
One (1) Paint.- Bodv Exterior, Single Color
91-02-1000 •
BODY PAINT, SINGLE COLOR
The body of the apparatus shall be painted to match the primary. cab color.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to provide paint codes. in Shop Notes..
One (1) Paint -Pump Compt/PumpNalves/Plumbin„gtiDob Color •
91-02-3000
PUMP COMPARTMENT. PUMP, VALVES, HARD PIPING -.PAINT
- The pump compartment, pump, intake and discharge valves, and. all hard piping
• shall be painted job color.
ENG. NOTES
Drains, drain lines and foam system components shall not be painted.
One (1.) 4" Reflective Striping
91-03-0400
REFLECTIVE STRII'1NG
A 4" ,reflective stripe shall be provided around the perimeter of the vehicle. At
least 50 percent of the cab and body sides, at least 50 percent of the rear body
width and at least. 25 percent of the width of the cab front shall have reflective .
material affixed to it per NFPA standards. .
r Color shall be:
[ ]White
[ ]Black
[ ]Red
One (1) 1" Border -Each Side Of Reflective Stripe
91-03-3000
1 " REFLECTNE STRIl'lNG
A one inch border shall be provided just above and below the-large reflective
apparatus striping.
Color shall be:
[ ]White
[ ]Black
[ ]Red
One (1). Chevron Stripins~ -Rear 1=acing Compt Body Panels Only
91-03-4000
CHEVRON STRIl'ING
The rear facing body panels outside the hose bed area shall be covered with 6"
wide reflective striping in an'alternating Scotchlite Red and Scotchlite Yellow
chevrori pattern with the stripesrunning at a 45 degree downward angle from the
top center of the vehicle.
ENG. NOTES
Available on Matrix Bodies only, SOPR for other applications.Body panels
under"the hose bed and on the insides of the "beavertails" shall be
covered in ATP, as is standard.
Forty (40) Lettering - Reflective Color, 4" (per-Ctrl
91-04-0140
LETTERING
Forty (40) letters in 4" reflective color shall be installed on the apparatus as.
directed by the fire department.
Color of 4" reflective lettering shall be:
[ ]White 5000
]Gold
I ]Black
[ l Ruby Red
[ ]Blue..
.ENG. NOTES
Please identify font, upper/lower case,. color, letters needed; 'and exact
location and presentation on the apparatus where the letters are to be
installed. For letter shading/highlighting, see 91-04-9502.
S One (1) Warranty - Seagrave, Base, 3 Year Parts & Labor: All Units
91-50-0100
MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC; warrants to the original owner that each new
Seagrave fire apparatus manufactured shall be free from defects iri material and
workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three (3}years from
the date of delivery. For further details; please refer to the. enclosed warranty
documents.
3 Year Parts & Labor Warranty
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents-can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Cab, Structural -10 Years
91-50-0200
CAB TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, I;LC warrants the cab of each new custom fire and
rescue vehicle manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures .caused
by defective design or workmanship for a warranty period often years after the
date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000
miles, whichever occurs first.. This warranty is limited to the cab tubular support
and mounting structures and to the other structural components; as identified in
Seagrave's specifications, of the cab, For further details, please refer to the
~ enclosed warranty documents.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found,n the PDF tab of this item.
These documents. must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Body, Structural -10 Years
91-50-0300
BODY TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the body of each new fire and rescue
vehicle built by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship for a warranty period often years after the date on which
the :vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000 miles;
whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to the body, it's support and
mounting structures and other structural components, as identified in Seagrave's
specifications, of the body. For further details, please refer to the warranty
documents enclosed.
ENG: NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
.One (1) ..Warranty -Seagrave, Frame Rail. Structural -Lifetime
91-50-0500
CHASSIS FRAME RAIL LIFETIME STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED
WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants each new chassis frame rail
~ manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
°design; material or workmanship for a warranty period equal to the vehicle's
useful life after the date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser. For further details, please refer to the warranty documents enclosed.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warranty - Seaarave. Paint & Corrosion. 6 Years. Pro-Rated, All-
Units
91-50=0600
PAINT/CORROSION LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the paint on each new cab and body
manufactured by Seagrave for a period of six (6) years after the date on which
the vehicle is .first delivered to the original purchaser. Seagrave warrants that the
areas finished will be free throughout the warranty period from defects causing
paint failures resulting in corrosion, blistering, cracking, peeling, hazing,
chalking; delamination or unreasonable loss of gloss throughout the entire area
finished. Seagrave also, warrants each new cab and body manufactured by
Seagrave against exterior corrosion perforation for a warranty period often (10)
years after the date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser-or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to
exteriorpainted surfaces of the cab and body of the vehicle and does contain
some pro-rated stipulations. For further. details, please see the- enclose warranty
documents.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Plumbins~, 10 Years
91-50-0700
PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The stainless steel plumbing components used in the construction of the
. water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period of at least ten (10)
years or 100,000 miles and shall cover structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the
apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can. be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Weisfht anaivsis - Reauired if over Min. NFPA Eauip.
92-00=1000
WEIGHT ANALYSIS - LOOSE EQUIPMENT
It shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to specify the details of-the
apparatus; its required performance, including where operations at elevations
above-2000 ft (610m) or on grades greater than 6 percent are required; the
maximum number of fire fighters to,ride within the apparatus; specific added
' continuous electrical loads which exceed the minimum of this standard; and any
hose,. ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceed the
minimum requirements of this standard. .
ENG. NOTES
A weighf analysis is required on all of the loose equipment to be provided
on this unit.
S One (1) Loose Equipment
93-00-9998
.LOOSE EQUIPMENT
Unit shall. be delivered with all loose equipment speci .feed previously by Vernon
Fire Department to be provided by California Seagrave.
Unit shall be delivered with all loose equipment specified previously by -
Vernon Fire Department to be provided by California Seagrave.
Two (2) Oiler & Parts Manuals w/ Wirins~ Diagram - (2) CD (Non-Aerial)
98-50-5000
ELECTRONIC OPERATOR'S & PARTS MANUAL
A binder shall be supplied that has- CDs and paper documents as listed below.
The CD's shall have a linked Navigation page for easy. access to information.
Navigation Page:
Instructions
• Operation Manuals
Service & Maintenance
Electrical Systems
Parts
Certificates & Warranties
The binder shall contain 2 duplicate CDs. Each CD shall have:
1. Operations & maintenance instructions for -all items on the vehicle, except the
• engine. The CD shall also include instructions for the transmission and the pump,
if applicable.
2. Electrical diagrams. including charts illustrating the individual wire color,
number code, and function.
3. Parts manuals keyed to OEM bill of materials- code system for ease of locating
replacement parts. An overall vehicle layout in 5 views and expanded drawings
shall be provided to assist in part identification.
4. Certificates
5. Warranties
Printed documents shall include:-
1, Operations & maintenance instructions for engine.
2. Certificates. of independent test results.
~ 3. Warranty documents.
4. Manufacturer's record of construction:details and engine-power curve.
5. Vehicle alignment report.
~ 6. Caution label: "Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated".
Additional CDs and paper documents, as provided by equipment suppliers, shall
also be included.
{
~ ( ~
;4.' ~'J
f r' p,' c yy jE~;~p~
(its t ~ _ ~ ~
C~~t'wj t
t-
4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, California 90058
Telephone (323) 583-8811
June 4, 2009
Manny. Perez
Sales Manager
California Seagrave aka Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
17160 Alburtis Avenue
Artesia, CA 91760
Re: Vehicle Purchase Contract
Dear Mr. Perez:
Transmitted herewith is one fully executed contract referenced
above, approved by City Council on May 11, 2009, through
Resolution No. .9956.
If you have any questions regarding this matter, please call Mr.
Mark Whitworth, at (323) 583-8811 ext.. 280.
Very truly yours,
Ne y iro
City Clerk
NG : dj
c: Mark Whitworth
Purchasing Department
Resolution No. 9956
Agreement No. 09-077
E.~cCusiveCy IndustriaC
VEHICLE PURCHASE CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT is made, entered into and executed in duplicate originals, either
copy of which-may be considered and used as the original hereof for all purposes, as of this 11tH
day of May, 2009, in the City of Vernon, County of Los Angeles, California
BY AND BETWEEN The City of Vernon (hereinafter referred to
~p 11.12 q as the "Clay» )
~9 tiI ~ 4305 Santa Fe Avenue
''~~I~~~'l'~,, '0•~. Vernon, California -90058
AND ~ N Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
MAY 222009 w (hereinafter referred to as "Seagrave")
c~ 105 E. 12t" Street
~ ~S p~PT o,
~b ~ Clintonville, Wisconsin 54929
~d Zt ov RECITALS
WHEREAS, the City's Fire Department has determined that the City needs to
.purchase two fire engines fully equipped with firefighting equipment, radios and intercom
components to replace Engines 11 and 14, which .are 11 and 15 years-old, respectively, to meet
safety and operational standards and to provide the best care possible in emergency situations
and intends to utilize the current engines for backup emergency purposes; and ,
WHEREAS, Seagrave has prepared a Proposal dated April 21, 2009 (hereinafter
the "Proposal"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by
reference.
WHEREAS, Seagrave has advised that it can provide the City with two (2)
Seagrave Marauder II Custom. Pumpers (the ".Eire Engines") as provided. for in the Proposal and
the City's specifications., which are attached hereto as Exhibit "B" and incorporated by reference;
and
WHEREAS., the Fire Engines meet the City's specifications; and
WHEREAS, the City desires to enter into an agreement with Seagrave to provide
for the purchase and delivery of the Fire Engines; and
//l
1
WHEREAS, Seagrave represents that it is qualified. and capable of providing the
Fire Engines that the City requires and is willing to do so on the terms and. conditions set forth
below.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HERETO DO MUTUALLY AGREE AS SET
FORTH HEREIN:
1. Purchase.
Seagrave agrees to sell and deliver to the City the Fire Engines, together with
appropriate appara#us and equipment, as set forth and. described in detail in the Proposal. In
the event of a conflict between the Proposal and this Contract, the terms of this Contract shall
prevail,
2. Time of Performance.
Seagrave shall deliver the Fire Engines within two hundred sixty (260) working
days from the time that the City issues a purchase order.
3. Price:
Seagrave agrees to sell and deliver, subject to final inspection by the City, the Fire
Engines described in its Proposal in the total amount of One Million Three Hundred Forty Seven
Thousand Nine Hundred and Thirty Three Dollars and No Cents ($1,,347,933.00).
4. Payment Terms. The City agrees to pay Seagrave the total amount
specified above within thirty (30) days of delivery of the Fire Engines and acceptance thereof by
the City of Vernon Fire Department Title shall pass to the City upon full payment for the Fire
Engines.
Seagrave shall- be responsible for paying -any subcontractors used in the
performance of this agreement. Subcontractors shall not bill the City directly.
5. PERFORMANCE TEST AND REQUIREMENTS.
A. Road Test.
A road test. shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA
recommendations (unless otherwise specified) and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more
shall be made during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The
_ 2 _
- . 1 _ ~
transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear- axles sha11 run quietly and be free from abnormal
vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. The apparatus when loaded
shall have not less than 25% nor more than 45% of the weight on the front axle and certificate
showing weights on front axle, rear axle and total weight for the completed apparatus at time of
delivery, with water tank full, but without personnel, equipment and hose.
(1) The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 mph
from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway wifihout exceeding the
maximum governed rpm of the engine.
(2) The fully loaded vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a speed
of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full
load).
(3) The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on
any grade up to and including 6%.
(4) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the fully
loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 20 mph on a level concrete. highway.
(5) The apparatus shall be tested and approved in accordance
with NFPA standard practices.
B. Pump Test and Certification -(STD).
The pump shall be third party tested. at Seagrave's facility and shall-conform to
NFPA requirements and standards.
. C. Failure to Meet Test.
In the event the apparatus-falls to meet the test requirements of these
specifications on the first trials, second trials may be made at the option of the City within 30
days of the date of the first trials. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply
with these requirements shall be cause for rejection. Permission from Seagrave to keep or store
the Fire Engines in any building owned or occupied by the City or testing by the City of Vernon
Fire Department during the above-specified period shall not constitute acceptance.
3 _
6. Warranties.
Seagrave warrants title to the Fire Engines purchased hereunder and any part
thereof to be free of any claim of any security interest, lien or any encumbrance. Seagrave also
warrants that the Fire Engines will be delivered new and shall be free from defects in material
and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of one (1) year from the date. of
delivery. The warranty provisions set forth in the .proposal shall also apply to the Fire Engines.
7. Compliance with Laws.
Seagrave shall strictly observe and comply with all applicable federal, state, and
local laws, ordinances and regulations governing this sale, including but not limited to any permit
or license requirements. of the United States Department of Commerce, as well as any laws of
the United States of America that are in existence at the time this Agreement is executed.' In the
event that any of the above laws, ordinances or regulations governing this sale are enacted after
the execution of this Agreement, any additional costs that result will be mutually agreed upon by
the parties.
8. Governing Law.
The validity, interpretation and performance of this Contract shall be controlled and
construed under the laws of the State of California.
9. Forum Selection.
Any action brought relating to this Contract shall be brought and held exclusively in
a State Court in the County of Los Angeles, California.
10. No#ices.
Notices to the parties, unless otherwise requested in writing, shall be sent to:
City: THE CITY OF VERNON
Attn: City Administrator
4305 Santa Fe Avenue
Vernon, California 90058
Seagrave: Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
Attn: Jan Blazek
105 E. 12t~' Street
Clintonville, Wisconsin 54929
- 4 -
11. General Provisions.
A. Independent Contractor.
At all times during the term of this Contract, Seagrave shall be an independent
contractor and shall not be an employee of the City. The City shall have the right to control
Seagrave only insofar as the results of Seagrave. services rendered pursuant to this Contract;
however, the City shall not have the right to control the means by which Seagrave accomplishes
services rendered pursuant to the Contract except to the extent that such services involve the
use of City property or Confidential Information.
B. Seagrave Not Agent.
Except as the City may specify in writing,. Seagrave shall have no authority,
express or implied, to act on behalf of the City in any capacity whatsoever as an agent.
Seagrave shall have no authority, express or implied, pursuant to this Contract to bind the City to
.any obligation whatsoever.
C. Indemnification.
Seagrave shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold the City and its officers, agents
and employees, free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses,
damages, liabilities, fines, charges, penalties; orders, judgments and all costs and expenses
incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable attorney's fees and costs of defense
arising out of the services performed under this Contract, except to the extent arising from. or
caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents., employees or
subcontractors.
D. Assignment and Subcontracting Prohibited.
No party to this Contract may assign or subcontract any right or obligation pursuant
to this Contract without the express written consent of the other party. Any other attempted or
purported assignment of any right or obligation pursuant to this Contract shall be void and of no
effect.
E. Entire Agreement.
This Contract constitutes the complete and final expression of the agreement of
5
the parties and is intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the. terms of their
agreements and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous offers, promises, representations,
negotiations, discussions, communications and agreements which may have been made in
connection with the subject matter hereof. All exhibits are incorporated by reference. Seagrave
represents that in entering into this Contract, it has not relied on any previous representations or
understandings of any kind or nature.
F. Partiallnvalidity.
Wherever possible; each provision hereof will be interpreted in such manner as to
be effective and valid under applicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions
contained herein will, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such provision will be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, iNegal or
unenforceable provision. or provisions or any other provision hereof, unless such a construction
would be unreasonable or contrary to the intent of the parties as expressed in this .Contract.
G. Time of the Essence.
Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract and of each and every
provision hereof. The waiver by the City of any breach or breaches hereof shall not be deemed,
nor shall -the same constitute, a waiver of any subsequent breach or breaches.
H. Risk of Loss.
Risk of loss or damage shall pass to the City and delivery shall be deemed to be
complete upon delivery FOB to Vernon or upon moving into storage at the City's request,
whichever occurs first.
I. Attorneys' Fees.
In the event that it becomes necessary for either party to this Contract to enforce
any of the provisions of this Contract, the parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction
may determine and fix reasonable attorney's fees to be paid to the successful litigant.
J. Benefit of Agreement.
This Contract shall bind and benefit the parties hereto and their heirs, successors,
- 6 -
and permitted assigns:
K. Force Majeure.
Neither party shall be considered to be in default in any of its obligations under this.
Contract when a failure of performance shall be due to an uncontrollable force. The-terms
"uncontrollable force" shall mean any-cause beyond the control of the party affected, including,
but,notrestricted to, flood, earthquake, storm, fire, lightening, epidemic, war, riot, civil
disturbance or disobedience, labor dispute, labor material shortage, sabotage, federal, state, or
municipal action, statute, ordinance, or regulation, embargoes or the United States Government
or any other government, which by exercise of due diligence. such party could not reasonably
have been expected to avoid and. by exercise to due diligence has been unable to overcome.
Either party rendered unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this Contract by reason of an
uncontrollable force, shall give written notice within five (5) business days of such fact to the
other party and shall exercise due diligence to remove such inability with all reasonable
dispatch.
L. Waiver.
Any waiver at any time by either party of its-rights -with respect to a default under
this Contract, or with respect to any other matters. arising in connection with this Contract, shall
not be deemed a waiver with respect to subsequent default or other matter.
- 7 -
M. Amendment.
All changes or modifications to this Contract shall be in a writing stating that it is an
amendment to this Contract and shall be signed by both parties or their duly authorized agents.
This Contract shall not be modified through course of dealing, usage or trade.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Contract to be executed by
and through their authorized officers on the date,- month and year first written above.
CITY OF VERNON
NAME: Hi 1 ari o Gonza es
TITLE: MAYOR /MAYOR PRO-TEM
ATTEST:
Giron, Ci e k
~~~~~f~
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Jeff a on, City Attorney
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS, LLC
gy: ,
Title: 1 C~
By:
Title:
- g -
~X]FII~IT
~ ~r ~ rm°`
17160 Alburtis Ave, Artesia CA 91760
Phone: 562 924-4499 Fax: 562 924-3322 E-mail: manny@caseagrave.com
April 21, 2009
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth
Engineer Dave Shea
. Vernon Fire Department
4305 Santa Fe Ave
Vernon, CA 90058
Re: Seagrave Marauder II Pumper
-Chief Whitworth; Engineer Slea; CalilorE~ia Seagrave-is.happy to provide your
• department with the following proposal for two .Seagrave Marauder II Custom Pumpers.
This pricing includes the following: FOB to Vernon Fire Department, Training on new
apparatus, all' inspection trips'~iid associated costs; Intercoms and intercom installation,.
radio installation o f Vernon F'~ire Department provided radios, factory warranties, and all
.2009 NFPA 1901 safety upgrades. Attached are the Pumper. specifications designed
specifically for the City of Vet7lon Fire Dcpa ~tment.
The followm~; ~~ricin~ is calculated nn a fiillpayment ondelivet-y and acceltanee bX
Veiyion Fu•e~~ersomlel for two 2 Piim 3>
e1's ` -
Seagrave Marauder 11 C>ustom, Pumper 1st $621,903.00 each
Seagrave Marauder 11(uston~Pumper 2"~ $611,903.00 each
Total (Two. Pumpers) $1,233,806.00
'Fax $114,127.00
Total Sell Price $1,347,933.00
Delivery for these twits is 260 calendar days from receipt of signed purchase order. The
above mentioned intercoms and Vernon Fire Department supplied radios will be installed
at California Seagrave. Should you have any questions please call me at 626 893-9589.
Thank you;
~
Manny Perez
Sales Manager, Seagrave
-.1~.U
y
s't v
.p'~ -
~ -
Sa'
l;
.,f'
' rF_ t ~.~+f~.'. ~ ,~r 714 `.f ~ t Ire ' < < 1 ~ j.~+~ I~~ i r-I tl+ II I} ~ I .{ill t '3 ~
,,~~77 yy 4
I,~ ~ I _
w~"~~ 5~ Jt ~ III ~ '
v~ ~r hf~ ~ tit
A
l 7 ~ v "7 _ ' - ~r I
~t k r 3 ~ rl ~~d- !w
i ~ ~f I. ~I
1 i W
_ till' ~ `~f f ~ i ~ 1 f ~ 4 ' ~1 ~~Kj
~J:. _ 7,15 a~k~"k?~.F ~ -
~ _ ~j
..r - yF .?1
. ~ . ~ i ~ ~ I ~ ~
_ ; I .~s
LL~4 I~~, r
r ~ ~
~~r 41`p~
r
_ s / -
L t ~ ~ ~ i,
Seagrave has -built a reputation for durability,. longevity, and
dependable performance in fhe most demanding Fire ~iepar~ments ~ t
acrossthe nation. The Marauder II is the end product of all we
have learned_from demanding users who wantonly the hest
equipment available.
°e'x",,~, ~ -
~~J.
cStnes 7&&1 ,
f,
I
I
_ _ a.
I
I . „ ~ RoIIT
befog:
t~~"c~la[~e1'"~ ~M~ secor
dowr#
_ r posit:
h
~ r~~ r L a I- ! `~i a ~ r t 1! ! v. ti . ! J tlgllt(
L 1
- ~~y ~ irt7l:f~ t.sl~~ 1. ~n 7~ f:u~ ~ pl~r ~t 1; il~' , 1` n -CUrta~
yy it _ ; ;
1 ~('~~I~i~FS~l~rli -iil,lr tD i~t ~l~L~47~ (ri ~Fiit _ maXl:
_ the o'-
- ~ `'r.a
I ,ir ,I ~ I
'rsr.l j ~ E, ri(
- ~)d~r itf it t t. :'4e. Il ~ ~ {;Irr , ;'P , iY
~ ~ ~
' ~ i '
y
~i.. r
I.
r
t-
" • ~ ` ~ 'f ' 's4 ~ ~ • ` i - There is no better choice than ~eagrave's Marauder N
for the safety af.your firefighters. -
~~il;': ~ ~ 1. + { I ' a~ :1 ~ , ! ~ ~ i`c~;, a For strength and dependability, Seagrave's Marauder II is the answer.
sly, F + .~'+'it I ii •,,1 I~ i?i3, Do a little.researcli and you will find that Marauder II is-the safest
r- _
and strongest cab in the industry. a 1,`
,
a Seagrave's safety cage cab design is unique in the industry ~
` • Highest strength-to-weight ratio in a stainless steel cab. design
,,i ~ 1 i1.1,lt 7 ~ E ni )I,iI ~ -fry -
' * Cromgard stainless steel provides superior corrosion protection
• . ,:i 1 ~ , ~-iri r`I,,r. ~ ,a ,;a5! • Sealed engine tunnel keeps heat and noise out of the cab
I
i:;:~ 1 ; E ~ . i
Marauder!! #'assed ECE R29 & SAE 2,~J00 sq. in. of ~ '~n '~~Pid
11~i1 ~ n i ~ ~ •i ~i 'i Crash Testing Easily Opt~enizes Viewrirg ~
' ' ; ~ ' •~'ll ~:3~ i a` ' ' • Impact and static load crash worthiness $ Fog-free ventilation system keeps
~~yE` ,1 ..;rt. il.; '•3 ~ s Doors are not required to open after crash inside glass clear
F ~ ~ ~ -i ; y~~ r, ' ~ testing; however, Seagrave'sMarauder II ~ Pantographic-wiperssvveep a
doors opened easily greater area of windshield to
Idi ,aj i;I Ill i ~P~l ,.71 i , 1 J _ -
' ~ n~ ~i~ . r ~ 1•n,~ir n ~ provideoptimumview
r
~ r <r~f , , I• . ~r
i~ ~ ~
1
, , 1 , t;~ i
I ~ _ ~~[rt ~ ' Designed-for ~lutstanding Ride, Safety an~lF~mction
l i r ~ I ~,r~ ~ i, I„ • Interiorspace is designedforoptimized headroom aril leg room
f l „ ; j I , ~y , , ' ~ ; ~ ~ Minimum of 59" floor-to-ceiling height-- the most headroom in
r - its class
I f - ~ r
• Ultra quiet cab design using I
~ the latest in NVH technology
i I I'~) i rr i~ I ~ t i 1 ~ i s
6 Engineered to achieve under
aF
F
c a r I o'~ do r 1 l I'. ~ ~ ~ ~ e
85d6 inside the cab ~ -
Y
1 1 s; r .t ,E i , I '1 ~ Hlgh den5lty Wear track ~ ~ ~y ~
r -
1 iii ' x 4 1
f r " 'r ~ 4 T ~ ~ anti-slip floor covering ~ `
~ , . ~
ti, ~N f w_;~
+ _ F
"L ~ -
i ,
l- F~t'r~iv ~ :~~~11 ,I-l- Ir~l' I~c I i ~ ~ i -
~ `~,e(` pull Tiit and Split Ti3t Cabs Cat::
•-Allows quick and safe access o S;
,i ~~t~ to engine and system Q C:
t; 1~ components
- TM P-
~y ~ * TethererJ control allows
~ , ~ ~ operator to stand a safe e
' ~ . ~..w,mo_._ `
~u ' 1 .distance away from cab during e,
cSCneE 78fs7 tilting operation
3
!'fk Rollover Protection Available C1loicc of Cab Lengths {108", 734",140", ar 154" split-tilt)
~k technology senses a rollover evAn - ~ ~
e the driver can react. In a fray ~1~ u i ~ ~ 1 g ' y ® °
jI('`'`' ~ y y
_ _
7d, the SP.7t.10CICS ~ 7 j, im^ d ~ mp' - ioi°
~ d e e B e_ e
into rt st ~4-~ O ~ ® ~
on, the ..~;mbei ~ r
_,ns and side +l'C , ~ Flat Roof Flat Roof 8"Raised Roof 14"Raised Roof
in airbags deploy ~ ~;>.1
' ! , 14"Raised Notched Roof
nixing safety for Available faf Aerial Applications
;cupants. , f .
.p
Y ~ ~ ,
i _ f ~ yr
~
6 !
s~, ~R ~!7 f~l
~a ~ t seagrave Info Center ~ -
iII e ti ~ ~l ' - f `Displays critical engine (unctions
it t• r~° ~ ' y R ~ 22 status indicators
r1ti: r,, ~ Digital clock
'_x„~-i', } w Flexible switch panel arid radio
~ ~ ~ ,4a, ( placement HVI~CSystem
' ' ` ~ ~ Clear-sight dashboard tlesiyn ° Dual fan single rondenser on roof
3 r protected by cover makes
Ty - and overhead control consoles
~ `•r auxilliary fans unnecessary
~ Back-lit dash panel with
r;~ Y _ - dimmer switch o Multiple independently. controlled
-
~ ~ ' - vents located throughoutthe cab
Superior ergonomics for both provide superior air control
control and vision
. Dedicated airflow sweeps
~ r windshield for fog-free visibility -
~ ~ ~ even. in toughest conditions
l7k;` < ~i-- z ~ r_, 1 ~~,..i tom: _
!
3~ ,x
~ . . _ ~.,.I ' 1, r ~ y~ y a
i ,~ry _ i Fs.<
. i S v {
~ ' rI t ~ ~ d i*~ ~ ~ ~ r-r~ - - r-
9 ~ i.ua ~'r~-r- 1€~~.r
u >w +
i , ~ ~ t f 1 ~
~t}i rl,~ ~ x i`~~ 1r~ ra: i ~ -
v 'i'- ~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ yr' s ~ ie ~1 3r-i
I~:'~-rt~l ,ti13 ~ ~ • ~ ~ t '
~ i• e
~+i
~ cw.~.z a ~ ii i1 r ~ ~ ;
ta'x'i ~
,l r~, s. v. f . ~
ill-'ri F Y t 1 li~ ~ z i ~ ~
i r ~ a~ { ~ -
r y
F~ ~ ~I f 1 -
I - ~ ~ ~
NM1 t r
rot
s,s'r~ Lfarrscr Gfeiripg 13uors ~-.rv:..~ ~..-.~.A..~_aw..~~..--.~
Standard barrier clearing doors are desirable ~ ;
. 9 - where highway medians and guardrails could ~ ^.,c
` prohihrt the opening of standard full-length doors ~a - ,
Interior i ° Each door terminates near-floor level and , ~
iacious ~ ` terior r Options) Ninged Cab Side includes a special weathertight seal
ewfrien`~~, payouts yi. } Access. Dpors m Optional long doors offer traditional look i
ily bed liner material f sr~'. ~ i ° Available with a fully enclosed ~ Front and rear cab doors are 34.75" wide at opening ° ~ `
coin artment or o en to the cab e ` • `
Iplietl to cab dash and p p All entries have been designed with expanded
gine tunnel cover for- ~ interior metal extra wide and deep steps to promote. ~
,treme durability ~ - ; { ~ Convenient external access to safe footing and prohibit accumulation of ice `
• ~ otherwise difficult to reach items and other debris on the step area ~
E
' _ '
a
"
4
,
d, ~ ~ -
front Axle and Suspension Rear Axle and Suspension
« FWD Semi-elliptical 3.0" x_52" • Drum or EX225H 17" disc brakes
F constant-rate springs with military • Choice of suspension:
Rarli~itt~r Uverflovv anr! wrapped eyes ? FWD Semi-Elliptical Spring t~f
1(~indshield Fluirl recess Uoor ®Widest spring stance in the industry- Single Axle: 24,000-- 31,5001b ~ ~
m Conveniently located inside the contributing to Seagrave's legendary
ride and stabilit m severe road ~ Reyco 79K6
officer's step area y Single Axle: 24,000 - 33,500 Ib
conditions
6 No special. tools needed to open o Holland Neway AD Air-Ride
.simply tilt out the hinged panel • Front axle features superior stability Single axle: 24,000-32,0001b '
and handling
LrTw 1=ngine Turuiel Heiylrts o Rated highway axle loads up to 22;000 Ibs Tandem axle: 40,000 - 58,000 Ib
Only 28" from floor to top of tunnel ? Hendrickson FIREMAAX Air-Ride
Superior turning radius up to 45°
> Allows rnore room for better Single axle: 27,000 Ib
cramp angle with 315 tires Tandem axle: 40,000 - 58,000 Ib
staging of internal etluipment
Two power distribution points o Hendrickson HN Series
~ptionai independent Air-ride Front Suspension for Tandem axle: 40,000 = 54,00016 '
Gentralizeri I'ovver ~ Superior Ride and Handling Stability ? Hendrickson RT Series
Distribution • Reduces body roll, improves vehicle handling and.ride romfort Tandem Axle: 34,000 Ib- 58,000 Ib
One dash and one overhead m Rated highway axle loads up to 20,000 lbs.
power distribution point • r
-Air spring design combined with air suspension minimizes
Hardwired or optional dntelex"' road shock and vibration to the cab and occupants uA,. ,
multiplex system r~
9 Reduces unsprung weight
All wmny is color number and • 17"dual-pistoriair disc brakes{standard) -for improved <ry
function coded .
braking and vehicle stability under all braking conditions. ~ ~
Wiremy dmp-nuts and watcrjTrogf ~'ri:~ ~ ~ ~ ~ i
cennectors for a variety of optiims ®Only five grease fittings per side reduces maintenance time - ~ ~ tr r
i ~ ~ it
, ark. ~.J
~ k v ~ - ~ ~>T,! Win'" w ~~i, ,r, _ l ~ ~ ~
J „ ri
~ a
~rJ~it3E; artri TranSlJtisslorT ~n~ n uF ; r
Flurll LIiBCIiS ~ ~-~i }S'~ ~ v
s-~ ~3
+~'Fasily acressed through a large, ,,~,k i+~ ~ .
- ' hinged panel at the rear of the ~ ~
I
engine hood 1 r~~"".
~~n ~ Unique Variable Section Frame 1,250 sq inch Radiator f
acicage
~t~. • Higher RBM with less weight achieved without a Serpentine radiator core provides highest BTU/sq in
c
~ sacrificing step height cooling capacity
frasst I"StJfsTher 9~rarne • Frame rail tapers from 10.25" to 12.5" at the center • 3-Point engine-mounted radiator, shroud, and fan
W Liftahle, towable biim~er exteiTSions to handle bigger payloads without flexing ring packaged with the charged-air cooler optimizes
v Heavy rhaiinel and arigles, witli a • Provides higher RBM X2,601,600) engine cooling
I full channel behind the stainless, ®120,000 PSI yield strength arross the entire frame ° Horton DriveMaster fan clutch is standard, and
steel bumper • Butterfly crossmember increases structural strength provides quieter operation and more efficientcooling
(;ustom fatiiir ~ ~I i~. ; commorla'te • Cooling test approved on all offered engine
Lifetime frame rail warranty is standard
most front bci n,. r ~ anions ~ applications
= ~Velded as astrpci ne, then bolted
wish grade Bfiolts to a ~~~-"reated Maximize Seating Comfort and Storage Space _
120 OOU psi flame ( -~~j ~ 1~
• Designed to tale high impact _ T I ~ " ,.J
2t~0,IlU0 fVlilc !1u Hilir+r h
1
~ _
,~~,~~~IrI rui,iir hI~F~ rr~ar~i~ ~ ~ ~ i .i 1 _ ~ _ ~ ~ ~ ~
i rninli u t 1! ,um ~ ilh ~ 1 i ralilr;
5
(;i'~I I~1~~ fll~ ~ li,~llil.'f~l~l „F ~I;1: ~ ~ I I ~I I } ~ I°
~'lll~1~11115 I - ~~J I~ ~
° 5G ~ i, L!, ,~rdl~ a ~.r~~~,Zt ity~ r~ ~ ~ ~ ~
_ _
• ';t,ui~1 ud rata ulr ;tFr~l ~tr.iir,; .
' ~ il~~lun~ it ~~b3inl ~ li>,t I ~ iui. ~ ~ _
t - 1
Culor Caull:il Air Pipinlf ` - - - - ~r - 1
I'n'. h L~-ccnni ~ ,iii ri!Inq)s 130" Cab. 140" Cab , 154" Cab
j -
Y~ _ ~ _
I f~ -
~ ~d~ r~ ~
r~' ~k
~I 1 ~ ,
~.~...~m•.:
y~'~ '~4 ~ ~Ih!,
tF r. F ~ n
o
-
_
~
e
i
_ ~ s~a~~ LApDER~ 2341 ,
u`.® f _
6r ~ ~ v V
i - ~ r t ?~u.a~t ~ _ i 4 ~ ! - • ~ ~ r~S
N. ~ I - i
t
i ~d ~ -
jr
~ ~ _ i E. C~ k~ .
3 ~I cq i 6 i' i ~ ~ ~ ~ `~s~ z~ ~ t. ~s
! ~ ~ I I 3 i'- ~ ~ hr ~ ~ ~
1 , ~ ~ve'...~. yen 1 1
~Y,~ '1~ Qt, ?.f'r ~ ~~°F' -
E ' ~
i i, - s:F
Se~grave Builds. a better Body
` ' ~ ' ' ~ • Available in stainless steel, aluminum, or
` r Polyprene
•Strengthanddurabilitytestedrubber-isolator-
mounted body limits tortional stress loads
• 500 to 3000 gallon water tanks
~ ,:1'.to ~I
i _ _ ®Rescue style full height/full depth
compartments available.
• Low hose bed access designs
• Choice of hinged or roll-up compartment doors
' • 4, 6, or 8 SCBA bottle storage compartments
is
,j
f „a,~,
-
+ .
- .__~,^~'y s>1 ~SfneE 1581
- Phone:715-823-2141
~ Fax: 715-823-5769
I ~ ~ Clintonville, WI
vvww.seagrave.com
' a
<< , r .
~f ~'•s - r
built with Pride and -
O. ~ ~ I 1 -
a ~ Century ~ a
of Experience _ 2 ~ ~
r i
~ ~
The Marauder II Cah and Chassis is avaiiab(~ on: h _ ~
I I ~ lII .~r~ ~I'II;~~
r
'e yy ~ I ~ L -
' ~~i `iYl i'll l i 11 r,. 4 rl: 9 f r
y
Marauder II Force Aerial Ladder ~ ~ - -
l~=i ~rr~ " I fi ~~'~r , ~~~~,I
f
1 ti IJ 1 4~~ 7~~1 t F21r I~cr ICY' ~ rt ,i
r
h - 4~ G~ l/l~l~ I JF :~l f
~~i~ _ f 1
a hh 1
I
1
i *
- - ~ J k ~ i-
- - - ~ ~ tT uv _ ~ r
Marauder II TDA
~ i
r
A, ~ ~
i ~:d a~ 1 ~
i~ ~ - 1 ~
~ 1 -
Marauder II Aerialscope Tower
_ I f ' ~ 4
~~y~~~~yqy+
r ~ +yT~ 7 S'.~pp .111 ~ eP i tr. ' _ f
r~ LL ~
I I
- u hY'll IL ']i~®~ ~~-ws.-r.€ _ - f-~ ~rl 1
.r '1 ~ , r It ' f
~ r15 J"`;~$ ti5
t,F¢tij., r I ~ t.r _
{kh
~ s i~
Mar/auder II Matrix Pumper f' r ` ~ ;
~i ~ ~ x - t~ _ df -
iB ~ L i s
7r~ IIlr l 1 JIB 711 [lil I
p 4 i fir.
art, d+, ~ ~ q rig ~ .j ` ~ ! 1 : )
hY' - ~L~' e_~a ~ ~ ~ ~ ry ~ ~
- - i:` li IFS[ f r r,i Ft ~5 .t I t
' - _ ~ ~ ~
f~X~IP :E T ~I~C ~ ! 1f'Ia
r
~ t_
~ < y .
~ I ~V' kr r ! c. C, X461 tr~ (tii J I -
t ~ <<11 E r~ ~r ~f j ~ Fri ~rrr ;t r5 J~
_ ~ r r Y 7 t I i ~
Marauder II Specialist Rescue rWaik-~~ o~ walk-around) ~ 4 ~ , , 4,r
r, ° j~ B i~a~ ! ~I ~ ~ R ~ rI ~
~ ~
~e u;~ ~T6~~w-~ f'~i f~ i 1F 1' ~I ~ ~I°ct ~h ~ yi:
~ ~r~~~ ~ ~f'.e~` I S ~ F ,c t' ~t`~ .`~cd ,air " ~
9 , ~ r
Y ~ .~L.'. ~ ~ ~ X11 -0
VII ~ ~ f3- _ ~ (~7 r y ~ ~
FF YY lJ t ft _ 1
~ { ~
p~; I { t
s
s l ~ azuS W ~ ^
1 .
$L. J u ¢ O
I'
8i N ' ~
_ ~ Z~
$r$®
$ 2 ~
~ W
1® ~ W ~~~g%
1
~
~ m
- - ~ ~C y4
~q~ 4 +
_ fa
_ 9 g ~ ~
I ~ c E $ ~
9 I s ~ ~
I '11111 I ~m I 11
1 I I ~ J
I
Y 1 I , ~ lji ~ ill II $ I ! ~ , o u>
a ~
I 191 I I' 1 I I ~ ~ ' I I
® I~ 6 ii ii: ~ fl 1. ~~~~Nj..
~ #9 I I 111 1 111 I I$ ~ ~ N 1~
® I a$ $j I• 9 iil "II} w ' ~ ~ li o°j=M~ o
' 1 ~ i I II ~ys - ; I ~ I® 11 ~ u c
$ jii cs Ilj l $ qY,9 - owwo N~~
a Y m$ I 'll ~ 1; 1 - I $ Y~ ~ ,1 ~ ¢<1Y3~ ^20
ee y
$ ~$N 1$_$'1191~ $ 0 = ~ 3dmmwc..
3y~ $ g 18 9 $ II I - ~ ~ x ~raAa~
i ~ F g 1 ii ~ i i ®i 1 ~~~~~x`vl'~~vwi
_ _ i I gg ~ -
1 ~k ~1 8 19 9~~$I ~ 1 I ® 8. ar~oo-i~aamc.5~
I Il `11 I ® s$ 9 I I! O
I IyI I I
1 H I ~ ~qA5 } I
L_JL_ L__ - I - IF 8pC IY
Q I i ~ 1 0'•'~~`'
ii i I~__31 i li 1 ® ~ ~ fi'F .
II i ii I _ ove
X111 1 1 II 11 1
11 I 11 i I Y 1 Y c
I ~ 1 I q
I p~ I I a\ lYl "'M ~ Qo 'j ~qoo
1 I I Iv 1 I 1 i I Y i oa~Q~~°",
- 6~o~~~oa~ I
I+I a $ N ZR[Wily3
~ 7~7q
a ~S' w¢=
di YG.daU
~ xWwWW~ I
~ ~ ~Zq t-66WH 1
' V
Q > > a ~ A I
oo~N~ _
- - ~ vNtu raga
I1 G ~ o O
IY t"1 N w
c £~p9 ~F ~pptl Y~
1
r ~~e:xp~p~s
a
i
~~9 $ $ ~
okay ~~Y~
gm4~~°~a
g~ 3
- ~
EXHIBIT B
i
One (1) "Proposal" Cover letter -Marauder II
00-03-221 M
PROPOSAL
j
SEAGRAVE FIRE API'ARA7'ZI,S', LLC j
i
April, 21st 2009 ~
Vernon Fire Department
Vernon, CA
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth:
Thank you for the opportunity to present this proposal for a new Seagrave
"Marauder II"Fire Apparatus. Seagrave is prepared to manufacture for you, upon
an order being placed by you for final acceptance by Seagrave Fire Apparatus,
LLC at its home office in Clintonville, Wisconsin, the apparatus and equipment
herein named and for the following prices:
Quantity 2 Marauder II Pumpers
The attached specification document is only a preliminary proposal; it can be i
modified to suit the exact- needs of your Fire Department. Our Sales and
Engineering staff is ready and able to provide you with whatever assistance and
resources you need to complete the complicated task of designing a custom fire
apparatus specifically to .meet your needs, and then to produce a set of
specifications for publication .that accurately defines what your community
requires. Based on our current backlog of orders, the apparatus and equipment
detailed in the attached specification can be delivered to you at the above address
within approximately 260 calendar days after receiving the signed approval ~
drawings and the acceptance thereof at our office in Clintonville, Wisconsin. ~
The published specification document shall form a part of the final contract, and
is subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are
interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the offer to purchase, and
provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of
the apparatus or said costs have been negotiated, documented and accepted by
both parties.
I
Representi~g~SEAGRA APPARATUS, LLC
1
One (1) Specifications Introduction - Seastrave
00-03-2410
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS SPECIFICATIONS INTRODUCTION
. The selection of fire apparatus is one of the most important decisions made by ~
officials of any municipality or Fire Department today. Fire apparatus is ~
emergency equipment used for the protection of life and property in your
community and it is expected to serve your community for many years.
Firefighter safety is the utmost concern for all Fire Departments.. Your personnel
are your most valuable resource, and protecting them while responding to and
returning from an emergency in your community is paramount. Investing in the
safest fire apparatus available isn't an option, it's a mandate. j
I
Emergency apparatus is subject to the-most vigorous types of operationsand
must be kept in service around-the clock. You-must be assured that parts and
service will be available for the life of the. apparatus.
Municipalities are vitally concerned with the quality of fire fighting apparatus,-its I
components and the dependability of the company producing the equipment.
i
Seagrave Fire Apparatus meets all of these requirements with excellence.. Your
Seagrave apparatus is produced in one of the most modern fire apparatus
manufacturing facilities in the country at Clintonville, Wisconsin. The machine
shops, sheet metal shops, assembly and painting departments are operated by
men and women trained to. Seagrave's industry-leading quality standards and
supervised by experienced personnel who insist on meeting and exceeding those
standards.
"Safety is Job #1" is far more than a catchy phrase at Seagrave - it's a mindset j
that focuses everything we do., From the materials selected for the construction I
of our fire apparatus to the fully engineered roll-cage design and construction of
our cabs, firefighter safety is the top priority at Seagrave. No one in the fire ~
apparatus industry builds a safer fire truck cab than Seagrave - No one. Want i
proof?. Seagrave provided a single production cab for independent third party
crash worthiness testing to prove out safety and. establish occupant protection
dynamics at the Center for Advanced Product Evaluation, a part of IMMI, a
world leader in safety consulting. That single production cab was tested in three.
different destructive tests and was subjected to higher target values than is
required for all tests. The test results exceeded all testing_performance criteria for
establishing crash protection worthiness and safety. 1n all three consecutive ECE
& SAE crash worthiness tests there was no encroachment into the occupant's
survival space at any seating location. The n'.anrequins remained seated, belted,
and unscathed. All doors remained closed with all latches engaged yet
functional., The roof never. settled and the cab never separated from the chassis.
In fact,-the same cab was. subjected to over 10 consecutive rolls during roll
dynamic testing for integration of roll-over protection systems. We are proud to
accept the confirmation of the Seagrave cab integrity.-
Safety does not happen by accident - it is engineered in to every one of our
products. Engineering at Seagrave is one of our most important assets. Our
Engineering staff is made up of highly trained and experienced personnel
dedicated to the research, design and building of fire apparatus. Seagrave uses
only the highest quality automotive components. Every part is carefully selected
for its particular function and, is fully engineered into the total fire fighting unit.
Seagrave, "the safest name in fire apparatus' ;has been in continuous operation I
since 1881, longer than any other fire apparatus manufacturer in the nation; and ~
has given the U. S. Fire Service many "firsts" through our engineering:
First spring aerial hoist
First centrifugal pump
First. enclosed pumping unit
First automatic pressure regulator -
Frst all steel aerial ladder
First 100% hydraulic aerial ladder hoist
First steel safety canopy cab
First 3 section boom aerial platform in U.S.
And many others .
Seagrave's Triton centrifugal. pumps, with its bulletproof reliability and industry-
leading seven. year warranty, are standard on our apparatus. Waterous or Hale.
centrifugal pumps are also available. Seagrave straight stick ladder trucks feature
our own 100% all steel ladder.
It is with great pride that Seagrave offers the. widest variety of fire apparatus
available to meet the- ever-changing challenges facing the Fire Service today.
From our country's wilderness and urban interface, through our nation's rural
heartland, and in the world's largest cities, Seagrave is proud to be the industry's
undisputed leader in safety cab construction and quality fire apparatus for over
128 years.
We trust you will favorably consider our proposal. Your confidence will be
rewarded by the highest quality apparatus, the safest cab in the industry and
excellent Seagrave service throughout its long life.
One (1) Seagrave History and Background
00-03-2500
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS. LLC
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, the United States' oldest continuous manufacturer of
fire apparatus, was founded in 1881 by Fredric Seagrave in Detroit, Michigan.
The company moved to Columbus, Ohio in 1891 and remained there until 1963
when all operations were moved to it's current location in Clintonville,
Wisconsin. Today, Seagrave engineers and builds its own aerial ladders,
telescopic boom platforms, custom bodies and chassis. One of Seagrave's custom
manufacturing distinctions is the roll cage design of its cabs; the hallmark of .
occupant safety. The firm's comprehensive range of custom apparatus includes
aerials; aerial quints, tractor-drawn aerials, pumpers, pumper-tankers and rescue
i units. Seagrave also builds in long lasting and ultra high durability materials such
` as 3CR12 stainless steel and Polyprene. All Seagrave products are NFPA; DOT
i
I
and FMVSS compliant. ,
MANUFACTURING
The Company's manufacturing operations are located in Clintonville, Wisconsin;
Rock Hill, South Carolina and Carleton Place, Ontario. Clintonville operations
include producing frame and cab assemblies, sheet metal fabricating, machining,
assembly, test and final finish. Rock HiII and Carleton Place produce finished
bodies in customized form for assembly with commercial chassis or Seagrave
custom chassis to provide customers with unique vehicles suited to their ~
requirements.
Gear ratios, wheelbases, systems, equipment and attachments are varied to meet
the special requirements. of each individual customer. The Company also ~ ~
produces specialized vehicle chassis for airport snow removal and military
applications.
MARKETING
-The principal products which are sold under the Seagrave trademark are
Commercial and Custom Pumpers, Aerial Ladder trucks, Aerial Platform trucks,
Quints, Walk-in and Walk-around-Heavy and Medium Rescue vehicles, Haz-Mat
vehicles, Mini-Pumpers, Mini-Rescues, Wildland Brush trucks, Urban Interface
Response vehicles and Tankers.
One (1) Intent of Proposal j
00-04-0110 j
INTENT OF PROPOSAL
It is the intenf of this Proposal to provide specifications covering the design, ~
manufacture and delivery of a complete fire apparatus, equipped as specified '
herein, to the purchaser; with the intent to obtain the best results and the most
acceptable apparatus for emergency service use in the community. of the
purchaser. These specifications cover the general requirements as to the type of
construction and performance to which the apparatus must conform, together
with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances that will be provided
by Seagrave Fire Apparatus. Minor details of construction and. materials, where
not otherwise specified,-are left to the discretion of the contractor, who shall be
solely responsible for the design, engineering and construction of all features.
One (1) Compliance with NFPA 1901
00-04-01 A0
COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 1901
The National Fire Protection Association Standard "NFPA 1901 -Standard for
Automotive Fire Apparatus -Current Edition" (hereinafter referred to as NPFA
1901) in effectat the time of the purchase shall be used as a reference and its
requirements shall be met by Seagrave. Seagrave shall construct the apparatus in
accordance with federal and state laws at the time of bid. Any federal,. state or
NFPA amended changes that will affect the cost of producing said apparatus will.
i be charged to the purchaser. Mandatory minor apparatus equipment as stated in
the applicable paragraphs (5.8, 6.7, 7.7, 8.8, 9.8, 10.5,.11.9 and respective
I
subparagraphs) of the NFPA standard shall not be provided unless specifically
stated and listed in purchaser's written specifications.
- Any and all references to "NFPA 1901" within this document shall refer to the.
current edition of NFPA 1901 in effect at the time of the purchase.
One (1) Purchaser's NFPA 1901 Responsibilities
00-04-01 BO
PURCHASER'S NFPA 1901 RESPONSIBILITIES
In accordance with NFPA 1901, current edition, it shall be the responsibility of
- the purchaser to specify the following details of the apparatus:
-Its required performance, including where operations at or above elevations of
2000 ft. or. on grades greater than 6 percent are required.
- The maximum number of firefighters to ride within the apparatus.
- Specific electrical loads that are to be part. of the minimum continuous electrical
load defined in 13.3.3 of NFPA 2003.
-Any hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that
exceed the minimum requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard in effect at the
time of the bid. Equipment weight and location on the apparatus are the
responsibility of the purchaser as a prerequisite of defining the loaded vehicle's
vertical center of gravity for rollover stability calculations, when required.
One (1) Acauaintance With Fire Dept and Community Needs
00-04-0210
ACQUAINTANCE WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT AND COMMUNITY NEEDS-
~ Seagrave Fire Apparatus is committed to providing your Fire Department the
safest fire apparatus cab in the. industry, and providing your community the best.
fire apparatus value possible. Our Sales and Dealership staff shall continue to
work with your emergency responders to evaluate your community's needs and
available resources. We will blend those requirements with our company's vast
knowledge of today's available materials and technology, balanced with our
128+ years of fire apparatus manufacturing experience. Together our goal is to
provide your Fire Department the safest fire apparatus thatbest fits.your
community's needs, ensuring your citizens -and taxpayers -the best value
ossible.
One (1) Advantaaes ofSinale Source Manufacturer -Custom Chassis
00-04-0410
ADVANTAGES OF SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Because of the intricacies of modern fire apparatus design, engineering and
manufacturing, bids should only be considered from "single source" apparatus
manufacturers. A single source manufacturer shall be defined as a manufacturer-
who designs, engineers and manufactures the entire apparatus in the factory of
the bidder. The use of commonly incorporated components such as the dicsel
engine, the transmission, the pump, lighting fixtures, etc. is acceptable.
However; calling the cab/chassis/drivetrain or the outriggers/torque box/aerial
device a "component" shall not be acceptable.
Using a single source manufacturer is also critically important for warranty and
service. Accepting bids from only single source manufacturers ensures your
community the fastest, undivided service from one manufacturer, as well as parts
i
availability and undivided warranty responsibility. There should be no
exceptions to these conditions. i
One (1) Approval Drawings
00-04-7000 ~
APPROVAL. DRAWINGS ~
Following the completion of the pre-construction conference, three (3) sets of
engineering, blueprint type drawings, specifically for this apparatus,- shall be
provided by the manufacturer and shall be approved by the Fire Department
before construction begins. Both the Fire Department and the manufacturer's .
representative shall have a copy of this drawing. It shall become part of the total
contract. These drawings shall be drawn to scale on a CAD system to assure an
accurate and professional drawing. The drawing shall show five (5) views of the
vehicle (front, rears both sides-and top). The drawings shall show the wheelbase
and overall dimensions of the apparatus, final compartment sizes and features,
booster tank position,. the location of all emergency warning equipment, work
and scene lights, and all changes, if any, mutually agreed to during the pre-
construction conference.
Three (3) Pre-Construction Conference -Proposal, Clintonville
00-04-811 C
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A pre-construction conference shall beheld at the Seagrave factory in
Clintonville, WI. The conference shall be scheduled during normal business
hours, Monday -Friday. All expenses for transportation, meals and lodging for
three (3) representatives ofthe purchaser. shall be included in the bid price. A
dealer representative shall-accompany the purchaser on the trip. 'The conference
shall be held prior to the commencement of any work being done on the
apparatus. Factory sales and engineering personnel shall participate in the
conference as needed to ensure that the apparatus fulfills all the requirements of
the accepted bid. Authorized representatives from both the purchaser and
..manufacturer shall approve and sign any changes made during these meetings
prior to the commencement of any work being done on the apparatus.
It is understood and agreed that delays beyond thirty (30) days of contract
approval for pre-construction conference changes in specifications shall be cause
for delay in delivery. -
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
stare to-cover the costs ih the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate how many Fire
Department representatives will be attending.
Three (3) In-Process Inspection -Proposal. Cliritoriville
00-04-821 C
IN-PROCESS INSPECTION TRIP
One (1) "In-Process" inspection trip for three (3) representatives of the purchaser
shall be included in the bid. The inspection shall take place at the Seagrave
factory in Clintonville, WI, during normal business hours, Monday -Friday. The
cost of transportation, meals and lodging shall be included. A dealer
i
representative shall accompany-the purchaser on the inspection trip. The
inspection shall not be longer than one (1) day unless multiple vehicles are being
inspected. i
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS-ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure to cover the costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate haw many Fire
.Department representatives will be attending.
- Four {4) Final Inspection -Proposal, Clintonville
00-04-831 C
FINAL INSPECTION TRIP
One (1) final inspection trip for four (4) representatives of the purchaser shall be
included in the bid. The inspection shall take-place at the Seagrave factory in ~
Clintonville, WI, during normal business hours, Monday -Friday. The cost of
transportation, meals and lodging shall be included. A dealer representative shall
accompany the purchaser on the inspection trip.
One (1) additional Trip for one (1) person will be provided to inspect unit
and go over final tool and equipment mounting..
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO-THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure to cover-the costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate how many Fire
Department represents#ives will be attending.
One (1) Pre-Delivery Road Trip and Final Factory Checklist i
00-04-8400
PRE-DELIVERY ROAD TRII' AND FINAL FACTORY CHECKLIST
Prior to delivery, the completed apparatus shall be thoroughly inspected by the
factory. This inspection shall include-road testing by the factory of no less than
I OO miles. During the factory inspections and road testing, a checklist shall be
utilized by factory personnel to document the inspection and road test results.
The checklist shall include:
- Documentation of the make, model and serial numbers of all major components
such as the engine, transmission, pump, axles, etc..
- Complete,. comprehensive operational check of all chassis/drive train
components and fluid levels.
- A comprehensive review of the entire exterior and interior of the apparatus for fit
and finish, checked against the customer's pre-construction meeting approval
specifications, and any erisuifig change orders.
- A thorough test of all driving systems tinder actual highway and city driving
conditions, for no less than 100 miles.
One (1) final Delivery & Familiariization -Pumpers/Rescues
00-04-8510
DELIVERY
The fire apparatus shall be delivered over the road and under its own power to i
I
insure proper break-in of all driving components while still under warranty. Rail
' or truck freight shipment of the apparatus is not acceptable.
An experienced and qualified dealer representative shall familiarize Fire
Department personnel (as designated by the authority. in charge) in the proper
operation, care and maintenance of the apparatus delivered,
The representative must be a qualified, trained agent of the local authorized
dealer or a direct employee of the manufacturer of the apparatus.
The familiarization period shall consist of three (3} sessions over a period of
three (3) days, during the normal work week (Monday -Friday). The schedule of
the instruction sessions shall be arranged by mutual agreement of the Fire
Department and. the delivering authority. The number, length and time of the
sessions may vary due to the nature of the apparatus and availability of attendees
and must be approved in advance. The balance of any time remaining in a session
may be devoted to minor adjustments orcorrections to the apparatus for items
which may. have developed while in transit from the factory.
One (1) General Design Requirements -Marauder II, S/S Body
00-05-013A
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The specified apparatus shall be a custom cab type; designed, engineered and
manufactured specifically for the fire service in North America. The apparatus
shall meet or exceed the requirements of the NFPA 1901., current edition, in all
respects..
Seagrave's "Marauder II" deluxe custom cab chassis shall be provided. The I
Marauder II is our top-of--the-line model incorporating an all steel cab for
strength, durability and safety. The cab and body sheet metal shall be
constructed of stainless steel, no exception.
The Marauder II cab has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any stainless steel
cab-design in the industry. A 3" rectangular tube steeLsubframe anchors a
completely enclosed, all-stainless steel super-structure; providing a. protective ~
safety-cage that totally surrounds and protects the properly seatbelted driver,
.officer and crew. This safety-cage is covered in heavy gauge stainless steel,
making the finished product the strongest, safest cab in the industry.
The specified apparatus shall be designed to be fully operational in the local
climate of the purchaser.
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight - wl Certificate at Delivery
00-45-0210
GROSS VEHICLE WEiGIiT
The manufacturer shall be responsible for proper weight distribution upon the
chassis and axles.
The apparatus when loaded, shall have not less than 25% nor more than 45% of
the weight on the front axle and not Less than 55% nor more than 75% on the rear
axle. A certified weight certificate showing weights on the front axle, rear axle
.and total weight for the completed apparatus with the water and fuel tanks full,
but without. personnel, equipment and hose shall be provided at the time of
delivery.
In accordance with NFPA 1901, it shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to
notify the. manufacturer in the purchaser's specification of any hose, ground
ladders,. or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceeds the minvnum
requirements of the NFPA .1901 standard in effect at the time. of the. bid. ~
One (1) Ln-Service Weight Calculation
00-05-0310
IN-SERVICE WEIGHT CALCULATION
A weight calculation showing weights on the front axle, rear axle and total ~
weight for the completed apparatus as specified by the purchaser, with water and
fuel tanks full, equipment and hose, shall be supplied. This calculation shall be j
available for the pre-construction conference. I
For the. purpose of calculating the in-service weight, firefighter weight shall be
calculated at 250 pounds per crew member,' including SCBA. If a hose load is
not provided, the minimum hose load required by NFPA 1901 shall be used for
the .calculation. If a loose equipment load is not provided, including its location
on the vehicle, the NFPA 1901 load amount based on the cube of the body shall
be used.
One (1) Vehicle Performance Analysis Report
00-05-0420
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS
A performance analysis report shall be run on the vehicle, as ordered, using-
computer software to determine top speed, gradeability, optimum hilt points and
acceleration on various grades. The report shall be delivered with the completed
vehicle, but shall be available within thirty (30)-days of the pre-construction
conference.
One (1) General Construction, Quality and Workmanship
00-05-2000
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
The design and construction of the apparatus shall embody standard automotive
heavy vehicle engineering practices. The apparatus shall be designed, engineered.
and constructed.with due:consideration for the severe service nature of the fire-
service. All parts of the apparatus shall be installed in accordance with the OEM
specifications and shall be strong enough to withstand the general service under ~
full load for twenty (20) years.
Distribution of load between the front and rear axles shall be engineered so that
all specified equipment, including a filled water lank, full complement of
personnel and fire hose shall be carried without damage to the apparatus. Weight
balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
National Fire Protection Association and current standard automotive practices.
The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its respective field. In order
' to assure .the quality that the purchaser demands and expects, all welding
personnel that shall be utilized in the fabrication and construction of structural ~
I
i
i
i
I
I
components of the apparatus chassis, body and aerial device shall hold a valid .
' certificate from the AWS -American Welding Society.
The apparatus shall be designed to conform to the intent of ANSI and NFPA
1901. standards. The following design criteria shall be applicable to this
specification to the extent specified herein:
- American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) - A-36, Specification for ~
Structural Steel
- .Society of Automotive Engineers, inc. (SAE) -SAE Handbook
- American Welding Society (AWS) - AWS014.4-77 Classification and i
i
Application of Welded Joints for Machinery and Equipment ~
- .American Society for Non-Destructive Testing (ASNT)
- ASNT Guidelines; Procedure SNT-TC-lA
The apparatus shall have symmetrical proportions and a pleasing appearance as a
result of design detail and fit/finish quality. The apparatus shall be engineered
' with firefighter safety as the top priority. Ease of operation and ease of
maintenance shall also be considered in the apparatus design, but shall not
compromise safety. No special tools shall be required to access normal service
or maintenance items.
All sensitive components shall be protected against adverse. weather conditions.
Any exposed metal surface which is not painted or otherwise coated shall have a ~
bright finish. Corrosion protection shall be provided between any dissimilar j
metals joined in the construction of this apparatus. f
One (1) NFPA 1901 Stepping Surface Certification
00-05-2110.
STEPPING SURFACE CERTIFICATION
A certification that all materials used for exterior surfaces designated as stepping,
standing and walking areas, all interior steps and all interior floors meet the slip i
resistance requirements of the applicable edition and section of NFPA 1901-shall ~ ,
be provided with the delivery documentation. ~
One (1) Pump Test and Certification -Third Party
00-05-300S ,
PUMP TEST AND CERTIFICATION
i
The fire pump shall`be third party tested at the apparatus manufacturer's facility
and shall conform to-NFPA requirements and standards. Copies of all tests and
the manufacturer's record of pump construction details shall be provided with the
delivery documentation.
One (1) Performance Reauirements and Test -NFPA j
00-05-4000
PEP.FOP.MANCE REQUIREMENTS AND TEST -NFPA
A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA
recommendations (unless otherwise specified}-and a continuous run often (10)
miles or more shall be made during which time the apparatus shall show no loss
of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles
shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the
operating range of the apparatus.
i
The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start
within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum
governed rpm of the engine.
The fully loaded-vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a speed of SO mph on a
level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full
load).
The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on any grade up to and
including 6%.
The service brakes-shall be capable of stopping the fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet
at 20 mph on a level concrete highway.
The apparatus shall be tested and approved in accordance with NFPA standard
practices.
One (1) Failure To-Meet Test
00-05-4100
FAILURE TO MEET TEST
In the event that the apparatus fails to meet the road test requirements of these
specifications upon delivery, during the first trials, second trials maybe made at
the option of the bidder within 30 days of the date of the first trials. Such trials
shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall
be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission from the manufacturer to keep
or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its
use by the Fire Department during the above specified period shall not constitute
.acceptance.
One (1) .Marauder II S/S Tilt Cab -Side Mt. Pumper
10-00-7100
GENERAL
Chassis shall be a new, heavy-duty, custom fire apparatus design built expressly
for the fire service. All standard components that have not been specified shat]
be provided,
Chassis shall be designed, engineered and built by the bidder and be the
manufacturer's first line custom chassis.
The chassis shall be suitable forheavy duty service with all components having
adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type
of service required.
EfgO. NOTES
If selecting a top mount operator stand, change base to 10-00-7200..
S One (1) .Wheelbase -187.50"
10-00-9910
WHEELBASE
I
The wheelbase shall be: 187.50 inches
i
Wheelbase to be 187:50".
ENG. NOTES
When determining-your wheelbase reference the Redbook Wheelbase
Chart.Dealer must enter dimensions on spec.
Five (5} Seating Ca~acit-y
10-00-9920
SEATING CAPACITY
The safe seating capacity of the cab for properly belted passengers shall be: Five
(5)
ENG. NOTES
Enter seating capacity in the "quantity",
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings
10-00-9940
GROSS VEI-IICLE WEIGHT RATINGS
Front Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
Rear Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [
ENG. NOTES
Dealer must enter GVWR on spec. Vehicles with a GVWR greater than
26k# shall not exceed 68 mph. Vehicles with a combined water/foam
tank capacity greater than 1200 gal or GVWR greater than 50k# shall not
exceed 60 mph.
One (1) Frame -10.25"112.5" Vari Sect. Rail. 2.6016m RBM
10-10-1200
FRAME
The chassis frame shall be built with two variable section steel channels with a
minimum of six (6} crossmembers. Pump shall not be counted as a crossmember.
The side rails shall be of heat treated steel measuring 12-1/2" tapered to 10-1/4" x
3-1/2" x 3/8". Each rail shall have a section modulus of 21.7, a minimum elastic
limit of 120,000 PSI and a minimum resisting bending moment of 2,601,600 inch
pounds. The crossmembers shall be of heavy duty, fabricated; all-welded design, ii
..made out of a minimum of 50,000 psi material. The frame and cross members ~
:.shall be a bolted assembly utilizing 1/2" flange head grade eight bolts and ~
Spiralock flange nuts. Spiralock nuts shall be used exclusively in the frame
assembiy for mounting spring hangers, steering gear, engine, transmission, etc. j
.because of their ability to maintain a constant torque tension and prevent
vibration loosening. Their design shall provide for an even thread load
distribution over the bolt, increased fatigue strength and life, and clamping
torque. All holes made must be used and any holes in the frame for options not
required on this chassis are not acceptable. The frame rails shall be primed with
a polyester powder coating.
ENG. NOTES
i
Used when wheelbase is -180" to 219"" except for top mounts: choose vari
section rail with liner when wheelbase is 215" or more. Note: Frame
applications must- be reviewed and approved by Seagrave engineering.
One (1) Bumper -10" High, S/S, Wrap-Around
10-11-0000
BUMPER
A heavy duty, 10" high, ribbed, highly polished stainless steel bumper shall be
mounted to the front of the chassis. As part of the bumper extension, a 1/4" thick
by 9-3l8" high formed channel with 3" flanges shall be provided directly behind
the full width of the flat portion of the bumper. It shall be a modular assembly of
three (3) pieces bolted together. This bumper frame extension support shall be
reinforced by an angle (minimum 5-l/4" x 3-1/2 x 3/8") welded to the bottom. A
3/16" aluminum treadplate gravel pan (deck) contoured to fit just below the front
face of the cab and just below the upper bumper- flange shall be provided. Sides
(between bumper and cab corners) of the deck shall be boxed in. Pan shall not be
fastened to the op flange of the bumper.
One (1) Bumper Extension.-11"
10-12-0011
11" BUMPEREXTENSION
A bumper extension shall be installed at the front of the cab. The front of the'
bumper shall be approximately 11" from the front face of the cab. A gravel pan
made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate shall be installed between the front bumper
and the cab. The bumper extension shall be designed and constructed so that the
apparatus can be lifted and/or towed by the extension - no exceptions.. ~
ENG. NOTES
If bumper extension is used as a step, you must also select handrails for
a 3 point stance.
S One (1) Front Bumper Hose Trough -Center, 12.75" Deep
10-12-1130
FRONT HOSE TROUGH -CENTER
A hose trough shall be installed in the center of the bumper extension. It shall be
of 10.5" wide x 29.38".long x 12.75" deep,. adequate size to hold approximately
50 feet of 1-3/4" double-jacketed fireliose. It shall be constructed of smooth
aluminum and be easily removable from the. gravel pan. It shall be installed with
recessed (countersunk) flathead screws to avoid damaging the hose. The ~
horizontal top mounting flange shall have mitered outside corners and its surface
shall be DA'd. Drain holes shall be provided..
- The hose tray ~h~il hold 50' of 1.75" hose double. jacket. the hose trough
shall be as deep only to accommodate this amount of hose and no
deeper.
ENG. NOTES -
Exact capacity is dependent upon the size, type, and mfgr of hose.
One (1) Thru Bumper Opening -for RS Suction
i
i
10-12-1410
BUMPER OPENING FOR FRONT SUCTION
An opening shall be provided in the right side of the bumper for a thru-bumper
front suction.
ENG. NOTES
- Requires factory approval.- Requires front suction.- Not available with
air ride front suspension on Attacker (Is available on MII).
One (1) Recessed Notch in Front Bumper - LSs Full, fior Q2B
10-12-152F
RECESSED NOTCH IN FRONT BUMPER FOR LEFT SIDE 02B SIREN
A recessed notch shall 6e cut into the left side of the front bumper and gravel pan
for a Q2B siren. It shall be boxed in on the three vertical sides with aluminum
treadplate.
ENG. NOTES
- Requires a Federal Q2B siren- A recessed Q2B is not available when
there is a hose trough or other compartment at that location on the
bumper.
One (1) Dri-Deck -Front Bumper Compf(Ea)
10-42-5400
Black Dri-Deck shall be provided in the bottom of this front bumper
compartment.
One (1) Cover -ATP, for Front Bumper Hose Trough, w/ Notch
10-12-6150 .
HINGED. ALUM: COVER WITH PRECONNECT NOTCH
The hose trough shall be provided with a hinged aluminum cover. The cover
shall be notched on one end For the preconnect, A gas cylinder type hold open
{and closed) device and stainless steel butterfly latch shall be provided for the
door.
S One (1} Chrome Tow Hooks
10-20-0000
CHROME TOW HOOKS
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely
attached to the bumper support in addition to the cut-plate tow eyes.
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely
attached to the bumper support in addition to the cut-plate tow eyes.
One. (i) Front Tow Eves -Cut Riate, Chr6nne. Thru Burrrroer
10-20-0300
FRONT TOW EYES ~
i
Two (2) chrome plated "cut plate" type tow eyes shall be furnished. They shall be
installed through the front face of the bumper and securely attached {bolted) to
i the bumper extension frame. The eyes shall be fabricated of 1"thick steel plate
with a 3" diameter opening.
i
ENG. NOTES
~ Bumper extension should be greater than 11".
One (1) Rear Tow Loops -Painted. Under Step
10-22-0100
REAR TOW LOOPS '
i
Two (2) painted rear tow loops shall be provided, welded to the underside of the
rear step subframe.
One (1) Power Steering Installation With Ross TAS-85
10-25-0100
STEERING j
A Ross mode! TAS-85 integral heavy duty. power steering system shall be
.provided. The hydraulic pump-shall be engine gear driven. The steering,gear
"box", or fixture that the gear is mounted to, shall be fabricated in the factory of
the bidder. It shall be a welded assembly constructed of 3/8" formed steel with a
3/4" face. plate. Vertical gussets shall be provided between the face plate and the
frame mounting plate to insure against frame flex while the vehicle is stationary.
One (1) Auxiliary Cylinder -Power Steering ~
10-25-1300
AUXILIARY CYLINDER FOR POWER STEERING
An auxiliary power assist cylinder shall be provided in the power steering ~
system. j
ENG. NOTES
Required if front axle weighf exceeds 18,000 lbs. j
One (1) Chassis Alignment j
10-25-2000 ~
C1=IASSIS ALIGNMENT ~
The chassis frame rails shall be cross checked for length and square. Front and
rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front axle shall be aligned and toe-in and
caster set on the front tires at the manufacturer's facility.
The completed apparatus should be rechecked for proper alignment after the
chassis has been fully loaded.
One (1) Air System -Chassis, Two Axle
10-28-0100
AIR PIPING
The service brake system shall be full air type. The system is to meet or exceed
current FIVLVSS-ICI requirements. Other components or accessories shall be as
follows:
• Pressure protection valve
• Quick build up system
• Engine mounted, gear driven air compressor
• Bendix Model E-6 dual circuit brake treadle valve
• Two air pressure gauges on cab dash with indicator light and buzzer
i
• One (1) Bendix DV2 automatic drain valve on wet tank
' • Manual drain valves on remaining air reservoirs I
• Air reservoirs
The Bendix SR-1 valve, in conjunction with the double check valve, shall enable
modulation of the spring brakes in the event of a service brake air system failure
to allow the vehicle to be stopped.
Brake piping shall consist of SAE approved, DOT rated "Synflex" reinforced
colored nylon tubing. The lines shallbe wrapped in a heat protective loom where
necessary. in the chassis, Braided hoses shall provide flexibility between axle and
frame connections. Brake air lines shall be color-coded. Air inlet to air brake i
compressor shall be from the engine intake manifold, i.e. after transition through i
the engine air cleaner. A combination of flexible stainless steel braided Teflon
hose and copper line and braided stainless Teflon hose shall be provided from the
compressor to the air dryer. I
The parking brake system is to be the spring set type operated by control valve
on driver's console. Abrake-indicator light shall also be provided.
ENG. NOTES
Quantity and capacity of air reservoirs depends on axle and brake size.
One (1) Air Dryer -Meritor WABCO System Saver 1200
10-28-3820
AIR DRYER
A Meritor WABCO 1200 System Saver air dryer shall be installed in the air
brake system. It shall have a minimum capacity of 30 cfm air flow. Dryer shall
be equipped with an integral, automatic, I2 volt heated moisture ejector which.is
thermostatically controlled. System shall include a pressure controlled check ~
valve installed between the wet tank and the secondary air reservoir.
One (1) Aux Air Outlet -Schrader Coupler. Shutoff Valve
10-28-4900
AUXILIARY AIR OUTLET
There shall be a 1/4" female air outlet with Schrader air hose fitting mounted on ~
the left pump panel with a 1/4" valve. The outlet shall be connected to one of the
vehicle's air reservoirs and shall provide an air supply for air tools or other uses.
A 1/4 turn shutoff valve shall be located adjacent to the outlet:
[X] Pumper or Quint.-standard location is on the pump panel. .
The outlet shall be connected the the secondary air reservoir.-
One (1) Aux Air Inlet -Manual I
10-28-5600_
AUXILIARY AIR INLET
There shall be an auxiliary air_ inlet installed to maintain the chassis air pressure
~ while the engine is not running. A check valve shall be installed in the line to
I
prevent outflow of air pressure from the "wet" or "supply" tank. ~
i
Location of Auxiliary Air Inlet:
[X] Pumper orQuint -Standard location is on pump panel.
The inlet shall be labeled.
ENG: NOTES i
i
Provide Location.
One (1) Front Axle -MFS. 22K w/Disc Brakes / Spring Suspension
11-00-4000
FRONT-AXLE
A Meritor MFS front axle with a 22,000 pound rating shall be provided. It shall
include composite low-friction bushings with diagonal grooves to better
distribute lube, camber settings of +1/4 degree for both left and right sides to help
improve tire life and a large diameter, heat treated kingpin with a Tube retaining
seal.
DISC BRAKES
The front axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air disc brakes with
internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons and robust
sealing of slide pins for environmental protection. The #EX225H air disc brakes
shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever-mechanism with variable
mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be provided. ,
FRONT SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION 3" X 52"
The front suspension shallbe semi-elliptical 3" x 52" constant rate Type springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,
thickness and number shallbe provided to match the leaf spring rating with that
of the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Gabriel 3-1/2" heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers shall also be provided on ~
the front axle.
ENG. NOTES.
This axle will be rated in accordance with the tires/wheels/ suspension
being used. The MFS front steer front axle shall have a 42 degree cramp
angle with 42b/6bR22.b tires.
One (1) Oi! Seals - w! Viewing Window. Front Axle
11-00-9500-
FRONT AXLE OIL SEALS
The front axle shall be equipped with oil type seals-with viewing windows.
i
One (1) Rear Axle - RS-24-160, w/EX225H Disc Brakes, 24,000# ~
11-10-0200
REAR AXLE ~
i
The rear axle shall be a Meritor model RS24-160 with a capacity of 24,000
pounds at the hub. The rear axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air
disc brakes with internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons
and robust sealing of slide pins for environmental protection. The #EX225H air
disc brakes shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever mechanism with
variable mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be
provided.
All axles shall be purchased complete from and certified by the axle
manufacturer for the specific application. Brake chamber brand and size shall be
determined by the axle manufacturer.
ENG. NOTES
Any top speed less than 66mph on a 1550 ft Ib torque engine or 73mph
on a 4650 ft Ib torque engine requires factory approval Weight analysis
required on Attacker Rescue. Use 11 R22.5 tires. Match suspension
capacity to axle capacity.
S Seventy (70) Top Road Speed 7
11-10-9999
ROAD SPEED
The top road speed of the vehicle shall be 68 MPH at the governed engine RPM.
. ~
Top speed to be governed at 70 MPH. I
i
ENG. NOTES
Vehicles with a GWVR greater than 26k# shall not exceed 68 mph.
Vehicles with a combined water/foam tank capacity greater than 1200 gal
or GVWR greater than 50k# shall not exceed 60 mph.
One (1) Anti-dock Brakes (ABS) - 4-Channel
11-20-2600
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
The vehicle shall be equipped with a WABCO 4S4M anti-lock braking system
(ABS). The ABS shall provide four (4) channel anti-lock-up braking control on I
the (2) front and (2) rear wheels. The system shall employ a digital electronics
system with microprocessor controls divided into two. (2) diagonal circuits. In the i
event of one circuitrnalfunctionth~ second circuit shall operate unaffected. Each
wheel shall be constantly monitored by the system when the vehicle is in motion. ~
When any wheel begins to during braking a signal shall be transmitted to the
processor from the wheel-sensor: The control unit shall instantly-reduce fhe
braking force applied to the wheel and immediately re-apply braking force so that
the wheel rapidly slows without locking. The system shall control all wheels
simultaneously to provide maximum vehicle braking in a relatively straight line.
An ABS warning light shall be installed in the warning light panel of the I
driverdash.
The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system
whenever the anti-lock braking mode is active.
ENG. NOTES
Not available on TDA: use 11-20-2700.
. One (1) Vehicle_Stability Compliance -Calculation Method
11-20-2750
VEHICLE STABILITY COMPLIANCE -CALCULATION METHOD
In compliance with NFPA 1901-2009 Edition standard 4.:13.1, the vehicle, as
specified, shall be reviewed by a qualified professional engineer in the employ of
the bidder, to verify that-the vehicle shall have a Vertical Center of Gravity no
higher than 80% of the rear axle's Track Width. The calculation shall be
available for review after the conclusion of the Pre-Construction meeting,
providing that the Fire Department accurately identifies the equipment to be
carried and its storage location on the vehicle:
One (1) Rear Susp. -Semi-Elliptical Sprina 3"x52" Sinale 24 000#
11-30-3100
REAR SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION 3" X 52" SINGLE -
24,000#
The rear suspension shall be semi-elliptical 3" x 52"constant rate type springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,-
thickness and number shall be provided to match the leaf spring rating with that
of the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
Two (2) Front Tires - GY/385/65R22.5/G286A SSlHwy 9 370# Ea
12-05-6100
FRONT TIRES
The front tires shall be Goodyear 385/65822.5 G286A SS, load range "J",
highway tread with a maximum rating of 9,370 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
ENG. NOTES
-Any 10-man cab requires 425 front tires. - A higher load rating of i
10,025# is avail w/ lower max speed of 68mph.
Four {4) Rear Tires - GY/11R22.5lG164 RTD/Aar 6,425# (Eal
12-06-0300
REAR TIRES
i
The rear tires shall be Goodyear 11822.5 G164 RTD, load range "H", aggressive
tread with a maximum rating of 6,42 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
One (1) Wheels -Alum. Disc. Polished. Sinale Rear Axle
12-50-0500
- WHEELS
Wheels shall be Alcoa polished aluminum disc ype and hub piloted. Chrome
plated nut covers shall be furnished.
i
~I
'ENG. NOTES
Not available for 75' Meanstick with a 500 gallon water tank and single
rear axle.
One (1 } Hub Caps - (21 SOS, '°Baby Moan", Front Axle
1280-0100
FRONT AXLE "BABY MOON" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "Baby Moon"ape hub caps shall be provided on the front axle.
The hub cap style shall match the requirements of the front axle wheel seals.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "Hiah Hat", Rear Axle
12-90-0200
REAR AXLE "HIGH HAT" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "High Hat" type hub caps. shall be provided on the rear axle(s).
ENG. NOTES
Change quantity to (2) for tandem axle.
One (1} Tire Pressure Indicators -Accu-Pressure H.D. Safety Caps, Single
Axle
12-90-1010
TIRE PRESSURE INDICATORS
.Accu-Pressure Heavy Duty Safety Caps shall be provided and installed: each
wheel shall be equipped with a valve stem inflation pressure sensitive monitor
that shall provide a visual color. indication of when the tire pressure is below the
manufacturers recommended level. The chrome safety cap shall show green i
when the tire is properly inflated and red once the tire becomes underinflated by
10%.
. One (1) Engine -Cummins, ISM, 500 HP, 1550 ft. Ib., 10.8 L w!o DPF
13-00-6878
ENGINE ~
I
The chassis shall be powered by a 2007 emissions compliant Cummins ISM ~
diesel engine as described below:
• Mode] ISM
• Number of Cylinders Six
• Bore and Stroke 4.92 x 5.79 in.
• Displacement Liter (Cu. In) 10.8 (659)
. • Rated BHP 500 @ 2100 RPM
• Torque 1550 lbs.-ft. at 1200 RPM
• Governed RPM 2100
• Oil Capacity /Type 10,2 gallons /SAE CJ-4
• Fuel Requirement Ultra low sulfur diesel (15 ppm max)
.Standard equipment on the engine-to include the following:
• Cooled Exhaust Gas Recirculation system
• Fan - 32", 11 blade
i
• Charge air cooling
i
• High pressure, common rail fuel system
• Fuel filter with check valve and water separator
• Fuel strainer
• Governor -electronic, interact system
• Injectors -electronically controlled full authority injection
• Lube oil cooler -integral
• Lube oil filter -full flow
• Starting motor - ] 2 volt
• Turbocharger -variable geometry type
• Air compressor - ~Jabco 18.7 CFM
The engine exhaust system shall be a horizontal design constructed from heavy-
duty truck components. Flexible couplings shall be utilized to absorb the torque
and vibration of the engine. The outlet shall be directed to the forward side of
the rear wheels, exiting the right side, with a straight tip. Aheat-absorbing
sleeve shall be used on the exhaust pipe in the engine compartment area to reduce
stored heat, providing protection. for the alternator, and also to protect hands
when checking or adding oil in the engine compartment.
ENGINE AND CHARGED AIR COOLING SYSTEMS
A serpentine core type radiator with continuous louvered copper fin design shall
be provided. Radiator shall be fitted with formed steel side frames. The top tank
shall have abuilt-in de-aeration system. A drain shall be located at the lowest
point.
The engine charged air heat exchanger shall be located directly in front of the
radiator and be bolted to its side rails. It shall be ail aluminum-brazed
construction. Air cooler to be cross flow design with cast aluminum side tanks,.
horizontal inlet and outlet at top and aluminum louvered serpentine external air
fins. Cooler tubes shall also be constructed of aluminum and have internal fins.
that eliminate laminar airflow.
The charge air cooler and the radiator shall be produced by the same
manufacturer as a single assembly to provide continuity throughout the. cooling
system. This shall ensure a certified "balanced" package for the chassis engine air
and fluid cooling systems.
The dual heat exchanger package shall be mounted on a frame fabricated
mounting bracket attached tothe front of the engine in a manner so that it "floats"
with the engine. This mounting design eliminates engine fan and radiator shroud.
contact due to engine torque movement and promotes more efficient airflow. It
shall be held in place at the bottom by two (2) large bolts equipped with anti-
. stress rubber biscuits. The top of the radiator shall be supported by two (2), 3/4"
tubular brac_ es, bolted to the engine_ block._Anti-vibration rubber_ biscuits. shall be
installed at the top threaded end of the braces where they attach to the radiator.
A fan shroud shall be bolted to the rear (engine side) of the radiator to increase
the fan's efficiency by drawing all air from the front of (and through) the radiator.
i
~ I
I
It shall also be equipped with extruded rubber side baffles.
ENG: NOTES j
`Requires Allison 4000EVS transmission and Spicer 1810 driveline.
One (1) Engine Cooling Certification
13-00-7000 I
ENGINE COOLING CERTIFICATION
I
"EPQ" (End Product Questionnaire) certification shall be provided by the
apparatus manufacturer and shall be done on a completed unit (after pump and
complete body insfallation). Incomplete certifications (chassis only) shall not be i
acceptable.
One (1) Fan Clutch
13-00-7500
FAN CLUTCH
A pneumatically operated, thermostatically controlled, clutch shall be provided
for the engine cooling fan; The clutch-shall be of a failsafe design, in that it shall I
fail in the "on" mode and thus prevent overheating in the event of component or
air line failure. Manufacturer shall also wire the clutch so that it remains "on" in
the pumping mode to prevent water pressure fluctuations.
One (1) Coolant Overflow Reservoir- 6 QT
13-00-7600
COOLANT OVERFLOW RESERVOIR
A six (6) quart coolant overflow reservoir shall be provided. It shall be accessed
in the officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with small D-ring i
handle shall be provided for access. A visual inspection shall be possible without i
tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS). The aluminum treadplate door shall be j
properly abeled. ~
One (1} Silicone Hoses - Coolant/Heater
13-01-2100
SILICONE HOSES
A11 hoses in the cooling system shall be silicone type with stainless steel constant !
torque Oetiker clamps. j
One (1} .Transmission -Allison, 4000-EVS I
1.3-03-1200 i
TRANSMISSION
An Allison, Mode14000 -EVS, electronically controlled, 5 speed automatic
transmission with integral fluid filter shall be provided. A transmission cooler
-shall be installed in the radiator bottom tank. A`warning light and buzzer shall be
provided on the cab dash to alert the driver should the transmission overheat.
The transmission shall include the following: an oil-life monitor, a filter life
monitor, and a transmission health monitor: The oil life monitor determines fluid
life remaining by monitoring various operating parameters. The filter life
monitor determines when fluid filter(s) need to be replaced. The transmission
health monitor determines when clutch system inspection is required. The
i
I
I
monitors send a message via a blink code to a special prognostic light on the shift I
- pad.
I
The transmission shall include the following-emergency vehicle specifications: ~
• Maximum gross input power: 600 hp
• Maximum gross input torque: 1850 Ibs/fE.
• Input speed range: 1700 to 2300 rpm ~
• Direct gear lock-up: 4th @ 1.00 to 1.00
• Overdrive gear and ratio: 5th @ 0.74 to 1.00
Gear ratios shall be as follows: ~
I
• 1st 3.51 to 1
2nd 1.91 to 1
• 3rd 1.43 to 1
• 4th 1.00 to 1
• 5th 0.74 to 1
• Rev -4.80 to 1
ENG. NOTES
This transmission has PTO opening at 7:00 & 1:00: Engineering approval
req for use of 1:00 position. Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200, 1810
t driveline.Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200, 1.810 driveline.
One (1) Transmission Fluid -Mobil. Delvac Synthetic ATF F/ 4000-EVS
13-03-2005
TRANSMISSION FLUID
The Allison 4000-EVS transmission shall be delivered from the factory with
Mobil Delvac Synthetic ATF.
One (1) Transmission Proarammina - 5th On-Mode
13-03-3000
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission shall be programmed as a 5-speed with 5th gear (overdrive)
selected by mode button only: ~
ENG. NOTES
Valid option for Allison transmission.
One (1) Transmission Shift Control -Allison Touch Pad
13-03-4000
TOUCH PAD TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL
i
i
Touch pad,,control shift module shall be mounted to the right of the driver on the
- - -
console and be indirect lighted for after dark operation.
One (1) Driveiine -Spicer 1810
' 13-05-0200
I
i
I
I
i
i
DR]VELINE
Drivelines shall be built.. with heavy-duty metal tubes and utilize Spicer 1810
series or "Equal" mechanics type universal joints with "half round" end yokes.
This quick disconnect strap and bolt design type end joint shall allow the
driveline to be easily disassembled and dropped straight down for ease of service
and maintenance. They also shall be dynamically balanced by the truck
manufacturer before installation in the chassis. A splined slip joint is to be
provided in each shaft assembly.
S One (1) Fuel Tank - 65 Gallon, S/S, Rear Mt., w/S/S Straps
13-08-2700
FUEL SYSTEM
The vehicle shall be furnished with a 65 gallon fuel tank mounted behind the rear
axle and just below the frame rails using a stainless steel strap. The tank shall be
constructed of stainless steel and equipped with a swash partition and vent. The
fuel tank shall meet all FHWA requirements including a fill capacity of 95% of
tank volume and all DOT and FIvIVSS regulations for rollover protection. A 2"
diameter fill inlet shall be provided. Fuel cap shall be of brass or bronze
construction, non-vented and have lead safety fuses. It shall be chained to inlet
tube or to the body sheet metal to prevent loss. Braided Hoses shall be provided
for the fuel lines. A 1/2" NPT drain plug sha116e located at the bottom of the
tank. The tank shall be installed using stainless steeLstraps and hardware,
separated from the tank by a rubber insulating-strip to prevent against chaffing.
On trucks without torque boxes, the fuel tank pickup tube and sending unit shall
be accessible without having to remove the tank.-
The fuel fill inlet shall be located on the left (drivers) side of the apparatus. It
shall be concealed behind a door marked "DIESEL FUEL ONLY". The fuel
inlet area, recessed behind the door, shall be completely enclosed to prevent dirt
and debris from entering. Provision shall be provided inside the-fill recess for
drainage of any spilled fuel within the cavity.
Provide fuel fill -inlets on each side of the unit.
Provide fuel fill inlets on each side of the unit.
ENG. NOTES
For Pumpers, when selecting a 65 gal. tank with an air ride suspension,
you must select 45-48-9000 (flush. rear). NA on non-ext bodies or ext
body w/ 14" ext compt. Requires Engineering Approval
One (1) Fuel Fill Door - S/S. Brushed
13-08-3010
The fuel door shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall have a brushed
finish. It shall be horizontally hinged at the bottom and pull down to open. A ~
Southco spring loaded device with brass roller shall be provided to hold the door
in the open or closed position. A black pull knob shall be installed on the door
for opening and closing it. A black rubber bumper shall be installed in a position
to prevent the door from damaging the surrounding surface when it is opened.
The bumper shall be permanently mounted with screws. .
i
i
One (1) Fuel Cooler- Entwine i
' ~ 13-08-5400
ENGINE FUEL COOLER
i
An engine fuel cooler shall be provided on the apparatus. The engine fuel cooler
shall cool the returning fuel from. the engine using the water from the water
um
ENG. NOTES p p ~
Not compatible with CAT C-9 engines.. Only available on units with a
- water pump. Champ, Model 42-1768. ~
One (1 } Fuel/H20 .Separator - Fleetauard FS1000
13-08-5700
FLEETGUARD FUEL WATER SEPARATOR
A Fleetguard FS 1000 spin-on 10 micron filter with fuel water separator shall be
provided.
ENG. NOTES ~
I
This is the standard primary filter on the 2007 ISM engines. Only
available on ISM engines.
One (1) Alternator-Leece Neville. 320 Amp
13-10-0400
ALTERNATOR
A minimum 320 amp Leece Neville alternator with an integral rectifier system ~
shall be provided.
ENG. NOTES
The 320 amp alternator is the largest Leece Neville alternator available.lf
vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer, an additional 45 amp draw must be
added to the continuous electrical load, per NFPA.
One (1) Air Compressor -.Wabco 18.7 cfm
13-11-0400 '
AIR COMPRESSOR
A Wabco 18.7 cfm air compressor shall be furnished. The air compressor shall be
.gear driven off the engine. ~
ENG. NOTES
Only available on Cummins Engines.
One (1) Air Cleaner
13-12-0500
AIR CLEANER
A Donaldson Power Core dry type engine air cleaner shall be provided. It shall
be installed in a location so that the filter element cane be easily serviced.
One (1) Air Restrict Indicator -Information Display Center
13-12-5500
~ AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN INFORMATION DISPLAY CENTER
An electrical engine air restriction indicator shall be provided and installed in the
cab information display center.
ENG. NOTES
Farr "Filter.Minder"
One (1) Exhaust -Non-DPF, with 5"Aluminized Pipe ~
13-13-02A0
EXHAUST
The exhaust system shall be 5" in diameter and shall discharge horizontally on
the officer side of the vehicle,. ahead of the rear tires. Stainless steel flex pipe and
aluminized steel hard pipe shall be used between the engine turbo and the
aluminized steel muffler. Aluminized steel pipe shall be used from the muffler to
the exhaust discharge: The muffler shall be bolted to the frame with brackets.
.Joints shall be connected with lapping band style clamps.
One (1) Tailpipe -Plvmovent, Extended for Exh. Evac. Svstem
13-13-0900
TAILPIPE EXTENSION
The tailpipe shall be provided o accommodate a Plymovent exhaust evacuation
system. The tailpipe will be mounted perpendicular to the side of the truck and
be flush with the body. 12" of clearance between the pipe and the tire will be
provided.
It is understood that the 2007 engine exhausts can not be connected to exhaust
evacuation systems when the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst and Diesel Particulate
Filter on the engine are regenerating.
ENG. NOTES
Receiver plate is not supplied, it is a DFI. i
One (1) Exhaust Heat Shieldintg far Non-DPF Engines
13-13-1120
EXHAUST HEAT SHIELDS ~
The exhaust pipe shall be wrapped in two (2) multi-layered insulation blankets,
from just.aft of the turbo to just below the frame rail to protect the air piping and
air lines that run in the frame and to provide protection for the air cleaner. Each
blanket shall have a fiberglass inner layer and a silicone impregnated fiberglass
cloth outer layer.
The cab shall receive 1.25" thick-fail back insulation blanket under the crew floor
to reduce floor temperatures.
All harnesses and cables, in proximity to exhaust system components, shall be
protected with ThermaShield insulation.
One {1) Engine-Brake:=Jacobs; CumminslSM
13-15-0400
ENGINE BRAKE
I
l
1
A Jacobs engine brake shall be installed-with controls within easy reach of the l
driver. Brake shall automatically be actuated when the accelerator pedal is
released. The engine brake shall be wired in conjunction with the rear brake ,
lights so that they are activated when the engine brake is engaged. It shall have. a
three position switch; "LOW", "MEDIUM" and "HIGH" along with an "OFF"
and "ON" switch.
One (1) Heater -Engine. 1500 Watt
13-15-3300
ENGINE HEATER
A 110 volt, l 500 Watt direct. immersion block heater shall be provided with AC
electrical inlet (shoreline) connection.
ENG: NOTES ~
If a 220 volt engine heater is wanted SOPR required and shoreline must ~
change to 30 amp. Kim Hotstart.Requires Shoreline Connection.
One (1) Fast Idle -Switched on Dash
13-15-4100
FAST IDLE SWITCH
A fast idle switch shat] activate an engine high idle potentiometer. The circuit
shall be wired through the neutral safety/parking brake interlock to prevent
activation when the transmission is in the road mode. Fast idle shall be set at
.1000 RPM's. A switch located inside the-cab convenient to the driver shall be
provided for this system.. I
One (1) Nameplate -Lubrication Cagacity
13-15-5000
.LUBRICATION PLATE
A permanent plate shall be installed in the driver's compartment which shall
specify the quantity and type of lubrication fluids used in the following chassis or ~
apparatus components: engine, chassis transmission, pump transmission, pump
primer and rear axle differential. Engine coolant type and quantity shall also be
stated.
-One (1) Cab - S/S, Full Tilt. 140" (MII - MFl
20-00-6700
STAINLESS STEEL FULL TILT CAB
The cab shall'be designed specifically for the fire service and as such shall
provide extra strength. and safety. The cab shall be made in the factory of the
bidder and must be the bidder's top-of-the-line stainless steel model. The cab
shall tilt forward for engine access.
CUS T GM CAB DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
The cab shall be of stainless steel reinforced welded safety-cage construction
utilizing a rectangular structural tube sub-frame. Front -face, roof and rear wall
shall be framed with stainless steel square tubing. Cab sides shall utilize both
formed stainless steel sheet metal' and formed tubing for reinforcement. Framing
shall be covered with a stainless steel skin on front and sides. Side roof covering
i
(rolled edges) shall be constructed of stainless steel sheet metal formed in a
quarter round, hollow double wall, angle reinforced configuration with integral
drip rail.
No plastic or f berglass shall be used in the construction of the- cab.
CAB DIMENSIONS
i
The back wall of the cab shall measure 72" from the center of the front axle. The
cab shall have an inside width of 91" and outside width of 96". Entrance step
wells to the driver's and officer's positions shall be a minimum of 26" wide and i
the rear crew step wells shall be 34" wide. They shall be "spaced" out at front,
rear and side to prevent trapping of dirt and other residue. Entrance steps shall be
made of expanded aluminum grating.
CAB FLOORS AND UNDERSIDE
i
Cab floors shall be covered with a sound barrier mat with aheavy-duty wear
surface. The underside of the cab shall have an integral high strength framework
which shall become the lifting platform for the cab hydraulic tilt system.
CAB ROOF I.
i
The roof of the cab shall be covered with high polished aluminum diamond
plating. The perimeter of the treadplate, at the. junction with the cab roof, shall I
be sealed:
REAR OF CAB i
The rear of the cab shall be covered with high polished aluminum diamond
plating. The perimeter of the treadplate, at the junction with the cab back wall,
shall be sealed.
CAB TILT
The cab shall tilt a minimum of 45 degrees for normal servicing of the engine
and other equipment. The tilt cab locking system shall be a two-point type that
locks automatically when the cab is lowered into its nested position. The cab tilt
package is custom designed for safety and ease of vehicle maintenance. The
hydraulic tilting system consists of two (2) heavy-duty single acting cylinders
equipped-with velocity fuses at the cylinder base in .case of any failure in the
operating mode.. The power supply is a high efficiency electric. over hydraulic
system with an integral mechanical override in case of battery failure. All
components and pa; is are designed for installation with a minimum of 3 to 1
safety factor based on current S.A.E. standards:
In addition to-the-velocity fuses, a-secondary safetysystem shall be provided to
hold cab in the fully raised position in the event of a failure in the primary lift
mechanism. IYshall consist of a metal channel device, which automatically drops
i over the extended rod of the right side hydraulic lift cylinder thereby preventing
its retraction. The safety channel can only be released through an overt action
i
j
I
i.
i
made by the operator such as pulling a lever or cable. Automatic release of the
' safety system shall not be acceptable.. i
The cab tilt system shall be remotely, controlled utilizing a twelve foot cable with ~
a hand held push button device which is to plug into a receptacle in the bumper
area on the right-hand side of the cab. The receptacle shall have aspring-loaded
weatherproof cover. A four point isolated mounting system shall be provided.
The mounting system shall consist of two (2) front pivot mounts fabricated of
steel and two (2) rear cab mounts that are center bonded rubber. Each front pivot
mount shall consist of a greaseless pin and amulti-layered; self-lubricating,
composite bearing. The outer. layer of the bearing shall be high-durometer rubber
to isolate road vibrations and shock.
ENG. NOTES
~`**Requires Weight Analysis for use on. TowerMax Platfdrms, certain I
combinations of cab options may create an overweight problem.8-Seats ~
on 140" MII cab is-.not available with MeanStick
One (1) Cab Grille -Front. Marauder II
20-00-6910 I
CAB GRILLE -VERTICAL BARS AND RAISED BEZEL SURROUND
The cab front opening shall be covered with acustom -made polished stainless
steel grille that shall be fabricated in the bidder's factory. The grille shall have
formed vertical bars spaced apart on 2" centers. The upper polished stainless
steel grille shall have a matching lower counterpart to further facilitate engine
cooling. The two (2) stainless grilles shall be housed in a custom, raised and
chrome plated bezel
ENG. NOTES
No secondary screen is allowed behind the front cab grille.
One (1) Engine Air Inlet Grille ~ Ember Separator MII
20-00-69MS
ENGINE AIR INTAKE GRILLE WITH WATER/EMBER SEPARATOR
A highly polished stainless steel removable grille for engine air intake shall be
provided. The air. intake grille shall cover the. replaceable water and ember
separator filter housed in the cab structure.
The air intake grille and water/ember separator cartridge shall be located on the
side of the cab, above and to the rear of the drivers side steer-axle wheel well. .
One (1) Cab Roof
- S/S, 8" Raised
20-00-7500
8" RAISED ROOF
The rear section of the cab. roof,-.over the crew cab area, shall be raised 8" higher
- than the driver's and officer's section. The raised portion shall start just behind
the centerline of the front axle. The leading forward face of the raised roof shall
- slope-backward 45 degrees to provide a streamlined looks - - - '
The interior floor to ceiling height of the forward portion of the cab shall be 59".
The interior floor to ceiling height ofthe rear crew portion of the cab shall be
67" +
' ~
The rear crew cab doors shall be extended into the raised portion to provide
maximum headroom for entering and exiting the rear crew cab. The top of the
rear crew doors shall increase by 8" and have an additional piece of fixed glass at
the top of the door, above and separate from the standard door glass.
One (1) _ ®oor Window Separator Trim -Flat Black
20-00-7910
DOOR WINDOW TRIM
.Flat black trim shall separate the roll-down glass of the crew doors and the fixed
glass above it.
One (1) Doors -Barrier Style, MII 140"1154'° Cabs
20-00-8200
CAB DOOR CONSTRUCTION -BARRIER CLEARING
The cab doors shall be barrier clearing and fabricated from stainless steel (No
exceptions). The cab doors shall be 34.75" wide. The interior and exterior door
handles to be flush mounted paddle style with a keyed lock incorporated in the
exterior handle and lever control lock incorporated in the interior handle. Six
inch wide strap style: door checks shall be provided. Doors shall be hung on high
polished stainless steel full length hinges attached to cab and door with .25"
bolts: Doors shall meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #206.
Each cab door inner panel-shall have a minimum of 96 square inches of reflective
material
installed to alert traffic when doors are open.
i
'ENG. NOTES
For MF; MS, LS cabs only.
S One (1) Doors - (21 Cab, Side Access, 25" Hiah
20-00-9500
CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR
Two (2) cab side access doors shall be provided on the cab, one each side
between the front doors and front crew cab windows. Door openings shall be
approximately 13.00" wide x 25:00" high. "D"handle type latches shall be
provided on the lower rearward part of the door. The doors shall be vertically
hinged with a chain type-stop.
Doors shall be hinged:
[ ]Standard at front
[X] Optional at rear
Provide a DA'd S/S shelf on the floor in the cab access door area on each
side.
- _ _ _
- _
ENG. NOTES
Not available with split tilt cabs.
One (1) Sill Protector -Cab Side Acc. Door, Brushed S/S
i
i
20-00-9640
` ~ CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided
on the cab side access door sills to protect the painted finish.
S Six (6) Two-UVavRadio Antenna Mount -Universal w/ Cable (Ea)
20-OS-1000
TWO-WAY RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT(S)
Six {6) universal antenna mount(s), model MAIM, with 17 feet of coax cable
and weatherproof cap shall be provided for the two-way radio equipment. The
mount(s) shall be installed in the cab roof as requested by the customer. The
cable shall be routed to the lower dash, or as requested by the customer, with any
excess cable secured in an accessible location. All installation locations and
cable routing shall be confirmed with the customer during the pre-construction
process.
Desired location(s) shall be:
Antennas shall be mounted in a "Trough"/Mounting strips, so only one (1)
hole is needed in the cab.
ENG. NOTES
Antenna Whip to be Dealer or Customer Furnished and Dealer Installed.
DO NOT SEND WHIP TO FACTORY!
One (1) Innerliners - Fronf, 304 S/S..for MII cab
20-05-2010 -
FRONT STAINLESS STEEL INNERLINERS
Semi-circular innerliners shall be provided in each front wheel housing. They
shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be bolted in place so they
may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable.
The outside edge of the innerliner shall be bolted along its .entire length. The
bottom edge of liner shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid
trapping dirt and debris.
ENG. NOTES
On split. tilts the innerliners will be split. over the center axle.Only available.
on the Marauder II cab.
One (1) Fenderettes -Front. SlS
20-05-2110-
FRONT FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel Fenderettes shall be installed in the front wheel openings.
They shall be sufficiently wide to completely cover the outsiderear fire and
- - - - - - - - - - reduce wheel-splash-along-the sides of--the-body.- They-shall-be installed--with-
1/4" hex head bolts (self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable) and have
a full width rubber welt placed between the fenderette and body wheel well
i opening flange. Outside edge of welting shall forma "V" bead between fender
and body side face to prevent moisture from entering. Inside edge shall also have
1
a small raised bead. Outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel opening shalt be .
rolled inward to eliminate a sharp edge and avoid injury when cleaning
apparatus.
One (1) Mud Flans -Rear
20-07-0200
REAR MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty rear mud flaps with the manufacturer's colored "logo" and name (in
script) placed on the rear face shall be provided and installed to the rear of the
rear dual wheels. Name shall be in black with a white background. Flaps shall be
24" wide and be made of 3/16" heavy duty semi-flexible vinyl material to prevent
"sailing"
One (1) Mirrors.- (2) Lana Mekra, 300 Series, Four-Way, HeatdlRemote
20-10-1300
CAB MIRRORS WITH AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Two (2) Lang Mekra 300 Series chrome plated aero style main and convex
mirrors. shall be installed, one (1) on each side of the vehicle. The main mirror
shall be a four-way heated, remotely controlled adjustable 7" x 16" second
surface chromed flat glass. The convex shall be a four-way adjustable 6" x S"
second surface chromed 400 mm radius glass.
The mirrors shall have. abuilt-in temperature sensor that will automatically
control the surface temperature of the mirror. An additional on/off switch is
installed for mirror heat.
i
Delete the on/ofF switch for the mirror heater.
One (1) Windshield -Tinted
20-12-0300
WINDSHIELD .
r
The windshield shall be of tinted automotive laminated safety plate glass with a
.curved two-piece design. The windshield shall have approximately 2900 square
inches of visual area. Right and left hand windshield glass shall be symmetrical
and interchangeable from side to side to minimize spare parts-stock and expense.
Windshield shall be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding
with a bright finish, decorative, locking bead. Cab shall be finish painted prior to
windshield glass being installed.
One (1) Windshield Wipers & Washers
20-12-0305
WINDSHIELD WIl'ERS AND WASI~RS
One (1) wet arm operated windshield wiper shall be provided for each plate of
windshield glass for accessibility and optimum. windshield wiping surface areas.
Wipers shall be two speed-type with intermittent wiping feature. One (1) control
- - - - -switch shall-be provided-and located on the self-canceling directional switch for
both wiper arms. The switch shall combine the on/off (automatic park position),
two speed, intermittent and washer functions in one control. The turning switch
i shall activate the wipers and control speed, and pushing it shall operate the
washers.
One (1) Windshield Washer Fluid. Reservoir - 5 QTiMllf
20-12-0310
WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
A five (5) quart windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be provided. It shall be
accessed in the officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with
small D-ring handle shall be provided for access. A visual inspection shall be
possible without tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS). The aluminum treadplate
door shall be properly labeled.
One (1) Door Glass -Tinted, Electric Power Windows
20-12-200
DOOR WINDOWS ~
A retractable window with automotive type tempered safety glass shall be
provided in all four (4) cab doors. Allglass shall be tinted. Glass shall slide in
stainless steel side channels with cloth/fiber liners. Rubberized fiber seals shall
be located at the bottom of the window opening to prevent water and debris from
entering the interior of the door when the glass is up (or down). A seal shall be
placed. on both sides (interior and exterior) of the glass. The front door glass
shall be 23.75" high x 2S.7S" wide upper and 27.50" wide lower. The rear door
glass shall be 23.75" high x 30" wide. The door window openings shall be
trimmed on the exterior side with a smooth, black, poly vinyl chloride (PVC)
molding
Electric power window regulator shall be manufactured by the Muncy ~
Corporation and shall be the enclosed, sliding flexible shaft, gear type for ease of
operation and reliability. The shaft shall enter a vinyl plastic protective sheath
whenever it is exposed. A 12 volt electric motor with gear reduction.box to slow
driven gear rpm and increase power transmission shall be provided. Individual
switches shall be provided so that the driver controls the left side forward door
window, officer the right side and crew occupants the rear. Switches shall be on
the door or in another convenient location. Aftermarket add-on type electric
power window conversion devices like the type that replaces the crank arm will
not be acceptable.
One (1) -Glass -Side Crew Cab. Fixed. Tinted
20-14-1100
CREW CAB SIDE GLASS
i
There shall be a side window on each side of the cab between the doors. They
shall be tinted and be manufactured of automotive tempered safety glass. Each
window shall be 23" high x 23" wide to provide maximum vision. They shall be
installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding with a chrome plated,
decorative, locking bead. Cab shall be finish painted prior to window glass being
installed.
One {1) Cab Trim -Exterior Molding
20-16-0100
_ _ CAB-TRIM _ _
Decorative molding is to be provided across the front and along both sides of the -
cab just below the windshield level. The molding shall be the automotive
adhesive type made of poly vinyl chloride (PVC). It shall be S/8" wide with
i
i
chrome plated outer edges and a 5/16" textured black center strip:
One (1) Scuffplates - (4) Cab Door Frame, SlS. Hi-Polished
20-16-5000
CAB DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATES
A highly polished stainless steel scuffplate shall be installed on the striker side of
each cab door frame and shall run the full height of the door opening. The
scuffplate shall be a single bend configuration that guards the outer door frame
.past from damage and chips to the paint.
One (1) F(nurled Aluminum Cab Handrails & Grab Handles. Mil
20-18-0100 j
CAB HANDRAILS AND GRAB HANDLES
Handrails shall be 1-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, with a bright
anodized finish:
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
with 1/4" stainless steel hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have a rubberized gasket
placed between them and the body surface they are mounted on. A drainhole
shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
Handrails and handles shall be installed as follows:
Four (4) 24" handrails shall be installed on the side of the cab, one just to the rear
of each cab door. Stanchions shall be offset to the rear to provide hand clearance
~ and prevent injury when opening or closing cab doors. I~ '
Four (4) rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on the inside of each J
cab door.
Two (2)12" rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on the driver's
..side and officer's side front A-pillar, above the door hinge, to assist in entry to the
cab.
Two (2) 12" rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on each rear
crew door C-pillar, on the hinged side of the door, to assist in-entry to the cab. I
One (1) Crash Test Report -Chassis and Cab
20-20-0100 i
CRASH TEST
The cab shall be certified for the following tests:
SAE J2420: Cab Over Engine (COE) Front Strength Evaluation -Dynamic
Loading -Heavy Trucks
SAE J2422: Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - quasi Static Loadis.g = Hea;ry
Trucks
ECE Regulation 29: Protection of Occupants of Cab m Commercial Vehicle
Performance Measure:
L After undergoing each test, the cab. of the vehicle shall exhibit a survival space
accommodating a -50th percentile male ATD in the median position without
contact between the manikin and non-resilient parts for all seating positions.
f
I
1
i
I
2. None of the doors shall open during the tests.
. 3. The cab attachments may be distorted or fractured, however, the cab shall remain
attached to the vehicle frame in at least one attachment location.
ENG. NOTES
Certification available on request. ~
One (1) RoIITek - 4 Seating Positions
• ~ 20-20-1100
ROLLTEK
RoIITek shall be installed in the- cab to provide additional occupant protection.
The RoIITek system shall consist of the following features: A roll sensor system,
a belt pretensioning and seat pull down system, a buckle pretensioning system,
and an airbag deployment system.
The roll sensor system shall consist of a sensor capable of activating and
deploying up to 8 safety components. The sensor shall store enough power to
deploy all the safety devices for one second after power loss. The sensor shall be
programmed to record 8 seconds of roll data before and 2 seconds of data after a
crash event. The roll sensor shall be pre-programmed to recognize a rollover ~
condition, which shall include a roll or tilt condition of approximately 40 degrees
from horizontal
Each air ride seat shall have a belt pretensioner and a seat pull down system. In
the event of a rollover condition, the seat belts are- tightened and the seat
suspension system is pulled to it's lowestposition. This locked position shall last
for at least 20 seconds.
Each fixed seat shall have a buckle pretensioning system. In the event of a
rollover condition, the "normal" slack from the lap belt is retracted which better
positions the occupant.
An airbag shall be located at each outboard seat position, for deployment ~
between the seat and the bulkhead. Airbag deployment shall be calibrated and
placed. so as to protect the outboard occupants from contact with the cab and
injury from interior and exterior objects.
The pretensioning systems are the first systems to deploy, followed by the
airbags, then ground impact.
ENG. NOTES
Not avail on Attacker. Only avail w/ some Bostrom seats w/.high backs;
see seat EN. Not avail f/ rear facing inbd seats. If more seats are regd,
select 20-20-1300 &/or 20-20-1310 & adj qty.
One (1) RoIITek -Additional Outboard Seats Require RoIITek (Eat
20-20-1300
- - - - - One (1)-additional outboard-seats shall-have-RollTek components installed as-are - - -
available for each location.
Additional seats receiving RoIITek shall be:
i
ENG. NOTES
Identify seats to receive RoIITek. Ortly avail w/ Bostrom seats w/ high
backs. Some Bostrom seating not avail; see seat EN.
Two (2) A_
it Ride Seat Components For RoIITek (Ea1
20-20-1410
ROLLTEK AIR RIDE SEAT COMPONENTS
Two (2) seats in the cab shall be air ride. RollTek components shall be
incorporated into each air ride seat to convert the seat for use with the RollTek ~
safety system.
One (1) Seat Belt Warning Svstem -NFPA
20-20-3010
SEAT ALARM SYSTEM
A seat alarm system provided by LifeGuard Technologies shall be installed in the
cab, as mandated by NFPA 1901 14.1.3.10. The alarm system shall be activated
anytime the parking brake is released or the automatic transmission is not in park..
The system shall consist of an audible alarm that can be heard at all positions
designated to be occupied while the vehicle is in motion and a visual display to
the driver or officer showing the condition at each seating position.
The visual display shall give the following indications:
i Affirnnative Senses occupant and belt is
Indication buckled.
Negative Senses occupant and belt is
Indication unbuckled.
Negative Senses no occupant and belt is
Indication buckled.
Dark Senses no occupa<t and belt is
unbuckled.
ENG. NOTES
Costs included in with Vehicle Data Recorder.
Five (5) Helmet Holder -Ziamatic #UHH-1 (Ea, Qtv must = # of seats)
20-20-4010
HELMET HOLDER
{Quantity} Ziamatic model UHH-l helmet holders shall be provided and
installed. Locations within the cab for the holders shall be determined at the time
of the preconference meeting.
The helmets shall be released from the holders by pulling a retention strap down.
No adjustments. shall ba required for the various sizes and styles of helmets. ~
_ - -
The helmet hold shall be compliant with NFPA current edition requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Locations to be determined at the pre-con meeting.. Be sure to adjust
quantity to number of seated positions.
One (1) Helmet Caution Labels (for 4 door cabs)
20-20-4024
CAUTION LABELS
Caution labels shall be posted in the cab so that they shall be visible from each ~
seat position. The labels shall read: "Do Not Wear Helmets While Seated".
One (1) Headliner -Padded, Acoustical
20-25-0800
HEADLINER
The cab shall be provided with a removable headliner for ease of servicing the j
electrical wiring placed in the cab roof. The headliner shall consist of 3 layers of
material. Next to the roof shall be a layer of acoustical insulation made of ~
polyester and polypropylene fibers, The next layer is 1/4"thick Luann. Finally, j
there is a 1/4" thick layer of foam/perforated acoustical vinyl. ~
The headliner shall. be the multi-piece type (minimum of three (3) sections) so
that the entire liner does not have to be removed for localized maintenance.
One (1} Enstine Enclosure, IVlll
20-25-1000
ENGINE ENCLOSURE
The engine enclosure structure shall have a 1-1/4" thick inner lining, on the
engine side, comprised of aluminized foil and foam/barrier composite for heat
insulation. The tunnel-cover shall have 1/2" decoupled foam lower and 1"
decoupled foam upper covering, on the cab interior side, for noise insulation.
The top forward portion of the hood shall have afull-width riser- with a sloped
face for the installation of the switch panel. The sloped panels shall be used for
vehicle accessory controls. A minimum of I" shall beprovided-between the right
edge of the accelerator pedal and the side of the engine hood. A removable cover
-over the engine enclosure and insulation shall be coated with Linex to act as an
insulator for sound and engine temperature, as well as to provide an easy-to-clean
work surface.
In order to optimize in-cab vision and seating space for the driver, officer and
crew members while properly seated and belted in turn-out gear, the maximum
overall dimensions of the engine enclosure shall not exceed:
- 28.0" from floor to top of engine tunnel between driver and officer
- 28.0" from .floor to top of engine tunnel at front center dash panel
- 33.0" from floor to top of driver and officer dash panels
ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRUCTURE ~
The top portion of the engine enclosure shall have an 1/8"-thick aluminum
channel frame located between the engine tunnel structure and the cover to
- - - - - - - - -support-the cover and-facilitate mounting of accessories and equipment:
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
An access door shall be provided at the rear of the engine enclosure for routine
I
I
I
engine fluid checks.. The access door shall be insulated from engine heat with
aluminized foiVfoam/barrier composite and sealed to prevent exhaust fumes-from
entering the crew cab.
S One (1) Radio - AM/FM/CD, w{Weather Band
20-25-2200
A1VI/FM/CD W/ WEATHER BAND RADIO
One (1) Kenwood brand AM/FM/CD/Weather Band radio with four (4) speakers
shall be provided and installed. The stereo radio shall be centrally located in the
overhead console and the speakers shall be located two (2) in the front of the cab
behind driver and officer, and two (2} irrthe rear cab corners.
One (1) Steering Wheel - Ti1t/Telesconina ~
. 20-25-3000
18".STEERING WHEEL WITH TILT/TELESCOPE
A padded 18" steering wheel with center horn ring shall be provided. The upper
steering column shall be of the tilt and telescopic type. Aself-canceling
- directional switch with wiper control and headlight dimmer. control shall be
mounted on the steering column with an ICC four way flash switch. The self-
cancelingdirectional switch shall be easily removable and replaceable without ~
removing the steering wheel or column assembly. The junction of the shaft and ~
the cab floor shall be sealed to prevent air exchange.. between the cab interior and
exterior. ~
.One (1) Linex -Cab Dash
20-25-4000 j
~ LINEX FOR. CAB DASH
The cab dash shall be sprayed with Linex having a high resistance to abrasion
and tearing. A vinyl cloth glued or laminatedin some manner to a metal backing
surface shall not be acceptable..
The Linex shall absorb impact without surface damage. The Linex shall be
resistant to gasoline, diesel fuel, paints, bleaches, organic solvents and other
cleaning agents and chemicals. It shall include sound dampening and vibration
elimination properties.
The Linex shall be solvent free and be environmentally safe to apply with no ~
VOC or CFC hazards. Its surface shall. have anon-glare, granular. texture and be
easily cleaned with common cleansing compounds.
The cab dash linex color shall be:
[X) Dark Gray -Vernon to provide PPG # for color match.
One (1) ATP -Cab Floor. Over Insulated Mat. Tilt Only
20-25-4400
TREADPLATE FLOORING
Aluminum treadplate flooring shall be installed over the insulated .cab floor
matting. Flooring shall be removable in sections.
One (1) Sun Visors - (21 Vinyl, Padded
i
20-25-5000
- ~ SUN VISORS ~
Two (2) 6.625" x 29.50" padded sun visors shall be provided, one on the driver's
side and one on the officer's side. Visor shall be supported at both ends to prevent ~
drooping. ~
One (1) Kickalate -Rear Interior Wall, ATP, 12" Hiah
20-25-7000
ALUMINUM TREADPLATE KICKPLATE
A 12" high vertical. aluminum treadplate kickplate shall be installed across the
lower portion of the interior rear wall of the cab.
One (1) Sian -Vehicle Dimension & Weiaht ~
20-25-8000.
VEHICLE DIMENSION SIGN
A sign. shall be provided in the front cab area indicating the height of the
completed apparatus in feet and inches, length of the completed apparatus in feet
and inches, and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) in tons. -
S Qne (1) Rear Interior Watl
20-25-9998
BRUSHED S/S REAR INTERIOR CAB WALL
- The rear interior wall shall have brushed stainless steel panels covering the entire
wall floor to ceiling. (copy LA City last order)
The rear interior wall shall have brushed stainless steel panels covering
the entire wall floor to ceiling., (copy LA City last order)
S One (1) Garmin Streetailot 7200 GPS Svstem
20-25-9999
GARMIN STREETPILOT 7240 GPS SYSTEM
Shall provide and install a permantly fixed or mounted Garmin Streetpilot 7200
GPS system wired hot to main battery switch.
Provide and install on permanently fixed or mounted GPS system wired
hot to main. battery switch...
One (1) Power Studs -Overhead Switch Panel. (4) Stud- Switched
20-25-1800
POWER STUDS (OVERHEAD SWITCH PANEL)
Four (4) studs shall be provided in the overhead switch panel to provide a 12 volt
feed. The studs shall consist of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud,
switched ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Power Studs -Cab Dash Area. (41 Stud Switched
i
20-26-1900
POWER STUDS (CAB DASH)
Four (4) siuds shall be provided in the cab dash area to provide a 12 volt feed.
The studs shall consist of a l2 volt direct stud, switched battery stud, switched
ignition stud and grounding stud. ~
Orie (1) inner Cab Door Panels - SlS. Brushed
20-50-5200
INNER DOOR PANELS-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL (4) '
The cab inside door panels shalt be removable and shall be constructed of ~
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Reflective Chevron on Inner Cab Door Panel i
20-50-6000
All cab passenger compartment doors shall have at least 96 square inches of
reflective material affixed to the inside of each door to alert traffic when the door
is open... The reflective material shall be a chevron design that complies with
NFPA requirements.
One (1) Seat -Driver's, Bostrom, Sierra. Air, Reclining
21-00-BOAR
DRIVER'S SEAT I
I
i
The driver's seat shall bean H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 reclining high back '
seat with air suspension. A DOT approved 3-pt. shoulder harness shall be ~
furnished that is red in color. The seatbelts shall meet NFPA 1901 length ~
~ requirements. i
I
Seat shall be gray.
ENG. NOTES
Seat features the Seagrave logo..
One (1) .Seat -Officer's, Bostrom, Sierra, Air-100. Reclinin
21-01-BOAR
OFFICER'S SEAT ~
The officer's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 RX reclining high
back air suspension seat with 5" horizontal adjustment. A DOT approved 3-pt.
shoulder harness shall be furnished that is red in color. The seatbelts shall meet
NFPA 1901 length requirements.
1
ENG. NOTES I
*Not av~iiabie with RoIITek.-Seal features the Seagrave logo ~
One (1) Seat Riser - Mlt Officer. 5" High, NA wl RoIITek
_ _ _ 21=05=0300. _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ - - _ _ _
The officer's seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a 3CR12 stainless ,
steel frame that measures 16.5" wide x 5.0" high x 17:0" deep, front to back.
ENG. NOTES
I
I
I
i
!
..'`Not available with RoIITek.For Marauder II cabs only,
i
One (1) Seat Riser - Itnll Driver. C-Channel Bracket for RoIITek
21-05-110D
i
The driver's seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a C Channel Bracket.
ENG. NOTES I
Required under air suspension seats when RoIITek is present.
i
One (1) Seat - (1~ Inboard, Fwd Facing, Bostrom, Sierra Flip-ula
21-11-6B00
. REAR SEATING
The rear crew cab section shall contain one (1) forward facing seat. The forward
facing seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up jumpseat installed
on the rear wall of the cab directly behind the engine enclosure. The seating-area
shall allow maximum room for fire fighters in full turn out gear. A DOT
approved 3-pt. shoulder harness shall be furnished that is red in color. The
seatbelts shall meet NFPA 190.1 length requirements.
ENG. NOTES !
This is a non-SCBA seat.
One (1) Seat - (21 Outboard. Fwd Facing, Bostrom, Sierra Flip-up
21-11-7A00
REAR SEATING
i
The rear crew cab section shall contain two (2) outboard forward facing seats.
The two forward facing seats shall be H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up
jumpseats installed on the rear wall of the cab. The seating area shall allow
maximum room for fire fighters in full turn out gear. DOT approved 3-pt.
shoulder harnesses shall be furnished that are red in color. The seatbelts shall
meet NFPA 1901 length requirements.
One (1) Upholstery -Seat. Bostrom, Dura-Wear, Gray
21-12-7500
SEAT UPHOLSTERY ~
i
All cab seats shall be upholstered in gray H.O. Bostrom " Durawear" waterproof
cloth fabric
ENG.. NOTES
Bostrom Seats Only.
One (1) Interior Decor -Black
21-13-1600
INTEl?.IOR DECOR
The interior components, accessories and trim, shall be black in color. ~
One (1) --Sign = Seatinct Capacity - - _ - - _ - _ _
21-13-2500
CAPACITY SIGN
•i
I
i
i
i
A sign visible to the driver, that states the number of personnel the vehicle is
designed to carry, shall be provided.
Two (2) Cab Compt- Rear Facing. Outbd. 1 HI Dr, 21w x 24d x 21h (Ea)
21-15-1110
.STORAGE COMPARTMENT(S)
Two (2) storage compartment(s) shall be provided in the cab. The compartment
shall be rear facing and in the outboard position. It shall be constructed of 1/8"
smooth aluminum. The. compartment shall have a "sweep out" design. It shall
have a removable, false, .back wall for electrical routings. The compartment
interior shall have no finish. The exterior shall have a Linex finish, the same
color as the cab interior. The compartment shall have a single pan door with "D" ~
ring handle and an inboaed hinge. The overall outside dimensions of the
compartmen# shall be 21" wide x 24" deep x 21"high.
Compartment shall be located on the
[X] Both sides.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify quantity and which side(s) to receive compartment.
Outboard rear facing seat on side w/ this compartment is not available
when this compartment is chosen. All. equipment must be removed before
tilting cab.
Two (2) Shelf - Adjustable, 1/8" Aluminum w/ DA'd Finish IEa)
21-15-2010
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
.Two (2) adjustable shelf or shelves shall be provided. Each shelf shall be made
from 1/8" aluminum sheet metal and have welded corners and a DA'd finish. It
shall be supported by four (4) stainless steel .angles bolted to "alumastrut" hacks.
ENG. NOTES
Please provide quantity of shelves.**If there is more than 1 cab compt,
you must specify location details in the Shop Note.
S One (1) Fonnrard Facinst Compartment
21-15-9998
FORWARD FACING COMPARTMENT - LA CITY
.There shall be a forward facing compartment to house the Kussmaul Charger and
three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA City style in size and
access doors and also have a Linex finish.
There shall be a forward facing compartment to house the Kussmaul
Charger and three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA
City style compartment in size and access doors and also have a Linex
finish.
One (1) HVAC/Defroster -Forward Cab. 46,000/33,000 BTU
i
2~-23-o7oa ~
HVAC AND DEFROSTER
A cab front HVAC system and defroster with a 43d CFM variable speed blower
shall be provided. The front HVAC system shall have a heating capacity of
46,000 BTU/hr and a cooling capacity of 33,000 BTU/hr. The HVAC unit shall
be located near the floor on the right side of cab; in front of the officer's footwell,
and shall include a shut off valve in the engine coolant supply line. The front
HVAC system may direct air to the windshield, the lower dash on both sides, and
the center of the cab: Conventional "slot" type defroster outlets located at the
bottom of the windshield shall direct airflow from the HVAC system up on to the
windshields.
For optimum comfort in all weather, the automotive style climate control panel ~
shall allow the driver to control the heating, cooling; defrosting and ventilating
functions for the forward portion of the cab. The front control panel shall include.-
an air temperature switch and push button controls for air discharge location
(mode); fan speed, and temperature. The air source shall be manually selected
either fresh outside air or recirculated air.
ENG. NOTES
Marauder l l cabs will utilize this system in cabs produced after. March
2009.
One (1) Manual Shutoff Valve -Forward Cab HVAC Return
21-23-0900
MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE FOR CAB FRONT HVAC COOLANT
RETURN
A manual- shutoff valve shall be provided at the engine for the front cab HVAC
engine coolant return line to facilitate servicing.
One (1) Air Conditioner - 72,500 BTU Total
21-23-3800
AIR CONDITIONING
The cab shall be equipped with an air conditioning system to work in conjunction
to the forward cab HVAC system .for a combined cooling capacity of 72,500
BTU/hr. The ceiling mounted evaporator shall work in conjunction with the
front cab HVAC controls and shall have an additional rear control for adjusting
the fan speed. The evaporator shall have six (6) air diffusers to allow for multi-
- directional airflow. Each diffuser shall be adjustable up and. down and side-to-
-side for individual preference. A sump style drain system shall be provided
inside the cab to allow for the removal of condensation.
The evaporator shall be compliant with all EPA regulations and use R~134A
Refrigerant. All hoses used in the air conditioning system-shall be "barrier" type
construction for containment of the refrigerant, The condenser shall be a stacked
- - - - - - --types low profile;-dual fan compact design-with-dryer-and-pressure witch - - -
included. The condenser shall be located on the cab roof. It shall be protected
from damage with a fabricated aluminum treadplate cover, except for the fan
opening at the top and openings for the hoses.
The air conditioning system shall exceed the industry norm by cooling the cab
from an ambient temperature of 100 degrees Fahrenheit at 50% relative humidity
to an average cab temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes.
One (1) Map Box - (8130 Decree Anale Slots w! Black Linex Finish
21-50-0900
MAP-BOX
A map box shall be provided between the driver and officer. It shall. be installed
on the top of the engine hood ar air tunnel. Box shall have eight (8) slots spaced
on 3.00 inch horizontal centers. Each slot shall be 14.00 inches wide. and 8.00
inches deep. They shall slant at a 30 degree angle towards the rear of the truck.
Box shall be constructed of .125 inch thick smooth 5052 aluminum sheet metal
with welded assembly. It shall be covered with black linex.
S One (1) Radios and Intercom to be-Dealer Furnished
21-50-9999
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM. i
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND
INSTALLED BY CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE. All Radios and Hand Helds to
be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California Seagrave.
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND
' INSTALLED BY CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE. All Radios and Hand Held's
to be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California i
Seag rave
Two (2) No Cab Compartment 12V Power Points
22-03-1500
Two (2) Cab Compt Light -ROM LED. (1) Strip Licht
23-25-0020
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS -LED
The cab interior storage compartment shall-have a ROM LED lighting strip
installed. The lighting strip shall be mounted vertically at the right side of the
cab compartment door (facing the compartment door). The lighting strip shall be ~
shock resistant and feature true parallel wiring with special long-life, bright LED I
lights. The lights shall be installed in a rigid aluminum track, with Lexan clear
lens for quick and easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be
used to activate light.
ENG. NOTES
- This light shall be integrated on all roll up doors and stand alone on all
hinged- doors.- Cost is included in with the compartment costa
Two (2) No Cab Compartment 120V Receptacle
70-05-1800
i
I
.One (1) Warranty -Meritor Front Axle. 2 Yr , P&L ~
91-75-0015
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a two (2) year parts and labor warranty on the front
axle.
One {1) Warranty -Meritor ®isc drakes, 3 Yr , PAL
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a three (3) year parts and labor warranty on the
EX225H disc brakes.
One (1) Warranty -Meritor ®isc drakes. 3 Yr , P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor.. Corporation provides a three {3) year parts-and labor warranty on the
EX225H disc brakes.
One (1) „ Warranty -Meritor Rear Axle12 Yr , P&L
91-75-0025
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a two (2) year parts and labor warranty on the rear
axle.
One (1) Warranty -Cummins ISM Engine, 5 Yr /.100.000 Mile
91-75-0050
WARRANTY
Cummins provides a 5 year or 100,000 mile warranty on the ISM engine.
One (1) Warranty -Allison Transmission, 5 Yr P & L
91-75-0065
WARRANTY
Allison provides a 5 year warranty on the EVS transmissions.
One (1) Electrical Wiring -12V General
22-00-0100
GENERAL 12-VOLT ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS
12-VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with aheavy-duty 12-volt electrical system.. All ~
12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall I
conform to modern automotive practices.. All electrical. wiring and components ~
installed in the apparatus shall be suitable for use in severe duty emergency
vehicle -applications.
- ---GENERAL WIRING-AND WIRE.HARNE~S-CONSTRUCT-ION _ i
Unless otherwise specified by the component supplier, all insulated wire and
i, cable. shall conform to SAE J1127 Low Voltage Battery Cable type SGX or STX,
or SAE J 1128 Low Voltage Primary Cable type SXL, GXL, or TXL.
I
I
i
Circuit feeder wires shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a
i
gauge rated to carry I25 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is
protected. I
Conductor materials and stranding, other than copper, shall be permitted if all I
applicable requirements for physical, electrical, and environmental conditions are
met as dictated by the end application.
The overall covering of conductors shall be moisture-resistant loom or braid that i
has a minimum continuous rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good j.
engineering practice dictates especial consideration for loom installations exposed
to higher temperatures. I
The overall covering of jacketed cables shall be moisture resistant and have a
minimum continuous temperature rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good j
engineering practice dictates special consideration for-cable installations exposed
to higher temperatures. i
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION ~
I
All wiring shall be uniquely. identified by a circuit number and color coding. The
identification shall be referenced on a wiring diagram. Wires less than 8 AWG
shall be permanently identified at least every 2.0 inches {50.8 mm) by a circuit
and function code.. Cables. equal to or larger than 8 AWG and wires included in
jacketed cables shall be permanently identified by circuit number at all
terminations.
WIRING CONNECTIONS
All wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a
positive mechanical and electrical connection. The wiring connections and ~
terminations shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturers
instructions. Secondary locks shall be utilized on all connectors that are I
secondary Lock capable.
Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be environmental]y sealed to withstand
elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Seal
plugs shall be .installed in all unused sealed connector cavities.
All ungrounded electrical terminals shall-have covers or be in enclosures to
protect against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage,
liquid contaminants, dust, and other. environmental factors. ~
Wiring splices shall be crimp-type, molded, or sonic weld type. Adhesive lined
heat shrink tubing shall be used to seal and insulate splice joints.
WIRE AND CABLE ROUTING
Wiring routed through holes in sheet metal or castings shall have edges protected
by an appropriately sized grommet.
i
i
I
I,
Wiring shall be routed to avoid-metal edges, screws, trim fasteners and abrasive ~
.surfaces. When such routings are not possible, protective devices (shields, caps,
etc.) shall be used to protect the wires. When wires must. cross a metal edge the
edge shall be covered with a protective shield.
Wiring shall be routed to provide at least 3 inches (76.2 mm) clearance to
moving parts, unless positively fastened or protected by a conduit.
Wire routings should avoid areas where temperatures exceed 180° F (82.2° C)
and a minimum clearance of 6 inches. (152.4 mm) shall be maintained from
exhaust system components. Where compliance with this requirement is not
possible,, high temperature insulation and- heat shields shall be utilized.
When wiring is routed between two members where relative motion can occur
the wiring shall be secured to each member, with enough wire slack to allow
flexing without damage to the .wires.
Wiring to-all circuit components (switches, relays, etc.) in exposed locations shall
provide a drip loop to prevent moisture from being conducted into the device via
the wire connection.
Routing wires into areas exposed to wheel wash shall be avoided if possible.
When such routings cannot be avoided, adequate clipping or protective shields
shall protect the wires from stone and ice damage.
Wiring shall be secured in its intended location with appropriately sized bolt-on
-clips and nylon wire ties.
Electrical components designed to: be removed for maintenance shall include a
sufficient length of wire to allow the component to be pulled away from the
mounting area for inspection and service work.
Bulkhead type connectors or sealed fittings shall be used to prevent the entry of
liquid contaminants into weather tight enclosures.
SPARE WIRES
Wiring harnesses from/to major power aid signal distribution areas of the
apparatus shall include spare wires for future expansion of the system.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Serviceable components shall be readily accessible. Switches, relays, terminals
and connectors shall have a do rating of 125% of the maximum current for which
the circuit is protected.
A distributed power and signal system shall be utilized on the apparatus to
minimize power supply voltage drops. Power and signal distribution areas in the
cab shall be concentrated in two (2) areas.
i
A lower cab power and signal distribution center shall be located in the center
forward portion of the cab "dash". It shall be hinged and opened by unlocking
two (2) top mounted, double hinged, lift and pull latches. This area shall contain
relays and circuit breakers installed in a logical and serviceable fashion.
An upper power distribution and signal distribution area shall be located in the
forward portion of the cab ceiling, above the engine tunnel Components in this
area shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible by opening a hinged
cover.
All electrical components or devices -installed in an exposed area on the outside
of the cab or body.shall be mounted in such a manner, or protected by a gasket,
caulking or other means, so that moisture shall not accumulate in it.
CORROSION PROTECTION
Externally exposed, non-plug type, electrical connections shall be given a hand
applied or sprayed application of an industrial standard insulation coating with a
minimum rating of 2100 volts per mil thickness. Insulation shall protect the
connection-from water induced electrical corrosion and accidental short
circuiting. Should the connection be loosened or removed during the
manufacturing process another coating shall be applied after it has-been
refastened or replaced.
One (1) Main Battery And Starter Circuits
22-00-0110
MAIN BATTERY AND STARTER CIRCUITS
BATTERY POWER BUSS
.All positive cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a battery
positive buss bar located as close to the batteries as practical. The alternator shall
be wired directly to the battery positive buss bar through the ammeter shunt, if
one is provided.
ENGINE STARTER AND INTERLOCK CIRCUITS
The starter solenoid(s) shall be connected directly to the battery positive buss bar.
An interlock shall be provided to prevent the operator from engaging the starter
when the engine is running.
BATTERY GROUND BUSS AND SINGLE POINT GROUND SYSTEM
All negative (ground) cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a
battery negative buss bar located as close to the batteries as practical. A 2/0
AWG'cable shall connect the battery negative buss bar to the chassis frame.
Appropriately sized ground feeder cables shall be utilized to provide a low
impedance ground path to the negative buss bar for all electrical devices on the j
apparatus.
~ APPARATUS. GROUND BONDING.
A 2/0 AWG cable shall connect the battery negative buss bar to the chassis
frame. The cab, pump enclosure (if furnished), and body structure shall be
electrically bonded to the vehicle frame by a 2/0 AWG braided copper ground
strap.
One (1) EMI/RFI Protection
22-00-0120
EMURFI PROTECTION
.The apparatus electrical system-and related devices shall have the ability to
function in the severe electromagnetic environment typical of fire ground
operations.
EMURFI EMISSIONS
State-of-the-art electrical system design and components shall be utilized to
ensure the suppression of radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic
interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) emissions that may cause
communication and navigation radio-reception interference. The electrical
system and related components shall comply with the applicable sections of ~
J551/1 Performance Levels and Methods of Measurement of Electromagnetic j
Compatibility of Vehicles, Boats (up to IS m), and Machines (16.6 Hz to 18 GHz)
EIVIURFI SUSCEPTIBILITY
;
The apparatus electrical system shall incorporate immune circuit designs, I
filtering, shielding and twisted-pair,wiring to control EMURFI susceptibility.
Particular attention shall be given to harness and cable routing to minimize the ~
potential for conducted and radiated signal susceptibility.
Electrical /electronic equipment on the apparatus shall not be susceptible to
radiated and conducted EMURFI emissions from on-board radio transmitter(s)
and shall comply with the requirements of SAE J551-12 Vehicle Electromagnetic
Immunity--On-Board Transmitter Simulation. ~
One (1) Low Voltage Electrical Svstem Performance Testing
22-00-0130
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING
An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that all installed electrical
equipment is properly connected and is in working order. The apparatus
alternator shall be tested with the total continuous electrical load applied and
engine running up to the engine manufacturer's governed speed for a minimum of
2 hours. Additionally, all warning lights shall be run continuously during the
three (3) hour NFPA pump certiEcation test (or at another time for not less than ~
three {3}hours). A.ctivatior. of the load management syste~r.{if furnished) shall
be permitted during this test. An alarm sounded by excessive battery discharge,
as detected by the low voltage warning system, or a system voltage of less than
11.8 V de at the battery for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test
failure.
One (1) Cab Dash & Instruments
22-00-.0140
CAB DASH AND INSTRUMENTS
i
Anon-glare instrument panel, custom designed to accommodate the appropriate ~
functions, shall beprovided. Illumination shall be provided for controls, j
switches, instruction plates, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation
of the apparatus. The cab dash shall be forward slanted, and constructed of
aluminum.
A system shall be provided that interacts with the engine electronics and
eliminates redundant senders and switches. The electronic engine gauges shall
receive information on the SAE J1939 data link to improve reliability and gauge
accuracy. Connectors shall be utilized for ease of service: The dial face shall be i
black with white lettering. The primary letters shall be in Imperial with the
secondary, smaller letters in metric. The dial shall have international non-
language symbols for the gauge function (except speedometer). Gauges shall
have red illumination with a monochrome LCD display located on the
.speedometer gauge. They shall also have a 250 degree dial sweep for greater ~
definition of scale. SAE J1939 Faults and Warnings shall be displayed on the
LED display.
Ii
DRIVER'S INSTRUMENTATION I
The following gauges shall be provided:
Main Gauges
3" Speedometer: 0-85 MPH"with built in LCD display.
Mode switch -shall allow operator to select menu items in the display
screen.
Up switch -shall allow operator to scroll up through menu items.
Down switch -shall allow operator to scroll down through menu items.
3" Tachometer: 0-4000 RPM
Satellite Gauges
2" Fuel Level: Empty-full with low level warning indicator.
2" Voltmeter: 10-16VDC with low volt warning indicator.
2" Coolant Temperature: 100-240 degrees Fahrenheit with high temp warning
indicator.
2"Engine Oil Pressure: 0-80 PSI.
2" Transmission Oil Temperature: 100-320 degrees Fahrenheit with high
temp warning indicator: ~
2" Front Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low air indicator.
2"Rear Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low air indicator.
DRNER'S INDICATOR LIGHT MODULE
The following indicators shall be mounted in a removable modular panel in front
of the steering column. The,indicators shall be identified with universal ISO
2575 symbols where applicable and. visible fo the driver while seated. All
applicable indicators in the modular panel shall. automatically illuminate for 1
i second upon activation of the ignition switch to verify operation:
Battery Switch "On." green indicator light.
i
I
i
i
Ignition Switch "On"indicator
Check Transmission amber indicator light .
Check Engine amber .indicator light
Stop Engine (Engine Warning) red indicator light
High Exhaust Temperature (HEST) amber indicator-light (if applicable)
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration (DPF) amber indicator light (if applicable) j
Wait to Start amber indicator light (if applicable) f
Malfunction Indicator Light {MIL) amber indicator light (if applicable) ~
ABS warning amber indicator light
ATC activated amber indicator light
Spring (Parking) Brake "On" red indicator light
High Beam "On" blue indicator light
Low air pressure red indicator light
Left Turn signal green indicator light
Right Turn signal green indicator light
General Warning red indicator light {if applicable) I`
AUDIBLE CAB ALARMS 1
i
Audible alarms shall be provided in the cab to alert the operator of conditions
that require attention. The alarm device(s) shall be audible in the driving
compartment and feature an adjustable volume control.
An intermittent audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are ~
present and the parking brake is disengaged:
Check Engine
Check Transmission
Active Hazard Warning (Do Not Move Apparatus; Door Open, Tower Raised,
Ladder Rack Down, etc.)
Tiller Cab Operator Not in Position (if applicable)
A steady audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are present:
Stop Engine (includes. High Engine Temperature and Low Engine Oil Pressure)
Low Voltage ~
Engine Air Filter Restriction I
Jackknife Warning (if applicable} ~
DRIVER'S AND OFFICER'S CONTROLS ~
- The following rocker style control switches shall be identified and accessible to
the driver while-seated. Switches shall include integral indicator lights (where
applicable) to advise that the switch has been energized and identification labels
shall be illuminated for nightdriving. ~
Ignition switch with green indicator light ~
Engine Start switch
Headlight /Tail-Marker-ID light switch
Instrument Panel Dimmer control rheostat
The following controls shall be stalls mounted on the steering column and
identified and visible to the driver while seated.
Turn Signal Control and 4-Way Hazard Warning switch
i
i
High-beam headlight switch
Windshield wiper control switch
Windshield washer control switch
-The following controls shall be identified and accessible to the driver while
.seated.
Parking {Spring) Brake Control
Other controls. (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to both the driver and
officer while seated. Controls shall be identified and illuminated for night
driving. I
HVAC control panel
High Idle control switch
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification) I
One (1) Emergency 86 Work Light Switch Panel -Driver
22-00-015D {
EMERGENCY & WORK LIGHT SWITCH PANEL -DRIVER'S SIDE
All emergency tight and work area lighting control switches. shall be mounted- in ~
a removable panel located in the overhead position on the driver's side of the cab. I
The light switches shall be "rocker" type with an internal indicator light (where
applicable) to show when the switch is energized. All switches shall be properly
identified by an illuminated label for night driving.
I
A master warning light switch and individual switches shall be provided to allow ~
I
pre=selection of emergency lighting.
One (1) .Door Aiar/Hazard Warning Indicator.- LED j
22-00-0160
DOOR AJAR/HAZARD INDICATOR LIGHT DO NOT MOVE
APPARATUS)
I
A •Whelen "TO" series 2" round red. flashing LED light with chrome: flange shall ~
illuminate automatically whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully
engaged and. any of the following conditions exist:
-Any passenger or equipment compartment door is open.
- Any ladder or equipment rack is not in the stowed position.
- Stabilizer system is not in its stowed position.
-Powered light tower is extended.
-Any other device permanently attached to the apparatus is open, extended, or I
deployed in a manner that is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the
apparatus is moved.
The hazard warning-light shall be identified with a label thatreads: "Do Not
Move Apparatus When Light Is On." The light shall be located on the ceiling
between the driver and the officer.
One (1) Digital Clock
22-00-0170
DIGITAL CLOCK
A 12/24 hour real-time digital clock shall be identified and visible to both the
driver and officer while seated.
One (1) Electrical Wirina -12V Hardwire
22-00-0200
ELECTRICAL. WIRING REQUIREMENTS -HARDWIRE
The apparatus shall be equipped with a fully integrated power management and
signal distribution system..
CIRCUIT PROTECTION
Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each electrical circuit. All
circuit protection devices shall be sized according to 12S% of the anticipated load
to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current
overload.
Circuit breakers shall be Type-l automatic reset (continuously resetting) and
conform to SAE JSS3 or J258 unless operational requirements and/or safety
concerns dictate Type-III manual reset type conforming to SAE J162S.
Automotive-type fuses conforming to SAE JS54, J1284, J1888 or 32077 shall be
utilized when required to protect electronic equipment.
POWER CONTROL RELAYS AND SOLENOIDS
Power control relays and solenoids shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 12S
percent of the. anticipated current load.
_ One (9) Information Center II -Hardwire
22-00-0215
INFORMATION CENTER II
A 3.S° transflective high resolution TFT color display capable of displaying
graphical images as well as text messages shall be located on the cab dash. The
main display page shall include the current time and date. Additional
information pages shall be provided for seat. belt status, door open status,
equipment not stowed status, and vehicle warning messages. Information -pages
shall be selected for viewing by the operator by selecting a corresponding button
on the display module. .
APPARATUS STATUS INDICATORS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS
If a monitored "Caution" or "Warning" condition is active, a corresponding
triangular shaped status indicator shall flash accordingly.. The alarm system
status indicator shall flash yellow when a "Caution" condition is active. The
alarm system status indicator shall flash red when a "Warning" condition is
active. The alarm system status indicator shall flash alternately red and yellow if
.both conditions. are active at the same time. The alarm system status indicator
shall remain gray if no "Caution" or "Warning" conditions are active. In addition
to visual indicators, audible alarms shall sound when designated conditions
activate the "Caution" and "Warning" status indicators.
WARNING INDICATOR
i
A flashing red triangle symbol shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active
i
I
"WARNING" condition. This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle
that is of high priority or "mission critical" nature. The flashing red triangle shall
be displayed on the Information Center and dash gauge panel in front of the
driver. The following are typical "Warning" (high priority) conditions:
CAB NOT LATCHED LOW VOLTAGE
AIR RESTRICTION COMM FAULT
The following items are considered warnings only when the parking brake is
released.
AERIAL RAISED JACKS EXTENDED ~
FRONT BRAKE LOCK DECK GUN RAISED ~
CAUTION INDICATOR
A flashing amber triangle shall alert. the vehicle occupants of an active
"CAUTION" condition. This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle that
is not of high priority or "mission critical" nature, but requires attention before
the vehicle is put in motion. The following are typical "Caution" (not high ~
;:.priority) conditions:
AERIAL RAISED HYDRAULIC FILTER
OUTPUT TRIPPED FRONT BRAKE LOCK
DECK GUN RAISED JACKS EXTENDED
AUDIBLE ALARMS
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "steady" (not an
intermittent beep); signifying a "mission critical" condition exists that requires
immediate attention. i
STOP ENGINE CAB NOT LATCHED ~
LOW AIR
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "intermittently"
(i.e., :beep), signifying a condition exists that may become "mission critical" if
not quickly addressed. I
LOW. VOLTAGE HAZARD LIGHT
CHECK ENGINE CHECK XMSN I
AIR RESTRICTION
Corresponding "Low Air", "Stop Engine", "Check Engine", and "Check
Transmission" visual indicators shall be located in the dash gauge panel in front
of the driver.
OPEN DOORS /DEPLOYED-EQUIPMENT RACKS /EXTENDED STEPS
r When a cab or compartment door is open, a step is extended, or equipment
(i.e.,ladder) rack is deployed, the "DOORS"indicator shall flash:- Pressing the
i.
i
corresponding button shall display amoverhead graphical representation of the ~
apparatus. This image depicts the open cab door(s), open compartment door(s),
deployed equipment rack(s), and/or extended step(s). ~
One {1) Load IlAanagement Svstem -Hardwire ~
22-00-0220 i
.AUTOMATED ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ~
The apparatus shall be equipped with an automated load management system that
monitors battery system voltage and sheds electrical system loads if a low
voltage condition develops. If the current load demand exceeds the alternator i
output, the load manager shall shut down individual loads as required to maintain
a minimum system voltage of 11.8 VDC at the battery._The load-shedsequence
shall be in the following order:
Air conditioner i
Crew cab heater ~
Officer side scene lights (if applicable)
Driver side scene lights {if applicable)
.Rear scene lights (if applicable)
The load manager shall have 16 programmable outputs to supply- warning and
load switching requirements.
• Outputs 1-12 shall be independently programmable to activate during the scene
mode; the response mode; or both. These outputs can also be programmed to
activate with the ignition or master warning switch; or to sequence and shed
along with the priority. Electrical loads defined'in NFPA 1901 as "minimum
continuous" shall not be subject to automatic load management.
• Output 13 shall be designatedto activate the fast idle system.
• Output 14 shall provide a low voltage warning for an isolated battery (if
installed); i
• Output 15 is a user configurable output and shall be programmable for activation
between 10.5 and 15 volts. Output 16 shall provide a low voltage alarm that ~
activates at the NFPA required 11.8 voltage level.
The load manger shall have a digital display to indicate system voltage in normal
operation mode and also indicate the output configuration during programming
mode. '
The load manager shall be protected against reverse polarity and shorted outputs
and be enclosed in a metal enclosure to enhance EMURFI protection.
A remote status indicator shall be installed on the cab instrument panel to signal
when the load manager is active; low voltage is detected, and high idle is
enabled..
i
One (1) Load Sequencer -Hardwire
22-00-0230 .
LOADSEOUENCER
A sequential switching device shall automatically energize the specified optical
. warning devices to minimize potentially damaging voltage fluctuations due to the
sudden addition or removal of large current demands on the electrical system.
Upon activation of the "EMERGENCY MASTER" warning switch and provided
i
I
I'
!
the individual optical warning device switches are also activated, the following
loads shall be activated (or deactivated) in 0.5 second intervals: i
Front Light Bar
Side Light Bar (if applicable)
Front warning lights
Front and Rear Flashing Lights
Side Warning.
Rear Beacons
High Beam Headlight Flash !
One (1) Vehicle Data Recorder.- NFPA, LifeGuard Technologies Hardwire ~
22-00-0235 _ ~
DATA RECORDER < '
ALifeGuard-Technologies on-board electronic recording device shall record
select apparatus status and usage information. The data logging unit shall
communicate with all major vehicle component electronic control units,
including engine, transmission, anti-lock brakes and the body electrical system
controller. It shall record seat belt status often seat positions. The data logger '
shall also communicate with the RollTek System if present. All recorded events
shall include date and time stamped information.
The recorder shall be capable of recording 100 engine hours' worth of minute-by-
minute data. When memory capacity -has been reached, the system shall erase
the oldest data first. All data stored shallbe uploadable by the user to a computer
and importable into a data management software package. The software shall be
capable of running on both Windows and Apple operating systems and shall be
capable of producing reports over a specified time range..
Reports shall include: Raw second-by-second data, daily logs for the time the-
engine is running for a given data, weekly summaries showing maximum values
each-hour for each day, monthly summaries showing maximum values each day
for every day of the month..
One (1) Electrical Svstem Diagnosfiics -Hardwire
22-00-0240
ELECTRICAI, SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
The apparatus shall feature on-board electrical system diagnostics and an
interface for off-board diagnostic service equipment.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS '
Switches shall be provided in the. cab. to allow-the operator or service personnel
to obtain On-Board diagnostic and other information from-the ABS system,
Engine Controller, and Information Center. A troubleshooting guide shall be
provided with the vehicle to assist with interpretation of the diagnostic signals.
OFF-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC PROVISION
A 9-Pin Off-Board Diagnostic connector shall be installed to provide service
access to the vehicle SAE J1939 and J1587 data bus communication Iinks. The
connector shall conform to SAE J1939/13 Off-Board Diagnostic Connector
i
i
i
i
I
specifications. The connector shall be mounted..inside-the cab on the driver side
in a location that is accessible from the ground..
One (1) Putts Enc~aetement Controls ~ Indicators 1
22-01-0200
l PUMP ENGAGEMENT CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
One (1) green indicator light shall be installed in the driving compartment,. which
shall indicate when the pump shift has been completed and shall be labeled ~
"PumpBngaged". A second green indicator-light shall also be provided. in the
driving compartment and. also on the pump operator's panel. These two (2) lights
shall be energized .when the pump shift. has been completed, the chassis
transmission is engaged in pump gear and the. parking brake is applied. The light ~
in the driving compartment shall be labeled "OK To Pump". The light on the
pump panel shall be located just above the throttle control and shall be labeled
"Warning: Do Not Open Throttle ITnless Light Is On". Indicator lights in the cab
.shall be located adjacent to the pump shift control. ~
Two (2) 12V Power Point -Officer's- Side Dash (Ea)
22-03-1300
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLE(
Two (2) IZ volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided on the
officer's side of the dash. The plug and receptacle are made from corrosion
resistant marine grade materials: The plug locks into the .receptacle providing a
positive moisture proof connection.
Location of the 12V Power. Point shall be: ~
i
ENG. NOTES
Identify location of receptacle(s) and plug(s). !
Five (5) 12V Power Point-.User Defined Location (Eal
22-03-1400
12 VOLT PLUGS) AND RECEPTACLE~SI
Five (5) 12 volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided and
installed as directed by the fire department.. The plug and receptacle are made ,
from corrosion resistant marine grade materials. The plug locks into the
receptacle providing a positive moisture proof connection.
Location of the 12V Power Point(s).shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify location of receptacle(s).
One. (1) Camera System - (21 Zone Defense, 7" LCD, Rear & RS
22-OC-2270
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
A Zone Defense rear view camera system, #323 with #0312-3135, shall be
~ installed.. One camera shall be mounted on the rear upper bulkhead, close to
I
i
I
i
center, to provide a rear view. The second camera shall be mounted on the right
' side of the cab to provide side blind spot viewing. Each camera-shall have it's
own trigger. The system shall.. consist of the: following items:
- One (1) 7" color LCD flat panel monitor with speaker, 7" wide x 4.75" high x
1"thick without back shield; 7.75" wide x 5.5" high x 1.25".thick with back
shield. Monitor shall be rated for 10,000 hours.
- Two (2) Zone Defense 313C Color cameras with 1/3" Color CCD Sensor, High
Tech, Tice Zero Light Night Vision with 18 infrared LEDs and a microphone.
- One (1) remote control:
One (1) Zone Defense Pana-vise mount, #400D, shall be used to mount the
monitor. Pana-vise mount shall be a T-bolt all-metal consfruction, pedestal
mount with a 6" rise and adjustment knob
-One (1) 65 foot cable.
- One. (1) 16 foot cable.
-All required mounting hardware and instructions.
ENG. NOTES
Rear camera not available on top of traffic advisor on Aerialscope.
One (1) Batteries - (6) 12V, 950 CCA
22-10-0700
BATTERIES
Six (6) 12V Group 31 950 CCA batteries sha116e installed three each side of the
cab under the rear entrance way.
Heavy-duty battery cables shall be provided to maximize power available to the
electrical system.
- ENG. NOTES
An isolated battery is not available with 6 Group 31 batteries.
One (1) Jumper Cable Studs -Under Driver's Side Batterv Box
22-10-5200
JUMPER CABLE STUDS
A pair or jumper cable studs with color coded covers shall be provided under the
driver's side battery box. I
i
[ ]Standard location is under driver's side battery. compartment.
[ ]Other location (requires SOPR):
One (1) Battery Boxes - S/S. (1) Each Side
22-11-0600
BATTERY BOXES
Battery compartments shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be located
one (1) each side mounted on the vehicle frame. They shall be well ventilated
and enclosed to protect against road splash and debris. Suitable provisions shall
be provided for drainage. f
The batteries shall be held firmly in place by providing a full frame type top
clamp which encloses the battery set on all four (4) upper corner sides. The one ~
I
i
i
piece clamp shall be fabricated of 3/4" angles and be held in place by two (2) "J"
shaped clamping bolts. Battery inspection shall be provided through latched drop
down doors in the crew cab lower step area.
One (1) Battery Selector Switch -Blue Sea 350 Amp
22-15-1400
SELECTOR SWITCH -BLUE SEA 9003
A master load disconnect switch shall 6e provided between the battery positive
buss bar and the remainder of the switched battery electrical loads on the
.apparatus.: A green "battery on" pilot .light that is visible from the driver's
position shall be provided. .
One (l) single battery system switch mounted near the driver's side front entrance
in a location so it may: be turned :off by a person standing on the ground outside
the vehicle. It shall have the capacity to handle 350 amps of continuous power. ~
One (1) Battery Chanter -Kussmaul #091-56-12 Autocharae 1000
22-15-3800
BATTERY CHARGER
There shall be one (1) Kussmaul model #091-56-12 "Auto Charge 1000" single I
battery charger system installed in the vehicle's electrical system. The charger
shall be fully automatic and shall maintain the truck bhtteries at a full charge
level when connected to a 120 VAC source. Remote voltage sensing shall be
provided to compensate the charger output for the voltage drop in the charging
wires. A remote mounted indicator shall be provided which will contain one bar
graph to display .the condition ofthe batteries. A "BATTERY SAVER" circuit
shall be provided for the charging of rechargeable hand lights, portable radios
and-other loads to a maximum of 3 amps while the-unit is connected to the 120-
VAC source.
The remote indicator shall be mounted in the cab overhead console.
(STD) II
ENG. NOTES I
Require shoreline connection. Please-identify location for remote
indicator.
S One (1) Location - Floor In Forward Facina Compartment
22-15-4LDF
It shall be located on the floor in the forward facing compartment.
It-shall be located on the floor in the forward facing compartment.
One (1) Bette Charster Cover
22-15-5000
BATTERY CHARGER COVER
A smooth aluminum cover shall be provided over the battery charger, The
outside fmish shall match the cab interior finish.
One (1) "Super Auto Elect" Plug -Kussmaul 30 amp
22-15-5700
I
AUTO EJECT PLUG I
A Kussmaul model #091-55-30-220, 220 VAC, 30 amp "Super Auto Eject"
shoreline power connector-shall be provided in the driver's step well for the
battery charger. The shoreline power connector shall be provided with a spring
loaded cover to prevent water from entering when the shoreline is not connected.
A label shall be permanently affixed at the power inlet that indicates the line
voltage in volts and the current rating in amps..
-ENG. NOTES
Note: Not allowed to be located on crew panel, side of cabs, due to
protruding interference.An on board battery charger must be added with
this option. I
One (1) Headlights -Quad, Rectangular. Halogen
22-80-0 i 00
HEADLIGHTS
Front headlights are to be halogen rectangular quad type with bright finished trim
rings and bezel .Headlights shall be flush mounted in the front face of the cab.
ENG. NOTES
On the MII, headlights may NOT be located on lower knock-out panel
when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction blocks the light output.
One (1) Headlights -Alternating. Flashing
22-90-0120
' ALTERNATING FLASHING HEADLIGHTS
The chassis high beam headlights shall :flash alternately. controlled by a rocker
switch.
One (1) MarkerllD/Clearance Lights -LED, Ft Bumper Surface Mt
22-90-0210
LIGHTS
Exterior cab lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation,
. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and any National Fire Protection
Association requirements in effect at the time of proposal.
Five (Sj Weldon 91$6-1500-20, amber LED type clearance and identification
lights shall be surface mounted across the top leading edge of the cab roof.
Two (2) Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED type marker lights with guards, shall
be surface mounted, one on each end of the front bumper, or forward end of the
cab.
Seven (7) Weldon 9186-1500-10, red LED marker and clearance lights shalt be
installed at the rear of the body. The three-light identification cluster shall be
recessed behind the rear step vertical flange. Two lights shall be placed at each
lower rear body corner, facing the side... Two lights shall be placed in the upper
rear body corners, facing the rear.
~ One (1) .Marker Lights -:(41 Additional Amber. LED
22-90-024L
I
i
1
i
MARKER LIGHTS
i
Two (4) additional Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED marker lights shall be
provided, two (2) on each side of the vehicle.
I
[ ] Seagrave to locate (two each side). ~
NOTE: Must be ahead of rear axle.
One (1) Side TurnlMarker Lights - [2~ TL 60115Y, Amber LED, Midship (Rea
30' QAL+1
22-90-030L ~
TURN/MARKER LIGHTS
One (1) TruckLite mode160115Y LED amber turn/marker light shall be provided
and installed forward of a single rear axis or between tandem rear axtes on each
side of the vehicle. The lights shall have black flanges.
ENG. NOTES
Verify overall length of vehicle.
One (1) License Plate Bracket & LED Light
22-90-0400
LICENSE PLATELED LIGHT & BRACKET
A steel license plate bracket, painted black, shall be installed on the rear of the
vehicle. Mounted on the license plate bracket shall be a chrome light bracket
containing a 12 volt LED lamp that shall illuminate the license plate.
[ ]Std location on Matrix Pumper shall be on the left hand side of truck
under the tailboard area.
[ ]Other location shall be:
ENG. NOTES
No standard location. Bracket is located wherever possible.
One (1) D.O.T. Reflectors
22-90-0500
D.O.T. REFLECTORS
Reflectors shall be placed on the cab and body as required by Federal standards.
An amber reflector, Signal Stat, mode132ADB, shall be placed on each side of ~
the cab. Four (4) Signal Stat model 32DB red reflectors shall be located on the ~
rear face and sides of the body. The reflectors shall be rectangular in shape. I
S One (1) Cab Spotlights - (2) Golight 2067 Remote Suotliahts ~
23-01-12ZZ
CAB SPOTLIGHTS
i
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067 400,000 candlepower spotlights with dash
mounted remote & wireless controls-mounted on the cab roof outboard of the
lightbar (1 each side). i
i
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067 400,000 candlepower spotlights with
i
i
dash mounted remote & wireless controls mounted on the cab roof
outboard of the lightbar (1 each side).
S Six (6) Hose Bed lighting in ATP Covers
23-01-9997
HOSEBED LIGHTING UNDER~ATP COVERS
There shall be 6 (six) Whelen # 20COCDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed covers to give lighting to the entire hose bed.
There shall be 6 (six) Whelen #2000CDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed. covers to give lighting to the entire hose
bed.
S One (1) Frt Direct Lts -Federal #QL64Z, Arnber Arrow w/Elena
23-02-0900
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be one (1) Federal Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED amber
arrow directional signal light with flange installed on each side of the cab front
face:. Light lens shall have an amber a~•row shape with black background.
There shall be one (1) Federal Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED
amber arrow directional signal light with flange installed on each side of
the cab front face. Light lens shall have an amber arrow shape with black
background..
ENG. NOTES
Select flash pattern in Shop Note.On the MII, directional lights may NOT
be located on lower knock-out panel when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction
blocks the light output.
One {1) Frt Direct Lts -Opt.#11, Whelen600 LED,Ambr Arrw wlDl Lt Bz
23-02-1100
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be one{1) Whelen 600 Series LED amber arrow directional signal
light installed on each side of the cab front face. Light lens shall have an amber
arrow. shape with black background. They. shall be mounted in a chrome plated
dual light bezel that matches the headlight housing.
ENG. NOTES
Note: An additional warning light is required for the .other half of the
headlight housing. On the MII, directional lights may NOT be located on
lower knock-out-panel when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction blocks the light
output.
~ S One (1) .Cab Side Directional Lights -121 Weldon "Bug Eve"
23-02-9010
i
i
CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL-LIGHTS ~
-Side directional lights shall be provided in addition to. the front turn signals. They
shall be Weldon mode191.86-8560-20, "bug eye" type. One (1) light shall be
mounted just above the front fender on each ide of the cab. Lights shall have an
amber polycarbonate lens and highly polished stainless steel mounting flange or
bezel.
S One (1) FedSis~ Quardr Flare (2) Turn Signals
23-03-9999 ~
AIDll'L TURN SIGNAL BACK OF CAB
Add two (2) Federal Signal Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab LA City
style.
Add two FedSig Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab (LA City style).
.One (1) Brake/Tail Light - (21 FedSia QuadraFlare, LED
23-03-BFL1
BRAKE/TAIL LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake/tail lights, model QL64Z-
BTT, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side. All brakes
lights shall be shall be programmed for "steady burn" operation incompliance
~ with FMVSS No. 108.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ].Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer. -Light shall
include 6"pigtail and deutsch plug.
S One (1) Brake Light - FedSist QuadraFlare, LED, 3rd Add'I
23-03-BWLA
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT
One (1) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" .LED red brake light, model QL64Z-
BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus, as directed by the fire
deparhnent. All brakes lights shall be shall be programmed for "steady burn"
operation in compliance with FMVSS No. 108.
Type of mounting shall be:
[X] Vertical
Location for third brake light shall be:
i
One (1) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake light, model '
' QL64Z-BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus, as
directed by the fire department All brakes lights shall be shall be
programmed for "steady burn" operation in compliance with FMVSS No..
108.
ENG.- NOTES
Please. identify location and mounting. Light shall include 6" pigtail and
deutsch plug.
i
One (1) Rr Turn Signal - (2) FedSig QuadraFlare. LED. Amber Arrow
23-03-TFL1
TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED amber arrow turn lights, model
QL64Z-ARROW, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ l Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug..
One (1) Back Up Lights - (2) FedSig QuadraFlare. LED
23-03-VFL1
BACK UP LIGHTS ~
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" ,clear LED back up lights, model QL64Z-
BACKUP, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES i
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn; j
and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer.. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug. ~
S One (1) Bezels (2) - S#op/Turn/Backup, FedSip, Cast. f! QuadraFlare j
23-03-XFH1
BEZELS -FOUR (4) LIGHT ~
.One (1) pair of Federal Signal vertical 4-lamp, polished cast aluminum bezels
shall be provided for the "QuadraFlare" series rear stopltail, turn, and backup
lights.
ENG.- NOTES
Note: These bezels are for the Federal Signal QuadraFlare Series lights
i
only.
One (1) Light Rctivation - Steo Liahts. Ground Liahts ~
23-05-0010
LIGHT ACTIVATION
All step lights and ground lights shall be activated with the parking brakes in
conjunction with the headlights. ~
One (1) Steg Lichfis - (4) Cab, Truck-Cite 302000. Recessed
23-05-1000 I
CAB STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Truck-Cite model 30200C step lights shall be provided, one (1) at each
cab entrance door.
One (1) stets Liahts - (4~ 13odv, iiiPeidon 9156-23SS2-30. Surface fit
23-05-10P0
BODY STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Weldon 9186-23882-30 hooded step lights with a chrome flange shall be
surface mounted, one (1) on each side of the rear step area to illuminate the rear
step and one (1) on each side on the forward. face of the side compartments.
One (1) Ground Liahts - (41 Cab, Truck-L'ete 44042C LED
23-05-20CL
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof Truck-Cite 44042C LED ground lights shall be provided
underneath the cab, per NFPA requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements.
One (1) Ground Liahts - (4) Body, Truck-Cite 44042C LED
23-05-20PL
GROUND. LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof Truck-Cite 44042C LED Bound lights shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements,
One (1) Work Liaht - t1) Ermine Compt, T/L 4094SW
23-05-301 Q
ENGINE COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHT
One (1) Truck-Cite 4094SW engine. compartment work light with integral switch
shall be provided and wired to illuminate automatically. when the cab is tilted.
The light shall also be wired through the engine compartment access door switch,
providing illumination of fluid dip sticks and coolant overflow reservoir.
One (1) Work Licht - (21 Pump. Moduli T/L 4094SW .
23-05-3110
PUMP MODULE WORK LIGHTS ~
i
Two (2) Truck-Cite 4094SW pump module work lights shall be installed, one (1)
on the left side behind the master gauge panel and one (1) on the right side
behind the removable panel. Each light shall have a switch ~on it.
S One (1) Cab Dome Lights - (41 Red/Clear, (11 White -Whelen LED
23-11-1000
INTERIOR CAB DOME LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen #700 LED red/clear lights with push button shall be mounted in
the cab ceiling. Two (2) in front (driver & officer) and two (2) in the crew cab.
. All lights shall be controlled by a switch by the lens. ~
I
One (1) clear switchable Trucklite 7203 shall be mounted above the engine hood. ~
Whelen #700 LED red/clear lights.
S Two (2) Cab Dome Lights - Add'I Red/Clear (IATS)
23-11-1200
INTERIORRED/CLEAR CAB DOME LIGHTS
{Quantity.} Additional dome light(s)shall be provided in the cab. The light(s)
shall be Whelen #700 LE:D red/clear dome light(s). All lights shall be controlled
by a switch by the lens.
Detailed location of lights shall be:
Whelen #700 LED red/clear dome light(s).
ENG.- NOTES
Dome lights are in addition to the standard dome lights QW 23-11-1000.
S One {1) Map Light -Gooseneck, Federal Littlelite #LF18ES-LED
23-11-1900
MAP LIGHT
A Federal "Littlelite" #L:F l 8ES-LED cab map light with gooseneck and rheostat
control shall be located on the instrument panel within reach of the officer.
One (1) Door Switches - Dome Lights, Automatic
23-11=2700
AUTOMATIC DOOR S WITCHES
Automatic door switches shall be provided for the cab dome lights.
Lights shall be activated by opening of cab door: j
[ ]Clear Lights, Std
[ ]Red Lights
ENG. NOTES
Select which lights are to be activated by opening of any cab door. '
S Two (2) Cab Door Lights -121 Federal, 3K LED. Red
23-11-290A ~
i
DOOR INTERIOR LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal 3K LED red vertical light with chrome flange shall be installed
on the interior of the cab doors, one. (1) on each side of the cab, above the door
seal in the lower outboard corner. i
Cab doors receiving Federal 3K red LED lights shall be [X] all doors -
adjustquantity to 2.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify which-doors to receive lights.
Fourteen (14)
23-25-0150 Comet Lights. - (21 ROM LED Strips, Vertical Mt (Eat
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS - (2) LED STRIP
Fourteen. (14) com artment s shall have a ROM LED li htin stri installed on
P g g p I
both sides of the door. The lighting strips, which comes in 12" sections, 24 LEDs ~
per section, shall be mounted vertically along both sides of the door framing in
all specified body compartments. The lighting strips shall be shock resistant and
feature true parallel wiring with special long-life; bright LED lights. The lights ~
shall be installed in rigid aluminum tracks, with Lexan clear lens for quick and ~
.easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be used to activate the I
lights.
Specify which compartment(s) shall receive lighting:
ENG. NOTES
Add number of compartments to be equipped with (2) ROM LED strip
lights. These lights will be integrated on all roll up doors and. stand alone
on all hinged doors.
Two (2) Comet Lights -Rooftop. ROM LED Strip (Ea)
23-25-2030
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Two (2) rooftop compartments. shall be provided with a ROM LED light installed
underneath the flange of the compartment to provide illumination. Each .light
-shall be automatically illuminated by opening the respective compartment door.
S One (1) Lightbar -Federal 60"Jet Solaris
24-00-0100
LIGHTBAR
A Federal Jet Solaris Model JLX60HL00011 lightbar shall be provided on the
front of the cab roof.
A Federal Jet Solaris Model JLX60HL00011 lightbar shall be provided on
the front of the cab roof, i
S One (1) Ughtbar - (2) Federal 21" Jet Solaris.
24-00-1000 -
i
LIGHTBAR ~
Two (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX2108-NFPA 21'° lightbars shall be ~
provided on the cab roof.
Two (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX2108-NFPA 21" lightbars shall be ~
:provided on the cab roof.
S Twelve (12) Warning Light -Federal 6 X 4. QuadraFla
24-00-6000 '
WARNING LIGHT(S)
Twelve (12) Federal Sa.gnal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-:R Red LED warning ~
light(s) with red lens shall be mounted on the apparatus.
i
Twelve (12)Federal Signal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-R Red LED
warning. light(s) with red lens shall be mounted on the apparatus.
S Eight (8) Warning Light -Federal 3600 LED
24-QO-8400
WARNING :LIGHTS
I
Eight (8) Federal Signal Model 3600 Series red LED warning lights with red
lens and bezel shall be provided with the flush mount kit.
Location of all lights in detail shall be:
Eight (8) Federal Signal Model 3600 Series red LED warning lights with
red lens and bezel shall be provided with the- flush mount kit.
ENG. NOTES
Note: Provide QW #24-03-1000 Flasher for.every 4 flashing lights on MII
only.
S One (1) Warning Light Federal Micro-Escape, 2 Sides, (11Red1(1)Amb
24-00-9700 ~
UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS-
Two (2) Federal Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL*C * beacons,(one (1) red
one (1) amber shall be provided on the upper rear level of the apparatus.
Amber light shall be on the:
[ ]Left side
[.]Right side
Two (2) Federal Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL"`C-* beacons,{one
(1) red ,one (1) amber), shall be provided on the upper rear level of the
apparatus.
S One (1) Traffic Advisor -Federal Cuda LED 44"
i
24-00-9900
TRAFFIC ADVISOR
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" LED traffic advisor shall be
provided the control in the SmartSiren with Signalmaster Control. i
There shall be three modes of operation to direct traffic to a safe passing lane, i.e. '
moving lights shall direct traffic either right or left and from center out in both
directions. An alternating. flash mode shall also be provided.
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" LED traffic advisor-shall be
provided the control in the SmartSiren with Sigmstr Control
One (1) 3M Opticom Emitter
24-15-3010
3M OPTICOM EMITTER
A 3M "Opticom" Priority Control System emitter providing intersection control
for quick response and reduced risk of accidents, shall be provided with the
emitter assembly installed on the leading edge of the cab roof (or in lightbar).. '
The flash. rate shall be provided by the fire department..
Desired location of emitter shall be:
[ ]Leading edge of cab roof
[XJ Inside cab roof lightbar
Flash rate required shall be:
ENG. NOTES
- Contact factory for pricing when installing in lightbar.- There. are Whelen
options in QW with the Opticom already built in.- Please identify the flash
rate.
One (1) Standard Perimeter Warning Light Locations -Custom Apparatus
24-3L-0100
Location of each perimeter warning light shall be:
1 on each side of the cab front, inboard of the turn signal
1 on each side of the cab bumper extension
1 on each side of the cab, above the wheelwell
1 on each side of the body, above the wheelwell ~
I
1 on each side ofthe rear of the body, below the back-up lights
.One (1) Installation -Traffic Advisor. Recessed in Bodv
24-82-INOR
The traffic advisor shall be recessed in the rear face of the body just below-the.
hosebed. The recess for the light shall be constructed ofaluminum and be fully
welded at all corners and seams for a professional and custom appearance.
ENG. NOTES
Maximum Traffic Adv. Size Restrictions:MeanSitck - 38"75' Force -
34"100' Force - 34"**Recessed mounting of Traffic Adv. is not available
with roll up door for ground ladder comet.
e
i
-One (1) Electric horn - Sinstle
25-00-0100
i
AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES
One (1) automotive electric horn controlled by the steering wheel horn button
shall be provided.
One (1) .Backup Alarm -Federal #252. 97DBA ~
25-01-0400
BACK-UP ALARM
There shall be a Federal#252 electronic alarm that sounds when the truck is ~
placed in reverse. An 97 DBA audible intermittent "beep" shall be produced to, j
warn persons near or on the truck.
S One (1) Rear Step to Cab Buzzer -Back of Bodv,1H Rear Only
25-15-2500
REAR STEP TO CAB BUZZER
There shall be a rear step to cab signal system provided to indicate required truck
movement. It shall consist of a buzzer mounted in the cab that shall instruct the
driver to go forward, backup or stop.. The button that activates the buzzer shall be
weatherproof and installed one (1) left side on the rear beavertail, to allow user to ~
remotely alert the driver. The buttons shall be labeled: (1 -STOP) (2 - GO) (3 -
BACK-UP).
One (1) Air Horn - ~inple, Grover, w!(2) Foot Switches
26-00-1500
AIR HORN WITH FOOT CONTROLS
.One (1) Grover 1510 chrome air horn shall be furnished. A pressure protection
valve shall be installed in-line to prevent loss of all air from the vehicle air brake
system. Two (2) Linemaster treadle type foot switches shall be provided to
actuate the air horns, one (1) each side of the cab orrthe floor by the driver's and
officer's feet.
Air horn location in bumper shall be:
[X] Right side
[ ]Left side
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location. ~
S One (1) Electronic Siren -Federal #SS201-8 ~
26-10-8200
FEDERAL SIREN
A Federal model SS201-8 siren shall be provided.
Mic Clip Location:
A Federal model SS201-8 siren shall be provided.
i
. ~
' One (1) ..Install. Siren Control Head In Overhead Console
26-10-8210
The electronic siren control head shall be center mounted in the overhead
console.
One (1) Siren Speaker - FedSia_ #ES100, w/EF Grille, In Bumper (Ea}
26-11-FE1 E
SIREN SPEAKER(Sl
One (1) Federal Model ES100 compact 100 watt speaker(s) shall be provided and j
recess mounted in the front bumper. Opening in the bumper for the speaker shall
be covered with a Federal "Electric F" grille.
One (1) speaker location in bumper:
[ ]Right side
[X] Center
[ ]Left. side
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location. Cannot be used if side gravel pan hose troughs
are specified. Engineering must approve iflocated in bumper center
ahead of hose trough.
One (1) Mechanical Siren -Q2B, wl2 Foot Switches, Recessed in Bumpr
26-15-5500 -
MECHANICAL SIREN
A Federal Model Q2B siren. with chrome plated housing shall be recessed
mounted in the front bumper extension with fronf and vane grille exposed. Two
foot switches shall be provided, installed one each side of the cab, on the toe
board. There shall. be an electric .brake control installed in the cab, at the driver's.
switch panel, properly labeled.
Mounting location shall be: ~
[X] Left side of bumper
[ ]Notched out and flush
[X] Forward section ext. through bumper.
ENG. NOTES
Be sure that you have selected a notch or opening in the front
bumper!Not Available: Notch recessed in the center of an 11" bumper.
S One (1) Foot Switch Ilrlounting
26-15-9999
FOOTSWITCHES
Foot switches shall shat( be mounted on front area of captains area (same style
as LA City units)
• Foot switched shall-shall be mounted on front area of captains area
(same style as LA City units)
One (1) Ground Liohts - Runninst Board Hose Well, T-L 6060C LED (Ea)
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1) weatherproof Truck-Cite 6060C LED ground light(s) shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements:
[X] One (1) shall be located by the running board hose well to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD}
c [ ]Additional lights to be located:
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required.
One (1) Ground Lights -Running Board. Hose Well. T-L 6060C LED (Eal •
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1) weatherproof Truck-Cite 6060C LED ground light(s) shall. be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
i
[ ]One (1) shall be located by the running board hose well to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD)
[ ]:Additional lights to be located:
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required.
S One (1) Oper Stand - 60". Side Ctrh w/Inspect or Compt Prov. S/S
30-00-3200
OPERATORS STAND
A 50 inch wide operators stand (pump compartment) shall be furnished with flex
joints between the cab and pump compartment and between thepump
compartment and the body to allow for twisting of the chassis frame without
putting undue stress on these components. (No exception to this requirement). An
open bin shall. be provided above the pump. It shall incorporate an aluminum
treadplate floor that is screwed in place so that it can be removed for access to the
pump and piping if required.
Pump compartment substructure to be fabricated of stainless steel structural
shapes and formed stainless steel sheet stock material. Operators stand shall be
installed on a pump mounting fixture in a four point'arrangement which allows it
to flex independently of the chassis frame. A Tech Products rubber insulator (or
equal) shall be used at each mounting point. Pump compartment substructure
shall also support the side running boards: Entire pump compartment, including
i
pump and plumbing, shall be removable from the vehicle in one complete unit.
Removable stainless steel panels, full height and width, shall be provided on both
sides of the operators stand. Right side panel shall held in place with flush style
lift and turn fasteners for quick removal One (1) 8" knurled grab rail shall be
provided in the right and left hand side pump panel. areas..
CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges shall be properly marked and located at left side of
the apparatus. All gauges and controls shall be mounted on a stainless steel panel
with color coded identification of discharge controls and gauges.
Gauge and control panel shall be two separate panels for ease of maintenance.
The master gauge panel shall be hinged (vertically) for easy access to the back of ~
.the gauges. It shall be held in place with two (2) recessed lift and turn fasteners.
Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed around all suction inlets and
discharge outlets. All push-pull discharge controls are to have chrome plated "T"
handles. Push-pull discharge controls are to pull straight out of panel. Controls
that pull out at an angle shall not be acceptable. Remote control push-pull
discharge rods shall be equipped with universal joints and/or ball and socket
connections to eliminate binding.
~ The following controls and gauges shall be located on the control panel for
convenient operation: i
- All discharge controls
- Electronic engine throttle or governor
- Primer control
- Tank fill control
- Tank to pump control
- Master Discharge gauge
- Master Intake gauge
- 1/4" NPT Allen head pressure and vacuum test plugs
- Stop engine/check engine warning lights and audible alarm
- Auxiliary cooler control
- Master pump drain control
- Individual pressure gauges
- Water level indicator
- There shall be a hinged ATP cover over the left hand side of the open bin.
The entire pump stand shall be extended to match -the height of the body.
ENG. NOTES
Must select inspection door(s) or compt(s) separately.
One (1) Rtarrip Panei Labels.- NFPA
30-02-0100
PUMP PANEL LABELS
i
.
i
i
Labeling of the pump panel shall be per NFPA guidelines. Beyond NFPA,
additional color selection and verbiage shall be at the manufacturer's discretion.
One (1) Pump. Panels -Side Mount, Brushed S/S
30-02-0500
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL ON PUMP PANEL
Pump panels, on both sides of vehicle and including the gauge panel, shall be
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Pump Panel Lights - (6) Weldon 2630-0000-30. Incand Side Mt
30-02-1450
PUMP PANEL LIGHTS
Each side of the operatorstand shall have three (3) Weldon 2630-0000-30
incandescent lights. located beneath a full length polished stainless steel shield to
illuminate the pump panel controls and gauges.
One (1) Pump Panel Light Activation -1 Light by Pump Shift Side Mt
30-02-2110
. PUMP PANEL. LIGHT ACTIVATION
One (1) of the lights on the driver's side of the. operator stand shall be activated
when the pump is engaged.
One. (1) Light Switch -Pump Panel
30-02-2130
` PUMP PANEL LIGHT SWITCH
A switch on the pump panel shall activate the pump panel lights not already
activated by either the pump engaging or the marker/ground lights & parking
brake combination.
One (1) Pump. Panel Compt Lights - (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30 Incand ~
30-02-2355 ~
Two (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30 incandescent lights shall be provided for the
pump panel compartments, one each side. Each light shall be wired to illuminate
automatically when the compartment door is opened.
S One (1) Pump Panel Cornpt - 60" & 66" Op. Stand. Both Sides S/S
30-10-5500
PUMP PANELCOIVIPARTMENT
A pump panel compartment shall be provided ahead of the pump. on both the left
and right side. The compartment shall be 34.75" high x 15" deep x 1 S" wide.
Each compartment door shall be vertically hinged and equipped with stainless
steel double spring door stays that automatically hold the door in both the open.. ~
and closed positions. The pump panel compartment door shall consist of double
panel construction, "D" ring door handles, Eberhard 2061atches, stainless steel
piano hinges, etc. The door sheet metal panels,shall be stainless steel.
Compartment height on the right side shall be reduced by 10" if the engine is
equipped with a diesel particulate filter.
Both compartments are to be 25"high IPO 34.75" high.
i
Both compartments are'to be 25" high IPO 34.75" high.
ENG. NOTES
Note: This option is for 60"/66" operators stands only:Compartment height
shall be reduced by the space occupied by the diesel particulate filter, if
so equipped.
One (1) Vents - Ouerator Stand Comets
30-10-8A00
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current edition,
One (1) Running Board - 60". LH. 3116" ATP, w/Hosewell
30-~0-1800
LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH HOSEWELL
-Left side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate. Two (2)
l/4" thick aluminum gusset type supports shall extend from the pump
compartment framing to securely support the running board. Outer edges of the
running.-boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in. Running board
shall not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame. .
An air. space shall be provided between the aluminum running board, the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and debris from being trapped
between these components.
There shall be one (1) hosewell recess mounted in the running board. It shall be
approximately 9.00" wide x 38.00" long x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well..
One (1) Running Board - 60". RH, 3/16" ATP, w/Hosewell
30-20-21.00
RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH HOSEWELL
Right side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate. Two (2)
1/4" thick aluminum gusset type supports shall extend from the pump
compartment framing to securely support the running board.. Outer edges of the
running boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in. Running board
shall not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame. .
An air space shall be provided between the. aluminum running board, the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and debris from being trapped
between these components.
i
There shall be one (1) hosewell recess mounted in the running board. It shall be
approximately 9:00" wide x 38.00" long x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well.
One (1) Covers - ATP._Running Board Hosewell
30-20-4700 i
i RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
i
- Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one (1) for each side of the
running board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Covers -ATP, Running Board Hosewell
30-20-4700
RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one (1) for each side of the
running board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Crosslav Hosebeds - (21 1.75"
30-26-0100 i
CROSSLAY HOSEBEDS
There-shall be two (2) crosslay hosebeds provided, cutout and recessed into the
forward corner of the pump operator's panel.. The bottom of each crosslay shall
be a maximum of 66" from the ground. Each hosebed shall be approximately 24"
deep and have the capacity to carry a minimum of 200 feet of preconneeted I.75"
double jacketed hose.
The sides of the hosebed shall be constructed of aluminum and they shall have. a
large vertical radius at each end to form hose payout guides. A horizontal
aluminum hose guide with a large radius shall also b~ provided at the bottom of
the outer ends of the hosebed. The interior of the hosebeds shall be smooth and
free from all sharp projections which might damage hose. Aluminum interior
sides shall have a "DA" type finish and shall not be painted.
I
One adjustable hose bed partition (divider) shall be provided: Partition shall be
constructed of 3/16" thick 5052-H32 aluminum alloy sheet. Bottom of the
divider shall be adequately reinforced. Partition shall have "DA" type fnish.
Divider shall be fully adjustable by providing slots at each end of the hosebed. i
The divider shall be held in place by tightening two (2) 3/8" flathead bolts at each I
end of the partition bottom flanges.
The bottom of these hose compartments shall be provided with aremovable,
single piece, inverted aluminum. "pan". Pan shall have .50" holes punched in it to
provide for the ventilation of the hose.
ENG. NOTES
Hi-polished S/S hose guides not available. Xlays f/side mount stand only. ~
Capacity based on average hose & doesn't consider specialty nozzles. A I
hose restraint is req'd per NFPA. Hosebed to be 14", 17", 19" or 24" wide;
determine w/PE dwg. I
S One (1) 'Crosslav Hosebed -Additional: for Drv Hose Load i
30-26-1300
DRY CROSSLAY HOSEBED
In addition to the preconnected crosslay hosebeds. a "dry", non-preconnected, bed
shall be provided for carrying additional fire hose. This crosslay bed shall be
I
i
i
located to the rear of the preconnectec3 ones and shall have an adjustable divider
and grating similar to the other beds.
The deadlay shall be the same dimensions as the front two with a horizontal shelf
evenly dividing from top to bottom. It shall be large enough to hold two high I
rise style packs (one upper, on.e lower) of ] 00' of 1.75" with an Akron #17201.5"
fog nozzle with a pistol grip and an Akron #1480 gated wye. t
crosslay height (bottom to ground):
[ ] 66" Standard I
[ ] 72" Optional I
. i
The deadlay -shall be the same dimensions as the front two with a
.horizontal shelf evenly dividing..from top to bottom. It shall be large
enough to hold two high rise style packs-(one upper,. one lower) of 100` of
.1.75" with an Akron #1720 1.5" fog nozzle with a pistol grip and an Akron
#1480 gated wye.:
ENG. NOTES
Xlays for side mount only. Cap. of 200' of 1-3/4" double jacket hose
based on average hose w/o special nozzles. A hose restraint is req'd per
NFPA. Hosebed be 14", 17" 19" or 24" wide; deter w/PE dwg.
i .One (1) A_ TP Cover - Crosslav
30-28-0130
CROSSLAY COVER
There shall be an aluminum cover for the crosslay. The cover shall be
constructed of 3/16" aluminum treadplate and be hinged with a stainless steel
piano hinge. The cover shall be hinged at the front of the hosebed with a hold
open device provided for repacking hose. A positive latching mechanism shall
be provided.
ENG. NOTES
Option is for side control panel only.
One (1) Vinyl End Flags - crosslay wl ATP Cover
30-28-0160
CROSSLAY END FLAPS
A weighted cover shall be provided for the ends of the crosslay. The cover shall
be made of 16 oz. per square yard polyester coated with a urethane top coat
(vinyl). The vinyl cover shall be permanently attached to the ATP cover and
have stainless steel springl clipsand hooks on the bottom corners.
This cover combination shall restrain the hose in the crosslay from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle is underway in normal operations.
~ Color of vinyl cover shall be: '
[ ]Red
i
[ l White
' [ J Black
[ J Yellow
One (1) Pump -Waterous. 1500 GPM, 2-Staae, CMU
31-00-1400
WATEROUS PUMP
Pump shall be a Waterous CMU two-stage 1500 GPM midship mounted
centrifugal type, carefully designed in accordance with good modern practice. ~
The pump shall be the class "A" type and be tested at the manufacturer's facility
and certified by an independent testing organization. ~
The pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated
below.
100% of rated capacity at 1.50 PSI net pump pressure
70% of rated capacity at 200 PSI net pump pressure
50% of rated capacity at 250 PSI net pump pressure
Pump when dry shall be capable of taking suction and discharging water with a
lift of 10 feet in not more than 30 seconds through 20 feet of suction hose of the
appropriate size.
The pump shall have atwo-piece, horizontally-split body with intake and.
discharge passageways in a single casting and onthe same level providing the
lowest possible height, a lower center of gravity, and more room for hose reels,.
hose beds and other equipment. The two-piece, horizontally-split pump body
design allows removal of the bottom pump cover without disturbing the. main
pump body mounting or any piping.
The casing shall be made ofhigh-tensile, close grained gray iron. All
passageways shall be carefully matched to assure the very -best hydraulic flow
characteristics.
Matched bronze impellers shall be balanced both mechanically and hydraulically
forvibration-free operation. Flame-plated impeller hubs shall be standard to
assure longer life despite the presence of abrasives in the water supply.
An exclusive two-piece impeller shaft shall allow true separation of the pump
and pump transmission without disassembling either unit, greatly reducing repair
labor time. The heat-treated stainless steel impeller shaft shall be ground at all
critical areas and polished under packing. ~
Three deep-groove, anti-friction ball bearings shall be located outside the
pumping chamber, giving support and proper alignment to the impeller shaft
assembly. Bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated completely separated from
the water being pumped, and protected by seal housing, flinger rings and oil
seals. ~
i
Flinger rings shall be located on the impeller shaf
i between seal housings and
bearing housings to provide added protection and keep water and foreign matter
out of the bearings.
Bronze, reverse-flow, labyrinth-type wear rings. shall resist. water bypass and
maintain high efficiency and lasting performance. These replaceable wear rings
increase pump life and minimize maintenance costs:
Braided flexible graphite (BFG) packing rings shall be held in place by a split-
bronze gland which is fully removable and adjustable. BFG packing improves
heat dissipation, reduces maintenance and minimizes shaft wear. i
A ball-type bronze transfer valve, in removable bronze housings with large
waterways shall allow for smooth transfer to either PRESSURE or VOLUME
:.without sticking. A floating seal design shall allow sand to be flushed away to
prevent the valve from sticking or jamming. The hydraulically-balanced seal
assembly reduces pressure loss and improves pump efficiency.
A CIO series pump transmission shall be housed in a three-piece horizontally- ~
split, high-strength aluminum housing. Power transfer to pump shall be through
a Morse HV high-strength involute form chain. An internal lubrication system
shall directly lubricate the chain. Drive and driven sprockets shall be made of
steel. Sprockets shall be hardened and have ground bores. Driveline shaft shall
be made of alloy steel, hardened and ground to size. All shafts shall be ball-
bearing supported.
One (1) Pump Anti-Corrosion Svstem -Zinc Anode, Waterous Pumps
31-01-0400
PUMP ANTI-CORROSION SYSTEM
An anti-corrosion system shall be installed to prevent galvanic corrosion within
the pump. It shall consist of two (2) sacrificial zinc anodes; One shall be installed
on each of the 6" main .inlets. Anodes shall be easily removable for inspection ~
and replacement..
One (1) Pump Seal -Mechanical, Waterous ~
31-01-6100
MECHANICAL PUMP SEALS
Mechanical pump seals shall be provided to eliminate the need for conventional
packing rings.
One (1) Pump Shift -Three-Position. Air, w/Lockinst Collar ~
31-02-0800 ~
PUMP SHIFT
An air operated-shift system shalt be provided that allows the shift arm position
to be changed.by means of an in-cab mounted switch. It shall engage either the i
pump drive gear or the truck drive shaft gear. Athree-position positive lock air
shift shall be provided.
One (1j Pump Shift Manua! Override
31-02-0900
i PUMP SHIFT MANUAL OVERRIDE
i
A manual pump shift override shall be provided. _ i
' One (1) Relief Valve -Intake Pressure. Elkhart, 2-1/2"
31-03-0000
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A 2-1/2" Elkhart intake relief valve shall be permanently installed in the inlet
piping. It shall have minimum pressure adjustment of 75 to 250 psi. The surplus ~
water shall be plumbed to the underside of the truck away from the operator. i
One (1) Relief Valve -.Intake Pressure, Pilot Oaerated, Waterous
31-03-DD00 I
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous pilot operated intake relief (dump) valve shall be installed on the
pump intake manifold with a minimum pressure adjustment of 50 to 250psig.
The surplus water shall be plumbed to the underside of the truck away from the
operator and shall terminate with a 2-1/2" Victaulic outlet. Hose connection shall
only be used when excess water flow is creating a nuisance or hazard around the
apparatus and dumping would be more convenient elsewhere. A permanent label
shall be provided near the outlet that states "Intake Pressure Relief Outlet -'Do
Not Cap..
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available-with Waterous Pumps.
i
One (1) Transfer Valve -Manual Shift, Waterous
31-04-0100
' ~ TRANSFER VALVE j
I
Transfer valve design shall be of latest ball type, of all bronze. construction and '
incorporate a hydraulically balanced seal assembly to minimize leakage around
the ball and assure maximum pump efficiency. The transfer valve shall operate
smoothly and without sticking even when exposed to sandy or dirty water.
Operation of the transfer valve shall provide smooth changing of the transfer
valve to either PRESSURE or VOLUME without shutting down at any discharge
pressure up to 250 psi.
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available with Waterous Pumps. Not available with top
mount operator's stand options.
One (1) Primer - Rotarv Vane, Waterous #VPO, Oil-less
31-05-0300
PRIMING DEVICE ~
Priming pump shall be a Waterous Model VPO electrically driven, positive
displacement, rotary vane type. It shall operate without the use of sealing oil, i.e.
. be of oil-less design and not require an oil tank. Motor shall be totally enclosed to
prevent dust, dirt and water from entering. Priming pump shall be built by the
manufacturer of the fire pump.
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available with Waterous Pumps.
i
i
One (1) Primino halve - Waterous. l~acuum Activtd Push Button, Elect
34-05-0700
PRIMING VALVE
Priming valve shall be operated by a push button control on the pump panel I
Pushing the button shall automatically open the priming valve and activate the
primer motor at the same time, thus being a one hand operation. Primer valve
shall be connected to the top of both pump volutes (two stage pumps) making it
possible to prime the pump no matter if the pump is in pressure or volume.
One {1) Transmission- Lock Up -Pump Shift Activation,
31-07-0100
TRANSMISSION LOCKUP
The direct gear transmission lockup- for the fire pump operation shall engage ~
automatically when the pump shift contro} in the cab is activated.
One (1) Drain Valve -Master Pump, Brass/S/S. w/Sealed Port
31-07-0300
MASTER DRA]N -FIRE PUMP
A master-drain valve shall be provided and installed. The drain assembly shall
be constructedof brass and stainless steel with individually sealed ports for low
point drainage of the fire pump and auxiliary devices.
One (1) Pressure Relief Svstem -Waterous, Manual.
31-11-1100
PRESSURE CONTROL
i
Waterous adjustable pressure relief valve system specifically designed for fire
service shall be provided. Valve shall be positive and quick acting and have
instantaneous on/off control. When in the off position, the relief valve shall
functionally be removed from the system. When turned back on, it shall again
monitor and. maintain the. pressure the relief valve was set at the last time it was
used. Control for adjusting pressure to be elliptical shaped for positive grip.
. Wheel. control not acceptable. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be
provided and be accessible from pump operator's panel. LED lights to indicate
when the relief valve is bypassing and. when the relief valve is fully closed shall
be furnished.
ENG. NOTES
- This option is only available with Waterous Pumps.- Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Manual Push-Button Throttle - FRC. RTU
31-12-0200
MANUAL PUSH-BUTTON THROTTLE CONTROL
A Fire Research manual push-button throttle, model RTU series, shall be
installed. The remote throttle shall maintain the engine RPM at the level set by
the operator. The program features shall be accessed via push buttons located on
the front of the module. The program shall support automatic regulation of
engine RPM, a field programmable preset, and diagnostic capabilities. The
remote throttle safety features shall include an OK to pump interlock signal
i recognition and return to idle push button.
i
When the throttle is active, the cab accelerator shall be inhibited to prevent
inadvertent operation of the cab acFelerator, which could result in a sudden and
dangerous increase in pump discharge pressure.
ENG. NOTES.
- Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Auxiliary Cooling System
32-00-0100
AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be installed to permif use of
water from the discharge side of the fire pump to reduce the temperature of the
anti freeze solution circulating through the engine cooling system.
ENG. NOTES
Not compatible with Triton pumps.
One (1) Pump Piping - S/S Pipe and HP Hose, Hvdrotested
32-01-0110
PUMP PIPING - HYDROTESTED STAINLESS STEEL AND HIGH
PRESSURE HOSE
All suction and discharge lines -shall use schedule 10 stainless steel pipe or heavy
duty pressure/vacuum hose with stainless steel end fittings. Sweat soldered
copper tubing is not acceptable. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage
or loosen piping, the pipe shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber couplings. ~
All discharge and gated inlet lines to drain through individual drain valves. All
individual drain lines are to be extended to drain below chassis frame.
All threaded fittings shall be sealed with a heavy duty Teflon anaerobic pipe
sealant. It shall be in a liquid form with a consistency similar to grease. Teflon ~
tape shall not be acceptable. It shall be designed to prevent corrosion between ~
the mating surfaces; and to allow for easy disassembly of the joints if necessary.
Permabond shall manufacture with a-trade name of Perma-lok.
All water carrying pressure gauge lines are to be of flexible polypropylene tubing
to prevent breakage from vibration. All suction inlets and discharge outlets shall
be equipped with National Standard Threads (NST).
The entire pump and plumbing system shall be hydrostatic tested up to 250 psi by
the manufacturer. The test shall be third party witnessed and shall comply with
the requirements of Section 16.13.8 ofNrPA 1901, current edition:
ENG. NOTES
SOPR needed if over ten (10) discharges.
Fourteen {14)
32-01-2500 Drain Valves -Line, Class 1, Quarter Turn
.DRAINS
A Class One .75" quarter turn ball drain or bleed off valve shall be provided for
each gated hydrant inlet ordischarge outlet. The drain valves shall be recessed
i
i
behind-the panel with the control handle extending through it. They shall be ~
located along the bottom of the side pump panels in a single horizontal row. The
drain controls shall be properly labeled. The water discharged from the drain
tines shall be routed so it is exhausted below the chassis frame rails.
ENG. NOTES
The cost of the drain(s) is included in each. MIV, aux inlet, front/rear inlet
and discharge >1.5" and aerial waterway...
One (1) Tank To Pump Line Valve - 3", Side Panel Control
32-02-3000
TANK TO -PUMP LINE
A 3" tank to pump valve shall be installed between the water tank and the pump.
The valve shall be a quarter turn ball. type, drop out design and constructed of
bronze. The control handle shall be chrome push/pull locking "T" type and will
be installed on the left side pump panel. A check valve shall. be .installed between
the pump and the-valve to prevent waterfrom flowing back into the tank.
ENG. NOTES
If top mount control panel is quoted delete this option and use option #32-
02-3100.
One (1) Valve Controls -Side Mount, Class 1
33-00-.5100
INLET AND OUTLET PUSH PULL CONTROLS
All inlet and outlet push-pull valve control handles shall-be the "T" handle design
with a recess in its face fora 7/8" x 2-7/8" identification plate. Handles and
panel plates (escutcheons) shall be constructed of cast zinc with a polished
chrome plated finish. Handles shall be labeled describing the function. of the
control handle. The discharge valves that are remote mounted in the pump
system piping shall be actuated by Class 1 i/4 turn locking push-pull control
assembly. The sliding rod for the outlet which. pulls .out from the pump panel
shall be constructed of 3/4" diameter aluminum with a hard coated anodized
surface. Inlet valve controls do not have to be the lockingtype-nor have the
Class 1 control rod.
ENG. NOTES
If quotation has top mount pump panel feature delete this option and add
option #33-00-5200.
One (1) Valves -All Akron Direct & Inline
33-00-5400
AKRON VALVES
All direct and in-line valves shall be Akron model 8600 or 8800 heavy duty
swing-out brass valves designed for operating pressures to 250 psi. Akron 8000
series valves have a 316 stainless steel ball turning in self-adjusting ball seats and
shall create a positive seal to-hold pressure or vacuum in both directions without
the use of high maintenance o-rings. Lubrication. or regular maintenance shall.
not be required to support the valve manufacturer's warranty.
One (1) Master Compound Gausses - (21 Ashcroft, 4.5" dia., 30-0.600
33-03-4000
MASTER GAUGES
A pair of Ashcroft compound gauges shall be provided for the master Pump
Intake and master Pump Discharge gauges. The gauges shall be 4.5" in diameter • ~
and have a pressure range of 30-0-600 and shall dampen vibration and pulsation. I
The gauges shall be the dry type for optimal performance in freezing I
temperatures. The gauge body and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with j
black lettering on white faces. The gauges shall each have an adjustable pointer '
and a vent hole to assist with condensation.
The master gauges shall be grouped together on the-pump operator's control
panel for ease of observation during pump operations; as required by NFPA
1901.
Eleven (11) Gauges -Line 2 5" Ashcroft 30-0-600, 1 per Disc
33-04-0100 - ~
PRESSURE GAUGE(S)
{Quantity} individual line pressure gauges for the 1.50" and larger discharges
shall be furnished. The gauge(s) shall be 2.5" in diameter and have a pressure
range of 30-0-600 and shall dampen vibration and pulsation. Each gauge shall be
the dry type for optimal performance in freezing temperatures. The gauge body
and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with black lettering on white faces.
Each gauge shall have an adjustable pointer and a vent hole to assist with
condensation.
ENG. NOTES
A gauge is required for every discharge 1.5" or larger.
-One (1) P_ uma Panel Engine Gauges - Class1 ENFO IV
33-04-9700
PUMP PANEL ENGINE GAUGES - CLASSI ENFO IV
A Class 1 "ENFO IV" shall be provided. The ENFO IV provides the pump
operator with engine rpm, oil pressure, engine temperature and electrical system
voltage. The ENFO TV shall utilize the SAE J-1939 bus for engine information:
The voltage shall be displayed from the battery. This compact unit contains all
required engine audible and visual alarms including the voltage warning.
One (1) Fuel Gaucte -Pump Panel
33-05-0400
.FUEL GAUGE
A 2" weatherproof fuel gauge shall be mounted on pump panel indicating the
amount of fuel in tank. The gauge shall be mounted in a well lighted area for
night operations.
S One (1) Tank Level Gauge -Water. Sighfi-Glass Stvle Plastic Tube
33-06-1010
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE
There shall be a "sight-glass" style water tank level gauge mounted on the pump
panel. The tank level gauge shall be a length of clear plastic tubing that is equal,
in height to that of the booster tank. The tubing shall be mounted on the pump
i
. operators anel in a rotective stainless steel channel. The tubin shall be i
p p g P pad
' directly into the booster tank and shall fill at a rate, and to a level, that is in direct ~
relation to the water in the booster tank.
The sight tube. is to be illuminated with a LED light strip.
Sight tube to be illuminated with a LED light strip.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with whinged gauge panel. Subject to freezing in cold
climates.
One (1) Tank Level Gauge -Water, Class1, Intelli-Tank.
33-06-1110
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE -MASTER
The apparatus shall be equipped with a Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge
for indicating water level. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on
a 4-light LED display and show increments of 1/8 of a tank.
The Class 1 ".Intelli -Tank" tank level gauge utilizes a pressure transducer that
mounts on the outside of the tank for sensing water or foam levels. No probes are
required for the tank.
One (1) Larae Tank Level Displays - (2) Water, Whelen PST LED -.Cab
33-06-1A21
LARGE WATER TANK LEVEL DISPLAYS
Two (2} Whelen "PST" water tank level display(s) shall be provided on the cab,
one on each side of the body. The displays shall be vertically mounted and wired
to the Master water tank level gauge through a remote display driver module..
ENG. NOTES
Be sure that you have added a Class1 Remote Large Display Driver
Module.
One (1) Main Pump Inlets - 6", (11 LlS, (1) R/S
33-10-01.00
PUMP INLETS
A 6° pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle.
Removable die cast zinc strainers shall be provided in each side inlet to provide
cathodic protection for the pump and thus reduce corrosion in the pump. Each
inlet shall extend past the pump panel and shall allow a minimum of 8" clearance
to the outside edge of the running board:
ENC. NOTES
If clearance is not correct, use short or recessed and short inlets.
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -Gated, 2-1/2", Left Side
33-10-1300
2-I/2" HYDRANT INLET
i
i
One 2-]/2" gated hydrant inlet shall be furnished on the left side of the operator's
stand. The valve shall be recessed. behind the panel and: shall be provided with a
- push pull control extending through the panel. The valve shall be of the drop out
:type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST female swivel adapter and screen.
A warning label shall be provided near the inlet identifying it as a pressurized
water source.
ENG. NOTES
Must be controlled at operator's control panel when only one (1) auxiliary ~
inlet is provided. i
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -Gated, 2-1/2", Rittht Side
33-10-1400
2- ] /2 HYDRANT INLET
I
i
One 2-1 /2" gated hydrant inlet shall be furnished on the right side of the
operator's stand. "The valve shall be recessed behind the panel and shall be
provided with a push pull control extending through the panel. The valve shall
be of the drop out type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST female swivel
adapter and screen. A warning label shall be provided near the inlet identifying it
as a pressurized water source.
ENG. NOTES
Must he controlled at operator's control panel ~nrhen only one (1) auxiliary
inlet.is provided.
One (1) Front Inlet - 5" w/o Valve -for MII w/'07 Enst. or Sentinel \
33-13-1300
FRONT 5" PUMP INLET
The apparatus shall be provided with a S" front pump inlet. It shall be installed
with the hose inlet at the right side of the cab front bumper.
The inlet shall be constructed of schedule ] 0 stainless steel piping and shall enter
the inlet manifold section of the pump. Galvanized or black iron (steel) pipe is
.not an acceptable alternative. Connection to the pump shall be via a bolted
flange, threaded pipe turned into the manifold will not be acceptable. The front
suction shall be a welded fabrication utilizing sweep type welded pipe elbows.
Threaded pipe and elbows shall not be used in the design of the front inlet. ~
Piping shall be routed under the cab and over the front axle in the right side
wheel well area. It hall be mounted to the chassis frame (not cab or body) with
heavy duty support brackets.
The multi-piece assembly shall be connected together with Victaulic couplings.
They shall prevent damage to the. piping when the chassis frame twists or flexes.
Also they shall provide a means of disassembly and removal of any individual
piping section if necessary because of accident or for easier access to other
damaged areas or places requiring special maintenance needs. Front inlet piping
shall be removable without having to remove the cab.
Total assembly shall be fully engineered, and not a "make on job" fabrication
where future replacement parts cannot be ordered from the apparatus builder.
i
i
i
I~
i
Bidder may be required to provide evidence of his ability to supply engineering
' drawings of the front inlet assembly and its individual parts.
ENG. NOTES
Contact factory for approval if utilizing on Meanstick. -Front suction option.
is not available with air ride front suspension. Not available on MII with
2006 engine.
One (1) 5" Butterfly Valve -Front Inlet~w/Handwheel Control
33-13-2000
5" BUTTERFLY VALVE i
i
The front inlet shall include a handwheel controlled S" butterfly valve (or equal)
with indicator. Handwheel shall be located on the pump panel. Indicator shall
show valve rotation. for opening or closing. Valve shall be equipped with an
alumiinum bronze disc or other similar non-corrosive material. Valve seat
material shall be a nonfreezing synthetic rubber similar to Buna N. There shall be ~
a right angle gear assembly mounted on top of valve with control rod extended to
pump panel. Rod shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) universal joints to
prevent binding during operation. ~ i
One (1) Tank Fill Line - 2-1/2"
33-20-0250
TANK FILL
i
There shall be a 2-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed with a 2-1/2" inline ~
bronze valve. Valve shall be controlled at the pump panel with a chrome Locking
handle.
One (1) Front Bumper Discharge - LS, 1.5" wl 2" Plumbing
34-15-0152
1.5" FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE -LEFT
One (1) 1.5" preconnect discharge shall be located in the front bumper extension
on the left side. The discharge shall be .plumbed from the pump with 2" pipe and
high pressure hose. It shall have a 2" full flow quarter turn valve and a pressure
gauge.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QV1l#33-04-
0100 or QW#33-04-0200.
S One (1) Hand Wheels j
34-15-9999
HAND WHEEL VALVES
The following discharges shall have hndwheel actuators IPO puch pull
actuators.
-LH 2 1/2"
-RH 2 1/2"
-LH Rear 2 1/2"
-RH Rear 2 1!2"
-Booster Reel
1
i
j
i
The following discharges shall have handwhee! actuators IPO push pull i
~ actuators. i
-LH 2 1/2"
-RH 2 112"
-LH Rear 2 1/2"
-RH Rear 2 1/2"
-Booster Reel ~
One (1) Crosslay Discharge -121 1.5" w/ 2" Plumbing
34-17-0100 ,
CROSSLAY DISCHARGES
A 1.5" discharge shall terminate in the bottom of each crosslay bed. It shall be j
plumbed with 2" high pressure hose, be gated with a 2" ball type bronze valve
and have a 1.5" NST 90 degree swivel outlet in the hosebed. The valve controls
and pressure gauges for the crosslays shall be installed on the pump operator's
panel. Push-pull valve controls. shall be the quarter turn locking type with
chrome plated "T" style handle.
One (1) Discharge - LS, 2-1/2" (Ea1
34-20-0250
2-1/2".LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE(Sl
One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s); each with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve ~
..and. pressure -gauge shal l be located on the left side panel. Each valve shall be j
capable of being locked or unlocked at the valve from the control panel at any
position between open or closed and shall operate freely up to maximum pump
discharge pressure. Each valve shall be mounted with the body behind the pump.
panel and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump. I
One (1) Discharge - RS, 2-1/2" (Ea)
34-21-0250
2-1 /2" -RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve and
pressure gauge shall be located on the right side panel. Each valve shall'be
capable of-being locked or unlocked at the valve from the control panel at any
position between open or closed and shalLoperate freely up to maximum pump
discharge pressure. Each valve shall be mounted with the body behind the pump '
panel and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump.
Two (2) Discharge - RS, 4" w/Akron Valve, Manual Handwheel Control
34-21-0400. I
4" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE
There shall be one (1) 4" discharge with pressure gauge to the right side pump ~
panel. -The outlet shall be piped from the discharge side of the pump through an
Akron 4" handwheel controlled valve with 4" piping. The valve shall be pump j
panel controlled.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-
i 0100 or QW#33-04-0200. Not available for top mounts.
I
i
i
I
i
i
.One (1) Rear Discharge - LS, 2-1J2"
34-24-0250
2-1/2" LEFT REAR DISCHARGE ~
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose bed on the left
hand side. It shall be plumbed with 2-1/2" pipe. The outlet shall be operated by
an in-line 2-1/2" drop out type valve with control and pressure gauge at the pump
panel. Victaulic or other flexible type coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
appropriate.
ENG. NOTES
' ~ Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-0100
or QW#33-04-0200.
One (1) Dear Discharge - RS. 2-112"
34-25-0250
2-1/2" RIGHT REAR DISCHARGE
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose bed on the right
hand side. It shall be plumbed 2-1/2" pipe. The outlet shall be operated by an in-
line 2-1/2" drop out type valve with control and pressure gauge at the pump
panel. ~lictaulic or other flexible type coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
appropriate.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of,Pressure Gauged QW#33-04-0100
~ or QW#33-04-0200.
One (1) Cap -Main Pump inlet. 6", Long Handled. Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-0030
MAIN PUMP INLET CAP(Sl
One (1) 6" NST long handled chrome plated cap(s) shall be provided for the j
main pump inlet(s).
One (1) Plug & Chain - ~S Auxiliary Gated Inlet, 2.5", Chr®me Plated
34-85-0110
LEFT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining chain shall be provided for the left side
2.5" auxiliary gated inlet.
One (1) Plug & Chain - RS Auxiliary Gated Inlet, 2.5", Chrome Plated
34-85-0120
RIGHT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining chain-shall be provided for the right side
2.5" auxiliary gated inlet.
One (1) Adapter ~ Screen -Front Inlet, 5" NST. Chrome Plated
34-85-0310
FRONT INLET ADAPTER & SCREEN
~ A 5"NST chrome plated adapter and screen shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1) .Cap -Front Inlet. 5" Long Handled. Chrome Plated
i
i
34-85-0360
FRONT INLET CAP
A 5" NST long handled chrome plated cap shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1) Swivel - LS Front Bumper Discharae, 1.5"NST 90 Dearee, S/S
34-85-1010
FRONT PRECONNECT DISCHARGE SW]VEL
A Chicksan Style; polished stainless steel, 1-1/2" IvINST 90 degree swivel elbow
shall be provided for the left side of the front preconnect discharge.
One (1) No Cap 8~ Chain for Left Front Bumper Discharae
34-85-1045
-One (1) Adapter - LS 2.5" Discharge, 2.5" x 2.5" NST, Chrm Pltd (Ea) i
34-85-1210 '
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2.S" FNPT x 2.5" 1ViNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" left side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-1930.
One (1) Elbow - LS 2.5" Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg, Chrm Pltd (Ea)
34-85-1214
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" IVINST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" left side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-1930.
One (1) Adapter - RS Discharge, 2,5" NST, .Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1610
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" 1V1NST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" right side discharge(s). `
ENG. NOTES
This adapter takes a 2.5" cap & chain, 34-85-2030.
One (1) Elbow - RS Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg., Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1614
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" right side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap, and chain, 34-85-2030.
Two (2) Adapter - RS 4" Discharge, 4" x 5" NST. Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1820
i
I
j
" ;I
RIGHT SIDE BISCHARGE ADAPTER
Two (2) 4" FNPT x 5" IVIlVST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the
4" right side discharge(s).
Two (2) Elbow - RS 4"'Discharge, 4" NST. 45 Deg.. Chrome Plated- (Ea)
34-85-1834
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW i
Two (2) 4"FNST x 4" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 4" right side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 4" cap & chain, 34-85-2060. i
One (1) Cap & Chain - LS Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated IEa)
34-85-1930
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the ~
2.5" left side discharge(s).
One (1) Cap 8~ Chain - RS Discharge. 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea) ~
34-85-2030
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the-
right side discharge(s). ~
Two (2) Cap & Chain - RS Discharge, 4", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2060 i
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
Two (2) 4" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall. be provided for the
right side discharge(s).
Location of 4" cap & chain shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify which right side discharges receive this cap & chain.
One (1} Adapter - LS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST. Chrome Plated (Ea1
34-85-2210
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" left side rear discharge(s). ~
One (1) Elbow - LS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg, Chrm Platd (Ea)
34-85-2214
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be i
provided for the 2.5" left side rear discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-2930.
i
One (1) Adapter - RS Rear Dischar~te, 2.5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea}
34-85-2610 I
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER ~
One (1) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" ]YINST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg, Chrm Platd (Ea1
34-85-2614
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" 1vINST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be ~
provided for the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-3036.
One (1) Cap & Chain - LS Rear Discharce, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea}
34-85-2930
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
left side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea}
34-85-3030
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN. ' ~
j
.One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Discharge -Deck Gun. 3", Akron w/ Handwheel Control
34-90-03AH
3" DELUGE RISER W/AKRON HANDWHEEL CONTROL
A 3" deluge gun riser shall be installed above the pump terminating in the open
bin with National Pipe Thread (NPT). Location to be determined on the P. E.
Drawing and approved by the customer. Piping shall be installed securely so no
movement develops- when the line is charged. The riser shall be gated and
controlled at the pump operator panel by an Akron handwheel controlled valve. ~
The outlet shall be piped from the discharge manifold of the pump through 3"
piping. An open/closed dial indicator shall be provided on the pump panel.
Piping shall terminate above the pump housing floor:
[ ]approximately 12.5"
[ ]Specify other height:
. NOTE: Class 1 auto drain shall be used on all deck gun installations.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauged Discharges
limited to one. Does not include flange or adapter. Not available on top
mounts. NOTE: Class 1 auto drain will be used on all deck gun
installations..
i
S One (1) Deck Gun and monitor
35-00-9999
AKRON APPOLLO DECK GUN
Akron Turbo master Nozzle #].755, Akron Apollo monitor base #34]6, Akron
master stream straightner, Akron master stream foam nozzle #3625, Akron
master stream smooth bore #2499.
Akron Turbo master Nozzle #1755, Akron Apollo monitor base #3416,
Akron .master: stream straightener, Akron master stream foam nozzle
#3625,- Akron master stream smooth bore #2499.
One (1) 3" ~?5~? Deck Gun Ffanae for 3" Pipe
35-00-9X 10
3" ASA DECK GUN FLANGE
A 3" 4-bolt ASA flange shall be furnished and installed on the end of the deluge
riser.
One (1) Booster Reel -Open Bin, Polished Aluminum
35-7Q-1100
BOOSTER REEL -OPEN BIN -POLISHED ALUMINUM
A Hannay aluminum booster reel with aluminum discs shall be installed over the
i pump compartment. Reel shall be constructed utilizing an aluminum welded
base. Rewind will be 12-volt - 1/2 HP electric motor and will chain drive the
reel drum. The booster reel shall have an automatic brake to prevent the booster
hose from unwinding unoontrollably. Reel shall have a capacity for 200` of 1"
booster Bose or 300' of 3/4" booster hose. A gear driven manual rewind shall be
included. A .push button rewind switch'shall be provided at a convenient
`location on the pump panel. The booster reel discharge control shall be located i
at the operators control panel. The reel shall be piped with 1-1/2" piping and
flexible high pressure hose. Reel access location, to unwind to the right hand ,
side of the apparatus unless otherwise specified.
If quantity selection-for this option is two, then one reel will unwind to the right
hand side and one reel will unwind to the left hand side. Open bin space needed
for reel mounting is 28.00" wide x 27.00" deep x 29.00"high.
THE BOOSTER REEL-SHALL BE MOUNTED AS FAR RIGHT AS
POSSIBLE TO WITH DECK-GUN TO MAXIMIZE THE COMPARTMENT
SPACE IN DUNNAGE AREA. Foam discharge.
One (1) Booster Hose - ~",100' Lena~th_
35-70-6200
100' LENGTH OF 1" BOOSTER HOSE
One (1)hundred-(100') foot length(s) of 1 800 PSI booster hose, coupled with
chrome plated pin hole type 1" CHT couplings shall be provided and installed.
One (1) Hose Reel Polished S/S Rollrs & Guides -Open Bin. Same-Side
i
35-70-6800
HOSE REEL POLISHED S/S ROLLERS AND GUIDES -OPEN BIN
.Polished stainless steel hose reel rollers and guides shall be provided at the top of
the operator's stand compartment on the same side as the hose reel location.
Option quantity can. be two if two reels are specified in the open bin. ~
S One (1) Booster Reel Nozzle Holder
35-70-68JK
BOOSTER REEL NOZZLE HOLDER ~
An aluminum booster reel nozzle holder shall be supplied and installed on the
officer's side pump panel.
One (1) Reel Master Switch
35-70-7200
REEL MASTER SWITCH
A reel master switch shall be provided on the operator's panel.
Standard location is on pump panel.
One (1) Hose Reel Blowout From Vehicle Air Supply
35-70-8200
( BLOW-OUT FOR BOOSTER REEL
An air valve shall be provided on the pump panel, piped from the vehicle air
system to the hose reel, to blow the water out of the booster hose.
Standard valve location is on the pump panel.
One (1) Foam System - FoamPro 2002, A or B Foam
36-90-5200
FOAMPRO 2002 FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM FOR CLASS '°A" OR
..B.. FOAM
A FoamPro 2002 direct injection foam system capable of flowing 1000 GPM of
0.5% concentration, 500 GPM of 1.0% concentration and 166 GPM of 3%
concentration shall be provided.
The foam system shall be capable of discharging either Class A or B foam.
The foam proportioning system operation shall be-based on a direct measurement
of water flows and pressure. The system shall be equipped with a digital
electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control
display-shall be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow
meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate output. The microprocessor
shall compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure that
~ the proportion rate is accurate.
i
I
i
i
i
Puslr button control for the foam proportioning rate shall allow a ratio from .1
' to 3.0% in 0.1 % increments. The rated capacity of the system shall be 166 GPM
at 3.00% and 1000. GPM at 0.5%.
Foam injection pump shall be rated S.O GPM and be the positive displacement
type powered by a 12 volt DC electric motor.
A check valve shall be installed between the water pump and foam injection
point to prevent foam agent from contaminating the water pump. Also a check
valve shall be placed between the foam pump and injection point to prevent
water flowing into the foam pump and foam tanks.
After the flowmeter and the foam injection point the discharge shall be split to
feed four (4) different outlets as directed by the fire department. It is understood
by the department that depending on the number of discharges utilized, nozzle
flow rates selected and foam agent percentage, that all outlets may not be able to
be used. simultaneously at rated water or foam flows (see foam capacities stated
above) nor can one outlet (of the four) discharge water and another foam while
the system is in operation.
Foam shall be plumbed to the following discharges:
Front l3umper
Rear 2 1/2" LH Discharge
Booster Reel
' Deck Gun
ENG. NOTES
Only one foam tank so tank selector (manual or electric) is not an option.'
Foam Tank priced separately.NOTE: This option is limited to four (4) or
- less discharges. 1f more discharges are required, an 80PR must be
submitted to the factory.
One (1) Foam System Testing -Test Method 2
36-91-01 M2
FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM TESTING
The foam proportioning system accuracy shall be tested using method 2 of
section A.21.11.1 as specified in NFPA 1901, current edition: "Measuring-Foam
Concentrate Pump Output Directly". With the foam system operating at a given
water flow rate, and either foam concentrate or water used as a substitute for
foam concentrate, the output of the foam concentrate pump shall be measured by
diverting that output into a calibrated. container for direct measurement over a
measured period of time. An alternative is to measure the foam concentrate flow
or water substitute with a calibrated meter.
The contractors-report shall contain the following information for each foam
tested:
~ TANK A
Set Ratio:
i
and Flow Rate:
' - GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio:
Lower Control Limit:
Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy:. _Yes
No
TANK B_
Set Ratio:
and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:. 1
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time: '
Actual Mixing Ratio:
Lower Control Limit:
Upper. Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: _Yes
_No
One (1) Warranty -Waterous, Pump. 5 Yrs. Parts Onlv
91-75-0500
WATEROUS WARRANTY
The pump shall be warranted by Waterous to the original buyer that the pump is
free from defects in material and workmanship for 5 years. This warranty covers
parts onlx. The "Warranty Period" commences on the. date the. original buyer
takes delivery of the apparatus. Please refer to Waterous warranty documents
enclosed.
ENG. NOTES
.The actual warranty documents-can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One. {1) Warranty -Akron Brass. 8600/8800 Heaw Duty Valves 10 Year
91-75-0528
WARRANTY
Akron Brass warrants the 8600 and 8800 heavy duty valves for a period often
(10) years after purchase against defects in materials or workmanship.
One (1 } Warranty -Ashcroft Gauges, 5 Yr
91-75-3180
WARRANTY ~
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (5) year manufacturer's warranty.
Eleven (11) Warranty -Ashcroft Gaug~
91-75-3180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (S) year manufacturer's warranty.
One (1) Water Tank - 500 Gallon. T-Type, Short
37-02-0050
WATER TANK
i
i
' Booster Tank
-The Tank shall have a capacity of 500 U.S. Gallons The tank manufacturer shall
mark the tank and furnish notice that indicates proof of warranty. The purpose. of
the notice is to inform department personnel who store, stock, or use the tank that i
the unit is under warranty. There shall be a 3" diameter threaded plug located in `
the bottom of the booster tank sump to provide a drain when cleaning and ~
flushing tank of foreign substances.
Construction
The tank shall be constructed from'/2" thick sheetstock material that shall be a
non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic and U. V. stabilized for maximum
protection.. The tank shall be of a special configuration and is so designed to be
completely. independent of the body and compartments. All joints and seams ~
shall be welded and tested for maximum strength and integrity.- The top of the j
tank will be-fitted with locations for removable lifting eyes designed with a 3 to 1 ~
safety factor to allow for easy removal: All transverse and longitudinal swash ~
partitions shall be equipped with vent and air holes to permit movement of air +
and water between compartments. The partitions shall be designed to provide .
maximum water flow. All swash partitions interlock with one another and. are
welded to -each other as well as to the walls of the tank. ~
Fill Tower
The tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The fill tower
shall be constructed of/2' sheet stock material and shall be a minimum
dimension of 8.00" x 8:00" outer perimeter (Standard. size to be 12.00" x 12.00").
The tower-shall be located in the left front corner of the tank unless otherwise
specified by the purchaser.. The tower shall have a'/4" thick removable screen
and ahinged-type cover: Inside the fill tower shall be a combination vent
overflow pipe. The vent overflow shall be a minimum of schedule 40
polypropylene pipe with a minimum LD. of 4" that is designed to run through the ~
tank, and shall be piped behind the rear wheels so as to maximize traction.
Cover
The tank-cover shall be constructed of %i" thick sheet stock material that is U. V.
stabilized. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall be drilled and tapped to
accommodate the lifting eyes.
Sumn
There shall be one (1) sump standard per Tank. The sump shall be constructed of
''/s" thick sheet stock material and be located in the bottom of the tank to the front.
On all tanks that require a front suction, a 3" schedule 40 polypropylene pipe
shall be installed that will incorporate a dip tube from the front of the tank to the
.sump location.. The sump shall have a minimum 3" NPT threaded outlet on the
bottom for a drain plug. This-shall be used as a combination clean-out and drain.
The tank shall have an anti-swirl plate located approximately. 2" - 2'/z" above the
sump.
Outlets
~ There will be two (2) standard tank outlets: one for tank-to-pump suction line
which shall be a minimum of 3" coupling; one for a tank fill line, which shall be
a minimum of 1" pipe, NPT coupling. All tank fill couplings shall be backed
with flow deflectors to break up the stream of water entering the tank, and be
capable of withstanding sustained fill rates of up to 1,000 GPM.
Mounting
The tank shall rest on-cross members in conjunction with such additional cross-
members, spaced: at a distance that would not allow for more than. 530 square
inches of unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases where overall height of
the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross-member spacing will be decreased to allow for
not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area. The tank will be isolated
from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum
thickness and .width dimension of .250" x 2.00"-and a minimum Rockwell
Hardness of 60 durometer. Additionally, the tank will be supported around the
entire bottom outside .perimeter and captured both front and rear as well as side to
side to prevent the tank from shifting during vehicle. operation. Although the
tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, the tank will have
adequate hold down restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation.
If proper retention is not available or incorporated into the apparatus hose floor,
an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of tank, half way
between the front and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops will be
constructed of carbon. steel having minimum angular dimensions of 3.00" x 3.00"
x .250" and shall be approximately 6.00" to 12.00" long. These brackets will
incorporate a hard rubber isolating pad with a minimum thickness of .250"
affixed on the underside of the angle. The angle will then be bolted to the body
sidewalls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of
the upper sidewall-of the tank. Internal mounting block design and hose bed
floors will be so- designed that the floor slat supports. extend full width from side
wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edge of the tank or in any
-way come in contact with the individual covers where a puncture could occur.
Hose floor loading will. support up to 2001bs. per sq. foot and will be evenly
distributed whenever. possible. Other equipment such as generators, portable
pumps, etc. will not be mounted directly to the tank top.
ENG. NOTES
Only available for short or short extended pumper bodies. Req. min. 1"
tank fill. Req. min. axle capacity of 22,000 Ib. on Attacker or 24,000 Ib. on
MII. Max. rear compt. height is 39.75".
One (1) Foam Tank - "A", 40 Gallon, Built Into Water Tank
37-35-040A I
FOAM TANK
A forty (40) gallon "A" foam tank shall be incorporated .into the water tank.
These 40 gallons shall be in addition to the, amount of water specified. The fill
tower shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter (standard size to
be 12" x I2" The fill tower shall be provided with an easy opening, hinged,
latching cover. Within the fill tower shall be an anti-foaming fill pipe. The fill
tower shall be constructed to facilitate complete interior flushing as required.-
The fill tower shall be equipped with apressure/vacuum vent that enables the
tank to compensate for changes in pressure or vacuum when filling or
~ withdrawing foam concentrate.
ENG. NOTES
Foam cell(s) totaling more than 50 gaL in an L-Tank requires engineering
approval.
One (1) Direct Tank Fill - 2.5" LS Pump Panel, Recessed Valve
37-40-0300.
TANK FILL. LEFT SIDE PUMP PANEL
A 2-1/2" ball type, quarter turn, tank fill valve shall be provided. The control
valve shall be a swing handle valve and shall be located inside the pump
enclosure on the left side.
It shall.terminated in a chrome plated 2-1/2" swivel-female connector with a ~
screen and chrome plated 2-1/2" plug with retaining chain. Only the control
handle-and 2-1/2" NST female swivel shall be exposed.
ENG. NO I ES
If water tank is not a standard tank please. contact the factory for
availability of this option.A single 2:5"direct tank fill does NOT meet the
requirements of NFPA 1901 for a Mobile Water Supply Apparatus water
tank.
-One (1) Pumper Bodv 0A Lencth -121" Short (C=52.5")
40-00-0121
121 ° OVERALL BODY LENGTH
The overall length of the body shall be 121 The distance from the front exterior
-edge of the body to the midline of the rear axle shall be 52.5". Body overall
width shall be 98", fender to fender.
One (1) Bodv Material & Construction -Stainless Steel, Short
40-00-1100
STAINLESS STEEL BODY CONSTRUCTION
The body and compartments shall be constructed of heavy duty 3 CR12 stainless
steel. The body shall be welded on external or hidden surfaces wherever possible
to insure a clean compartment interior look. The front portion of the riglrt and
left hand side compartments shall mount to a front cross panel. The panel shall
be constructed ofstainless steel tubing and heavy duty stainless steel sheet metal.
The front cross panel assembly shall rest on two (2)-heavy duty rubber isolators.
These isolators shall be bolted to brackets mounted to the chassis frame, as close
to the center line of the chassis frame as possible. These center mounted
isolators shall provide a pivot point which shall allow chassis movement without
introducing stresses into the body. The rear portion of each side compartment.
shall bolt directly to the rear step support assembly, which. is bolted directly to
the chassis frame. The step support assembly shall be constructed of formed .2S"
and .375" plate, 2" X 3" tubes, 2" X 2" angles, and 3" structural channels in a
welded assembly. The rear wall shall be reinforced with formed heavy duty
panels.
The compartments shall 6e a "stweep out" design with the floor higher than the
. door sill. The compartment floors shall be-a minimum of 2.S mm 3CR12
I stainless steel. All compartment seams shall be caulked with gray
i
I
i
adhesive/sealant. Each compartment shall be rated for 500 lbs. of storage. False
bulkhead panels shall be provided on the inside of the forward and rearward wall
of the side compartment panel to cover and protect all electrical wiring and .
components. This also provides a clean interior for equipment mounting. These..
panels shall be removable. Door frames on compartments with hinged doors
shall be fabricated by flanging the door opening edges inward 1.88" and bending
out again .75" to form an angle. The hose body side panels and partitions shall
be raised in 5" increments to provide adequate storage for the required and
specified hose load.
A .125".bright aluminum treadplate cover shall be installed over the side
compartments. The cover shall not form the compartmenttop but shall be an
overlay. The: forward and rearward edges of the cover shall be folded down 1.5"
to cap the forward and rearward ends of the side compartment panel The outside
edge of the cover shall be folded down 1.5" to cap the outside of the side ~
compartment panel and shall have a 45 degree outward bend to provide drip
protection over any compartment doors which are immediately below the cover. ~
Extruded aluminum drip molding with a bright anodized .finish shall provide drip
protection for any comparhment doors that are not directly below an aluminum
treadplate cover. The forward face of the side compartments and the face of the
front cross panel above the operator stand shall be covered with a bright
aluminum treadplate overlay. AlI body components covered with aluminum j
treadplate overlays shall be coated with an anti-corrosion compound prior to
installation. All, treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All exposed
screw or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon. acorn nuts.
Fender compartments shalt be integral with the body side compartmentation.
There shall be no sharp objects protruding into. the wheel well area that could
cause injury while cleaning or doing other maintenancein this area. ~
i
The compartment sizes shall be as follows:
One (1) LS Comets -Short SS 70"H Hilo, 22.5!64134.5, Hinged
45-10-1285
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
The high over low left hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00" high shall be ~
.made of stainless steel. -This panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rear wheels, one (1) low compartment behind the rear wheels, and-two (2)
upper compartments. The two upper compartments shall be separated by a
doorframe, but shall be transverse. The compartment behind the rear wheels has
a 25.75" wide x 29.75" .:high transverse area through the rear. tailboard
compartment. All compartments shall have hinged doors.. This panel shall have
an angled beavertail designed to be 1.00" shorter than the tailboard width at the
bottom and 4.00" wide at the top.
The compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 16.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shallbe 19.50" -wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This. compartment shall have a vertically hinged ~
single door.
i
i
The compartment. behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 31.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 31.50" wide x
29:75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
Each upper compartment shall-have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
.56.00" wide x 30.50" high. Each clear door opening shall be 52.50" wide x
27.00" high. Each usable compartment space shall be 57.50" wide x 33.00" high
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door.
One (1) RS Comets -Short SS 70"H Hilo, 22.5/64!34.5, wlRack, Hinged
45-20-1295
RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
The high over low right hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00" high shall be
made of stainless steel. This panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rear wheels, one (1) low compartment behind the rear wheels, and two (2) .
upper compartments: A ladder rack pivot area shalt separate the two upper
compartments. The compartment behind the rear wheels has a 25.75" wide x
29.75" high transverse area through the rear tailboard compartment. All
compartments shall have hinged doors. This panel shall have an angled
beavertail designed to be 1:00" shorter than the tailboard width at the bottom and
. 4.00" wide at the top.
The compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" wide x 29.75"high. The clear door opening shall be 16.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 19:50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
The compartment behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 31.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide x 27.75" high: The usable compartment space shall be 31.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
Each upper compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
49.25" wide x 30.50" high: Each clear door opening shall be 45.75" wide x
27.00" high. Each usable compartment space shall be 52.06" wide x 33.00" high
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door:
S One (1) BeaverTail Comets Full Height Both Sides
45-20-12TP
BEAVERTAIL COMPARTMENTS
Two (2) rear full height beavertail comparhnents, 64.50" high x 16.00" wide x
10.75" deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the vehicle, one each
side: The compartments shall open to the outside of the vehicle, and shall be
provided with double panel, lap type, doors, constn~cted of the same material as
the body, wit11 "D" ring latches and Eberhardt #206 locks. The compartment
i floors shall be of the sweep out design.-
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel double
spring door stays.
Two (2) rear full height beavertail compartments, 64.50" high x 16.00"
wide x 10.75" deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the ~
i
vehicle, one each side. The compartments shall open to the outside of the
vehicle, and shall be provided with double panel, lap type, doors,
constructed of the same material as the body, with "D" ring latches and ~
Eberhardt #206 locks. The compartment floors shall be of the sweep out i
design.
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel ~
double spring .door stays.
One (1) i/ents - ~odv Compartments (f>flatrix)
45-38-0100
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current edition. .
.One (1) lnnerliners -Rear Sinstle Axle, 304 S/S
45-39-0010
a REAR STAINLESS STEEL INNERLINERS
Full semi-circular innerliners shall be provided in each wheel housing. They
shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be bolted in place so they
may be removed if damaged. -Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable.
The bottom. edge of liner shall be reinforced along its full length, however, it
shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Fenderette -Rear Sins~le Axle, S/S
45-39-0030. I
REAR FENDERETTE
Polished stainless steel fenderetfes shall be installed on the rear wheel openings.
The fenders shall be wide enough to completely cover the outside rear tire and
reduce wheel splash up the sides of the-body. They shall be installed with 1/4"
hex head bolts, self-tapping sheet metal screws. are not acceptable.: A full width
rubber welt shall be placed between the fenderette and body wheel well opening
flange. The outside edge of the welting shall forma "V" bead between the fender
and the body side face to prevent moisture from entering: The inside edge shall
also have a small raised bead. The outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel
opening, shall be rolled inward to eliminate any sharp edges and avoid injury
when cleaning the apparatus.
One (1) Fender Pane! -Rear, StS. Single Axle. Painted
45-39-0060
REAR FENDER PANELS
Painted 3CR12 stainless steel fender panels sl2all be provided on the outer face of
each fender area. The panels shall be painted to match the job color.
( S One (1) Rear Compt. - 33.75" H. SS
45-40-3375
i
I
I
I
REAR COMPARTMENT
One. (1) full height, full width stainless steel compartment shall be provided at the.
rear of the apparatus above the tailboard, 42.00"wide x 38.63" high x 28.00"
deep. The compartment shall be transverse as standard with a 25.75" wide x
29.75" high transverse area through each rear side compartment. In the rear wall,
there shall be a removable access cover adequately sized to service the fuel tank
pickup tube and sending unit without having to remove the tank.
The full height compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
38.00" wide x 33.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 36.50" wide x 28.50"
high. The usable compartment space for the area under the roll shall be 41.75" i
wide x 29.50" high x 26.50" deep and the area behind the roll shall be 41.75"
wide x .6.75" high x 15.75" deep. This compartment shall have an aluminum
shutter type roll up door.
The compartment is to have aluminum treadplate hinged doors IPO a roll-
up door.
ENG. NOTES
A camera, lightbar or discharge above the rear comet will reduce the
height of the rear comet by 6" ea from the max allowable ht for the water
tank selected. EX: A combo camera & discharge only-need 6" total.
Check water tank req.
One (1) Rear Surface -ATP Below Hosebed l~ Beavertail Faces(Non-Extl
45-48-9050
REAR BODY SURFACE
The surface of the rear body below the hosebed and the inward and side facing
walls of each beavertail shall be covered with adequately reinforced bright
aluminum treadplate up to the height of the hosebed floor. Then the remaining l
upper inside surface of the beavertail shall be covered with brushed stainless
steel. All treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All exposed screw
or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon acorn nuts.
The rear facing bulkhead of the compartments, as well as the rear facing edge of
-.the beavertail, shall bepainted job color.
ENG. NOTES
Reflective Chevron Striping available only on-rear facing compartment
body panels, #91-03-4000 or #91-03-400D.
S One (1) Rear Special Compartments.
45-50-0999
REAR OF BODY COMPARMENTS
There shall be two (2) compartments on the rear of the apparatus approximately
30" high, 14" wide and the complete depth of the beaver tail. Compartments shall
be to the inside of the beavertails compartments. They shall open from the rear
side with locking D-Ring handle and aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of
~ the compartment shall be covered with aluminum tread plate to provide abrasion
' i
I
i
j
I
resistance and a stepping surface.. ~
There shall be two (2) compartments on the rear of the apparatus ~
approximately 30" high, 14"-wide and the complete depth of the beaver
tail. Compartments shall be to the inside of the beavertails compartments.
-They shall open from the rear side with locking D-Ring handle and
aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of the compartment shall be ~
covered with aluminum tread plate to provide abrasion resistance and a ~
stepping surface.
Two (2) Rooftop Comet -Over Short/Medium Side Bodv Comets, SIS
45-50-1100
ROOF TOP COMPARTMENT OVER BODY SIDE COMPARTMENT ~
One (1) rooftop compartment shall be provided on top of the body side
compartment: The compartment shall be constructed of stainless steel. It shall
be equipped with two (2) top opening hinged doors made from aluminum
treadplate. The width of the door opening shall be the width of the compartment
minus 6.50". The length. of the door openings shall be S 1" for the short body,
59" for the short extended body,. 55.5".for the medium body, and 63:5" for the
medium extended body. The piano hinges shall run full length of the doors and
be located at the outboard side so the comparhnent interior is accessible from the
'hose bed. Gas cylinder type stays shall be provided to hold the door open. A
positive locking latch shall be provided to hold the door closed. This
i compartment shall be the same width and length as the compartments below and
the same height as the distance from the top ofthe body side compartments to the
top of the hose bed sides.
Location shall be:
[X] Left Side
[X]Right Side
I
Height shall be:
[X] 10..
[ ] 15"
[ ] 20"
ENG. NOTES
Choose location and height of compartments. Only available on full
height body sides.
Six (6) Partition -Rooftop Compartment, Vertical (Eel
45-58-0100
ROOFTOP COMPARTMENT PARTITION
Six (6) bolt in partition(s) to match body material shall be installed in the rooftop
compartment. The partition(s) shall be fastened with #l Oself-tapping screws.
ENG. NOTES
.Specify detailed location of the compartments.
i
~ .One (1) Tailboard -1-'urnper, 16" D, far Ext. ~rrrlCr6~
• 57-20-5110
TAILBOARD
The tailboard shall be 16" deep located between the rear body compartments. .
-The width of the. tailboard between the rear body comparments shall be 42"
when both compartments are 28" deep, 70" when both compartments are 14"
deep, and 56" when one compartment is 14" deep and the other compartment is
28" deep. The tailboard surface shall be 3/16thick aluminum treadplate with 2-
1/2deep flanges on the front, rear, and side edges. It shall be installed over a
-heavy-duty steel framework to prevent the tailboard from bending and flexing.
The tailboard support shall be constructed of formed 1/4- 3/Splate, 2X 3tubes, 2X
tangles, acid 3structural channels in a welded assembly. Itshall be bolted ~
directly to the chassis frame rails, not the body. ~ ~
-All mounting bolts used to fasten the treadplate to the tailboard support shall be
5/lbflat-head Phillips. Holes for these fasteners. shall be countersunk so bolt
heads are flush-with the walking surface. Self-tapping sheet metal screws shall
not be used to install the aluminum treadplate. There-shall be a l/2gap between
the tailboard and the. body to prevent moisture from being trapped. Rear outside
corners shall have a 445. degree miter to house the vehicle identification lights.
Light mounting support shall be provided to protect and shield the lights from
debris.
i
There shall be a "Gripstrut" insert welded into the tailboard. The insert shall be ~
centered by width 31-3/4" wide x 4-1/2" deep.
ENG. NOTES
Only for use with the extended pumper with standard (Non-flush) rear.
i
One (1) Hydraulic Ladder Rack
90-10-0100
HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
.The ground ladders shall be mounted above the side compartments on a swing
down ladder rack. This rack is to be constructed of 6061 aluminum plate and
6063 aluminum. tubing. The rack is to be mounted to the body at three pivot
locations; front, rear and center. All pivot locations shall be bronzed bushed and
all pins shall be 1" diameter minimum. The center arm shall be constructed of
two 3/4" thick aluminum plates spaced no less than 4.75" apart. The side pivot
arms shall be constructed of solid 3/4" x 2-1/2" aluminum bar, gusseted at the top I
where joining the tube structure. The tube structure under the ladder shall be no
less than 2" x 2" x 1/8" wall .and shall be diagonally braced. The ladder must be
secured with two leather lined quick release ladder locks.
One (1) double acting hydraulic cylinder shall be furnished at the center pivot
location to move the rack up and down. The cylinder shall have a 2 1/2" diameter
bore size and a 1-1/4" diameter piston rod size. The piston rod shall be threaded
and provided with an adjustable clevis. Mounted directly to the cylinder shall be
a flow control valve to prevent the rack from dropping suddenly in case of
i hydraulic line burst or leakage. A tie rod type cylinder with O-ring seals will not •
be acceptable.
i
A door shall be provided to cover the hydraulic cylinder and will close ~
i
automatically when the rack is in the up position.
The hydraulic cylinder shall be operated by an independent hydraulic pump
coupled to a 12 VDC motor. The pump shall be capable of 150 cubic inches of
oil a minute at 1000 psi. The pump reservoir shall be made of high density ~
polyethylene and hold 46 cubic inches of oil:
A guarded toggle switch shall control the hydraulic pump through a 12 volt relay.
..This switch shall be located on the pump panel to allow the operator full view of
the rack when lowering: An over center stainless steel cam lock shall'secure the
ladder rack when in the up position. This cam lock shallprevent the ladder rack j
from moving both side to side and from moving fore and aft during road travel.
The cam lock shall be installed at the forward position within easy reach of the ~
operator. An indicator light shall be installed. in the cab to notify the driver when
the cam lock is unlocked from the stored position. There shall be interlocks to
prevent the rack from being lowered when the cam is closed or when the
compartment-doors are open in the area of ladder rack travel:
The ladder rack shall be capable of being lowered within 12 seconds. When +
lowered, the bottom of the rack shall not be more than 54 inches above the
ground.
A warning light, activated when parking brake is disengaged, shall be provided in
the cab to indicate when rack is in motion or down. Flashing lights shall be
provided on the front and rear of the rack and activated when rack is in-use.
Reflective striping shall be provided on the outward side of the rack.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with vertical exhaust or Upper crossrail option 57-20-0100.
Must also select 90-00-9650 and deselect 90-00-9600 ladder brackets
when choosing this option.
One (1) Finish- Compt Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint
91-01-1000
ZOLATONE FINISH -COMPARTMENT INTERIOR '
Each compartment interior shall be finished with gray Zolatone Type paint.
One (1) Hosebed Finish =Paint Job Color
91-02-2000
PAINT HOSEBED
The interior of the hose bed shall be painted to match the body color.
One (1) Warranty -Water Tank, Limited Lifetime
91-75-0530 i
WARRANTY
The water tank manufacturer shall provide a limited lifetime warranty.
One (1) Hose Load -Main Hosebed
45-60-0100
HOSE LOAD
The hose load in the main hosebed shall be:
400' of 1.75"
1000' of 4"
1000' of 2.50"
- ENG. NOTES
State quantity, size and manufacturer's brand of hose to be carried and
location of each size hose in bed from left to right (facing rear of truck).
-One (1) Hosebed -wlAluminum Slats. Pumper.
45-60-0200
HOSEBED
The hosebed shall be a minimum of 70" wide and shall be thoroughly reinforced
at the corners. Removable aluminum grating shall be installed in the bottom of
:the hosebed to provide ventilation. The grating slats shall be 4-5/8" wide by 1/2" ,
thick and shall have a corrugated or ribbed surface to help drain and dry the hose.
The interior of the hosebed body shalLbe smooth and-free from all sharp '
projections that might damage the hose.
Pumper Body Style:
i
The shape of the hosebed for a pumper body shall be rectangular, 70" wide as ~
standard. ~
Rescue Pumper Body Style:
The shape of the hosebed for a rescue pumper body shall be T-shaped when the
tank is shorter than the height of the body sides. The upper portion shall be 70"
wide between the risers as standard. The bottom portion of the hosebed between
the compartments shall be 42" wide.
Choosing options such as hatch compartments, hydraulic ladder rack, and/or split
- body styles (one side pumper and one side rescue) may change the width and i
shape of the hosebed.
Three {3) Hosebed Partitions -Aluminum, .Mill-Finish IEaI
45-65-1300
HOSEBED DNIDERS
Three (3) smooth .aluminum hosebed divider(s) with a mill fmish shall be
provided to separate the individual hose loads. The divider shall be constructed ~
of .1875"'aluminum sheet welded to a T-shapedextnided foot that runs the full
length of the partition. The divider(s) shall be fully adjustable by providing slide
tracks at the front and rear of the hosebed. The divider shall be held in place by
.two (2) 5/16" tapered bolts at each end of the partition. The mounting bolts shall
turn into threaded slide blocks located in the track. Holes inthe T-shaped foot
shall be countersunk so the bolt head is flush with the surrounding surface and
will not damage the hose.
ENG. NOTES
Hose Bed Partition Stiffeners 45-68-0100 required for hose bed partitions
over 23" tall
S One (1) Hosebed Bulkhead Full Width
45-65-13TP
BULKHEAD REAR OF :FILL TOWERS
i
There shall be a bulkhead installed towards the rear of the fill towers the full
width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes the area
just in front of the backboard/ pike pole storage area.
There shall be a bulkhead installed towards the rear of the fill towers-the
full width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes I
the area just in front of the backboard/ pike pole storage area.
Three (3) Hosebed Part. Reinforcement - reg'd 23"-36" tall (Ea)
45-68-0100
HOSEBED DIVIDER REINFORCEMENT
A 1.25" round aluminum extrusion slotted on the bottom to fit over the top and
rear edge of the partition shall be providedon each. hosebed divider. The
extrusion shall be beveled at the corner and welded in place to reinforce the
partition. This option is required for partitions with excessive length or height.
ENG. NOTES
Check Qty.Required for Hose Bed Partitions over 23" - 36" tall. If the
partition is over 36" tall, you must select the partition reinforcement with
bracket option.
$ One (1) Hose Bed Compartments Vertical
45-68-0999
BACKBOARD/PIKE POLE COMPARTMENT
There shelf be a vertical diamond plate compartment on the right side of the hose
bed to hold two (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold one (1) 6' pike pole
.and one {1) rubbish hook with d=handle.
There shall be a vertical diamond plate compartment on the right side of
the hose bed to hold two (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold one
(1) 6' pike pole and one (1) rubbish hook with d-handle.
One (1) Hosebed Cover -Hinged, ATP w/ Center Partition
45-68-1220
HOSEBED COVER-
A 1/8" thick aluminum treadplate hosebed cover shall be provided. It shall fully
.cover the entire top of the hosebed. The cover shall be made of two (2)-doors
with continuous piano type hinges bolted to each hosebed side panel. Hinges
shall be bolted to the covers. Edges of each cover-shall be flanged down 1-3/&"
and each corner shall be welded. Each cover shall be reinforced with 1-1/4"
~ square tubes welded to the. underside of the cover for increased strength..
j
The cover shall be su orted in the center b a modified hosebed artition that
Pp Y p
' incorporates a channel at its top. The cover edges shall fit into the channel and
provide a drain trough.- The center partition shall be higher than hose body sides
to create a downward slope to each side of body for proper moisture drainage.
This center divider shall be allowed to move a maximum of 6" in either direction
to accommodate special hoseload requirements. A 1501b. rated gas cylinder
shall be installed on each cover to assist in lifting it. The cylinders shall also
hold the covers in the raised position. An aluminum treadplate panel shall be
provided to close off the front of the hosebed.
ENG. NOTES
Must pick 45-68-1250;end flaps. NA w/15" riser & hyd Idr rack.Need
drawing for riser ht. If hose load regs center partition to move more than
6", pick ATP cover 45-68-1210. Need dwg to determine.
bne (1) Vinvl End Flap.- F/Rear of ATP Hosebed Cover
45-68-1250
WEIGHTED END FLAPS
A weighted and secured vinyl cover shall be provided for the rear of the
aluminum hosebed cover. The cover shall be made of 16 oz. per square yard
polyester coated with a urethane top coat (vinyl). The vinyl shall be permanently
attached to the ATP cover and have stainless steel spring clips and hooks on the
-bottom corners. This cover combinatiori shall secure the hose from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle is underway. in normal operations.
~ Color of vinyl flap shall be:
[ ]Red I
[ l White
[ ]Black
[ l Yellow
S One (1) Access Cover - Hinged, F1Vllater & Foam Tank Fill Towers
45-68-1300
HINGED ACCESS CODER
The forward end of the cover shall. have a hinged access cover for the water &
foam tank fill towers. It shall be constructed of aluminum treadplate and be j
equipped with a spring loaded snap latch.
ENG. NOTES
Requires option 45-68-9210 or 45-68-1220.
One (1) Compartment Door -Hinged
57-00-0005
HINGED COMPARTMENT DOORS
The compartment doors, unless otherwise specified, are to be lap type, double
panel construction outer and inner panels. Outer pan edges that form the lap
portion of the door shall be "hemmed" (bent over and back 180 degrees) over the
inner pan edges. Inside corners, at the hem area, shall be welded and ground
smooth. A minimum of one (1) "Z" shaped formed 14 gauge support rail (two
(2) if door is wider than 14") shall be placed between the panels to stiffen and
i
i
reinforce the door. Stiffener shall be welded to the inside pan and fastened to the
outside pan with 3M two sided industrial strength tape.
The doors shall be weather stripped with an automotive bulb type extruded
rubber inner seal. A second outer seal of closed cell rubber shall be placed on the ~
.lap edge of the door to prevent damage to the paint finish: Outer seal shall have ~
corrugated surface to prevent sticking.
The doors shall be mounted on highly polished stainless steel piano hinges with a
pin diameter of .25". Mounting holes shall be slotted vertically on one side of the
..hinge-and horizontally on the other side to provide forproper adjustment of the
door.. The hinge pins shall have spun ends (crowns) at both ends to hold them in ~
i
place and provide a finished look. Eberhard 206. latches with stainless steel "D"
ring handles shall be provided on the lift, single, drop down, and lock door
(double door set-up). The free door (double door set-up) shall have an (2)
Eberhard latches top and bottom with a single handle'located inside the door
(standard location at bottom). Isolation tape shall be furnished between the door
hinge and door jam. A rubber gasket shall be provided Between the "D" ring
handle and the door.
Vertically hinged doors shall be equipped with Hansen SEZ or Thomas EZ spring
type door checks that also hold the doors in the open and closet! position. Checks
shall be the two point mounting type for simplicity.: Spring tension (151b.) shall
be easily adjustable. Checks shall have black zinc mounting brackets with
stainless steel springs, 11" long rods and clamps. Springs shall be polished.
Horizontally hinged doors shall be held in the. opened position with gas cylinder
type stays. Switches for automatic compartment light operation shall be installed
in the door hinge area.
ENG. NOTES
You must select a compartment door liner.
Two (2) Compt. Door -Vert Hinged Double Door IPO Lift Up Door
57-00-0100
UPPER COMPARTMENT DOORS
In place of the standard horizontally hinged lift door in the over the wheels
compartment, there shall be vertically hinged double doors. f
The location(s) for the vertical hinged double doors shall be: '
Both RH over the wheel well compartments.
ENG. NOTES
Enter quantity and describe location(s).
One (1) .Sill Protector - Body Comfit. Door, Brushed S/S
57-00-3500
COMPARTMENT DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided
on the body compartment door sills to protect the painted finish.
i
f
ENG. NOTES I
Pump panel compartment is not included; see 30-10-9020. I
Thirteen (13)
57-00-5200 Linea- Interior Compt Door, Brushed S/S iEal
BRUSHED STAINLESS COMPARTMENT DOOR LINERS
Brushed stainless steel overlay shall be provided on the inside of each
compartment door to protect the painted finish and to cover inside door
hardware.
ENG. NOTES
Be sure to adjust quantity to the number of doors on the apparatus
receiving hinged doors. You must select a compartment door liner for all
hinged doors, including those on broomer compts, which are always
hinged.
Twenty One (21)
57-05-0100. Dri-Dek -Per Compartment /Shelf / Trav (Ea)
DRI-DEK
.Twenty One (21) Black Dri-Dek mats shall be provided and installed on
compartment floors and/or in shelves/trays as specified.
[ ]All compartments
[ ]All Shelves and Trays
[ ]Compartments, Shelves and Trays as Specified:
Eight (8) Shelf - Adjustable, Stainless Steel (Ea)
57-05-3030
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Eight (8) adjustable shelf or shelves (with open corners) made from 12 gauge 304
stainless steel shall be provided.. Each shelf shall be supported by four (4)
stainless steel angles bolted to "alumastrut" tracks for adjustability.
Location of shelves shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location and quantity: of shelves.Shelves are universally
sized for the compartment they. occupy.. Special sizes are not available.
S One (1) Tool Chest
57-05-41 TP
TOOL. CHEST
There shall be a LA)aD style tool chest located in the driver's side front compt..
There shall be a LAF® style tool chest located in the driver's side front
compt. This tool chest shall match the LAFD Engine 51 tool chest that is
mounted in the R/S rear compartment
i
One {1} Swim ®ut Tool Board -aluminum Pei Board, Adlustable (Ea1 i
57-05-5025 I
SWING-OUT TOOL BOARD(S)
One (1) swing-out tool board(s) shall be installed as instructed by the,fire ~
department, for mounting of fire department tools and equipment. Each tool j
board shall be constructed of .1875" aluminum peg board awith 1.00".hole '
spacing and mounted on heavy duty hinges. The top and outside edges of the.
pegboard(s)-shall be reinforced with heavy duty 1.25" round aluminum extrusion.
Each board shall be hinged at the front or rear (specify) and latched opposite the
hinge. The board(s) shall be horizontally adjustable on unistrut.
i
The hinge on the pegboard shall be at the front [ ] or the rear [
Location of swing out tool board(s) shall be:
.ENG. NOTES
Please identify location and if pegboard is to be hinged at the front or
rear.
S One (1) Factory tool mounting
57-05-9999
TOOL MOUNTING
Seagrave will mount specified tools on unit prior to delivery. Tools and mounting
locations will be determined both before purchase and at preconstruction
meeting.
Seagrave will mount specified tools on unit prior to delivery. Tools and
mounting locations will be determined both before purchase'and at
preconstruction meeting.
One (1) Mike Compartment - High Polished SIS Door
57-10-0100_
MIKE COMPARTMENT
A mike and speaker compartment with a high polished stainless steel door with
chrome plated latch shall be furnished adjacent to the pump operator's panel. The
compartment size shall be 9" wide x 12" high x 8" deep with a 7" x 11.75" door
opening.
ENG. NOTES
Mike compartment is not allowed with a third folding step on front of body.
Mike box may fit on the operator stand.
One (1) Air Bottle Gomgts - (13? Bottles, In Single Wheel Well. Rect. i
57-10-1300
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENTS
There shall be four (4) enclosures to accommodate eight (8) air bottles. Four (4)
double air bottle compartments shall be located,. one each side in front of the rear
wheels and one each side behind the rear wheels. The compartments shall be
fabricated to match the body type, provide a minimum of 26.00" usable depth,
i
and an B.OOoverall height. There hall be a rubber pad provided on the rear wall
to prevent bottle damage. The bottom half of each compartment shall be lined
with a ribbed rubber matting to prevent damage to the bottles. The double
compartments shall have a single wide opening and a raised nylon center divider
to prevent the bottles from rolling together.
ENG. NOTES
Please verify. the air bottle size being provided. Requires (4) air bottle
corrrpartment doors.
Four (4) i4ir Bottle Compt. Door -Brushed w/L'eft & Turn (Ea)
57-10-1510
AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR
The compartment doors shall be constructed of 14 gauge brushed stainless steal
secured by a full. length stainless steel, hinge and a chrome finish sift and turn
lock.
ENG. NOTES
Ad}ust quantity#o match how many bottle enclosures,. not bottles.
One (1) Steps -Chrome Folding.
57-20-8010
BODY STEPS
There shall be 3 chrome folding steps. on the front of the body; two on the
driver's side and one on the officer's side. There shall be chrome folding steps on
both sides of the rear, in sufficient quantities, to meet NFPA regulations for the
height configured by the body and tank chosen.
The folding steps shall be a minimum of 42 square inches of serrated non-skid
surface -per step. Each step shall be tested to withstand a minimum of 2000 ~
pounds of static-load. Heavy duty stainless steel springs shall be incorporated in
the. hinge to hold the step in either the open or closed positions. f
Two (2) 8" knurled grab. rails shall be provided on the front of the body, one on
each side, as high as possible in compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for 3-
point contact for access and egress at that location:
One (1) Handrail - Body, (31 Rear, Intermediate X-rail
57-25-0110
i
-BODY HANDRAILS
Handrails to be 1-1/4" diameter extruded, knurled, aluminum with a bright
anodized finish.
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
with 1/4" stainless steel hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have a rubberized
gasket placed between them and the body. surface they are mounted on. A drain
hole shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
Handrails shall be installed as follows:
l
One (1) handrail, a minimum of 30" long, shall be provided and installed on each
rear beavertail or body side. Each handrail shall be located so as to provide a 3-
point stance while climbing onto and off the rear step. '
One (1) full-width intermediate handrail shall be installed below the hosebed. ~
i
Additional handrails may be required per NFPA, dependent upon body
configuration.
One (1) Rub Rail, Side Body - S/S, Brushed
57-30-0120
RUB RAILS
Brushed stainless steel rub rails shall be provided alongthe lower portion of the
body, beneath the compartment doors, on each side to prevent damage to the I.
body and finish. The rub rails shall be a minimum of 2-S/8" wide x 1" deep and
shall be mounted on rubber supports.. Rub rails shall have. a x 1" chamfer at
the front and rear of the rail. The rails shall protrude 1-11/16" from the face of ,
the body.
Eight (8) Finish - Adjustable Shelf, DA (Eal
91-01-5300
DA'd FINISH -ADJUSTABLE SIIELFf S)
Eight (8) adjustable shelf(s) shall have a DA'd finish.
S Two {2) Recessed Havis Shield Fioods
23-01-9999
RECESSED BODY MOUNTED SCENELIGHTS
Two (2} Havis-Shields Equipment Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-L and KR-
4035X-D-R comprised of the following components shall be supplied.
A Kwik-Strike 4000, model KR-4000 light fixture shall be supplied. The overall
rectangular die cast .light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide kiy 7" high by 1.875"
deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 35 watt 12 volt light shall have a
Xenon, high intensity discharge (HID) bulb with a field replaceable, aluminum
reflector The reflector shall project light. in an asymmetrical downward angle
• pattern out from the center of the light fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated, internal mounted, electronic
ballast assembly for corrosion and vibration resistance. The ballast and bulb
assembly will be easily accessible by removing the front faceplate also made of
die cast aluminum and finish as the main housing. This faceplate will cover the
ballast storage compartment which, when facing the. light fixture, will be oriented
on the left side and. the right side.
• Two (2) Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with one (1}
3-way switch for both lights including a switch in cab.
Two (2) Havis-Shields Equipment Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-L and
KR-4035X-D-R comprised of the following components shall be supplied.
A Kwik-Strike 4000, model KR-4000 light fixture shaii be supplied. The
overall rectangular die cast light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide by 7" high
by 1.875" deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 35 watt 12 volt
i
light shall have a Xenon, high intensity discharge (HID)-bulb vrith a field
' replaceable, aluminum reflector The reflector shall project light in an
asymmetrical downward angle pattern out from the center of the light
fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated, internal mounted,
electronic ballast assembly for corrosion and vibration resistance. The
ballast and bulb assembly will be easily accessible by removing-the front
faceplate also made of die cast aluminum and finish as the main housing.
This faceplate will cover the ballast storage compartment which, when
facing the light fixture, will be oriented on the left side and the right side.
Two (2) Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with
one (1} 3-way switch for both lights including a switch in cab.
Two (2) telescopic Pole Mt - HS. KR-SB-1100,Side Mt,PushUp,Rmt (Ea)
71-GH-1100 _ - i
TELESCOPIC-POLE MOUNT SCENELIGHT(Sl
Two (2) Havis Shields model KR-SB-1100, side mounting, push-up, telescopic
pole with manual remote controlled lighthead assembly, shall be installed as
directed by the fire department.
Model KR-S13-1100 telescopic pale(s) shall be located:
ENG. NOTES
ID location. Only available with Magnafire Iampheads. Not available w/
concealed wire or on/off switch. Access stepslhandrail must be provided if
not operable from ground. Spec/cost doesn't include light..-
Two (2) Liphthead - HS, Magnafire 3000, KR-32, 12V, 150W HID (Ea) ~
71-KH-3032
Two (2) Havis Shields Magnafire 3000, KR-32, 12 volt, 150 watt, 6 amp, metal
halide HID, lighthead(s) shall be installed as directed by the fire department.
ENG. NOTES
Not available on KR-2500-SP-KOV, KR-SB-65X-W4, KR-2800, KR-2900,
KR-3100 Havis Shields mounts. Spec & cost does not include mount.
Two (2) .Light Raised Indicator Switch - HS, (-I) (Ea)
71-PH-OL01
Two. (2) Havis Shields telescopic poles shall be connected to the hazard indicator
in the cab..The hazard light shall be activated when the telescopic light is not in
the nested position.
Three (3) 12V Light Switched at Cab. Dash & Op St w/ 3 Way Switch
71-YO-0025
Three (3).12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dsah and the pump operator
stand with a 3-way switch.
Two (2} Switches are for each telescoping light. The additional switch is
I
i
for the rear floodlights. The rear lights are to bE switched from the cab
' dash and-the rear of the body.
One (1) Ground Ladders -Pumpers
90-00-0100 ~
GROUND LADDERS
Ladders shall be provided in full compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for
pumper trucks. The following ground ladders shall. be provided: 'i
One (4) Ladder -Folding. Duo-Safety #585A, 10' Aluminum 1
90-00-1000 '
DUO-SAFETY #S 85A 10' ALUMINUM FOLDING LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety 10 ft aluminum folding ladder, Series 585-A
One (1) Ladder -Roof, f5uo-Safety #776A, 14` Aluminum
90-00-2700
DUO-SAFETY #775A, 14' ALUMINUM ROOF LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety 14 ft aluminum roof ladder, Series 775-A
One (1) Ladder - 24'-2 Sect. Ext., Duo-Safety #900A, Aluminum
90-00-4100
DUO-SAFETY #900A, 24'-2 SECT. ALUM. EXT. LADDER 1
One (1)Duo-Safety 24 ft. 2-section aluminum extension ladder, Series 900-A
One (1) Ladder Brackets FlHvd Ladder Rack
90-00-9650
LADDER BRACKETS
There shall be two stainless steel fabricated ladder brackets with an unpainted
fmish used to install the ladders on the hydraulic .ladder rack. The ladder
brackets shall bolt to horizontal adjustable stakes on the rack.
One (1) Ladder Bracket Nylon Wear Strips
90-00-9690
LADDER BRACKET NYLON WEAR STRIPS
The ladder brackets shall have nylon (UHMW) wear strips attached to prevent
damage to the ladders.
One (1) .Ladder Clamps - PulilTwist Type
90-00-9800
LADDER CLAMPS
Polished aluminum pull quarter turn type ladder clamps. shall be provided for the
ground ladders. They shall be vertically adjustable up and down independent of
the ladder brackets. Clamps shall be attached to a stainless steel spring loaded
shaft. Clamp spring tension shall be adjustable. The spring assembly shall be .
fully enclosed within a white metal cast housing. Housing shall be painted a
silver/gray color. A vertically adjustable rubber bumper shall be placed in the
ladder bracket mounting guide to serve as a stop or rest for the inside lower
ladder beam and to prevent it from hitting and damaging the body sides. ,
One (1) Pike Poles j
90-05-0100
i
PIKE POLES/MOUNTII~TG
The following pike poles shall be furnished:
One (1) Pike Pole - 6' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberslass Handle
90-05-2200 ~
6' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1) 6 ft. Duo-Safety pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
One (1) Pike Pole -10' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberglass Handle
90-05-2400
10' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE i
One (1) 10 ft. Duo-Safety pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
S One (1 } Rubbish -Hook - 6' Nupla RH-6
90-05--2499
6' RUBBISH HOOK WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1) 6 ft. Nupla Rubbish-Hook with hollow .fiberglass handle(s) w/D-handle.
One (1) "D" Handles for Pike-Poles (Ea1
90-05-5100
"D" HANDLES FOR PIKE POLES
Each pike pole shall be provided with a "D" ring handle.
One (1) Pike Pole Mounting - (2) Clams (Eal
90-05-6150
TULIl' CLIP .PIKE POLE MOUNTS
The pike poles shall be mounted in tulip clips.
Location of mounting clips shall be:
One (1) Pike Pole Mounting -Aluminum Tube (Ea?
• 90-05-6550
ALUMINUM TUBE PIKE POLE MOUNTS
.The pike poles shall be mounted below the ground ladders in aluminum tubes.
Tubes that are mounted to the top of the compartment shall not be acceptable. .
No Exceptions.
One (1) 1lVheel Chocks - Zico Folding Alum. (Pumper)
90-21-0300 ~
ZICO FOLDING ALUMINUM WHEEL CHOCKS
Two (2) folding aluminum wheel chocks Model SAC-44 with SQCH-44-H
holders shall be furnished. The holders shall be installed by the manufacturer
and the chocks shipped loose with the apparatus.
Mounting location of wheel chock holders shall be: ~
S One (1) -Attic Ladder and 10° pike pole mounted on Hvd Ladder rack i
91-10-0999
i
FOLDING LADDER & PIKE POLE MOUNTING.
The Attic ladder and 10' Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydwalic ladder rack.
The Attic ladder and 10'Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydraulic
ladder rack.
One (1) Paint- Prep & Finish, Non-Metallic ~
91-00-0000 I
PAINT PREP AND FINISH
All bright metal parts shall be chrome plated or stainless steel (brushed and/or
.polished). or bright finish aluminum treadplate. The body and cab shall be treated
in critical areas during assembly with an anti-corrosive and rust preventative
wherever necessary. The complete exterior of the apparatus shall be painted with
polyurethane paint of the highest quality. The cab, pump compartment and body
shall be prime and finish painted prior to installation on the .chassis to ensure
paint coverage in all areas (including the difficult to reach places) meets or
exceeds the mil thickness requirements of the paint manufacturer. The
compartment doors shall be fitted, then removed and painted separately to ensure
finish paint behind the hinges and seals. The exterior and interior of the cab shall
be finish painted before. doors are mounted or any assembly is started to insure a
finished painted surface beneath trim items.
One (1) Paint -Prep & Finish
91-00-2600 ~
PAINT PREPARATION
I
All substrates shall be thoroughly cleaned, before painting, with a
chemical/phosphatizing cleaner, cleaner coater and sealer. The entire unit shall be
wiped with 3919-5 wax and grease remover. This process shall ensure a clean
substrate free of all contaminants prior to priming. i
PRIMER
All prepared surfaces shall be primed with a minimum of three (3) coats of
primer, designed to provide excellent fill and corrosion resistance when used
over properly prepared substrates. Two (2) cross-coats of 3980 urethane Lead and
chrome free primer. j
TOPCOAT
I
The entire unit shall be DA sanded using 280 grit or finer to provide for the
• optimum topcoat appearance. 3939-5 cleaner shall be used to remove all sanding
dust prior to topcoat application. Three (3) wet coats of high quality two-
componentpolyurethane PPG Del Fleet shall be applied to insure a long lasting
premium performance' finish.
PAII~ITERS
All painters shall be PPG certified. They shall be re-certified periodically in order
I
i
to keep up to current standards and procedures in the paint industry.
FACILITY
The finishing facility shall be PPG certified.. In order to be certified, the facility
shall meet or exceed the extensive and stringent requirements demanded by PPG. +
The paint facility shall be audited quarterly to ensure proper equipment,
procedures and safety regulations are being used and adhered to.
One (1) Paint -Clear Coat Paint Finish. (Exterior) I
91-00-3000
CLEAR COAT PAINT
- Upon completion of the color coats, a clear coat paint finish shall be applied to
the entire exterior of the vehicle.
ENG. NOTES
Note: Series 5000 only!!
One (1) Paint- Frame ~ Undercarriaste Finish, Job Color
91-00-4600.
FRAME. & UNDERCARRIAGE FINISH
I
The chassis frame,. bumper extension, suspension, axles, air tanks; fuel tank,
battery boxes, etc shall be painted job color along with the following items.
~ -Pump module mounting brackets. }
-Body mounting brackets.
- Steering gear box and steering link arm.
I
- Drive shafts.
-.Front suction (when furnished).
The following items shall be furnishedwith the finish as provided by their
respective manufacturer.
- Engine, transmission and accessories.
-Exhaust system.
-Retarder (when furnished).
-PTO & hydraulic pump (when furnished).
-Cab lift cylinders & hydraulic pump.
- Shock absorbers.
-Fuel filter.
- Air drier and air cleaner.
-Electrical wiring and loom.
-Air brake lines, valves and mounting brackets.
One (1) Paint -Cab Interior, Grav Zolatone Paint
91-00-5000
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB I
I
The inside of the cab shall be provided with gray Zolatone paint.
One (1) Paint -Cab Interior. Clear Coat (Full Cabsl
91-00-5400
I
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be clear coated.
One (1) Paint -Cab Exterior, One Color
91-00-5900 ~
SINGLE COLOR CAB PAINT
The cab shall be painted one color. A decorative molding shall be installed
horizontally across the front of the cab above the wipers and taper down with a
radius even with-the outside corners of the grille.
Paint number shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Remember fo provide paint codes in Shop Notes.
One (1) Cab Decorative Trim Molding -Straight
91-OO-A120
A decorative molding shall provided around the cab. The decorative molding
shall be horizontal across the front of the cab above the wipers.
Trirn configuration below windshield shall be:
- At horizontal trim below windshield
.One (1) Paint - Bodv Exterior; Single Color
91-02-1000
BODY PAINT, SINGLE COLOR
The body of the apparatus shall be painted to match the primary cab color.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to provide paint codes in Shop Notes.-
- One (1) Paint -Pump Compt/PumplValveslPlumbinct, Job Color
91-02-3000
PUMP COMPARTMENT, PUMP, VALVES, HARD PIPING -PAINT
The pump compartment, pump; intake and discharge valves, and all hard piping
shall be painted job color.
ENG. -NOTES
Drains, drain lines and foam system components shall. not be painted.
One (1) 4" Reflective Striping
91-03-0400
REFLECTIVE STRIPING I
A 4" reflective stripe shall be provided around the,perimeter of the vehicle. At
least 50 percent of the .cab and body sides, at least 50 percent of the rear body
width and at least 25 percent of the width of the cab front shall have reflective
material affixed to it per NFPA standards.
Color shall be:
[ ]White
[ l Black
[ ]Red
One (1) 1 Border -Each Side Of Reflective Stripe
91-03-3000
1" REFLECTNE STRIPING
A one inch border shall be provided just above and below the -large reflective
apparatus striping.
Color shall be:
[ ]White
[ ]Black
[ ]Red
One (1) Chevron Stripinst -Rear Facing Compt Bodv Panels Only
91-03-4000-
CHEVRON STRIPING
The rear facing body panels outside the hose bed area shall be covered with 6"
wide reflective striping in an alternating Scotchlite Red and Scotchlite Yellow
chevron.pattern with the stripes running at a 45 degree downward angle from the
top center of the vehicle. ~
' ENG. NOTES
Available on Matrix Bodies only, SOPR for other applications.Body panels
under the hose bed and on the insides of the "beavertails" shall be
covered in ATP, as is standard.
i
Forty (40) Lettering - Reflective Color, 4" (per Ltr)
91-04-0140
LETTERING
Forty (40) letters in 4" reflective color shall. be installed on the apparatus as
directed by the fire department.
Color of 4"reflective lettering shall be: ;
[ ]White -5000
[ ]Gold
[ l Black
[ ]Ruby Red
[ ]Blue
ENG. NOTES
Please identify font, upper/lower case, color, letters needed, and exact
location and presentation on the apparatus where the letters are to be
installed. For letter shadinglhighlighting, see 91-04-9502.
S One (1) Warranty - Seagrave, Base, 3 Year Parts & Labor, All Units
91-50-0100
j
MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC, warrants to the original owner that each new
Seagrave fire apparatus manufactured shall be free from defects in material and I
workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three (3) years from.
the date of delivery. For further details, please refer to the enclosed warranty
documents..
3 Year Parts & Labor Warranty
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can.be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warranty - Seagrave, Cab, Structural -10 Years
91-50-0200
CAB TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the cab of each new custom fire and .
rescue vehicle manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused
by defective design or workmanship for a warranty period often years after the I
date on which the vehicle. is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000
miles, whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to the cab tubular support
and mounting structures and to the other structural components, as identified in
Seagrave's specifications, of the cab.. For further details, please refer to the
! enclosed warranty documents. j
ENG. NOTES ~
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be-printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Body, Structural -10 Years
91-50-0300
BODY TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus; LLC warrants the body of each new fire and rescue
vehicle built by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship for a warranty period often years after the date on which
the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or 100,000 miles, I
whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to the body, it's support and
mounting structures and other structural components, as identified in Seagrave's j
specifications, of the body. For further details, please refer to the warranty C
documents enclosed.
ENG. NOTES j
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item. I
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warranty - Seagrave, Frame Raii, Structural -.Lifetime.:
91-50-0500
CHASSIS FRAME RAiL LIFETIME STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED
WARRANTY
i
i
Seagrave-Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants each new chassis frame rail
~ manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
.design, material or workmanship for a warranty period equal to the vehicle's
useful life after the date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser. For further details, please refer to the warranty documents enclosed.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item. j
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warrantv -Seagrave, Paint & Corrosion. 6 Years, Pro-Rated, All
Units
91-50-0600
PAINT/CORROSION LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the paint on each new cab and body
manufactured by Seagrave for a period of six (6) years after the date on which
the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser. Seagrave warrants that the
areas finished will be free throughout the warranty period from defects causing
paint failures resulting in corrosion, blistering, cracking, peeling, hazing,
chalking, delamination or unreasonable loss. of gloss throughout the entire area
finished. Seagrave also warrants each new cab and body manufactured by
Seagrave against exterior corrosion perforation for a warranty period often (10)
years after the date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser or 1.00,000 miles, whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to
exterior painted surfaces of the cab and body of the vehicle and does contain
some pro-rated stipulations. For further details, please see the enclose warranty
documents.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab ofthis item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warrantv -Seagrave, Plumbing, 10 Years
91-50-0700 ~
PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The stainless steel plumbing components used in the construction of the
water/foam plumbing system shall be warranted for a period. of at least ten (10)
years or 100,000 miles and shall cover structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the
apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents carp be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the. proposal
One (1) Weight analysis -Required if over Min. NFPA Equip.
92-00-1000
WEIGHT ANALYSIS -LOOSE EQUIPMENT
It shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to specify the details of the
apparatus; its required performance, including where operations at elevations
above 2000 ft (610m) or on grades greater than 6 percent are required; the
f
maximum number of fire fighters to ride within the apparatus; specific added
' continuous electrical loads which exceed the minimum of this standard; and any
hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceed the
minimum requirements of this standard.
ENG. NOTES i
A weight analysis is required on all of the loose equipment to be provided
on this unit. I li
S One (1) Loose Eauipment
93-00-9998
LOOSE EQUIPMENT
Unit shall be delivered with all loose equipment specified previously by Vernon
Fire Department to be provided by California Seagrave.
I
Unit shall be delivered with all loose equipment specified previously by
Vernon Fire Department to be provided by California Seagrave.
Two (2) Oaer & Parts Manuals wl Wiring Diagram - (21 CD (Non-Aerial)
98-50-5000
ELECTRONIC OPERATOR'S & PARTS MANUAL
A binder shall be supplied that has CDs and paper documents as listed below. ~
The CD's shall have a linked Navigation page for easy access to information. ~
Navigation Page:
Instructions
Operation Manuals
Service & Maintenance
Electrical Systems
Parts
Certificates & Warranties
The binder shall contain 2 duplicate CDs. Each CD shall have:
1. Operations & maintenance instructions for all items on the vehicle, except the
engine. The CD shall also include instructions for the transmission and the pump, ,
if applicable.
2. Electrical diagrams including charts illustrating the individual wire color,
number code, and function.
3. Parts manuals keyed to OEM bill of materials code system for ease of locating ~
replacement parts. An overall vehicle layout in 5 views and expanded drawings
shall be provided to assist in part identification. M
4. Certificates.
5. Warranties
Printed documents shall include:
1. Operations 8~ maintenance instructions for engine.
2. Certificates of independent test results.
~ 3. Warranty documents.
4. Manufacturer's record of construction details and engine power curve.
i
I~
I
5. Vehicle alignment report.
~ 6. Caution label: "Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated".
Additional CDs and paper documents, as provided by equipment suppliers, shall
also be included.
i
j
1_ ~
l ~ ~
t~: ~ ~ _ ~ ,i
rv~ ~
Ifs ~~k i~
ter`" ~ o ~ f ,t
i .5
n~~ 1~~.
>
~I ~LY"IHLY
~b~_''-
OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY
Jeff A. Harrison, City Attorney
4305 Santa Fe Avenue, Vernon, California 90058
Telephone (323) 583-8811 Fax (323) 826-1438
May 21, 2009
VIA FEDERAL EXPRESS
Ms. Jan Blazek
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC
105 E. 12th Street
Clintonville, WI 54929
Re: Vehicle Purchase Contract
Dear Jan: ~
Enclosed please. find two duplicate originals of the aforementioned
Agreement, which need to be signed by the appropriate .parties and
returned to-the City, to-the attention of Judy Lehr, City Attorney
Department, as soon as possible.
Once the originals are executed by the .City, one fully executed
original will be returned to you for your files.
Please refer to the enclosed "City of Vernon Signature Requirements
fora Corporation for All City Agreements and Contracts" and comply
with the requirements set forth therein.
Sincerei ,
J A arrison
At orney
JH:em
Enclosures
cc: Ms. Nelly Giron, City Clerk (w/o encls.) (Resolution No. 9956)
~cCusiveCy IndustriaC
r
~ ~
:~:j ~~(I
r~
~P -
OFFICE OF THE CITY ATTORNEY
Jeff A. Harrison, City Attorney
4305 Santa Fe Avenue; Vernon, California 9005$
Telephone (323) 583-8811 Fax (323) 826-1438
May 13, 2.009-
VIA U.S. MAIL
Mr. Manny Perez, Sales Manager
California Seagrave
17160 Alburtis Avenue
Artesia,. CA 91760
Re: Vehicle Purchase Contract
Dear Manny:
Enclosed please find two duplicate originals of the aforementioned
Agreement, which need to be signed by the appropriate parties and
returned to the City, to the attention of Judy Lehr, City Attorney
Department, as soon as possible.
Once the originals are executed by the City, one fully executed
original will be returned to you for your files.
Please refer to the enclosed "City of Vernon Signature Requirements
for a Corporation for All City Agreements. and Contracts"..and comply
-with the requirements set forth therein.
Sincer
f Harrison
.City torney
JH:em
Enclosures
cc: Ms. Nelly Giron, City Clerk (w/o encls.) (Resolution No. 9956)
. E.~cCusiveCy Industrial
-f `
"V
r`Q~V6LYlN~V~~e '~p~
APR. ~ ~ 200
STAFF REPORT c~~~; c~~~Kj
Fire Department ~ OF~~~
~pP~~VED f~AY 11 '09 C1T1' COtINCi~
DATE: April 23, 2009- ci Y G ERK DISTRIBUTION
s 3>~>
TO: Mayor and City Council
-
FROM: Fire Chief Whitwo
RE: Fire Apparatus Purc ase
The Fire Department is requesting the approval to purchase two (2) new 2009 Seagrave
Marauder II Custom Pumpers. Seagrave is dedicated to manufacturing top quality apparatus for
the fire and rescue service industries. As a single source manufacturer, Seagrave integrate both
design, construction and assemble all under one roof. The result is a better performing, longer
lasting product from bumper to bumper.. Seagraves life-saving "safety cage" cab designs have
also earned. an unmatched reputation- for dependability under the toughest of conditions. Today
Seagrave offers one of the broadest -lines of custom fire fighting and rescue apparatus.
Seagraves dedicated and skilled team is committed to providing the highest quality product at a
competitive price. In addition,. Seagrave has established an impressive offering of commercial
fire fighting and rescue units that also embrace the Seagrave tradition of quality.
The Fire Department has implemented a replacement schedule for all fire apparatus to
ensure the best operational efficiency and service to the public. The replacement schedule will
rotate. Front Line apparatus to Reserve apparatus in 12 '/2 years from purchase.' The Reserve
apparatus remains in service for an additional 12 '/2 years totaling 25 years of service before it
will be permanently removed from service and retired.. Currently the Fire Department has four
(4), in service, Front Line Pumpers and- four (4) Reserve Pumpers. We have removed from
service, a 1963 Crown Reserve pumping apparatus approximately 4 years ago because it has
exceeded its service life and was not able to meet the annual NFPA pumping requirements. We
also will be removing from service a 1979 Mack Pumper which also exceeded its service life.
The two new Seagrave Marauder II Fire .Pumpers will replace Engine 14 which is a 1994
Seagrave Pumper and Engine 11 which is a 1998 Seagrave Pumper ..Both of these apparatus -
will be placed in Reserve status, giving the Fire Department a total of four Reserve Pumpers
which will provide the best service for the City of Vernon. -
There is an urgency to purchase the two new Seagrave pumpers prior to new emissions
standards that the apparatus manufactures are required to implement. Thee new emission
standards require a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and a Selective Catalytic Reducer (SCR)
which uses a urea fluid and requires constant maintenance and creates a hazardous waste.
This will create additional costs for replacement fluid, disposal of hazardous waste and time out
of service. This new emissions for the apparatus is a "Bridge Technology" that will be
temporary, leaving a generation of apparatus crippled by a dated system (quoted by Bob Neitzel
of Navastar International). For fire departments planning to specify new apparatus, the cost of
.compliance is uncertain. Other than price, engine issues to be considered are maintenance,
performance, fuel economy, space and weight. Due to the new standards, the new diesel
engines will have a substantially reduced horsepower which is considerably less than our
specification. In addition to new emission. costs, the installation of the DPF and SCR will also
increase the wheel base of the vehicle potentially 39" or more. This will affect the turning radius,
maneuverability and space. limitations. Also the extended length makes placing the apparatus
difficult in three of our current fire stations.
Therefore, we request this urgent approval as soon-as possible before the new standard will be
implemented which could be as soon as the end of May. Seagrave has offered a payment plan.
which is full payment upon delivery totaling $1,347,933.00. The build-time is 260 days from
receipt of signed purchase order. Funds for these two new apparatus were budgeted for in the
2008-09 fiscal year. Thank you.
Ct~' ~ ~ ~r~~s ~ ~'l~t
~ U
CITY OF VERNON
Purchase Requisition
DEPT. FIRE REQUESTED BY: Battalion Chief Kimes DATE: 4/23/2009
=NOOK California Seagrave PHONE: 627 893-9589
ADDRESS 17160 Alburtis Ave Artesia Ca 91760
FAX NO. 562 924-3322 CONTACT Mann Perez
REQUESTED DELIVERY DATE 04-23-09 DELIVER TO: Fire
ACCT. NO. ITEMS BUDGETED X YES NO
1 ea Seagrave Marauder II Custom Pumper
$ 621.,903.00
1 ea .Seagrave Marauder II Custom Pumper
( Note pumper # 2 Discounted )
$ 611;903.00
Tax @ 9.25% $ 114,127.00
Total Sell price- $ 1,347,933.00
SubTotal: $0.00
Tax: $0,00
Shipping:
Total: $0.00
JUSTIFICATION 1 NOTES:
See attached sheet.
PREPARED BY:
' ~
One (1) "Proposal"-Cover Letter -Marauder II
00-03-221 M
PROPOSAL .
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS,. LLC
April, 21st 2009
Vernon. Fire Department
Vernon, CA
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth:
Thank you for the opportunity to present this proposal for a new Seagrave
"Marauder II" Fire Apparatus. Seagrave is prepared to manufacture for you, upon
an order being placed by you. for final acceptance by :Seagrave Fire Apparatus,
LLC at-its home office in Clintonville, Wisconsin, the apparatus and equipment
herein named and for the following prices:
Quantity 2 Marauder II Pumpers
The attached specification document ~ is only a preliminary proposal; it can be
.modified to suit. the exact needs of your. Fire Department. Our Sales and
Engineering staff is .ready and able to provide you with whatever assistance and
resources you need to complete the complicated task of designing a custom fire
apparatus specifically to meet .your needs, and then to produce a set of
specifications for publication that accurately defines .what your community
requires. Based on our current backlog of orders, the apparatus and equipment
detailed in the attached specification can be delivered to you at the above address
.within approximately 260 calendar days after receiving the signed approval
drawings and the acceptance thereof at our office in Clintonville, Wisconsin. `
The published specification document shall form a part of the final contract,. and
is 'subject to changes desired by "the purchaser, provided such alterations are
interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the offer to purchase, and
• provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of
the apparatus or said costs have been negotiated, documented and accepted by
both parties..
Representing SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS, LLC
By
One (1) Specifications Introduction - Seagrave
00-03-2410
SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS SPECIFICATIONS INTRODUCTION
The selection of fire apparatus is one of the most important decisions made by
officials of any municipality or Fire Department today: Fire apparatus is
emergency equipment- used for the protection of life and property in your
community and it is expected to serve your community for many years.
Firefighter safety is the utmost concern for all Fire Departments. Your personnel
are your most valuable resource, and protecting them while responding to .and
returning from an emergency in your community is paramount. Investing in the
safest fire apparatus available isn't an option, it's a mandate.
Emergency apparatus is subject to the most vigorous types of operations and
must be kept in service around the. clock. You must be assured that parts and
service will be available for the life of the: apparatus.
Municipalities are vitally concerned with the quality of fire fighting apparatus, its
components and the dependability of the company producing the equipment.
Seagrave Fire Apparatus meets all of these requirements with excellence. Your
Seagrave apparatus is produced in one of the most modern fire -apparatus
manufacturing facilities in the country`at Clintonville, Wisconsin. The machine
shopsy sheet metal shops, assembly and painting departments are operated by
men and women trained to Seagrave's industry-leading quality standards and
supervised by experienced personnel who insist on meeting and exceeding those
standards.
"Safety is Job #1" is far more than a catchy phrase at Seagrave - it's a mindset
that focuses everything. we do. From- the materials selected for the construction
of our fire apparatus to the fully engineered roll-cage design and construction of
our cabs, firefighter safety is the top priority at Seagrave. No one in the fire
apparatus industry builds a-safer fire truck cab than Seagrave - No one. Want
proof? Seagrave provided a single production cab for independent third. party
crash .worthiness testing to prove out safety and establish occupant protection
dynamics at the Center for Advanced Product Evaluation, a part of IMMI, a
world leader in safety consulting. That single production cab was tested in three
different destructive tests and was subjected to hi her target values than is
required: for all tests. The test results exceeded all testing_performance criteria for
establishing-crash protection worthiness and safety. In all'three consecutive ECE
& SAE. crash worthiness tests there was no encroachment into the occupant's
survival space at any seating location.. The. mannequins remained seated, belted,
.and unscathed. All doors. remained closed with all latches engaged yet .
functional. The roof never settled and the eab never separated from the chassis.
. In fact, the same cab was subjected to over 10 consecutive rolls during roll
dynamic testing for integration of roll-over protection systems. We are proud to
accept the confirmation of the Seagrave-cab integrity.
Safety does not happen by accident - it is engineered in to every one of our
products.. Engineering at Seagrave is one of our most. important assets. Our
Engineering staff is made up of highly trained and experienced personnel
dedicated to the research, design and building of fire apparatus, Seagrave uses
only the highest quality automotive components. Every part. is carefully selected
for its particular function and is fully engineered into the total fire fighting unit.
Seagrave, "the safest name in fire apparatus", has been in continuous operation
since -1881, .longer than any other fire apparatus manufacturer in the nation; and
has given the U.S. Fire Service many "firsts" through our engineering:
First spring aerial hoist
First. centrifugal pump
First enclosed pumping unit
First automatic pressure regulator -
First all steel aerial ladder "
First 100% hydraulic aerial ladder hoist
First steel safety canopy cab
First 3 section boom aerial platform in U.S.
And many others . ,
Seagrave's Triton centrifugal pumps, with its bulletproof reliability and industry- "
leading seven year warranty, are standard on our apparatus. Waterous or Hale
centrifugal, pumps are also available. Seagrave straight stick ladder trucks feature
our. own 100°10. all steel ladder. "
It is with great pride that Seagrave offers the widest variety of fire apparatus
available to meet the ever-changing challenges facing the Fire Service today.
From our country's wilderness and urban interface, through our nation's rural
heartland, and in the.. world's. largest cities, Seagrave is proud to be the industry's "
undisputed leader in safety cab construction and quality fire apparatus for over
128 years. -
We trust you will. favorably consider our proposal. Your confidence will be
rewarded by the highest quality apparatus, the safest cab in the industry and
excellent Seagrave service throughout its long life.
.One (1) Seagrave. History and Background
00-03-2500
SEAGRAVE EIItE APPARATUS. LLC
Seagrave Fire Apparatus,: the United States' oldest continuous manufacturer of
..fire apparatus, was founded in 1$81 by Fredric .Seagrave in Detroit, Michigan.
The company moved to Columbus, Ohio in 1891 and remained there until 1963
when all operations were moved to it's current location in Clintonville,
Wisconsin. Today, Seagrave engineers and builds its own aerial ladders,
telescopic boom platforms, custom bodies and chassis. One of Seagrave's custom "
manufacturing distinctions is the roll cage design of its cabs; the hallmark of
occupant safety. The firm's comprehensive range of custom apparatus includes
aerials, aerial quints, tractor-drawn aerials, pumpers, pumper-tankers-and rescue
units..Seagrave also builds in long lasting and ultra high durability materials such
as 3CR12 stainless steel and Polyprene. All Seagrave products are NFPA, DOT
and. FMVSS compliant.
MANUFACTURING
The Company's manufacturing operations are located in Clintonville, Wisconsin;
Rock Hill, South Carolina and Carleton Place, Ontario. Clintonville operations
include producing frame and cab assemblies, sheet metal fabricating, machining,
assembly, test and final finish: Rock Hill and Carleton Place-produce finished
bodies in customized form .for assembly with commercial chassis or Seagrave
custom chassis to provide customers with unique vehicles suited to their
requirements.
Gear ratios, wheelbases, systems, equipment and attachments are varied to meet
the special requirements of each individual customer. The Company also
produces specialized vehicle chassis for airport snow removal and military
applications.
MARKETING
The principal products which are sold under the Seagrave trademark are
Commercial and Custom Pumpers, Aerial Ladder trucks, Aerial Platform trucks,
Quints, Walk-in and Walk-around Heavy and Medium Rescue vehicles; Hai-Mat
vehicles, Mini-Pumpers, Mini-Rescues, Wildland Brush trucks, Urban Interface
Response vehicles and Tankers.
.One (1) Intent of Proposal
00-04-0110
INTENT OF PROPOSAL
It is the intent of this Proposal to provide specifications covering the design,
manufacture and delivery of a complete fire apparatus, equipped as specified
herein,"to the purchaser; with the intent to obtain the best results and the most
acceptable apparatus for emergency service use in the community of the
purchaser. These specifications cover the general requirements as to the type. of
construction and performance to which the apparatus must conform, together
with certain details as to finish, equipment and appliances-that will be provided
by. Seagrave Fire Apparatus. Minor details of construction-.and materials,. where
not otherwise specified, are left to the discretion of the contractor, who shall be
solely responsible for the design, engineering and construction of all features.
One (1) Compliance with NFPA 1901
00-04-01 AO
COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 1901
The National Fire Protection Association Standard "NFPA 1901 -Standard for
Automotive Fire Apparatus -Current Edition" (hereinafter referred to as NPFA
1901). in effect at the time of thepurchase shall be used as a reference and its
requirements.shall be met by Seagrave. Seagrave shall construct the apparatus in
accordance with federal and state laws at the time of bid. Any federal, state or
NFPA amended changes that will affect. the. cost of producing said. apparatus will
be charged to the purchaser. Mandatory minor apparatus equipment as stated in
the applicable paragraphs (5:8, 6,7, 7.7, 8.8, 9.8, 10.5, 11.9 and respective
subparagraphs) of the NFPA standard shall not be provided unless specifically
stated and listed in purchaser's written specifications.
Any and all references to "NFFA 1901 "within this document shall refer to the
current. edition of NFPA 1901 in effect at the time: of the purchase:
One.(1) Purchaser's NfPA 1901 Responsibilities
00=04-01 B0
PURCHASER'S NFPA 1901 RESPONSIBILITIES
In accordance with NFPA 1.901, current edition, it shall be the responsibility of
the purchaser to specify the following details of the apparatus:
- Its required. performance, including where operations at or above elevations of
2000 ft. or on .grades greater than 6 percent are required... .
- The maximum number of firefighters to ride within the apparatus.
- Specific electrical loads that are to be part of the minimum continuous electrical
load defined in 13.3.3 of NFPA 2003.
- Any hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that
exceed the minimum requirements of the. NFPA 1901 standard in effect at the
time of the bid. Equipment weight and location on the apparatus are the
responsibility of the,purchaser as a prerequisite of defining the loaded vehicle's
vertical center of gravity for.rollover stability calculations, when required.
One (1) Acquaintance With fire Dept and Community. Needs
00-04-0210 .
ACpUAINTANCE WITH FIItE DEPARTMENT AND COMMUNITY NEEDS
Seagrave Fire Apparatus is committed to providing your Fire Department the
safest fire apparatus cab in the industry, and providing your community the best
fire apparatus value possible. Our Sales and Dealership staff shall continue to
work with-your emergency responders to evaluate. your community's needs and
available resources. We will blend those requirements with our company's vast.
knowledge of today's available materials and technology, balanced with our
128+ years of fire apparatus manufacturing experience. Together our goal is to
,provide your Fire Department the safest fire apparatus that best fits your
community's needs, ensuring your citizens -and taxpayers -the best value
possible.
One (1) Advantages. of Single Source Manufacturer -Custom Chassis
00-04-041.0
ADVANTAGES OF SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Because of the intricacies of modern fire apparatus design, engineering and
manufacturing, bids should only be considered from "single source" apparatus
manufacturers. A single source manufacturer shall be defined as a manufacturer-
who designs, engineers and manufactures the entire apparatus in the factory of
' the bidder. The use of commonly incorporated components such as the.diesel
engine, the transmission, the pump, lighting fixtures, etc: is acceptable.
However, calling the cab/chassis/drivetrain or the outriggers/torque box/aerial
device a "component" shall not be acceptable.
Using a single source manufacturer is also critically important for warranty and
service. Accepting bids from only single source manufacturers ensures.your
community the fastest, undivided service from one manufacturer, as well as parts
availability and undivided warranty responsibility. There should be no
exceptions to these conditions..
One (1) Approval Drawings
00-04-7000
APPROVAL DRAWINGS
Following the completion of the pre-construction conference, three (3) sets of
engineering, blueprint type drawings, specifically for this apparatus, shall be
provided by the manufacturer and shall be approved by the Fire Department
before construction begins: Both the Fire Department and the manufacturer's
representative shall-have a copy of this drawing. It shall become part of the total
contract. These drawings shall be drawn to scale on a CAD system to assure an
accurate and professional drawing. The drawing shall show five (5) views of the
vehicle (front,. rear, both sides and top). The drawings shall, show the wheelbase ,
and overall dimensions of the apparatus, final compartment sizes and features,
booster tank position, the location of-all emergency warning equipment, work
and scene lights, and. all changes, if any, mutually agreed to during the pre-
construetion conference.
Three (3) Pre-Construction Conference -Proposal Clintonville
00-04-811 C
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Apre-construction conference shall be held at the Seagrave factory in
Clintonville, WI. The conference shall be scheduled during normal business
hours, Monday -Friday. All expenses, for. transportation; meals and lodging for
three (3) representatives of the purchaser shall be included in the bid price. A
dealer representative shall accompany the purchaser on the trip: The conference .
shall be held prior to the commencement of any work being done on the
apparatus. Factory sales and engineering personnel shall participate in the
.conference as needed to ensure that the apparatus fulfills all the requirements of
the accepted bid. Authorized representatives from both thepurchaser and .
manufacturer shall approve and sign any changes made during these meetings
prior to the commencement of any work being done on the apparatus.
It is understood and agreed that delays beyond thirty (30) days of contract
approval for pre-construction conference changes in specifications shall be cause
for delay in delivery.
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure to cover the. costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate` how many Fire
Department representatives will be attending.
Three (3) In-Process Inspection.- Proposal Clintonville
00-04-821 C
IN~PROCESS INSPECTION TRIP
One (1) "In-Process" inspection trip for three (3) representatives of the purchaser
shall be included in the bid. The inspection shall take place-at tl~e Seagrave
factory in Clintonville, WI, during normal business hours, Monday - Friday..The
cost of transportation, meals. and lodging shall be included. A dealer
representative shall accompany the purchaser on the inspection trip. The
inspection shall not be longer than one (1) day unless multiple vehicles are being
inspected.
ENG. NOTES
DO NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LLNE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure to cover the costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate how many Fire
Department representatives will be attending.
Four (4) Final Inspection -Proposal, Clintonville
00-04-831 C
FINAL ]NSPECTION TRIP.
One (.1) final inspection trip for four (4) representatives of the purchaser shall be
included in the bid: The inspection shall take place. at the Seagrave factory in
Clintonville, WI, during normal business hours, Monday -Friday. The cost of
transportation, meals and lodging shall be included. A dealer representative shall
accompany the purchaser on the inspection trip.
One (1) additional Trip for one (1) person will be provided to inspect unit
-and go over final tool and: equipment mounting. .
ENG. NOTES '
p0 NOT INSERT COSTS INTO THIS LINE ITEM!THIS ITEM IS DFI - Be
sure to cover.the costs in the "Header" section of the quote, in the
"Additional Charges" Tab.Use "Qty" to indicate how many Fire
.Department representatives will be attending.
One (1) Pre-Deliverv Road Trip and FinaF Factory Checklist
00-04-8400
PRE-DELIVERY ROAD. TRIP AND FINAL FACTORY CHECKLIST
Prior to delivery, the completed apparatus shall be thoroughly inspected by the
factory. This inspection shall include road testing by the factory of no less than
100. miles. During the factory inspections and road testing, a checklist shall be
utilized by factory personnel to document the inspection.and road test results.
The checklist shall include:
- Documentation of the make, model and.serial numbers of all major components
such as the engine, transmission, pump, axles,. etc.
- Complete, comprehensive operational check of all chassisldrive train
components and fluid levels: .
- A comprehensive review of the entire exterior and interior of the apparatus for fit
and finish, checked against the customer's pre-construction meeting approval
specifications, and any ensuing change orders: '
- . A thorough test of all driving systems under actual highway and city driving
conditions, for no less than 100 miles.
One (1) Final.Delivery & Familiarization =Pumpers/Rescues
00-04-8510 .
DELIVERY
The fire apparatus shall be delivered over the road and -under its own power to
insure proper break-in of all driving components while still under warranty. Rail
or truck fteight shipment of the apparatus is not acceptable.
An experienced and qualified dealer representative shall familiarize .Fire
Department personnel (as designated by the authority in charge) in the proper. .
operation, care and maintenance of the apparatus delivered.
The representative must be a qualified, trained-agent of the local authorized
dealer or a direct employee of the manufacturer of the apparatus.
The familiarization period shall consist of three (3) sessions over a period of
three (3) days, during -the normal work week (Monday -Friday). The schedule of
the instruction sessions shall be arranged by mutual agreement of the Fire
Department and the delivering authority. The number, length. and time of the
sessions- may vary due to the nature of the apparatus and availability of attendees
and must be approved in advance. The balance of .any time remaining in a session
- may be devoted to minor adjustments or corrections to the apparatus for items
which may have developed while in transit from the factory.
One (1) General Design Requirements -Marauder II S/S Body
00-05-013A .
GENERAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The specified apparatus shall be a custom cab type; designed, engineered and
manufactured specifically for-the fire service in North America. The apparatus
shall meet or exceed the. requirements of the NFPA 1901, current edition, in all
respects.
Seagrave's "Marauder II" deluxe custom cab. chassis shall be provided. ~ The
Marauder II is our top-of-the-line model incorporating an all steel cab for
strength, durability and safety. The cab and body sheet metal shall be
constructed of stainless steel, no exception.
The Marauder II cab has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any stainless steel
cab design in the industry. A 3" rectangular tube steel subframe anchors a
completely enclosed, all-stainless steel super-structure; providing a protective
safety-cage that totally surrounds and protects the properly seatbelted driver,
officer and crew. This safety-cage is covered in heavy gauge stainless steel,
making the finished product the strongest, safest cab in the industry.
The specified apparatus shall be designed to be:fully operational in the local
climate of the purchaser. -
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight - w/ Certificate at Delivery
00-05-0210
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT
The manufacturer shall be responsible for proper weight distribution upon the
chassis and axles:
The apparatus when loaded, shall have not less than 25% nor more than 45% of
..the weight on the front axle and not less than 55% nor more than 75% on the rear
axle. A certified weight certificate showing weights on the front axle, rear axle
and. total weight for the completed apparatus with the water and fuel tanks full,
but without personnel, equipment and hose shall be provided at the time of
delivery.
In accordance with NFPA 1901, it shall be the responsibility of the purchaser to •
notify the manufacturer in the purchaser's specification of any hose, ground
ladders; or equipment. to be carried by the apparatus that exceeds the minimum
requirements of the NFPA 1901 standard in effect at the time of the bid.
One (1) In-Service Weight Calculation
00-05-0310
IN-SERVICE WEIGHT CALCULATION
A weight calculation showing weights, on the front. axle, rear axle and total
.weight for.. the completed apparatus as specified by .the purchaser, with water and •
fuel tanks full, equipment and hose, shall be supplied.. This calculation shall be
available. for. the pre-construction conference.
For the purpose of calculating the in-service. weight, firefighter weight shall. be
calculated at 250 pounds per crew member, including SCBA. If a hose load is
not provided, the minimum-hose load required by NFPA•-1901 shall be used for
the calculation. If a loose equipment load is not provided., including its location
on the vehicle, the NFPA 1901 load amount based on the cube of the body shall
be used.
One (1) Vehicle Performance Analysis Report
00-05-0420 .
VEHICLE PERFORMANCE ANALYSIS
A performance analysis report shall be run on the vehicle, as ordered, using
computer software. to determine top speed, gradeability, optimufn shift points and
acceleration on various grades, The,report shall be delivered with the completed
vehicle, but shall be available:within thirty (30) days of the pre-construction
.conference.
One (1) General Construction, Quality and Workmanship
00-05-2000..
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION, QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
The design and construction of the apparatus shall embody standard automotive
heavy vehicle engineering practices.'Theapparatus shall be designed, engineered
and constructed with due consideration for the severe service nature of the fire .
service. All. parts of the apparatus shall be installed in accordance with the OEM
specifications and -shall be strong enough to withstand the general service under
full load for twenty (20) years.
Distribution of load between the front -and rear axles. shall be engineered so that
all specified equipment, including a filled water tank, full complement of
personnel and fire hose shall be carried without damage to the apparatus. Weight
balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the
National Fire Protection Association and current standard automotive practices. •
The workmanship shall be of the highest quality in its respective field. In order. •
to assure the quality that the. purchaser demands and expects; all welding
personnel that shall be utilized in the fabrication and construction of structural
components of the apparatus chassis, body and aerial device shall hold a valid
certificate from the AWS -American Welding Society.
The apparatus shall be designed to conform to the intent of ANSI and NFPA
1901. standards. The following design criteria shall be applicable to this
specification to the extent specified herein;
- .American Society for Testing Materials (ASTIVI) - A-36 Specification for
Structural Steel
- Society. of Automotive Engineers, Inc. (SAE) -SAE Handbook
- American Welding Society (AWS) - AWS014.4-77 :Classification and
Application of Welded Joints for Machinery and Equipment
- American Society for Non-Destructive Testing (ASNT)
- ASNT Guidelines; Procedure SNT-TC-lA
The apparatus shall have symmetrical proportions and a pleasing appearance as a
result of design detail and fit/finish quality. The apparatus shall'be engineered
with firefighter safety as the-top priority. Ease of operation and ease of
maintenance shall also be considered in the apparatus design, but shall- not
compromise safety. No special tools shall be required to access normal service
or maintenance items.
All sensitive components shall be protected against adverse weather conditions.
Any exposed metal surface which. is not painted or otherwise coated shall have a
bright finish. Corrosion protection shall be provided between any dissimilar
metals joined in the construction of this apparatus.
One (1) NFPA 1901 Stepping-Surface Certification
00-05-2110
STEPPIlVG SURFACE CERTIFICATION
A certification that.all materials used for exterior surfaces designated as stepping,
standing and walking areas, all interior steps and all interior floors meet the slip
resistance requirements of the applicable edition and section of NFPA 1901 shall
be provided with the delivery documentation.
. One (1) Pump Test and Certification -Third Partv
00-05-300S '
PUMP TEST AND CERTIFICATION .
The fire pump shall be third party tested at the apparatus manufacturer's facility
and shall conform fo NFPA requirements and standards, Copies of -all tests and
the manufacturer's record of-pump construction details shall be provided with the
delivery documentation.
One (1) Performance Reauirements and Test -NFPA
00-05-4000
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND TEST -NFPA
A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus loaded per NFPA
recommendations (unless otherwise specified) and a continuous run of ten (10)
. miles or more shall be made during which time the apparatus shall show no loss
of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and rear axles
shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the
operating range of the apparatus.
The apparatus must be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a. standing start
within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum
,governed rpm of the engine.. ~ .
The fully.loaded vehicle shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 50 mph on a
level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding its governed rpm (full
load):
The apparatus shall be able to maintain a speed of 20 mph on any grade up to and
including 6%.
The service brakes shall be capable of stopping the fully loaded vehicle in 35-feet
at 20 mph on a level concrete highway.
The apparatus shall be tested and approved in accordance with NFPA standard
practices.
One (1) Failure To-Meet Test
00-05-4100
FAILURE TO MEET TEST
In the-event that the apparatus fails to meet the road test requirements of these
specifications. upon delivery, during the. first trials, second trials may be made at
the-option of the bidder within 30-days of the date of the first'trials: Such trials
shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall
be cause for rejection of the. apparatus. Permission from. the manufacturer to keep
or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its
use by the Fire Department during the above specified period shall not constitute
acceptance..
One (1) Marauder 11 S/S Tilf Cab'-Side Mt Pumper
10-00-7100
GENERAL
Chassis shall be a new, heavy-duty, custom fire apparatus design built expressly
for the fire service. All standard components that have not been specified shall
be provided.
Chassis shall be designed, engineeredand built by the bidder and be the
manufacturer's first line custom chassis.
The chassis shall be suitable for heavy duty service with all components having
adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type
of service required.
ENG. NOTES
If selecting a top mount operator stand, change base to 10-00-7200.
S One (1) Wheelbase -187.50°
10-00-9910
WHEELBASE
J
.The wheelbase shall be: 187.50 inches
Wheelbase to be 187.50":
ENG. NOTES
When determining your wheelbase reference the Redbook Wheelbase
Chart.Dealer must enter dimensions on spec.
Five (5) Seating Capacity
10-00-9920
SEATING CAPACITY
The safe seating capacity of the cab for properly belted passengers shall be: Five
(5)
ENG. NOTES
Enter seating capacity in the "quantity".
One (1) Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings
10-00-9940
GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATINGS
.Front Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
.Rear Vehicle. Weight Rating shall be: [ ]
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating shall be: { ]
- ENG. NOTES
Dealer mustenter GVWR on spec. Vehicles with a GVWR greater than
26k#~shall not exceed 68 mph. Vehicles with a combined water/foam
tank capacity greater than 1200 gal or GVWR greater than 50k# shall not
exceed 60 mph...
One (1) -Frame - 10.25"/12.5" Vari Sect. Rail. 2.6016m RBM
10-10-1200
FRAME
The chassis frame shall be built with two variable section steel channels with a
minimum of six {6) crossmembers. Pump shall not be counted as a crossmember.
The side rails shall be of heat treated steel measuring 12-1/2" tapered to 10-1/4" x
3-1/2" x 3/8". Each rail shall have a section modulus of 21.7, a minimum elastic
limit of 120,000 PSI and a minimum resisting bending moment of 2,601,600 inch
pounds. The crossmembers shall be of heavy duty, fabricated, all` welded design,
made out of a minimum of 50,000 psi material. The frame and cross. members
shall be a bolted assembly utilizing 1/2".flange head grade eight bolts and
Spiralock flange nuts. Spiralock nuts shall be used exclusively in the frame
assembly-for mounting spring hangers, steering gear, engine, transmission, etc.
because of their .ability to maintain a constant torquetension and prevent
vibration loosening. Their design shall provide for an even thread load
distribution over the bolt, increased fatigue strength and life, and clamping
torque. All holes made must be used and any holes in the frame for options .not
required. on this chassis are not acceptable. The frame rails shall be primed with
a polyester powder coating.
ENG. NOTES
Used. when wheelbase is 180" to 219"" except for top mounts: choose vari
section rail with liner when wheelbase is 215" or more. Note: Frame
applications must be reviewed and approved by Seagrave engineering.
One (1) Bumper -10" High, S/S, Wrap-Around
10-11-0000-
BUMPER
A heavy duty, 10" high, ribbed, highly, polished stainless steel bumper shall be
mounted to the front of the chassis. As part of the bumper extension, a 1/4" thick
by 9-3/8"-high formed channel with 3" flanges shall be provided directly behind
the full width of the flat portion of the bumper. It shall be a modular assembly of
three (3) pieces bolted together. This bumper frame extension support shall be
reinforced by an angle (minimum 5-1/4" x 3-I/2 x 3/8") welded to the bottom. A
3/16" aluminum treadplate gravel pan (deck) contoured to fit just below the front
face of the cab and just below the upper bumper flange shall be provided. Sides
(between bumper-and cab corners) of the deck shall be boxed in. Pan shall not be
fastened to the top. flange of the bumper,
One (1) Bumper. Extension - 11 "
10-12-0011
11"BUMPER EXTENSION
A bumper extension shall be installed at the front of the cab. The front of the
bumper shall be approximately: l1" from the front face of the cab. A gravel pan
made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate shall be installed between the front bumper
and the cab. The bumper extension shall be designed and constructed so that the
apparatus can be lifted and/or towed by the extension - no exceptions.
ENG. NOTES
If bumper extension is used as a step, you must also select handrails for
a 3 point stance.
S One (1) Front Bumper Hose Trouah -Center, 12.75" Deep
10-12-1130
FRONT HOSE TROUGH -CENTER
• A hose trough. shall be installed in the center of the bumper extension. It shall be
of 10.5" wide x 29.38"long. x 12.75" deep, adequate size to.hold approximately
50:feet of 1-3/4" double jacketed fire hose. It shall be constructed of smooth
aluminum and be easily removable,from the gravel-pan.. It shall be installed with
recessed (countersunk) flathead screws to avoid- damaging the hose. The
.horizontal top mounting flange shall- have mitered outside corners and its surface
shall be DA'd. Drain holes shall be provided.
The. hose tray shall hold 50' of 1.75° hose double jacket.. the hose trough
shall be as deep only to accommodate this- amount•of -hose and no
deeper.
ENG. NOTES
Exact capacity is dependent upon the size, type, and mfgr of hose.
One (1) Thru Bumper Opening -for RS Suction
10-12-1410
BUMPER OPENING FOR FRONT SUCTION
An opening shall be provided in the right-side of the bumper for a thru-bumper
front suction..
ENG. NOTES
- Requires factory approval.- Requires front suction.- Not available with
air ride front suspension on -Attacker (Is available on MII).
One- (t) .Recessed Notch. in Front Bumper - LS, Full, for Q2B
10-12-152F
RECESSED NOTCH IN FRONT BUMPER FOR LEFT SIDE Q2B SIREN
A recessed notch shall be cut into the .left side of the front bumper and gravel pan
fora Q2B siren. It shall be boxed in on the three vertical sides with aluminum
treadplate.
ENG. NOTES.
- Requires a Federal Q2B siren- A recessed Q2B is not. available when
there is a hose trough or other compartment at that,location on the
bumper.
One (1) Dri-Deck -Front Bumper Compt (Ea)
10-12-5400 ~ .
Black Dri-Deck shall be provided in the bottom of this front bumper
compartment.
One (1) Cover -ATP, for-Front Bumper Hose Trough, w/ Notch
10-12-6150
HINGED ALUM COVER WITH PRECONNECT NOTCH
The hose trough shall be provided with a hinged aluminum cover. The cover.
shall be notched on one end for the preconnect. Agas-cylinder type hold open
(and closed) device and tainless steel butterfly latch shall be provided for the
door.
S One (1) Chrome Tow Hooks
10-20-0000
CHROME TOW HOOK5
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely
attached to the bumper support in addition to he cut-plate tow eyes.
Two (2) Chrome tow hooks shall be furnished below the bumper securely
attached to the bumper support in addition to the cut-plate tow eyes.
One (1) Front Tow Eves -Cut Plate, Chrome, Thru Bumper
10-20-0300
FRONT TOW EYES
Two (2) chrome plated "cut plate" type tow eyes shall be furnished. They shall be
installed through the front face of the bumper and securely attached (bolted) to
the bumper extension frame. The eyes shall be fabricated of 1" thick steel plate
with- a 3" diameter opening.
.ENG. NOTES
Bumper extension should be greater than 11
One (1) Rear Tow Loops -Painted, Under Step
1022-0100
REAR TOW LOOPS "
Two (2) painted rear tow loops shall be provided, welded`to the underside of the
rear step subframe.
One (1) Power Steering Installation With RossTAS-85
10-25-0100
STEERING
A Ross model TA$-85 integral heavy duty power steering system shall be
provided. The hydraulic-pump shall be engine gear driven. The steering gear
"box", or fixture that the gear is mounted to, shall be fabricated in the factory of
the bidder. It shall be a welded assembly constructed of 3/8" formed steel with a
3/4" face plate... Vertical. gussets shall be provided between the face plate and-the
frame mounting plate to insure against frame flex while the vehicle is stationary.
One (1) Auxiliary Cylinder -Power Steering
10-25=1300
AUXILIARY CYLINDER FOR POWER STEERING
An auxiliary power assist cylinder shall be provided in the power steering
system.
ENG. NOTES
" Required if front axle. weight exceeds 18,000 lbs.
One (1) Chassis Alignment
10-25 2000
CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
The chassis frame rails shall be cross checked for length and square. Front and
rear axles shall be laser aligned. The front axle shall be aligned and toe-in and
caster set on the front tires at the manufacturer's facility.
The completed apparatus should be rechecked for proper alignment after the
chassis has been fully loaded. .
One (1) Air System -Chassis, Two Axle
1028-0100
AIR PIPING
The service brake system shall be full air type. The system into meet or exceed
current FMVSS-121 requirements. Other components or accessories shall be as
follows:.
• Pressure protection valve
• Quick build up system "
• Engine mounted, gear driven air compressor
• Bendix Model E-6 dual circuit brake treadle valve
• Two air pressure gauges on cab dash with indicator light and buzzer
• One'(1) Bendix DV2 automatic drain valve on wet tank
• Manual drain valves on remaining air reservoirs
• Air reservoirs
The Bendix SR-1 valve, in conjunction with the double check valve, shall enable
modulation of the spring brakes in the event of a service brake air system failure
to allow the vehicle to be stopped.
Brake piping shall consist of SAE approved, DOT rated "Synflex" reinforced
colored nylon tubing. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where
necessary in the chassis. Braided hoses shall provide flexibility between axle and
frame connections. Brake air lines shall be color-coded. ~ Air inlet to air brake
compressor shall be-from the engine intake manifold, i.e. after transition through
the engine air cleaner. A combination~of flexible stainless steel braided Teflon
hose and copper line and braided. stainless Teflon hose shall be provided from the
compressor to the air dryer.
The parking brake system is to be the spring set type operated by control valve
on driver's console. A brake indicator light shall also be provided.
ENG.-NOTES
Quantity and capacity of air reservoirs depends on axle and brake size.
One (1) Air Drver -Meritor WABCO System Saver 1200
10-28-3820
AIR DRYER
A Meritor WABCO` 1200 System Saver air dryer shall be installed in the air
-brake system. It shall have a minimum capacity of 30 cfin air flow. Dryer shall
be equipped with an integral, automatic, 12 volt heated moisture ejector which is
thermostatically controlled. System shall include a pressure controlled check
valve installed between the wet tank and the secondary air reservoir.
- One (1) Aux Air Outlet -Schrader Coupler, Shutoff Valve
10-28-4900
AUXILIARY AIR OUTLET
. There shall be a 1/4" female air outlet with Schrader air hose fitting mounted on
the left pump panel with a 1/4" valve. The outlet shall be connected to one of the
vehicle's air reservoirs and shall provide an air supply for air tools or other uses.
A 1/4 turn shutoff valve shall be located.adjacent to the outlet.
[X] Pumper or Quint -standard location is on the pump panel
The outlet shall be connected the the secondary air reservoir.
One- (1) Aux Air Inlet -Manual
10-28-5600
AUXILIARY AIR INLET
There shall be an auxiliary air inlet installed to maintain the chassis air pressure
while the engine is not running. A check valve- shall. be installed in the line to
prevent outflow of air pressure from the "wet" or "supply" tank.
. Location of Auxiliary Air Inlet:
[X] Pumper or Quint -Standard location is on pump panel
The inlet shall be labeled.
ENG. NOTES
Provide Location.
One (1) Front Axle. - MFS, 22K w/Disc Brakes`/ Sprinq Suspension
11-00-4000
FRONT AXLE
A Meritor MFS front axle with a 22,000 pound rating shall be provided. It shall
include composite low-friction bushings with diagonal grooves to better "
distribute lube, camber settings of +1/4 degree for both left and right sides to help
improve tire life and a large diameter, heat treated kingpin with a lube retaining.
seal.
DISC BRAKES
The front axle shall be .provided with Meritor #EX225H air disc :brakes with
internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons and robust
sealing of slide pins for environmental protection. The #EX225H air disc brakes
shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever mechanism with variable
mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall. also be provided.
FRONT SEMI-ELLIPTICAL SPRING SUSPENSION 3" X 52"
The front suspension shall be semi-elliptical 3" x SZ" constant rate type springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,
thickness and number shall be provided to match the leaf spring rating with. that
of the, gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Gabrie13-1/2" heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers shall also be provided on
the front axle.
ENG. NOTES
This axle will be rated in accordance with the. tires/wheels/ suspension
being used. The MFS front steer front axle shall have a 42 degree cramp
angle with 425/65822.5 tires.
One (1) Oil Seals- w/ Viewing Window, Front Axle
11-00-950.0
FRONT AXLE OIL SEALS
The front axle shall be equipped with oil type seals with viewing windows..
One (1) ..Rear Axle - RS-24-160, w/EX225H Disc Brakes, 24,000#
11-10-0200
REAR AXLE
The rear axle shall be a Meritor model RS24-160 with a capacity of 24,000
pounds at the hub. The rear axle shall be provided with Meritor #EX225H air
disc brakes with internal automatic adjustment, sealed synchronized twin pistons
and robust sealing of slide pins for environmental protection. The. #EX225H air
disc brakes shall have 17" rotors and a fully sealed lever-mechanism with
variable mechanical ratio. A visual indicator of brake wear shall also be
.provided.
All axles shall be purchased complete from and certified by the axle
manufacturer for the specific application. Brake chamber brand and size shall be
determined by the axle manufacturer.
ENG. NOTES
Any top speed less than 66mph on a 1550 ft Ib torque engine or 73mph
on a 1650 ft Ib torque engine requires factory approval Weight analysis
.required on Attacker Rescue. Use 11 R22.5 tires. Matchsuspension
capacity to axle capacity.
S Seventy (70) Toa Road Speed 7(
11-10-9999
ROAD SPEED
The top road speed of the vehicle shall be 68 MPH at the governed engine RPM.
Topspeedto be governed at 70 MPH.
ENG. NOTES
Vehicles with a GVWR greater than 26k# shall not exceed 68 mph.
Vehicles with a combined water/foam tank capacity greater than 1200 gal
or GV1NR greater than 50k# shall not exceed 60 mph:
One (1) Anti-Lock Brakes (ABS) - 4-Channel
11-20-2600
ANTI-LOCK BRAKIlVG SYSTEM (ABS)
.The vehicle shall be equipped with a WABCO 454M anti-lock braking system
(ABS). The ABS shall provide four (4) channel anti-lock-up braking control on
the (2) front and (2) rear wheels. The system shall employ a digital electronics
system with microprocessor controls divided into two (2) diagonal circuits. In the
- event of one circuitmalfunction the second circuit shall operate unaffected. Each
wheel shall be constantly monitored by the system when the vehicle is in motion.
When any wheel begins to during braking a signal shall be transmitted to the
processor. from the wheel sensor. The control unit shall instantly reduce the
braking. force. applied to the wheel and immediately re-apply braking force so -that
the wheel, rapidly slows without locking. The system shall control all wheels
simultaneously to provide maximum vehicle braking in a relatively straight line.
An ABS warning light shall be installed in the warning light panel of the.
driverdash.
The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking system
whenever the anti-lock braking mode is active.
ENG. NOTES
Not available on TDA: use 11-20-2700.
One (1) Vehicle Stability Compliance -Calculation Method
11-20-2750
VEHICLE STABILITY COMPLIANCE -CALCULATION METHOD
. In compliance with NFPA 19012009 Edition standard 4:13.1, the vehicle, as
specified; shall,be reviewed by a qualified professional engineer in the employ of
the bidder, to verify that -the vehicle shall have a Vertical. Center of Gravity no
higher than 80% of the rear axle's Track Width. The calculation shall be
available for review after the conclusion of the Pre-Construction meeting,.
providing than the Fire Department accurately identifies the equipment to be
carried and its storage location on the vehicle.
One (1) Rear.Susp. -.Semi-Elliptical Spring, 3"x52°, Single, 24,000#
11-30-3100
REAR SEMI-ELL_IP_TICAL SPRIIVG SUSPENSION. 3'` X 52" S1NGLE -
24,000#
The rear suspension shall be semi-elliptical 3" x 52" constant rate type springs
with a military wrapped eye. The correct material, spring length, width,
- thickness and number shall be provided to match the leaf spring rating with that
of .the gross axle weight rating of the vehicle.
Two (2) Front Tires - GY/385/65R22,5/G286A SS/Hwy 9,370# Ea
12-05-6100
FRONT TIl2ES
The front tires hall be Goodyear 385/65R22,S G286A SS, load range "J",
highway tread with a maximum rating of 9,370 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
ENG. NOTES
- Any 10-man cab requires 425 front'tires. - A higheraoad rating of
10,025# is avail w/ lower max speed of 68mph.
Four (4) Rear Tires - GY/11 R22.5/G164 RTD/Agr 6,425# (Ea)
12-06=0300
REAR TIRES
.The rear tires shall be Goodyear llR22.5 G164 RTD, load range "H", aggressive
.tread with a maximum rating of 6,425 pounds at a top speed of 75 mph.
One (1) Wheels -Alum. Disc, Polished. Single Rear Axle
12-50-0500
WHEELS
Wheels shall be Alcoa'polished aluminum disc type and hub, piloted. Chrome
plated nut covers shall be furnished.
ENG. NOTES
Not available for 75' Meanstick with a 500 gallon water tank and single
rear axle.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "Baby Moon". Front Axle
12-80-0100
FRONT AXLE "BABY MOON" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "Baby Moon" type hubcaps shall be provided on the front axle.
The.hub cap style shall match the requirements of the front axle wheel seals.
One (1) Hub Caps - (2) S/S, "High Hat", Rear Axle
12-90-0200
REAR AXLE "HIGH HAT" HUB CAPS
Stainless steel "High Hat" type hub caps shall be provided on the rear axle(s).
ENG. NOTES
Change quantity to (2) for tandem axle.
One (1) Tire Pressure Indicators -Accu-Pressure H.D. Safety Caps, Single
- Axle
12-90-1010
TIRE PRESSURE INDICATORS
Accu-Pressure Heavy Duty Safety Caps, shall be provided and. installed: each
wheel shall be equipped with a valve stem inflation pressure..sensitive monitor
that shall provide a visual color indication of when the tire pressure is below the
manufacturers recommended level. The chrome safety cap shall show green
when the tire is properly inflated and red once the tire becomes underinflated by
10°Io.
One (1) Engine -Cummins, ISM; 500 HP,' 1.550 ft. Ib.. 10.8 L w/o DPF
13-00-6878
- ENGINE
The chassis shall be powered by a 2007 emissions compliant Cummins ISM
diesel engine as described below:
• Model ISM
• Number of Cylinders Six:
• Bore and Stroke 4.92 x 5.79 in.
• Displacement Liter (Cu. In) 10.8 (659)
• Rated BHP 500 @ 2100 RPM
• Torque 1550 lbs.-ft. at 1200. RPM
• Governed RPM 2100
• Oil Capacity /Type 10.2 gallons /SAE CJ-4
• Fuel Requirement Ultra low sulfur diesel (15 ppm max).
Standard equipment on the engine to include the following:
• Cooled Exhaust Gas Recirculation system
• Fan - 32", 11 blade
~ Charge air cooling
• High pressure, common rail fuel-system
• Fuel filter with check valve. and water separator
• Fuel strainer
• .Governor -electronic, interact system
~ Injectors -electronically controlled full- authority injection
• Lube oil cooler. -integral
• `Lube oil filter -full flow -
• Starting motor - 12 volt
• Turbocharger -variable geometry type
• Air compressor - Wabco 18.7 CFM
The engine exhaust system. shall be a horizontal design constructed from heavy-
duty tXUCk components. Flexible couplings shall be utilized to absorb the torque
and vibration of the engine. The outlet shall be directed to the forward side of
the rear wheels, exiting: the right side, with a straight tip. Aheat-absorbing
sleeve. shall be used on the exhaust pipe in the engine compartment area to reduce
stored heat, providing protection for the alternator, and also to protect hands-
when checking or adding oil in the engine compartment.
ENGINE AND CHARGED AIR COOLING SYSTEMS
A serpentine core type. radiator with continuous louvered. copper fin design shall
be provided. Radiator shall be fitted with formed steel side frames. The top tank
shall have abuilt-in de-aeration system. A drain shall be located at the lowest
point..
The.engine charged air heat exchanger shall be located directly in front of the
radiator and be bolted to its side rails. It shall be all aluminum-brazed
construction. Air cooler to be cross .flow design-with cast aluminum side tanks,
horizontal inlet and outlet at top and aluminum louvered serpentine external air
fins. Cooler tubes shall also be constructed of aluminum and have internal fins
that eliminate laminar airflow.
The charge air cooler and the radiator shall be produced by the same
manufacturer as a single assembly to provide continuity throughout the cooling
system. This shall ensure a certified "balanced" package for the chassis engine air
and fluid cooling systems.
The dual heat exchanger package shall be mounted on a frame fabricated
mounting. bracket attached to the front of the engine in a manner so than it "floats"
with the engine. This mounting design eliminates engine fan and radiator shroud
contact due. to engine. torque movement and promotes more efficient airflow. It
shall be held in place at the bottom by two (2) large bolts equipped with anti-
stress~rubber biscuits. The top of the radiator shall be supported by two (2), 3/4"
tubular braces, bolted to the engine block. Anti-vibration rubber biscuits shall be
installed at the top threaded end of the braces where they attach to the radiator.
A fan shroud shall be bolted to the rear (engine side) of he radiator to increase
the fan's efficiency by drawing all air from the front of (and through) the radiator..
It shall also be equipped with extruded rubber side baffles.
ENG. NOTES
Requires Allison 4000EVS transmission and Spicer.1810 driveline.
One (1) Engine Cooling Certification
13-00-7000
ENGINE COOLING CERTIFICATION
"EPQ" (End Product Questionnaire) certification shall be provided by the
apparatus manufacturer and shall be done on a completed unit,(after pump and
complete body installation). Incomplete certifications (chassis only) shall not be
acceptable.
.One (1) Fan Clutch
13-00-7500
FAN CLUTCH
A pneumatically operated, thermostatically controlled, clutch shall be provided
foz the engine cooling fan. The clutch -shall be of a failsafe design, in that it shall
fail iri the "on" mode and thus prevent overheating. in the event of component or
air line failure. Manufacturer shall also wire the clutch so that it remains "on" in
the pumping mode to prevent water pressure fluctuations.
One (1) Coolant Overflow Reservoir - 6 QT
13-00-7600
COOLANT OVERFLOW RESERVOIR
A six (6)-quart coolant overflow reservoir shall be provided: It shall be accessed
in the. officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with-small D-ring
handle shall be provided for access. A visual inspection shall be possible without
tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS).. The aluminum treadplate door shall be
properly labeled.
One (1) Silicone Hoses - Coolant/Heater
13-01-2100
SILICONE HOSES
All hoses in the cooling system shall be silicone type with. stainless steel constant
torque Oetiker clamps.
One (1) Transmission -Allison. 4000-EVS
1~3-03-1200
TRANSMISSION
An Allison, Mode14000 - EVS, electronically controlled, 5 speed automatic
transmission with integral fluid filter shall be provided. A transmission cooler
shall be installed in-the radiator bottom tank. A warning light and buzzer shall be
provided on the cab dash to alert the driver should the transmission overheat.
The transmission shall. include the following: an oil life monitor, afilter-life
monitor, and a transmission health monitor. The oil life monitor determines fluid
life remaining by monitoring various operating parameters. The filter-life
monitor determines when fluid filter(s) need to be replaced.. The transmission
health monitor determines when clutch system inspection is required. The
monitors send a message via a blink code to a special prognostic light on the shift
pad.
The transmission shall include the following emergency vehicle specifications:
• Maximum gross input power:. 600 lip
• Maximum gross input torque: 1850 lbs/ft.
• Input speed range: 1700 to 2300 rpm
• Direct gear lock-up: 4th @ 1.00 to 1.00
• Overdrive gear and ratio: Sth @ 0.74 to 1.00
Gear ratios shall be as follows:
• 1st 3.51to1
• 2nd 1..91. to 1
• 3rd 1.43 to 1
• 4th 1.00 to 1
• 5th 0.74 to 1
• Rev -4.80 to 1
ENG. NOTES
This transmission .has PTO opening at 7:00 & 1:00. Engineering approval
req for use of 1:00 position. Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200,-1810
driveline.Requires Q.W.# 10-30-0200, 1810 driveling.
One (1) Transmission Fluid -Mobil Delvac Synthetic ATF f/ 4000-EVS
13-03-2005
TRANSMISSION FLUID
The Allison 4000-EVS transmission shall be delivered from the factory. with
Mobil Delvac Synthetic ATF.
One (1) Transmission Programming - 5th On Mode
13-03-3000
TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMIlVG
The transmission shall be programmed as a 5-speed with Sth gear (overdrive).
selected by mode button only.
ENG. NOTES
Valid-option for Allison transmission.
One (1) Transmission Shift Control -Allison Touch Pad
13-03-4000
TOUCH PAD TRANSMISSION SHIFT CONTROL
Touch pad control shift module shall be mounted to the right. of the driver on the
console and be indirect lighted for after dark operation.
One (1) Driveling -Spicer 1810
13-05-0200
DRIVELINE
Drivelines shall be-built with heavy-duty metal tubes and utilize Spicer 1810
series or "Equal" mechanics type universal joints with "half round" end yokes.
This quick disconnect strap and bolt design type end joint shall allow the
driveline to be easily disassembled and dropped straight down for ease of service
and maintenance. They also shall be dynamically balanced by the truck
manufacturer before installation in the chassis. A splined slip joint is to be
provided in each shaft assembly.
S One (1) Fuel Tank - 65 Gallon. S/S, Rear Mt., w/S/S Straps
13-08-2700
FUEL SYSTEM
The vehicle shall be furnished with a 65. gallon fuel tank mounted behind.the rear
axle and just below the frame rails using a stainless steel. strap. The-tank shall be
constructed of stainless steel and equipped with a swash partition and vent. The
fuel. tank shall meet all FHWA requirements including a fill capacity of 95% of
tank volume and all DOT and FMVSS regulations for rollover protection. A 2"
diameter fill inlet shall be provided. -Fuel cap shall be of brass or bronze
construction, non-vented and have lead safety .fuses. It shall be chained to inlet
tube or to the body. sheet metal to prevent loss. Braided hoses shall be provided
for the fuel lines. A 1/2" NPT drain plug shall be located at the bottom "of the
tank. The tank shall be .installed using stainless steel straps and hardware,
separated from the tank by a rubber insulating strip to prevent against chaffing.
On trucks without torque boxes, the fuel tank pickup tube and sending unit shall
be accessible without having to remove the tank:
The fuel fill inlet shall be located on the left (drivers) side of the apparatus. It
shall be concealed behind a door marked "DIESEL FUEL ONLY". The fuel
" inlet area; recessed behind the door, shall be completely enclosed to prevent dirt
and debris from entering. Provision shall be provided inside the fill recess for
drainage of any spilled fuel within the cavity.
Provide fuel fill inlets on each side of the unit.
Provide fuel fill inlets on each side of the unit.
ENG. NOTES "
For Pumpers, when selecting. a 6b gal. tank with an, air ride suspension,
you must select 45-48-9000 (flush rear): NA on non-ext bodies or ext
body w/ 14" ext comet. Requires .Engineering Approval.
One (1) Fuel Fill Door - S/S. Brushed
13-08-3010
The fuel door shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall have a brushed
finish. It shall be horizontally hinged at the bottom and pull down to open. A
Southco spring loaded device with brass roller shall be provided to hold the door
in the -open or closed position. A black pull knob shall be installed on the door
for opening and closing it. A black rubber bumper shall be installed in a position
to prevent the door from damaging the surrounding surface when it is opened..
The b"umper shall. be permanently mounted with screws.
One (1) `Fuel Cooler -Engine
13-08-5400 s
ENGINE FUEL COOLER
An engine fuel cooler shall be provided on the apparatus. The engine fuel cooler
shall cool the returning fuel from the engine using the water from-the water
PumP•
ENG. NOTES
. Not compatible with CAT C-9 engines. Only available on units with a
water pump. Champ, Model 42-1768.
One (1) Fuel/H20 Separator.- Fleetguard. FS1000
13-08-5700
FLEETGUARD FUEL WATER SEPARATOR
A Fleetguard FS1000 spin-on 10 micron filter with fuel water separator shall be
provided.
ENG. NOTES
This is the standard primary filter on the 2007 ISM engines. Only
available on fSM engines.:
One (1) Alternator - Leece Neville. 320 Amp
13-10-0400
ALTERNATOR
A minimum 320 amp Leece Neville alternator with an integral rectifier system
shall be provided.
ENG. NOTES.
The 320 amp alternator-is the largest Leeee Neville alternator availabte.lf
vehicle is equipped to tow a trailer, an additionaF 45 amp draw must be
added to the continuous electrical load, per NFPA.
One (1) Air Compressor- Wabco 18.7 cfm
13-11-0400
AIR. COMPRESSOR
A Wabco 18.7 cfm air compressor shall be furnished. The air compressor shall be
gear driven off the engine.
ENG. NOTES
Only available on Cummins Engines.
.One (1) Air Cleaner
13-12-0500
AIR CLEANER
A Donaldson Power Coredry type engine air cleaner shall be provided. It shall
be installed in a location so than the- filter element can be easily serviced.
One (1) Air Restrict Indicator -Information Display Center
13-12-5500
AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR IN INFORMATION DISPLAY CENTER
An electrical engine air restriction indicator shall be provided and installed in the
cab information display center.
ENG. NOTES -
Farr "Filter Minder"
One (t) Exhaust -Non-DPF, with 5" Aluminized Pipe
13-13-02A0
EXHAUST
The exhaust system shall be 5" in diameter and shall discharge horizontally on
the officer side of the vehicle, ahead of the rear tires: Stainless steel flex pipe and
aluminized steel hard pipe shall be used between the engine turbo and the
aluminized steel muffler: Aluminized steel pipe shall be used from the muffler to
the. exhaust discharge. The muffler shall be bolted to the frame with brackets.
Joints shall'be connected with lapping band style clamps.
One. (1) Tailpipe - Plymovent, Extended for Exh: Evac. System
13-13-0900
TAILPIPE EXTENSION
The tailpipe shall. be provided to accommodate a Plymovent exhaust evacuation
system. The tailpipe will be mounted perpendicular to the side. of the truck and
be flush: with the body: 12'' of clearance between the pipe and the tire will be
provided:-
It is understood that the 2007 engine exhausts can not be connected to exhaust
evacuation systems when the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst and Diesel Particulate
Filter on the engine. are regenerating.
ENG. NOTES
Receiver plate is not supplied, it is a DFI.
One (1) Exhaust-Heat Shielding for Non-DPF Engines
13-13-1120
EXHAUST HEAT SHIELDS
The exhaust pipe shall be wrapped in two (2) multi-layered insulation blankets,
from just aft of the turbo to just below the frame rail to protect the air piping and
air lines that run in the frame and to provide protection'for the air cleaner. Each
blanket shall have a fiberglass inner layer and a silicone impregnated fiberglass
cloth outer layer.
The cab shall receive 1.25" thick foil back insulation blanket under the crew floor
to reduce floor temperatures.-
All.harnesses and cables, in proximity to exhaust system..components, shall be
protected with ThermaShield insulation..
One (1) Engine Brake -Jacobs, Cummins ISM
13-15-0400
ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs engine brake shall be installed with controls within easy reach of the
driver. Brake shall automatically be actuated when the accelerator pedal is
released. The engine brake shall be wired in conjunction with the rear brake
lights so that they are activated when the engine brake is engaged. It shall have a
three position switch; "LOW", "MEDIUM" and "HIGH" along with an "OFF"
and "ON" switch.
One (1) Heater -Engine, 1500. Watt
13-15-3300
ENGINE HEATER
A 110 volt, 1500 Watt direct immersion block heater shall be provided with AC
electrical inlet (shoreline) connection.
ENG. -NOTES
If a 220 volt engine heater is wanted SOPR required and shoreline must
change to 30 amp. Kim Hotstart.Requires Shoreline Connection.
One (1) -Fast Idle -Switched on .Dash
13-15-4100
FAST IDLE SWITCH
A fast idle switch shall activate an engine high idle potentiometer. The circuit
shall be wired through the neutral safety/parking brake interlock to prevent
activation when the. transmission is in the road mode. Fast idle shall be set at
1000 RP1VI's. A switch located inside the cab convenient to the driver shall be
provided for this system.
One. (1) Nameplate -Lubrication Capacity
13-1;5-5000
LUBRICATION PLATE
A permanent plate shall be installed in the driver's compartment which shall
specify the quantity and type of lubrication fluids used in the following. chassis or
apparatus. components: engine, chassis transmission, pump :transmission, pump
primer and rear axle differential. Engine coolant type and quantity shall also be
stated.
One (1) Cab - S/S, Full Tilt. 140" (MII - MF)
20-00-6700
STAINLESS. STEEL FULL TILT CAB
The cab. shall be designed specifically for the fire service and as such shall
provide extra strength and safety. The cab shall be made in the factory of the
bidder and must be the bidder's top-of-the-line stainless steel model. The cab
shall tilt forward for engine access. .
CUSTOM CAB DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
The cab shall be of stainless steel' reinforced welded safety-cage construction
utilizing a rectangular structural tube sub-frame:. Front face, roof and rear wall
shall be framed with stainless steel square tubing. Cab sides shall utilize both
formed.stainless steel sheet metal and formed tubing for reinforcement. Framing
shall be covered with a stainless steel skin on front and sides. Side roof covering
- (rolled edges) shall be constructed of stainless steel sheet metal formed in a
quarter round, hollow double wall, angle reinforced configuration with integral
drip: rail.
No plastic orfiberglass shall be used in the construction of the cab.
CAB DIMENSIONS
The back wall of the cab shall measure 72" from the.center of the front axle. The
cab shall-have an inside width of 91" and outside. width of 96". Entrance step
wells tothe driver'sand officer's positions shall be a minimum of 26" wide and
the rear crew step wells shall be 34" wide. They shall be "spaced" out at front,
rear and side to prevent trapping of dirt and other residue. Entrance steps shall be
made of expanded aluminum grating.
CAB FLOORS AND UNDERSIDE
Cab floors shall be covered with a sound barrier mat with aheavy-duty wear
surface. The underside of the cab shall have an integral high strength framework
which shall become the lifting platform for-the cab hydraulic tilt system.
CAB ROOF
The roof of the cab shall be covered with high polished aluminum diamond
.plating. The perimeter of the treadplate, at the junction with the. cab roof, shall
be sealed.
REAR OF CAB.
The rear of the cab shall be covered with high polished aluminum diamond
plating. The perimeter of the treadplate, at the junction with the cab back. wall,
shall be sealed.
CAB TILT
The cab shall tilt,a minimum of 45 degrees for normal servicing of the engine
and other equipment. The tilt cab locking system shall be a two-point type that
locks automatically when the cab is lowered into its nested position. The cab tilt
package is custom designed for safety and ease of vehicle maintenance. The
hydraulic tilting. system consists of two (2) heavy-duty single acting cylinders
equipped with velocity fuses at the cylinder base in case of any failure in the
operating mode.. The power supply is a high efficiency electric over hydraulic
system with an integral mechanical override in case of battery failure. All
components and parts are designed for installation with a minimum of 3 to 1
safety factor based on current S.A.E. standards.
In addition to the velocity fuses, a secondary safety system shall be provided to
hold cab in the fully raised position in the event of a failure in the primary lift
mechanism. It shall consist of a metal channel device, which. automatically drops
over he extended rod of the right side.. hydraulic lift cylinder thereby preventing
its retraction. The safety channel can only be released through an -overt action
made by the operator such as pulling a lever or cable. Automatic release of the
safety system shall not be acceptable.
The cab tilt system shall be remotely controlled utilizing a twelve foot cable with
a hand held push button device which is to plug into a receptacle in the bumper
area on the right-hand side of the cab. The receptacle shall have aspring-loaded
weatherproof cover. A four point isolated mounting system shall be provided.
The mounting system shall consist of two _(2) front pivot mounts fabricated of
steel and two (2) rear cab mounts that are center bonded- rubber. Each front pivot
mount. shall consist of a greaseless pin and amulti-layered, self-lubricating,
composite bearing. The outer layer of the bearing shall be high-durometer rubber
to isolate road vibrations and shock.
ENG. NOTES
***Requires Weight Analysis for use on TowerMax Platforms, certain
combinations of cab options may create an .overweight problem.8 Seats
on 140" MII cab is not available with MeanStick
.One (1) Cab Grille-Front. Marauder 11
20-00-6910
CAB GRILLE.- VERTICAL BARS AND RAISED BEZEL SURROUND
The cab front opening shall be covered with a custom made polished stainless
steel grille. that shall be fabricated in the bidder's factory. The grille shall have
formed vertical bars spaced apart on 2" centers. The upperpolished stainless
steel grille shall have a matching lower counterpart to further facilitate engine
cooling: The two (2) stainless grilles shall be housed in a custom, raised and
chrome plated bezel.
ENG. NOTES
No secondary screen is allowed behind the front cab grille.
One (1) Engine Air Inlet Grille & Ember Separator,. MII
20-00-69MS
ENGINE AIR INTAKE GRILLE WITH WATER/EMBER SEPARATOR
A highly polished stainless steel removable grille for engine air intake shall be
provided. The air intake grille shall cover the replaceable water and ember
separator filter housed in the cab structure.
The air intake grille and water/ember separator cartridge shall be located on the
side of the cab, above and to the rear of the drivers side steer axle wheel well.
One (1) Cab Roof - S/S. 8" Raised
20-00-7500
8" RAISED ROOF
The rear section of the cab roof, .over the crew cab area, shall be raised 8" higher
than the driver's and officer's section. The raised portion shall start just behind
the centerline of the front axle.-The leading forward face.of the raised roof shall
slope backward 45 degrees to provide a streamlined look.
The: interior floor to ceiling height of the forward portion of the cab shall be 59".
.The interior floor to ceiling height of the rear crew portion of the cab shall be
67".
The rear crew cab doors shall be extended into the raised portion to provide
maximum headroom for entering and exiting the rear crew cab. The top of the
rear crew doors. shall increase by 8" and have. an additional piece of fixed glass at
the top of the: door, above and separate from the standard door glass. .
One (1) Door Window Separator Trim-.Flat Black
20-00-7910
DOOR WINDOW TRIM
Flat black trim shall separate the roll-down glass of the crew doors and the fixed
glass above it.
One (1) Doors -Barrier Stvle, MII 140"/154" Cabs
20-00-8200
CAB DOOR CONSTRUCTION -BARRIER CLEARING
The cab doors shall be barrier clearing and fabricated from stainless steel. (No
exceptions). -The cab doors shall be 34.75" wide. The interior and exterior door
handles to be flush mounted paddle style with a keyed lock incorporated in the
exterior handle and lever control lock incorporated in the interior handle. Six
inch wide strap style door checks shall be provided. Doors shall be hung on high
polished stainless steel full length hinges attached to cab and door with .25" .
bolts.. Doors shall meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #206.
Each cab door inner panel shall have a minimum of 96 square inches of reflective
material
installed to alert traffic when doors are open.
ENG. NOTES
For MF, MS, LS cabs only.
S One (1) Doors - (2) Cab, Side Access, 25" High
20-00-9500
CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR
Two (2) cab side access doors shall be provided on the cab; one each side
between the front doors and front crew cab windows. Door openings shall be
approximately 13.00" wide x 25.00" high. "D" handle type latches shall be
provided on the lower rearward part of the door. The doors shall be vertically
hinged with a chain type stop.
Doors shall be hinged:
[ ]Standard at front
[X] Optional at rear
Provide a DA'd S/S shelf on the floor in the cab access door area on each
side.
ENG. NOTES
Not available with split tilt-cabs.
One (1) Sill Protector -Cab Side Acc. Door, Brushed S/S
20-00-9640
CAB SIDE ACCESS DOOR SILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided.
on the cab side access door sills to protect the painted finish.
S Six (6) Two-~iNay Radio Antenna Mount -Universal w/ Cable (Ea1
20-03-1000
TWO-WAY RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT(S)
Six (6) universal antenna mount(s), model. MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable
and weatherproof cap shall be provided for the two-way radio equipment. The
mount(s) shall be installed in the cab roof as requested by the customer: The
cable shall be routed to the lower dash, or as requested by the customer, with any
excess cable secured in an accessible location. All installation locations and
cable routing shall be confirmed with the customer during the pre-construction
process.
Desired location(s) shall be:
Antennas shall be mounted in a "Trough"/Mounting strips, so only one (1)
hole is needed in the cab.
ENG. NOTES
Antenna Whip to be Dealer or Customer Furnished and Dealer Installed.
.DO NOT SEND WHIP TO FACTORY!
One (1) I_nnerliners -Front, 304 S/S, for MII cab
20-05-2010
FRONT STAINLESS STEEL INNERLIIVERS
Semi-circular innerliners shall be provided in each front wheel housing. They
shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be bolted in.place so they
may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable.
The outside: edge of the innerliner shall be bolted along its entire length. The.
bottom edge of liner shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid
trapping dirt and debris.
ENG. NOTES
On split tilts the innerliners will be split -over the center axle.Only available
on the Marauder II. cab.
One (1) Fenderettes -Front, S/S
20-05-2110
FRONT FENDERETTE
Polished stainless -steel fenderettes shall be installed in the front wheel openings. .
They shall be sufficiently wide to completely cover the outside rear tire and
reduce wheel splash along the sides of the body. They-shall be installed with
1/4" hex head bolts (self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable) and have
a full width rubber welt placed between the fenderette and body.wheel well
opening flange. Outside edge of welting shall forma "V'' bead between fender
and body side face to .prevent moisture from entering. Inside-edge shall also have
a small raised bead. Outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel opening shall be
rolled inward to eliminate a sharp edge and avoid injury when cleaning
apparatus.
-One (1) Mud Flaps -Rear
20-07-0200
REAR MUD FLAPS
Heavy duty rear mud flaps with the manufacturer's colored "logo" and name (in
script) placed on the rear face shall be provided and installed to the rear of the
rear dual wheels. Name shall be in black with a white background. Flaps shall be
24" wide and be made of 3/.16" heavy duty semi-flexible vinyl material. to prevent
"sailing"
One (1) Mirrors - (2) Lang Mekra, 300 Series, Four-Way, Heatd/Remote
20-10-1300...
` CAB MIIZRORS WITH AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Two (2) Lang Mekra 300 Series chrome plated aero style main and convex
mirrors shall be installed, one (1) on each side of-the vehicle. The main mirror
shall be a. four-way heated, remotely controlled adjustable 7" x 16" second
surface chromed flat glass. The convex shall be a four-way adjustable 6" x 8"
second surface chromed 400 mm radius glass.
The mirrors shall have abuilt-in temperature sensor that will automatically
control the surfacetemperature of the mirror.- An additional on/off switch is
installed for mirror heat,
• Delete the on/off switch for the mirror heater.
One (1) Windshield -Tinted
20-12-0300 ,
WIlVDSHIELD
The windshield shall be of tinted automotive laminated safety-plate glass with a
curved two-piece design. The windshield shall have approximately 2900 square
inches of visual area. Right and deft hand windshield glass shall be symmetrical
and interchangeable from side to side to minimize spare parts stock and expense.
Windshield shall be installed and held in place by an extruded rubber molding
with a bright finish, decorative, locking bead. Cab. shall be finish painted prior to
windshield. glass being installed.. •
One {1) Windshield Wipers Washers
20-12-0305
WINDSHIELD WIl'ERS AND WASHERS
One (1) wet arm operated windshield wiper shall be provided for each plate of.
windshield glass for accessibility and optimum windshield wiping surface areas.
Wipers shall be two speed type with intermittent wiping feature. One (1) control
switch shall be provided and located on the self-canceling directional switch for
both wiper arms. The switch shall combine the on/off (automatic park position),
two speed, intermittent and washer functions in one control. The turning switch
shall activate the wipers and control. speed, and pushing it shall operate the
washers.
One (1) Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir - 5 QT (MII) .
20-12-0310
WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
A five (5) quart windshield washer fluid reservoir shall be provided. It shall be
accessed in the officer's step well. A hinged aluminum treadplate door with
small D-ring handle shall be provided for access. A visual inspection shall be
possible without tilting the cab (NO EXCEPTIONS). The aluminum treadplate
door shall be properly labeled..
One (1) Door Glass -Tinted, Electric. Power Windows
20-12-2700
DOOR WINDOWS
A retractable window with automotive type tempered safety glass shall be
provided in all four(4) cab doors. All glass shall be tinted. Glass shall slide in
stainless steel side channels with cloth/fiber liners. Rubberized fiber seals shall
be located at the bottom. of the window opening to prevent water and debris from
entering the interior of the door when the glass is up (or down). A seal shall be
.placed on both sides {interior and exterior) of the glass. The front door glass
shall be 23.75" high x 25.75" .wide upper and 27.50" wide lower. The rear door
glass shall be 23.75" high x 30" wide. The door window openings shall be
trimmed on the exterior side with a smooth, black, poly vinyl chloride (PVC)
molding
Electric power window regulator shall be manufactured by the Muncy
Corporation and shall be the enclosed, sliding flexible shaft, gear type for ease of
operation and reliability. The shaft shall enter a vinyl_plastic protective sheath.
whenever it is exposed. A 12 volt electric motor with gear reduction box to slow
driven gear rpm and increase power transmission. shall be provided. Individual
switches shall be provided so that the driver controlsthe left side forward door
window, officer the right side and crew occupants the rear. Switches shall be on
the door or in another convenient location. Aftermarket add-on type electric
power window. conversion devices like the .type that replaces the crank arm will
-not. be acceptable...
One (1) Glass -Side Crew Cab. Fixed, Tinted ,
20-14-1.100
CREW.CAB SIDE GLASS
There shall be a side window on each side of the cab between the doors. They
shall be tinted and be manufactured of automotive tempered safety glass. Each
window shall be 23" high x 23" wide to provide maximum vision. They shall be
installed and held in place by an extruded rubber.molding with a chrome plated,
decorative, locking bead. Cab. shall be finish painted prior to window glass being
installed:
One (1) Cab Trim -Exterior Molding
20-16-01.00
.CAB TRIM
Decorative molding is to be provided acrossthe front-and along both sides of the-
- cab just below the windshield level. The molding shall be the automotive
adhesive type made of poly vinyl chloride (PVC). It shall be 5/8" wide with
chrome plated outer edges and a 5/1.6" textured black center strip.
One (1) Scuffalates - (4) Cab Door Frame, S/S, Hi-Polished
20-1.6-5000
CAB DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATES
A highly polished stainless steel scuffplate shall be installed on the striker side of
each cab door frame and shall run the full height: of -the door opening. The
scuffplate shall be a single bend configuration that guards-the outer door frame
post from damage and chips to the paint.
One (1) Knurled Aluminum Cab Handrails & Grab Handles, MII
20-18-01.00
CAB HANDRAILS AND GRAB HANDLES
Handrails shall be 1-1/4" diameter extruded aluminum, knurled, with a bright
anodized finish. •
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
with 1/4" stainless steel hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have a rubberized gasket
placed between them and-the body surface they are mounted on: A drain hole
shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
Handrails and handles shall be installed as follows:.
Four (4) 24" handrails shall be installed on the side of the cab, one just to the rear
of each.cab door. Stanchions shall be offset to the rear to provide hand clearance
.and prevent injury when opening or closing cab doors.
Four (4) rubber covered grab handles shall be provided, one on the inside of each
cab door.
Two (2) 12" rubber covered grab. handles shall be provided, one on the driver's
side and officer's side front A-pillar,-above the door hinge, to assist in entry to the •
cab.
Two (2)12" rubber covered grab handles shall. be provided, one on .each rear
crew door C-pillar, on the hinged side of the-door, to assist in entry to the cab.
One (1) Crash Test Resort -Chassis and Cab
20-20-0100
CRASH TEST •
The cab shall be certified for the following tests:
SA1J J2420: Cab Over Engine (COE) Front Strength Evaluation -Dynamic
Loading -Heavy Trucks
SAE J2422: Cab Roof Strength Evaluation -Quasi Static Loading -Heavy
Trucks
ECE Regulation 29: Protection of Occupants of Cab in Commercial Vehicle
Performance Measure:
1. After undergoing each test, the cab of the vehicle shall exhibit a survival space
accommodating a 50th percentile male ATD in the median position without
contact-between the manikin and non-resilient parts for all seating positions.
2. None. of the doors. shall open during the. tests.
3. The cab attachments maybe distorted or fractured, however,. the cab shall remain
attached to the vehicle frame in at least one attachment location.
ENG. NOTES
Certification available on request.
One (1) RoIITek - 4 Seating Positions
20-20-1100
ROLLTEK
RollTek shall be installed in the cab to provide additional occupant protection.
The RollTek system shall consist of the following features: A roll sensor system,
a belt~pretensioning and seat pull down system, a buckle pretensioning system,
and an airbag deployment. system.
The roll sensor system shall consist of a sensor capable of activating and
deploying up to 8 safety components. The sensor shall store enough power to
deploy all the safety devices for one second after -power loss. The sensor shall be
programmed to record 8 seconds of roll .data before -and 2 seconds of data after a
crash event. The roll sensor shall be pre-programmed to recognize a rollover.
condition, which shall include a roll or tilt condition of approximately 40 degrees
from horizontal.
Each air ride seat shall have a belt pretensioner and a seat pull down system. In
the event of a rollover condition, the-seat belts are tightened and the seat
suspension system is pulled to it's lowest position. This locked position shall last
for at least 20 seconds.
Each fixed seat shall have a buckle pretensioning system. In the. event of a
rollover condition; the "normal" slack from the lap belt is retracted which better
positions the occupant.
An airbag shall be located at each outboard seat position, for deployment
between the seat and the bulkhead. Airbag deployment shall be calibrated and
..placed so as to protect the outboard occupants from contact with the cab and
injury from interior and exterior objects.
The pretensioning systems are the first systems to deploy; followed by the
airbags, then ground impact.
ENG. NOTES
Not avail on Attacker. Only avail w/ some Bostrom seats w/high backs;
see seat. EN. Not avail. f% rear facing inbd seats.lf more seats are regd,
select 20-20-1300 &/or 20-20-1310 & adj qty. .
One (1) RoIITek -Additional Outboard Seats Require RoIITek (Ea)
20-20-1300
One (1) additional outboard seats shall have RollTek components installed as are
available for each location.
Additional seats receiving RoIITek- shall be:
ENG. NOTES ~ .
Identify seats to receive RoIITek.-Only avail w/ Bostrom seats w/ high
backs. Some Bostrom seating not avail; see seat EN.
Two (2) Air Ride Seat Components For RoI1Tek (Ea)
20-20-1.410
ROLLTEK AIR RIDE SEAT COMPONENTS
Two (2) seats in the cab shall be air ride. RollTek components shall be
incorporated into each air ride seat to convert the seat for use with the Ro11Tek
safety system.
One (1) Seat Belt Warning System - NFPA
20-20-3010
SEAT ALARM SYSTEM
A seat alarm system provided by LifeGuard Technologies shall be installed in the-
- cab, as mandated by NFPA 1901 14.1.3.10., The alarm system shall be activated
anytime the parking brake is released or the automatic transmission is not in park.
The system shall consist of an audible. alarm that can be heard at all positions
designated to be occupied while the vehicle is in motion and a visual display to
the driver or officer showing the condition at each seating position.
The visual display shall give the following indications:
Affirmative Senses occupant and belt is
Indication buckled.
Negative Senses occupant and belt is
.Indication unbuckled.
Negative Senses no occupant and belt is
Indication buckled.
Dark Senses no occupant and belt is
unbuckled.
ENG. NOTES
' Costs included in with Vehicle Data Recorder.
Five (5) Helmet Holder -Ziamatic #UHH-1 (Ea, Qty must = # of seats)
20-20-401.0
HELMET HOLDER
{Quantity } Ziamatic model UHH-1 helmet holders shall be provided and.
installed. Locations within the cab for. the holders shall be determined at the time
of the preconference meeting.
The helmets shall be released from the holders by pulling a retention strap down.
No adjustments shall be required for the various sizes and styles of helmets.
The helmet hold shall be compliant with NFPA current edition requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Locations to be determined at the pre-con meeting. Be sure to adjust
quantity to number of seated positions.
One (1) Helmet Caution Labels (for 4 door. cabs)- '
20-20-4024
CAUTION LABELS
Cautiori labels shall be posted in the cab so that they shall be visible from each
seat position. The labels shall read: "Do Not Wear Helmets While Seated".
One (1) Headliner -Padded, Acoustical
20-25-0800 .
HEADLINER
The cab shall be provided with a removable headliner for ease of servicing the
electrical wiring placed in the cab roof. The headliner shall consist of 3 layers of
maferial..Next to the roof shall be a layer of acoustical insulation made of
polyester. and polypropylene fibers. The next layer is 1/4" thick Luann. Finally,
there is a 1/4" thick layer of foam/perforated acoustical vinyl,
.The headliner shall be the multi-piece type (minimum of three (3) sections) so
that the entire liner does not have to be removed for localized maintenance. .
One (1) Engine Enclosure, MII
20-25-.1000
ENGINE ENCLOSURE
The engine enclosure structure shall have a 1-1/4" thick inner lining, on. the
engine side, comprised of aluminized foil and foam barrier composite for heat
insulation. The tunnel. cover shall have 1/2" decoupled foam lower and 1"
decoupled foam upper_covering, on the cab interior side,,for noise. insulation.
The top forward portion of the hood shall have a full-width riser with a sloped
face for the installation of the switch panel. The sloped panels. shall be used for
vehicle accessory controls. A minimum of I" shall be provided between the right
edge of the accelerator pedal and the side of the engine hood. A removable cover
over the engine enclosure and insulation shall be coated with Linex to act as an
insulator for sound and engine temperature, as well as to provide an easy,to-clean:
work surface.
In order to optimize in-cab vision. and seating space for the driver, officer and
crew members while properly seated and belted in turn-out gear, the maximum
overall dimensions of the engine enclosure shall not exceed:
- 28.0" from floor to top of engine tunnel between driver and officer
- 28.0" from floor to top of engine tunnel at front center dash panel
- 33,0" from floor to top of driver and officer dash panels,
ACCESSORY MOUNTING STRUCTURE
The top portion of the engine enclosure hall have an 1/8" thick aluminum
channel frame located between the engine tunnel structure and the cover to
support the cover and facilitate mounting of accessories and equipment.-
ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
An access door shall be provided at the rear of the engine enclosure for routine
engine fluid checks. The access-door shall be insulated from engine heatwith
aluminized foiUfoam/barrier composite and sealed to prevent exhaust fumes from
entering the crew cab.
S One (1) Radio - AM/FM/CD, w/Weather Band
20-25-2200
AM/FM/CD W/ WEATHER BAND RADIO
One (1) Kenwood brand AM/FM/CD/WeatherBand radio with four (4) speakers
shall be provided and installed. The- stereo radio shall be centrally located in the
overhead console and the speakers shall be located two (2) in the front of the cab
behind driver and officer, and two (2) in the rear cab corners.
One (1) Steering Wheel - Tilt/Telescoping
20-25-3000
18" STEERING WHEEL WITH TIL,T/TELESCOPE
A padded 18" steering wheel with center horn ring shall be provided. The upper
steering column. shall be of the tilt and telescopic type. Aself-canceling
directional switch with wiper control and headlight dimmer control shall be
mounted on the steering column with an ICC four way flash switch. The self-
canceling directional switch shall be easily removable and replaceable without
removing the steering wheel or column assembly. The junction of the shaft and
the cab floor shall be sealed to prevent air. exchange between the cab interior and
exterior.
One (1) Linex -Cab Dash.
20-25-4000
LINER FOR CAB DASH
The-cab dash shall be sprayed with Linex having a high resistance to abrasion
and tearing. A vinyl cloth glued. or laminated in some manner to a metal backing
surface shall not be acceptable.
The Linex shall absorb impact without surface damage. The Linex shall be
resistant to gasoline,. diesel fuel, paints, bleaches, organic. solvents-and other
cleaning agents and chemicals. It shall include sound dampening and vibration
elimination properties.
.The Linex shall be solvent free and be environmentally safe to apply with no
VOC. or CFC hazards. Its surface shall have anon-glare, granular texture and be
easily cleaned with common cleansing compounds.
The cab dashlinex color shall be:
[X] -Dark Gray -Vernon to provide PPG # for color match.
One (1) ATP =Cab Floor, Over Insulated Mat, Tilt Only
20-25-4400
TREADPLATE FLOORING
Aluminum treadplate flooring shall be installed over the insulated cab floor
matting. Flooring shall be removable in sections.
One (1) Sun Visors - (21 Vinyl, Padded
20-25-5000 .
SUN VISORS
Two (2) 6.625" .x 29.50" padded sun visors shall be provided, one on the driver's -
side and one on the officer's side. Visor shall be supported at both ends to prevent
drooping.
One (1) Kic_ kplate -Rear Interior Wall, ATP, 12" High
20-25-7000
ALUIVIINUM TREADPLATE KICKPLATE
A 12" high vertical aluminum treadplate kickplate shall be installed across the
lower-portion of the interior rear wall of the cab.
One (1) Sign -Vehicle Dimension & Weight
20-25-8000
VEHICLE DIMENSION SIGN
A sign shall be provided in the. front cab area. indicating the height of the
completed apparatus in feet and inches, length'of the completed apparatus in feet
and inches, and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) in tons.
S One (1) Rearlnterior Wall
20-25-.9998 .
BRUSHED S/S REAR INTERIOR. CAB WALL
The rear interior wall shall have brushed stainless steel panels covering the entire
wall floor to ceiling. (copy LA City last order).
The rear interior wall shall have brushed .stainless. steel panels covering
the enfire wall floor to ceiling. (copy LA City last order)
S One (1) Garmin Streetpilot 7200 GPS System ,
20-25-9999
GARMIN STREETPILOT-7200-GPS SYSTEM
Shall provide and install a permantly fixed or mounted Garmin Streetpilot 7200
GPS system wired hot to inain battery switch.
Provide and install on permanently fixed or mounted GPS system wired
hot to main battery switch.
One (1) Power Studs -Overhead Switch Panel, (4) Stud Switched
20-26-1800
POZIER STUDS (OVERHEAD SWITCH PANEL)
Four (4) studs shall be provided in the overhead switch panel to provide a 12 volt
feed. The studs shall consist.of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud,
switched ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) Power. Studs -Cab Dash Area, (4) Stud Switched
20-26-1900
POWER STUDS (CAB DASH)
Four (4) studs shall be provided in the cab dash area to provide a 12 volt feed.
The studs shall consist of a 12 volt direct stud, switched battery stud, switched
ignition stud and grounding stud.
One (1) inner Cab Door Panels - S/S. Brushed
20-5'0-5200
INNERDOOR PANELS-BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL (4)
The cab. inside door panels shall be removable and shall be constructed of
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Reflective Chevron on Inner Cab Door Panel
20-50=6000.
All cab passenger compartment doors shall have at least 96 square inches of
reflective material affixed to the inside of eachdoor to alert traffic. when the door
isopen. The reflective material shall be a chevron design that complies with
NFPA requirements.
One (1) Seat -Driver's. Bostrom, Sierra, Air, Reclininq
21-00-BOAR
DRIVER'S SEAT
The driver's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 reclining high-back
seat with air suspension. A DOT approved 3-pt. shoulder harness shall be
furnished that is red in color. The seatbelts shall meet NFPA 1901 length
requirements.
Seat shall be gray.
ENG: NOTES
Seat features the Seagrave logo.
One (1) .Seat -Officer's, Bostrom. Sierra, Air-100. Reclininq
21-01-BOAR
OFFICER'S SEAT
The officer's seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra Air-100 RX reclining high
. back air suspension seat with 5" horizontal adjustment. A DOT approved 3-pt.
shoulder harness shall be furnished that is red in color. The seatbelts shall meet
NFPA 1901 length requirements.
ENG. NOTES
*Not available with RoIITek.-Seat features the Seagrave logo.
One (1) Seat Riser -MIL Officer. 5" High, NA w/ RoIITek
21-05-0300
The officer's seat shall`be held at NFPA regulated height by a 3CR12 stainless
steel frame that measures 16.5" wide x 5.0" high x 17.0" deep, front to back.
ENG. NOTES
*Not available with RoIITek-.For Marauder II cabs only.
One (1) Seat Riser - MII Driver, C-Channel Bracket for RoIITek
21-05-110D
The driver's. seat shall be held at NFPA regulated height by a C Channel Bracket.
- ENG. NOTES
Required under air suspension seats when RoIITek is present. .
One (1) Seat (1.) Inboard, Fwd Facing, Bostrom; Sierra Flip-up
21-11-6600
REAR SEATING
The rear crew cab section shall contain one (1),forward facing seat. The forward
facing seat shall be an H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up jumpseat installed
on the rear wall of the cab directly behindahe engine enclosure. The seating area
shall allow maximum room for fire fighters in full turn out gear. A DOT
approved 3-pt. shoulder harness shall be furnished -that is red in color. The
seatbelfs shall meet NFPA 1901 length requirements.
ENG. NOTES
. This is a non-SCBA seat.
One (1) Seat - (2) Outboard, Fwd Facing, Bostrom, Sier-ra Flip-up
21-11-7A00
REAR SEATING
The rear crew cab section shall contain two (2) outboard forward facing seats.
The two forward facing seats shall be H.O. Bostrom Sierra high back flip-up
jumpseats installed on the rear wall of the cab.. The seating area shall allow
,maximum room for fire fighters in full. turn out gear. DOT approved 3-pt.
shoulder harnesses shall be furnished that are red in color.. The seatbelts shall
meet NFPA 1901 length requirements.
One (1) Upholstery - Seat,- Bostrom, Dura-Wear,. Gray
21-12-7500
SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All cab seats shall be upholstered in gray H.O. Bostrom "Durawear" waterproof
cloth. fabric.
ENG. NOTES
Bostrom Seats Only.
One (1) Interior Decor -Black
21-13-1600
INTERIOR DECOR
.The interior components, accessories and trim, shall be black in color.
One (1) .Sign -Seating Capacity
21-13-2500
CAPACITY SIGN
A sign visible to the driver, that states the number of personnel the vehicle is
designed to carry, shall be provided.
Two (2) Cab Compt- Rear Facing, Outbd; 1 HI Dr, 21w x 24d x 21h (Ea)
21-15-1110
STORAGE COMPARTMENT(S)
Two (2) storage compartment(s) shall be provided in the cab: The compartment
shall be rear facing and in the outboard position. It shall, be constructed of 1/8"
smooth aluminum. The compartment shall have a "sweep out" design. It shall
have a removable, false, back wall for electrical routings. The. compartment
interior shall have no finish. The exterior shall have a Linex finish, the same
color as the cab interior. The compartment shall have a single pan door with "D."
ring handle and an inboard hinge. The overall outside dimensions of the
compartment shall be 21"wide x 24" deep x 21" high.
Compartment shall be located on the
[X] .Both sides.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify quantity and which side(s) to receive compartment.
Outboard rear facing seat on side w/this compartment is not available
when this compartment is chosen. All equipment must be removed before
tilting cab.
Two (2) Shelf - Adjustable, 1/8".Aluminum w/ DA'd Finish (Ea)
21-15-2010
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Two (2) adjustable shelf or. shelves shall be provided. Each shelf shall be made
from 1/8" aluminum sheet metal and have welded corners and a DA'd finish. It
shall be supported by four (4) stainless steel angles bolted to "alumastrut" tracks.
ENG. NOTES
Please provide quantity of shelves.**If there is more than 1 cab compt,
you must specify location details in the Shop Note. .
S One (1) Forward Facing. Compartment
21-15-9998
FORWARD FACING COMPARTMENT - LA CITY
There shall be a forward facing compartment to house the Kussmaul Charger and
three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA City style in size and
access doors and also have a Linex finish.
There shall be a forward facing compartment to house the Kussmaul
Charger and three (3) RF decks. This compartment shall match the LA
City. style compartment in size and access doors and also have a Linex .
finish.
One (1) HVAC/Defroster -Forward Cab, 46,000/33,000 BTU
21-23-0700
HVAC AND DEFROSTER
A cab front HVAC system and defroster with a 430 CFM variable speed blower
shall be provided, The front HVAC system shall have a heating capacity of
46,000 BTU/hr and a cooling capacity of 33,000 BTU/hr. The HVAC unit shall
be located near the floor on the right side of cab, in front of the officer's footwell,
and shall include a shut off valve in the engine coolant supply line. The front
HVAC system may direct air to the windshield; the lower dash on both sides, and
the center of the cab. Conventional "slot" type defroster outlets located at the
bottom of the windshield shall direct airflow from the HVAC system up on to the
windshields.
For optimum comfort in all weather, the automotive style climate control panel
shall allow the driver to control the heating, cooling, defrosting and ventilating
functions for the forward portion of the cab. The front control panel shall include
an air.temperature switch and push button controls for air discharge location
(mode); fan speed, and temperature. The air source shall be manually selected
either fresh outside air or recirculated air.
ENG. NOTES
Marauder II cabs will utilize this system in cabs produced after March
2009.
One {1) Manual Shutoff Valve -Forward Cabe HVAC Return
21-23-0900.
MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE FOR CAB FRONT HVAC COOLANT
RETURN
A manual shutoff valve shall be provided at the engine for the front cab HVAC
engine coolant return line to facilitate servicing.
One (1) Air Conditioner- 72;500 BTU Total
21-23.3800
AIR CONDITIONING
The cab shall be equipped-with an air conditioning system to work in conjunction
to the forward cab HVAC system for a combined cooling capacity of 72,500
BTU%hr. The ceiling mounted evaporator shall work in conjunction with the
front cab HVAC controls and shall have an additional rear control for adjusting
the fan speed. The evaporator shall have six. (6) air diffusers to allow for multi-
directional airflow. Each diffuser shall be adjustable up and down and side-to-
sidefor individual preference. A sump style drain system shall be provided
inside the cab to allow for the removal of condensation. .
The evaporator shall be compliant with all EPA regulations and use R-134A
Refrigerant. All hoses used in the air conditioning system shall be "barrier" type
construction for containment of the refrigerant. The condenser shall be a stacked
type, low profile, dual fan compact design with dryer and pressure switch .
included.' The condenser shall be located on the cab roof. It shall be protected
from damage with a fabricated aluminum treadplate cover, except for the fan
opening at the top and openings for the hoses.
The air conditioning system. shall exceed the industry norm by cooling the cab
from an ambient temperature of 100 degrees Fahrenheit at SO% relative humidity.
to an average cab temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes.
One (1) .Map Box - (8) 30 Degree Angle Slots w/Black Linex Finish
21-50-0900 '
MAP BOX
A map box shall be provided between the driver and officer. It shall be installed
on the top of the engine hood or air tunnel. Box shall have eight (8) slots spaced
on 3.00 inch horizontal centers. Each slot shall be 14.00 inches wide and 8.00
inches deep. They shall slant at a 30 degree angle towards the rear of the truck.
Box shall be constructed of .125 inch thick smooth 5052 aluminum sheet metal
with welded assembly.. It shall be covered with black linex.
S One (1) Radios and- Intercom to be Dealer Furnished
21-50-9999
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND
INSTALLED BY CALIFOR,
NIA SEAGRAVE. All Radios and Hand Helds to
be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California Seagrave:
SIGTRONICS INTERCOM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED AND
INSTALLED BY CALIFORNIA SEAGRAVE. All Radios and Hand Held's
to be provided by Vernon Fire Department and installed by California
Seagrave-
. Two (2) No Cab Compartment 12V Power Points
22-03-1500
Two (2) Cab Compt Light -ROM LED, (1) Strip light
23-25-0020 .
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS -LED
The cab- interior storage compartment shall have a ROM: LED lighting strip
installed. The lighting strip shall be mounted vertically at the right side of the
cab compartment door (facing the compartment door). The lighting strip shall be
shock resistant and feature true parallel wiring with special long-life, bright LED
lights. The lights shall be installed in a rigid aluminum track, with Lexan clear
lens for quick-and easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be
used to activate light.
ENG. NOTES ,
- This light shall be integrated on all roll up doors and stand alone on all
hinged doors.-.Cost is included in with the compartment costa
Two (2) No Cab Compartment 120V Receptacle
70-05-1800
..One (1 } Warranty -Meritor Front Axle. 2 Yr , P&L
91-75-0015
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a two (2) year parts and labor warranty on the front
axle.
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Disc Brakes, 3 Yr , P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a three (3) year parts and labor warranty on the
EX225H disc brakes.
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Disc Brakes, 3 Yr , P&L
91-75-0020
WARRANTY
Meritor.Corporation provides a three,(3) year parts and-labor warranty on the
EX225H disc brakes.
One (1) Warranty -Meritor Rear Axle, 2 Yr , P&L
91-75-0025
WARRANTY
Meritor Corporation provides a two (2) year parts and labor warranty on the rear
axle.
One (1) Warranty -.Cummins 1SM Engine, 5 Yr / 1:00,000. Mile-
- 91-75-0050
WARRANTY
Cummins provides a 5 year or 100,000 mile warranty on the ISM engine.
One (1) Warranty -Allison Transmission, 5 Yr P.& L
91-75-0065
WARRANTY
Allison provides a 5 year warranty on the EVS transmissions.
One (1) Electrical Wirinq - 12V General.
22-00-0100
GENERAL 12-VOLT ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIREMENTS
12-VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with aheavy-duty 12-volt electrical system. All
12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall
conform to modern automotive practices. All electrical wiring and components
installed in the apparatus shall be suitable for use. in severe duty emergency
vehicle applications.
GENERAL WIRING-AND WIRE HARNESS CONSTRUCTION
Unless otherwise specified by the component supplier, all insulated wire and
cable shall. conform to SAE 41127 Low Voltage Battery Cable type SGX or STX,
or SAE J1128 Low Voltage Primary Cable type SXL, GXL, or TXL.
' Circuit feeder wires shall be stranded copper or copper alloy conductors of a
gauge rated to carry 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is
protected.
Conductor materials and stranding, other than copper, shall be permitted if all
applicable requirements for physical, electrical, and environmental conditions are
met as dictated by the end application:
The overall covering of conductors shall be moisture-resistant loom or braid that
has:a minimum continuous rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good
.engineering practice dictates special consideration for loom installations exposed
to higher temperatures:
The overall covering of jacketed cables shall be moisture resistant and have a
minimum continuous temperature rating of 194°F (90°C) except where good
engineering practice dictates special. consideration for cable installations exposed
to higher temperatures:
CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION
All wiring shall be uniquely identified by a circuit number and color coding. The
identification shall be referenced on a wiring diagram. Wires less than 8 AWG
shall be permanently identified at least every 2.0 inches (50.8 mm) by a circuit
and function code. Cables equal to or larger than 8 AWG and wires included in
jacketed cables shall be permanently identified by circuit number at all
terminations.
WIlZING CONNECTIONS-
- All wiring connections and terminations shall use a method that provides a
positive mechanical and electrical connection. The wiring connections and
terminations shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturers
.instructions. Secondary locks shall be utilized on all connectors that are
secondary lock capable:
Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be environmentally sealed to withstand
elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Seal
plugs shall be installed in all unused sealed connector cavities. ~ .
All ungrounded electrical terminals shall have covers or be in enclosures to
protect against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage,
liquid contaminants, dust, and other environmental factors.
Wiring splices shall be crimp-type, molded; or sonic weld type: Adhesive lined
heat shrink tubing shall be used to seal and insulate splice joints.
WIRE. AND CABLE ROUTING
Wiring routed through holes in sheet. metal or castings shall have edges protected
by~an.appropriately sized grommet.
Wiring shall be routed to avoid metal edges, screws, trim fasteners and abrasive
.surfaces. When such routings are not possible, protective devices (shields, caps,
• etc.) shall be used to protect the wires. When wires must cross ametal edge the
edge shall be covered with a protective shield.
Wiring shall be routed to provide at least 3 inches (76.2 mm) clearance to
moving parts, unless positively fastened or protected by a conduit.
Wire routings should avoid areas where temperatures exceed 180° F (82.2° C)
and a•minimum clearance of 6 inches (152.4 mm) shall be maintained from
exhaust system components. Where compliance with this requirement is not
possible, high temperature insulation and heat shields shall be utilized.
When wiring is routed between two members where relafive motion can occur
the. wiring shall be secured to each member, with enough wire slack to allow
flexing without damage to the wires.
Wiring to all circuit components (switches, relays, etc.) in exposed locations shall
provide a drip loop to prevent moisture from being conducted into the device via-
the wire connection.
Routing wires into areas exposed to wheel wash shall be avoided if possible.
When such routings cannot be avoided, adequate clipping or protective shields
shall..protect the wires from stone and ice damage.
Wiring shall be secured in its intended location with appropriately. sized bolt-on •
clips and nylon wire ties.
Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall include a
sufficient length of wire to allow-the component to be pulled away from-the
mounting area for inspection and service work,
Bulkhead type. connectors or sealed fittings shall be used to prevent the entry of
liquid contaminants into weather tight enclosures.
SPARE WIRES
Wiring harnesses from/to major power and signaldistribution areas of the
apparatus shall include spare wires for future expansion of the system.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Serviceable components shall be readily accessible. Switches, relays, terminals
and connectors shall. have a do rating of 125% of .the .maximum current for which
the circuit is protected.
A distributed power and signal system-shall be utilized on the apparatus to
minimize power supply- voltage drops. Power and signal distribution areas in the
cab shall be concentrated in two (2) areas.
A lower cab power and signal distribution center shall be located in the center
forward. portion of the cab "dash". It shall be hinged and opened by unlocking
two (2) top mounted; double hinged, lift and pull latches: This area shall contain
relays and circuit breakers installed in a logical-and serviceable fashion.
An upper power distribution and signal distribution area shall be located in the .
forward portion of the cab ceiling, above the engine tunnel. Components in this.
area shall be permanently labeled and easily accessible by opening a hinged
cover.
All electrical components or devices installed in an exposed, area on the outside
of the cab or body shall be mounted in such a manner, or protected by a gasket,
caulking or other means, so that moisture shall not accumulate in it.
CORROSION PROTECTION.-
Externally exposed, non-plug type, electrical connections shall be given. a hand
applied or sprayed application of an iridustrial standard insulation coating with a
minimum rating of 2100 volts per mil thickness. Insulation shall protect the
. connection from water induced electrical corrosion and accidental short
circuiting. Should the connection be loosened or removed during the
manufacturing process another coating shall be applied after it has been
refastened or replaced.
One (1) Main Battery And Starter Circuits
22-00-0 fi 10
MAIN BATTERY AND STARTER CIIZCUITS
BATTERY POWER-BUSS
All positive cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a battery
positive buss bar located as-close to the batteries as practical. The alternator shall
be wired directly to the battery positive buss bar through the ammeter shunt, if
one is provided.
ENGINE STARTER AND INTERLOCK CIRCUITS
The startez solenoid(s) shall be connected directly to the battery positive buss. bar.
An interlock shall be provided to prevent the operator from engaging the starter
when the engine is running:
BATTERY GROUND BUSS AND SINGLE POINT GROUND SYSTEM
All negative (ground) cables from the batteries shall be connected directly to a
battery negative buss bar located as close to the batteries as practical. A 2/0
AWG cable shall connect the'battery negative buss bar to the chassis frame.
Appropriately. sized ground feeder cables shall be utilized to provide a low
impedance ground path to the negative buss bar for all electrical devices on the
apparatus.
APPARATUS GROUND BONDING
A 2/0 AWG cable shall connect the battery negative buss bar to the chassis
frame. The cab, pump enclosure (if furnished), and body structure shall be
electrically bonded to the vehicle frame by a 2/0 AWG braided copper ground
strap.
One (1) EMI/RFI Protection
22-00-0120_
EMURFLPROTECTION
The apparatus. electrical system and related devices shall have the ability to
function in the severe electromagnetic,environment typical of fire ground
operations.
EMURFI EMISSIONS
State-of-the-art electrical system design and components-shall be utilized to
ensure the suppression of radiated -and conducted EMI (electromagnetic
interference) and RFI (radio frequency. interference) emissions that may cause
communication and navigation radio-reception interference. The electrical
system and related components shall comply with the applicable sections of
J551/1 Performance Levels and Methods of Measurement of Electromagnetic
Compatibility of ,Vehicles, Boats (up to 1 S m), and Machines (16.6 Hz to 18 GHz)
EMURFI SUSCEPTIBILITY
The apparatus electrical system shall incorporate immune circuit designs,
filtering, shielding and twisted-pair wiring to control EIVIURFI susceptibility.
` Particular attention shall be given to harness and cable routing to minimize the
potential for conducted and radiated signal susceptibility::.
Electrical /electronic equipment on the apparatus shall not be susceptible to .
radiated and conducted EMURFI emissions from on-board radio transmitter(s)
and shall comply with the requirements of SAE J551-12 Vehicle Electromagnetic
Immunity--On-Board Transmitter Simulation.
One (1) Low Voltage Electrical S~rstem Performance Testing
2. 2-00-0130
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTING
An.operational test shall be conducted to ensure that all installed electrical
equipment is properly connected and is in working order: The apparatus
alternator shall be tested with the total continuous electrical load applied and
engine. running up to the engine manufacturer's governed, speed-for a minimum of
2 hours. Additionally, all warning lights shall be run continuously during the
three (3) hour NFPA pump certification-test (or at another time for not less than
three (3) hours). Activation of the load management system (if furnished) shall
be permitted during this-test: An ala~'m sounded by excessive battery discharge,.
as detected by-the low voltage warning system, or a system voltage of less than
11.8 V do at the battery for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test
failure.
One (1) Cab Dash & Instruments
22-00-0140
CAB DASH. AND INSTRUMENTS
A non-.glare instrument panel, custom designed to accommodate the appropriate
functions, shall be provided. Illumination shall be provided for controls,
switches, instructionplates; gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation
of the apparatus.. The cab dash shall be forward- slanted, and constructed of
aluminum.
A system shall be provided that interacts with the engine electronics and
eliminates redundant senders and switches. The electronic engine gauges shall
receive information on the SAE J1939 data link to improve reliability and gauge
accuracy. Connectors shall be utilized for ease of service: The dial face shall be
black with white lettering. The. primary letters shall be in Imperial with the
secondary, smaller letters in metric. The dial. shall have international non-
language symbols for the gauge function (except speedometer). Gauges shall
have red illumination with a monochrome LCD display located on the
speedometer gauge: They shall also have a 250 degree dial sweep for greater.
definition of scale. SAE J1939 Faults and Warnings shall be displayed on the
LED display.
DRIVER'S INSTRUMENTATION
The following gauges shall be provided:
Main Gauges .
3" Speedometer: 0-85 MPH with built in LCD display.
Mode switch -shall allow operator to select menu items in the display
screen.
Up switch -shall allow operator. to scroll up through menu items.
Down switch -shall allow operator to scroll down through menu items.
3" Tachometer:. 0-4000 RPM
Satellite Gauges
2" Fuel Level: Empty-full with low level warning indicator.
2".Voltmeter: 10-16VDC with low volt warning indicator.
2" Coolant Temperature: 100-240 degrees Fahrenheit with high temp warning
indicator.
2"Engine Oil Pressure: 0-80 PSI.
2" Transmission Oil Temperature: 100-320 degrees Fahrenheit with high
temp warning indicator.
2" Front Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low. air indicator.
2" Rear Air Pressure: 0-150 PSI with low air indicator:
DRIVER'S INDICATOR LIGHT MODULE
The following indicators shall be mounted in a removable modular panel in front
of the steering column. The indicators shall be identified with universal ISQ
2575 symbols where applicable and visible to the driver while seated. All
applicable indicators in the modular panel shall automatically illuminate for 1
.second upon activation of the ignition switch to verify operation:
Battery Switch "On" green indicator light
Ignition Switch "On" indicator
Check. Transmission amber. indicator light
Check Engine amber indicator light
Stop Engine. (Engine Warning) red indicator light
High Exhaust Temperature. (HEST) amber indicator light (if applicable)
Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration (DPF) amber indicator light (if applicable)
Wait to Start amber indicator light (if applicable)
Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) amber. indicator light (if applicable)
ABS warning amber indicator light..
ATC activated amber indicator-light
Spring (Parking) Brake "On" red indicator light
High. Beam "On" -blue indicator light ,
Low air pressure red indicator light
Left Turn signal green indicator light
Right Turn signal green indicator light
.General Warning red indicator light (if applicable)
' AUDIBLE CAB ALARMS
Audible alarms shall be provided in the cab-to alert the operator of conditions
that require attention. The alarm device(s) shall be audible in the driving
compartment and feature an ,adjustable volume control.
An intermittent audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are
present and the parking brake is disengaged:
Check Engine
Check Transmission
Active Hazard Warning (Do Not Move Apparatus; Door Open,.Tower Raised,
Ladder Rack Down, etc.)
Tiller Cab Operator Not in Position (if applicable)
A steady audible tone shall sound when the following conditions are present:
Stop Engine (includes High Engine Temperature and Low Engine Oil Pressure)
Low Voltage
Engine Air Filter Restriction
Jackknife Warning (if applicable)
DRIVER'S AND OFFICER'S CONTROLS
-The following rocker style control switches shall be identified and accessible to
the driver while seated. Switches shall include integral indicator lights (where
applicable) to advise that the switch has been energized and identification labels
shall:be illuminated for night driving.
Ignition switch with green indicator light
Engine Start switch
Headlight /Tail-Marker-ID light switch
Instrument Panel. Dimmer control rheostat
The following controls shall be stalk mounted on the steering column and
identified and visible to the driver while seated.
Turn Signal Control and 4-Way Hazard Warning switch
High-beam headlight switch
Windshield wiper control switch
Windshield washer control switch
The following controls shall. be identified and accessible to the driver while
seated.
Parking (Spring) Brake Control
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
The following controls shall be identified and accessible to both the driver and
officer while seated. Controls shall be identified and illuminated for night
driving.
HVAC control panel
High Idle control switch
Other controls (as defined elsewhere in this specification)
One (1) Emergency & Work Light Switch. Panel -Driver
22-00-015D
EMERGENCY & WORK LIGHT SWITCH PANEL -DRIVER'S SIDE
-,All emergency light and work area lighting control switches shall be mounted in
a removable panel located in -the overhead. position on the driver's side of the cab.
The light switches shall be "rocker" type with an internal indicator light. (where
applicable) to show when the switch is energized. All switches shall be properly
identified by an illuminated label for night driving:
A master warning light switch and individual switches shall be provided to .allow
pre-selection of emergency lighting.
One (1) Door Aiar/Hazard Warning Indicator -LED
22-00-0160
DOOR AJAR/HAZARD INDICATOR LIGHT (DO NOT MOVE
APPARATUS)
A Whelen "TO" series 2" -round red flashing LED light with chrome flange shall
illuminate automatically whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully
engaged and any of the following conditions exist:
-.Any passenger or equipment compartment door is open. .
- Any ladder or equipment rack is not in the stowed position.
- Stabilizer system is not in its stowed position.
- Powered light tower. is extended.
- Any other. device permanently attached to the apparatus is open,-extended, or
deployed in a manner that is likely to cause damage to the apparatus if the.
apparatus is moved.
The hazard warning light shall be identified with a label that reads: "Do Not.
Move Apparatus When Light Is On," The light shall be located on the ceiling
between the driver and the officer.
One (1) Digital Clock
22-00-0170
DIGITAL CLOCK
A 12/24 hour real-time digital clock shall be identified and visible to both the
driver and officer while seated.
One (t) Electrical Wiring - 12V Hardwire
22-00-0200
ELECTRICAL WIRING REQUIltEMENTS -HARDWIRE
The apparatus shall be equipped with a fully integrated power management and
signal distribution system.
CIRCUIT. PROTECTION
Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each electrical circuit. All
circuit protection devices shall be sized according to 125°Io of the anticipated load
to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current .
overload.
Circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting)-and
conform to SAE J553 or J258 unless operational requirements and/or safety
concerns dictate Type-III manual reset type conforming to SAE J1625.
Automotive-type fuses conforming to SAE J554, 71284, J1888 or J2077 shall be
utilized when required to protect electronic equipment.
POWER CONTROL RELAYS AND SOLENOIDS-
Power control relays and solenoids shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125
percent of the anticipated current load.
One (1) Information Center II -Hardwire
22-0.0-0215
INFORMATION CENTER II
A 3.5" transflective high resolution TFT-color display capable of displaying
graphical images as well as text messages shalTbe located on the cab dash. The
main display page shall include the current time and date.. Additional
information pages shall be provided for seat belt status, door open status,
equipment not stowed status, and vehicle warning messages. Information pages
shall be selected for viewing by the operator by'selecting a corresponding button
on the display module,
APPARATUS. STATUS INDICATORS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS
If a monitored "Caution" or "Warning" condition is active, a corresponding
triangular shaped status indicator shall flash accordingly. The alarm system
status indicator shall flash yellow when a "Caution" condition is active. The
alarm system status indicator shall flash red when a "Warning" condition is
active. The alarm system status indicator shall flash alternately red and yellow if
both conditions are active at the same time. The alarm system status indicator
shall remain gray if no "Caution" or "Warning" conditions -are active. In addition
to visual indicators, audible alarms shall sound when designated conditions
activate the "Caution" and "Warning" status indicators..
WARNING INDICATOR
A flashing red triangle symbol shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active
"WARNING" condition. This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle
that is of high priority or "mission critical" nature. -The flashing red triangle shall
be displayed on the Information Center and dash gauge panel irr front of the
driver. The following are typical "Warning" (high priority) conditions:
CAB NOT LATCHED LOW VOLTAGE
AIR RESTRICTION COMM FAULT
The following. items are considered warnings only when the parking brake is .
released:
. AERIAL RAISED JACKS EXTENDED
FRONT BRAKE LOCK DECK GUN RAISED.
CAUTION INDICATOR
A flashing amber triangle shall alert the vehicle occupants of an active
"CAUTION" .condition: This is defined as a situation or status on the vehicle that
is not~of high priority or "mission critical" nature, but requires attention before
the vehicle is put in motion.. The following are typical "Caution" (not high
priority) conditions:
AERIAL RAISED HYDRAULIC FILTER
OUTPUT TRIPPED- . FRONT BRAKE LOCK
DECK GUN RAISED JACKS EXTENDED
AUDIBLE ALARMS
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "steady" (not an
intermittent beep); signifying a "mission critical" condition exists that requires
immediate attention.
STOP ENGINE CAB NOT LATCHED
.LOW AIIt
The following conditions shall cause the audible alarm to sound "intermittently"
(i.e., beep), signifying a condition exists that may become "mission critical" if
not quickly addressed.
LOW VOLTAGE HAZARD LIGHT
- CHECK ENGINE CHECK XMSN
AIR RESTRICTION
Corresponding "Low Air", "Stop Engine", "Check Engine", and "Check
Transmission" visual indicators shall be located in the dash gauge panel in front
of the driver.
OPEN DOORS /DEPLOYED EQUIPMENT RACKS /EXTENDED STEPS
When a cab or compartment door is open, a step is extended, or equipment
(i.e.,ladder).rack is deployed, the "I1.00RS" indicator shall flash: Pressing the
corresponding button shall display an overhead graphical representation of the
apparatus. This image depicts the open cab: door(s), open compartment door(s),
deployed equipment rack(s), and/or extended step(s).
One (1) Load Management System -Hardwire
22-00-0220
AUTOMATED ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The apparatus shall be equipped with an automated- load management system that
monitors. battery system voltage and sheds electrical system loads if a low
. voltagecondition develops. If the current load demand exceeds the alternator
output, the load manager shall shut down individual loads as required to maintain
a minimum system voltage of 11.8 VDC at the battery. The load-shed sequence
shall, be in the following order:
Air conditioner
Crew cab. heater
Officer side scene lights (if applicable.)
Driver side scene lights. (if applicable)
Rear scene lights (if applicable)
-The load manager shall have 16 programmable outputs to supply warning and
- load switching requirements.
• Outputs 1-12 shall be independently programmable to activate during the scene
mode; the response mode, or both. These outputs can also be programmed to
activate with the ignition or master warning switch, or to sequence and shed
along with the priority. Electrical loads defined in NFPA 1901 as "minimum
continuous" shall not be subject to automatic load management.
• Output 13 shall be designated to activate the fast idle system,
• Output.l4 shall provide a low voltage warning far an isolated battery (if
installed).
• Output 15 is a user configurable output. and shall be programmable for activation
between 10.5 and 15 volts. Output 16 shall provide a low voltagealarm that
activates at the NFPA required 11.8. voltage level.
The load manger shall- have a digital display to indicate system voltage in normal
operation mode and also indicate the output configuration during programming
mode.
The load manager shall be protected against reverse polarity and shorted outputs
and be enclosed in a metal enclosure to enhance EMURFI protection..
A .remote status indicator shall be installed on the cab instrument panel to signal
when the load manager is active, low voltage is detected, and high idle is
enabled. •
One (1) Load Sequencer -Hardwire
22-00-0230
LOAD SEQUENCER
A sequential switching device shall automatically energize the specified optical
warning. devices to minimize potentially damaging voltage fluctuations due to the
sudden addition or removal of large current demands on the electrical system. .
Upon;activation of the "EMERGENCY MASTER" warning switch and provided
the individual optical warning device switches are also activated, the following
loadsshall be activated (or deactivated) in 0.5 second intervals:
Front Light Bar
Side Light Bar (if applicable)
Front warning lights
Front and Rear Flashing Lights
Side Warning
Rear Beacons
High Beam Headlight Flash
.One (1 } Vehicle Data Recorder - NFPA, LifeGuard Technologies, Hardwire
22-00-0235
DATA RECORDER.
A LifeGuard Technologies on-board electronic recording device shall record
select apparatus status and usage information. The data logging unit shall
communicate with all major vehicle component electronic control units,
including engine, transmission, anti-lock brakes-and the body electrical system
controller. It shall record seat belt status of ten seat positions. The data logger
shall also communicate with the Ro11Tek System if present. All recorded events
shall include date and-time stamped information.
The recorder shall be capable. of recording 100 engine hours' worth of minute-by-
minute data. When memory capacity has been reached, the. system shall erase
the oldest data first. All data stored shall be uploadable by the user to a computer
and importable into a data management software package. The software shall be
capable of running on both Windows and Apple operating. systems and shall be
capable of producing reports over a specified time range.
Reports shall include:. Raw. second-by-second. data, daily .logs for the time the
engine is running for a given data, weekly summaries showing maximum values
each hour for each day, monthly summaries showing maximum values each day
for every day of the month.
One (1) Electrical Svstem Diagnostics -Hardwire
22-00-0240
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
The apparatus shall feature on-board electrical system diagnostics and an
interface for off-board diagnostic service equipment.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
Switches shall be provided in the cab to allow the operator or service personnel
to obtain On-Board diagnostic and other information from the ABS system,
Engine Controller, and Information Center. A troubleshooting guide shall be
provided with the vehicle to assist with interpretation of the diagnostic signals.
OFF-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC PROVISION
A 9=Pin Off-Board Diagnostic connector shall be installed to provide service
access to the vehicle SAE 71939 and 71587 data bus communication links. The
connector shall conform to SAE 71939/13 Off-Board Diagnostic Connector
specifications. The connector shall be mounted inside the cab on the driver side
in a location that is accessible from the ground.
One (1) Pump Engagement .Controls & Indicators
22-01-0200
PUMP ENGAGEMENT CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
One (1) green indicator light shall be installed in the driving compartment, which
-shall indicate when the pump shift has been completed and shall be labeled
"Pump Engaged".. A second green indicator light shall also be provided in the
driving compartment and also on the pump operator's,panel. These two (2).lights
shall be energized when the pump shift has been completed, the chassis
transmission is engaged in pump gear and the parking brake is applied. The light
in the driving compartment shall be labeled "OK To Pump". The-light on the
pump panel shall be located just above the throttle control and shall be labeled
"Warning: Do Not, Open Throttle Unless Zight Is On".Indicator lights in the cab
shall be located adjacent to the pump shift control.
Two (2) 12V Power Point -Officer's Side Dash,(Ea)
22-03-1300
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLE(S)
Two (2) 12 volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided on the
officer's side of the dash. Tlie plug and receptacle are made from corrosion
resistant marine grade materials The plug locks into-the receptacle providing a
positive moisture proof connection,
Location of the 12V Power Point shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify.location of receptacle(s) and plug(s).
Five (5) 12V Power Point -User Defined Location (Ea)
22-03-1400
12 VOLT PLUG(S) AND RECEPTACLE(S)
Five (5) 12-volt power plug receptacle(s) and cover(s) shall be provided and _
installed as directed by the fire department. The plug and receptacle are made
from corrosion resistant marine grade materials. The plug locks into the
receptacle providing a positive moisture proof connection.
Location of the 12V Power Point(s) shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Identify location of receptacle(s).
One (1) Camera System - (2) Zone Defense, 7" LCD, Rear & RS
22-OC-2270
REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM
A Zone Defense rear view camera system; #323 with #0312-3135; shall be
installed. One camera shall be mounted on the rear upper bulkhead, close to
.center, to provide a rear view. The second camera shall be mounted on the right
side of the cab to provide side blind spot viewing.. Each camera shall have it's
own t"rigger. The system shall consist of the following items:
- One (1) 7".color LCD flat panel monitor with speaker, 7" wide x 4.75" high x
1"thick without back shield; 7.75" wide x 5.5" high x 1.25" thick with back
shield. Monitor shall be rated for 10,000 hours.
-Two (2) Zone Defense 313C Color cameras with 1/3" Color CCD Sensor, High
Tech, True Zero Light Night Vision with 18 infrared LEDs and a microphone.
One (1) remote control.
- One (1) Zone Defense Pana-vise mount, #400D, shall be -used to mount the
monitor. Pana-vise mount shall be a T-bolt all-metal construction, pedestal
mount with a 6" rise and adjustment knob
-One. (1) 65 foot cable.
- One (1) 16 foot cable.
- All required mounting hardware and instructions.
ENG. NOTES
Rear camera not available on top of traffic advisor on Aerialscope.
One (1) Batteries - (6) 12V, 950 CCA
22-10-0700
BATTERIES
Six (6) 12V Group 31 950 CCA batteries shall be installed three each side of the
cab under the rear entrance way.
Heavy-duty battery cables shall be provided to maximize power available to the
electrical system.
ENG. NOTES
An isolated battery is not available with 6 Group 31 batteries.
One (1) Jumper Cable .Studs -Under Driver's .Side Battery Box
22-10-5200
JUMPER CABLE STUDS
A pair or jumper cable studs, with color coded covers shall be provided under the
driver's side battery box.
[ ]Standard location is under .driver's side battery compartment.
[ ]Other location (requires SOPR):
One (1) Battery Boxes- S/S, (1) Each Side
22-11-0600
BATTERY BOXES
Battery compartments shall be constructed of stainless steel and shall be located
one (1) each side mounted on the vehicle frame. They. shall be well ventilated
and enclosed to protect against road splash and debris. Suitable provisions shall
he provided for drainage.
The batteries shall be held firmly in place by providing a full. frame type top
clamp which encloses the battery set on all four (4) upper corner sides. The one
piece clamp shall be fabricated of 3/4" angles and be held in place by two (2) "J"
shaped clamping bolts. Battery inspection shall be provided through latched drop
down doors in the crew cab lower step area.
One (1) Batterv Selector Switch -Blue Sea 350 Amp
22-15-1400
SELECTOR SWITCH -BLUE SEA 9003
A master load disconnect switch shall be provided between the battery positive
buss bar and the remainder of the switched battery electrical- loads on the
apparatus. A green "battery on" pilot light that is visible from the driver's
position shall be provided.
One (1) single battery system switch mounted near the driver's side front entrance
in a location so it may be turned off by a person standing on the ground outside
the vehicle. It shall have the capacity to handle 350 amps of continuous power. ,
One (1) Batterv Charger -Kussmaul #091-56-12, Autocharge 1000
22-15-3800.
BATTERY CHARGER
There shall be one (1) Kussmaul model#091-56-12 "Auto Charge 1000" single
battery charger system installed in the vehicle's electrical system. The charger
shall be-fully automatic and shall maintain the truck batteries at a full charge _
level when connected to a 1.20 VAC source.. Remote voltage sensing. shall be
provided to compensate the charger output for the voltage drop in the charging "
wires: A remote mounted indicator shall be provided .which will contain one bar
graph to display-the condition of the batteries. A "BATTERY SAVER"circuit
shall be provided for the charging of rechargeable hand lights, portable radios
and other loads to a maximum of.3 amps-while the unit is connected to the 120:
-VAC source.
The. remote indicator shall be mounted in the cab overhead console.
(STD)
ENC. NOTES
Require shoreline connection. -Please identify location for remote
indicator.
S One (1) Location -Floor In Forward Facing Compartment
22-15-4LDF
It shall be located on the floor in the forward facing compartment.
It shall be .located on the. floor in the forward facing compartment.
One (1) Batterv Charger Cover
22-15-5000
• BATTERY CHARGER. COVER
A smooth aluminum cover shall be provided. over the battery charger. The
outside finish shall match the cab interior finish.
One (1) "Super Auto Effect" Plua -Kussmaul, 30 amp
22-15-5700
AUTO EJECT PLUG
A Kussmaul model #091-55-30-220; 220 VAC; 30 amp "Super Auto Eject"
shoreline power connector shall be provided in the driver's step well for the
battery charger. The shoreline power connector shall be provided with a spring
loaded cover to prevent water from eritering when the shoreline is not connected.
A label shall be permanently affixed at -the power inlet that indicates the line
voltage in volts and the current rating in amps.
ENG. NOTES
Note.: Not allowed to be located on crew panel, side of cabs, due to
protruding interference.An on board battery charger must be added with
this option.
One (1) Headlights -Quad, Rectangular, Halogen
22-90-0100
HEADLIGHTS
Front headlights are to be halogen rectangular quad type with. bright finished trim
rings and bezel. Headlights shall be flush mounted in the front face of the cab.
ENG. NOTES
On the Mll, headlights may NOT be located on lower knock-out panel
wheri a Q2B siren/bell/front suction blocks the. light output.
One (1) Headlights-Alternating, Flashing
22-90-0120
ALTERNATING FLASHING HEADLIGHTS
The chassis high beam headlights shall flash alternately controlled by a rocker
switch..
- One (1) Marker/ID/Clearance Lights -LED, Ft Bumper-Surface Mt
22-90-0210
LIGHTS
Exterior cab lighting shall meet or exceed Federal Department of Transportation,
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and any National Fire Protection
Association requirements in effect at the time of proposal.
Five (5) Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED type clearance and. identification
lights shall be surface mounted across the top leading edge of-the cab roof.
Two (2) Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED type marker lights with guards, shall
be surface mounted, one on each end of the front bumper, or forward end of the .
cab.
Seven (7) Weldon 9186-1500-10, red LED marker and clearance lights shall be
installed at the rear of the body. The three light identification cluster shall be .
recessed behind the rear step vertical flange. Two lights shall be placed at each
lower rear body corner, facing the side. Two lights. shall be placed in the upper
rear body corners, facing the rear.
One (1) Marker Lights - (4) Additional Amber, LED.
22-90-024L
MARKER LIGHTS
Two (4) additional Weldon 9186-1500-20, amber LED marker lights shall be
provided, two (2) on each side of the;vehicle.
] Seagrave to locate (two each side). '
NOTE:. Must be ahead of rear axle.
One (1) Side~Turn/Marker Lights - (21 TL 60115Y, Amber LED, Midship (Reg
30' OAL+
22-90-030L
TURN/MARKER LIGHTS
One (1) TruckLite model 60115Y LED amber turn marker light.shall be provided
and installed forward of a single rear axle or between tandem rear axles on each
side of the- vehicle. The lights shall haws black flanges.
ENG. NOTES
Verify overall length of vehicle.
One, (1) License Plate Bracket & LED Light
22-90-0400
LICENSE. PLATE LED LIGHT & BRACKET
A steel license plate bracket, painted. black, shall be installed on the rear of the
vehicle.. Mounted on the license platebracket shall be a chrome light bracket
containing a 12 volt LED lamp that shall illuminate the license plate.
[ ]Std location on Matrix Pumper shall be on the left hand side of truck
under the tailboard area.:
[ ]Other location shall be:
ENG. NOTES
No standard location. Bracket is located wherever possible.
One (1) D.O.T. Reflectors
22-90-0500
D.O:T. REFLECTORS
Reflectors shall be placed on the cab and body as required by Federal standards.
An amber reflector, Signal Stat, mode132ADB, shall be placed on each side of
the rab. Four (4) Signal Stat model 32DB red reflectors shall be located on the
rear face and sides of the body. The reflectors shall be rectangular. in shape.
S One (1) Cab Spotlights - (2) Golight 2067 Remote Spotlights
23-01-12ZZ
CAB SPOTLIGHTS
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067.400,000 candlepower spotlights with dash
mounted remote & wireless controls mounted on the cab roof outboard of the
lightbar (1 each side).
There shall be two (2) Golight #2067 400,000 candlepower spotlights. with
dash mounted remote & wireless controls mounted ran the cab roof .
outboard of the lightbar (1 each side).
S Six (6) Hose Bed lighting in ATP Covers -
23-01-9.997
HOSEBED LIGHTING UNDER ATP COVERS
There shall be 6 (six) Whelen # 2000CDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed covers to give lighting to the entire hose bed.
There shall be 6 (six) Whelen #2000CDCR LED lights mounted on the
underside of the ATP hose bed covers to give lighting to the entire hose
bed.
S One (1) Frt Direct Lts -Federal #QL64Z, Amber Arrow w/Flang
23-02-0900
- FRONT DRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be-one (l.) Federal Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED amber
arrow directional signal light with flange installed omeach side of the cab front
face. Light lens shall have an amber arrow shape with black background.
There sliall be one (1) Federal Model #QF64Z-ARROW Series LED
' amber arrow directional signal light with flange installed on each side of
the cab front face. Light lens shall have an amber arrow shape with black
background. .
ENG. NOTES
Select flash pattern in Shop Note.On the MII, directional lights may NOT.
be located on lower knock-out panel when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction
blocks the light output.
One (1) Frt Direct Lts -Opt.#11, Whelen600 LED,Ambr Arrw w/DI Lt Bz
23-02-1100
FRONT DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There shall be one (1) Whelen 600 Series LED amber arrow directional signal
light installed on each side of the cab front face. Light lens shall have an amber
arrow shape with black background. They shall be mounted in a chrome plated
dual light bezel that matches the headlight housing.'
ENG. NOTES
.Note: An additional warning light is required for the other half of the
headlight housing. On the MII, directional lights may NOT be located on
lower knock-out panel when a Q2B siren/bell/front suction blocks the light
output.
S One (1) Cab Side Directional Lights - (2) Weldon "Bug Eve"
23-02-901.0
(:'AB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
' ~ Side directional lights shall be provided in addition to the front turn signals. They
shall be Weldon mode19186-8560-20, "bug-eye" type. One (1) Light shall be
mounted just above the front fender on each side of the cab. Lights shall have an
amber polycarbonate lens and highly polished stainless steel-mounting flange or
bezel.
S One (1) FedSiq Quardr Flare (2) Turn Signals
23-03-9999
ADD'L.TURN SIGNAL; BACK OF CAB
Add two (2) Federal Signal Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab LA City
style.
Add two FedSig Quadra Flare Turn signals on rear of cab (LA City style). •
One (1) Brake/Tail Light - (2) FedSiq QuadraFlare, LED
23-03-BFL1
BRAKE/TAIL LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake/tail lights, model QL64Z-
BTT, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side. All brakes
lights shall be shall be programmed for '.'steady burn" operation in compliance
with FMVSS No, 108.
Type of mounting shall-be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select. mounting option; vertical or horizontal {aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer. Light shall;
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
S One (1) Brake Light -FedSiq QuadraFlare, LED, 3rd Add'I
23-03-BW LA
THIRD BRAKE LIGHT
One (1) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED red brake light; model QL64Z-
BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus, as directed by the fire
department. All brakes lights shall be shall be programmed for "steady burn"
operation. in compliance with FMVSS No. 108.
Type_of mounting shall be:
[X] Vertical
Location for third brake light shall be:
.One (1) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED. red brake light, model
• QL64Z-BTTBRR, shall be mounted, at the rear of the apparatus, as
directed by the fire department. All brakes lights shall be shall be
programmed-for "steady burn" operation in compliance. with FMVSS No,
108. '
ENG. NOTES.
Please identify location and mounting. Light shall include 6" pigtail and
deutsch plug.
One (1) Rr Turn SignaF - (2) FedSiq QuadraFlare, LED, Amber Arrow
23-03-TFL1
TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" LED amber arrow turn lights, model
QL64Z-ARROW, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES '
Must~select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all be from the same manufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
One (1) Back Up Lights - (2) FedSiq QuadraFlare, LED
23-03-VFL1
BACK UP LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal Signal "QuadraFlare" clear LED back up-lights, model .QL64Z=
BACKUP, shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one on each side.
Type of mounting shall be:
[ ]Vertical
[ ]Horizontal (aerial)
ENG. NOTES
Must select mounting option; vertical or horizontal (aerials). Brake, turn,
and backup lights must all. be from the same manufacturer. Light shall
include 6" pigtail and deutsch plug.
S One (1) Bezels (2) - Stop/Turn/Backup, FedSiq, Cast, f/QuadraFlare
23-03-XFH 1
BEZELS -FOUR (4) LIGHT
One (1) pair of Federal Signal vertical:4-lamp, polished cast aluminum bezels
shall be provided for the "QuadraFlare" series rear stop/tail, turn, and backup
ligfits~.
- ENG. NOTES
Note: These bezels are for the Federal Signal QuadraFlare Series lights
only.
One (1) Light Activation -Step Lights, Ground Lights
23-05-0010
LIGHT ACTIVATION
All step lights and ground lights shall be activated with the parking brakes in
conjunction with the headlights.
One (1) Step Lights - (4) Cab, Truck-Cite 302000, Recessed.
23-05-1000
CAB STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Truck-Cite rnode130200C step lights shall be provided, one (1) at each
cab entrance door.
One (1) .Step Lights - (4) Body. Weldon 9186-23882-30, Surface Mt
23-05-10P0
BODY STEP LIGHTS
Four (4) Weldon 9186-23882-30 hooded step lights with a chrome flange shall be
surface mounted, one (1) on each side of the rear step area to illuminate the rear
step and one (1) on each side on the forward face of the side compartments.
One (1) Ground Liahts - (4) Cab, Truck-Cite 44042C LED
23-05-20CL
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof Truck-Cite 44042C LED ground lights shall be provided
underneath the cab, per NFPA requirements.
ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements.
One (1) Ground Lights - (4) Body, Truck-Cite 44042C-LED
23-05-20PL
GROUND LIGHTS
Four (4) weatherproof Truck-Cite 44042C LED ground lights shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
.ENG. NOTES
Seagrave to locate lights per NFPA requirements.
One (1) Work Light - (1) Engine Comet, T/L 4094SW
23-05-3010
ENGINE COMPARTMENT WORK LIGHT
One (1) Truck-Cite 4094SW engine compartment work light with integral switch
shall be provided and wired to illuminate automatically when the cab is tilted.
The light shall also be wired through the engine compartment access door switch,
providing illumination of fluid dip sticks and coolant overflow reservoir.
" One (1) Work Light - (2) Pump Module, T/L 4094SW
23-05-3110
PUMP MODULE WORK LIGHTS
-Two (2) Truck-Cite 4094SW pump module work lights shall be installed, one (1)
on the left side behind the master gauge panel and one (1) on the right side
' behind the removable panel. Each light shall have a switch on it.
S One (1) Cab Dome Lights - (4) Red/Clear, ('1) White -Whelen LED
23-11-1000
INTERIOR CAB DOME LIGHTS
Four (4) Whelen #700 LED red/clear lights with push button shall be mounted in
the cab ceiling. Two (2) in front (driver & officer) and two (2) in the crew cab.
All lights shall be controlled by a switch by the lens.
One (1) clear switchable Trucklite 7203 shall be mounted above the engine hood.
Whelen.#700 LED red/clear lights.
S Two (2) Cab Dome Lights -,Add'I Red/Clear (IATS)
23-11-1200
INTERIORRED/CLEAR CAB DOME LIGHTS
{Quantity} Additional dome light(s)shall be provided in the cab. The light(s)
shall be Whelen #700 LED red/clear dome light(s). All lights shall be controlled
by a switch by the lens.
Detailed location of lights. shall be:
Whelen #700 LED red/clear-dome light(s).
ENG. NOTES
Dome lights are in addition to the standard dome lights QW 23-11-1000.
S One (1) Map Light.- Gooseneck, Federal.Littlelite #LF18ES-LED
23-11-1900
MAP LIGHT
A Federal "Littlelite" #LF18ES-LED cab map light with gooseneck and rheostat
control shall be located on the instrument panel within reach of the officer.
One (1) Door Switches - Dome Lights, Automatic
23-11-2700
AUTOMATIC DOOR SWITCHES
Automatic door switches shall be provided for the cab dome lights.
Lights shall be activated by opening of cab door:
[ ]Clear- Lights, Std
[ ]Red Lights
ENG. NOTES
Select which lights are to be activated by opening of any cab door.
S Two (2) Cab Door Lights - (2) Federal, 3K LED, Red
23-11-290A
DOOR INTERIOR LIGHTS
Two (2) Federal 3K LED red vertical light with chrome flange shall be installed
on the interior of the cab doors, one (1) on each side of the. cab, above the door
seal in-the lower outboard corner.
Cab doors receiving Federal 3K red LED lights-shall be [X] all.doors -
adjust quantity to 2.
ENG. NOTES
Please identify which doors to receive lights.
Fourteen (14)
23-25-0150. Comet Lights - (2) ROM LED Strips, Vertical Mt (Ea)
COMPARTMENT.LIGHTS - (2) LED STRIP
Fourteen (14) compartment(s) shall have a ROM LED lighting strip. installed on
both sides of the door. The lighting strips, which comes in 12" sections, 24 LEDs
per section; shall be mounted vertically along both sides of the door framing in
all specified body compartments. -The lighting strips shall be shock resistant and
feature true parallel-wiring with special long-life, bright LED lights. The lights
shall be installed in rigid aluminum tracks, .with Lexan clear lens for quick and
easy installation. A switch, installed in the door jam, shall be used to activate the
lights.
Specify-which compartment(s) shall receive lighting.:
ENG. NOTES
Add number of compartments to be equipped with (2) ROM LED strip
lights. These lights will be integrated on all roll up doors and stand alone
on all hinged doors.
Two (2) Comet Lights -Rooftop, ROM' LED Strip (Ea)
23-25-2030
COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Two (2}rooftop compartments shall be provided with a ROM. LED light installed
underneath the flange of the compartment to provide illumination.- Each light
shall be automatically illuminated by opening the respective compartment door.
S One (1) Lightbar -Federal 60" Jet Solaris
24-00-0100
LIGHTBAR
A Federal Jet Solaris Model JLX60HL00011 Lightbar shall be provided on the
front of the cab roof.
A Federal Jet Solaris Model JLX60HL00011 Lightbar shall be provided on
the front of the cab roof.
S One (1) Lightbar - (2) Federal 21" Jet Solaris
24-00-1000
LIGHTBAR
Two (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX2108-NFPA 21" lightbars shall be
provided on the cab roof.
Two (2) Federal JetSolaris Model JLX21D8-NFPA 21"lightbars shall be
provided on -the cab roof.
S Twelve (12) Warninq Light -Federal 6 X 4, QuadraFlar
24-00-6000
WARNING LIGHT(S) .
Twelve (12) Federal SIgnal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-R Red LED warning
light(s) with red lens shall be mounted on the apparatus.
Twelve (12)Federal Signal QuadraFlare Model #QF64XF-R Red LED
warning light(s) with red lens shall be mounted on the apparatus.
S Eight (8) Warninq Light -Federal 3600-LED
24-00-8400
WARNING LIGHTS
Eight (8) Federal Signal Model 3600 Series red LED. warning lights with red
lens and bezel shall be provided with the flush mount kit.
Location of all lights in detail shall be:
Eight (8) Federal Signal Model 3600 Series red LED warning lights with
red lens and bezel shall be provided with the flush mount. kit.
ENG. NOTES
.Note: Provide QW #24-03-1000 Flasher for every 4 flashing lights on Mll
.only.
S One (1) Warninq Light Federal Micro-Escape, 2 Sides, (1)Red/(1)Amb
24-00-9700
UPPER REAR WARNING LIGHTS-
Two (2) Federal Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL*C-* beacons,(one (1) red
one (1) amber shall beprovided on the upper rear level of the apparatus.
Amber light shall be on the:
[ ]Left side
[ ]Right side
Two (2) Federal Signal Model Micro-Escape #ME2QL"~C-* beacons,(one
(1) red ,one (1) amber), shall be provided on the upper rear level of the
.apparatus.
S One (1) Traffic Advisor -Federal Cuda LED 44"
24-00-9900
TRAFFIC ADVISOR .
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" LED traffic advisor. shall be
provided the control in the SmartSiren with Signalmaster Control.
There shall be three modes of operation to direct traffic to a safe passing lane, i.e.
moving lights shall direct traffic either right or left and from center out in both
directions. An alternating flash mode shall also be provided.
A Federal SignalMaster-Amber CUDA 44" LED traffic advisor shall be
provided the control in the SmartSiren with Sigmstr Control.
One (1) 3M:Opticom Emitter
24-15-3010
3M OPTICOM EMITTER
A 3M "Opticom" Priority Control System emitter providingintersection control
for .quick response- and reduced risk. of accidents,.. shall be provided with the
emitter assembly installed on the leading edge of the cab roof (or in lightbar).
The flash rate shall be provided by the fire department..
Desired location of emitter shall be:
[ ]Leading edge of cab roof
[X] Inside cab roof lightbar
Flash rate. required shall be:
-ENG. NOTES
- Contact factory for pricing when installing in lightbar.- There are Whelen
options in QW with the Opticom already built in.- Please identify the flash
rate.
One (1) Standard Perimeter Warning ~ieht L®cati®ns - Ctastoni Adparatus
24-3L-0100
Location of each perimeter warning light, shall be:
1 on each side of the. cab- front, inboard of the turn signal
1 on each side of the cab bumper extension.
1 on each side of the cab, above the wheelwell
1 on each side of the body, above the wheelwell
l on each side of the rear of the body, below the back-up lights
One (1) Installation -Traffic Advisor, Recessed in Body
24-82-I NOR
The traffic advisor shall be recessed in the rear face of the body just below the
hosebed. The recess for the light shall be constructed of aluminum and be fully
welded at all corners and seams for a professional and custom appearance.
ENG. NOTES
Maximum Traffic Adv: Size Restrictions:MeanSitck - 38"75' Force -
34"100' Force - 34"**Recessed mounting. of Traffic Adv. is not available
with roll up door for ground ladder compt.
One (1 } Electric horn -Single
25-00-0100
AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES
One (1) automotive electric horn controlled by the steering wheel horn button
shall be provided.
One (1) .Backup Alarm -Federal #252, 97DBA
25-01-0400
BACK-UP ALARM
There shall be a Federal #252 electronic alarm that sounds when the truck is
placed in .reverse. An 97 DBA audible- intermittent "beep" shall be produced to
warn persons near or on the truck.
S One (1) Rear_Step to Cab Buzzer. -Back of Body, LH Rear Only.
25-15-2500 -
REAR STEP TO CAB BUZZER
There. shall be a rear step to cab signal system provided to indicate required truck
movement. It shall consist of a buzzer mounted in the cab that shall instruct the
driver to go forward, backup or stop. The button that activates the buzzer shall be
weatherproof and installed one (1) left side on the rear beavertail, to allow user to
remotely alert the driver. The buttons shall be labeled: (1 -STOP) (2 - GO) (3 -
BACK-UP).
One (1) Air-Horn =Single, Grover, w/(2) Foot Switches
26-00-1500
AIIZ HORN WTTH FOOT .CONTROLS
..One (1) Grover 1510 chrome air horn shall be furnished. A pressure protection
valve shall be installed in-line to prevent loss of all air from the vehicle air brake
system. Two (2) Linemaster treadle type foot switches shall be provided to
actuate the air horns; one (1) each side of the cab on the floor by the driver's and
officer's feet.
Rir horn location in bumper shall be:
[X] Right side
[ ]Left side
ENG. NOTES-
Please provide location.
S One (1) Electronic Siren -Federal #SS201-8
26-10-8200
FEDERAL SIREN
. A Federal model SS201-8 siren shall be provided.
Mic Clip Location:
A Federal model $S201-8 siren shall be provided.
One (1) Install Siren Control Head In Overhead Console.
26-10-8210
The electronic siren control head shall be center mounted in the overhead
console.
One (1) Siren Speaker - FedSig #ES100, w/EF Grille, In Bumper (Ea)
26-1.1-FE1 E
SIREN SPEAKER(S)
One (1) Federal Model ES100 compact i00 watt speaker(s) shall be provided and
recess mounted in the front bumper. Opening in the bumper for the speaker shall
be covered with a Federal "Electric F" grille.
One (1) speaker location in bumper:
[ ]Right side
[X] Center
[ ].Left side
ENG. NOTES
Please provide locatign...Cannot be used if side gravel pan hose. troughs
are specified. Engineering must approve if located in bumper center
ahead of hose trough.
One (1) Mechanical Siren- Q2B, w/2 Foot Switches,-Recessed in Bumpr
26-15-5500 -
MECHANICAL SIREN
A Federal Model. Q2B siren with. chrome plated housing shall be recessed
mounted. in .the. front bumper extension.-with front- and vane grille,exposed. Two
foot switches shall be provided, installed one each side of the cab, on the toe
board. There shall. be an electric brake control installed in the-cab, at the driver's
switch panel, properly labeled.
Mounting location shall be:
[X] Left side of bumper
[ ]Notched out and flush
[X] Forward section ext. through bumper
ENG. NOTES
Be sure that you have selected a notch or opening in the front
bumper!Not Available: Notch recessed in the center of an.11" bumper.
S One (1) -Foot Switch Mounting
26-15-9999
FOOTSWITCHES
Foot switches shall shall be mounted on front area of captains area (same style
as LA City units)
Foot switched shall shall be mounted on front area of captains-area
(same style as LA City units)
One (1) Ground Lights -Runninq Board Hose Well, T-L 60600 LED (Ea)
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1), weatherproof Truck-Cite 60600 LED ground,light(s) shall be provided
underneath the body, -per NFPA requirements.
[X] One (1) shall be located by the running board hose well. to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD)
[ ]Additional lights to be located:
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required.
One (1) Ground Lights -Runninq Board Hose Well,. T-L 60600 LED (Ea)
23-05-20XL
GROUND LIGHTS
One (1) weatherproof Truck-Cite 60600 LED ground light(s) shall be provided
underneath the body, per NFPA requirements.
[ ]One (1) shall be located by the running board hose well to meet NFPA
requirements. (STD)
[ ]Additional lights to be located:.
ENG. NOTES
1 additional ground light per hose well is required..-
S One (1) Oper Stand - 60", Side Ctrl, w/Inspect or Compt Prov, S/S
30-00-3200
OPERATORS STAND
A 60 inch wide operators stand (pump compartment) shall be furnished with flex
joints between the cab and pump compartment and between the pump
compartment and -the body to allow for twisting of the chassis frame -without
putting undue stress on these components. (No exception to this requirement). An
open bin shall be provided above the pump. It shall incorporate an aluminum
treadplate floor-that is screwed in place so that it can be removed for access to the
pump and piping if required.
Pump compartment substructure to be fabricated of stainless steel structural
shapes and formed stainless steel sheet stock material. Operators stand shall be
installed on a pump mounting fixture in a four point arrangement which. allows it
to flex independently of the chassis frame. A Tech Products rubberinsulator (or
equal) shall be used at each mounting point. Pump compartment substructure
shall also support the side running boards. Entire pump compartment, including ,
pump and plumbing, shall be removable from the vehicle in one complete unit.
Removable stainless steel panels, full height and width, shall be prodded on both
sides of the operators stand. Right side panel shall held in place with flush style
lift and turn fasteners for quick removal. One (1) 8" knurled grab rail shall be
provided in the right and left hand side pump panel areas.
CONTROL PANEL
All pump controls and gauges shall be~ properly marked and located at left side of
the apparatus. All gauges and controls shall be mounted on a stainless steel panel
with color coded identification of discharge controls and gauges.
Gauge and control panel shall be two separate panels for ease of maintenance.
The master gauge panel shall be hinged (vertically) for easy access to the back of
- the gauges. It shall be held in place with two (2) recessed lift and-turn fasteners.
Polished stainless steel trim collars shall be installed around all suction inlets and
discharge outlets. All push-pull discharge controls are to.-have chrome plated "T"
handles. Push-pull discharge controls are to pull straight out of panel. Controls.
that pull out at an angle shall not be acceptable. Remote control push-pull
discharge rods shall be equipped with universal joints and/or ball and socket
connections to eliminate binding.
The following controls and gauges shall be located on the control panel for
convenient operation:
- All discharge controls
- Electronic engine throttle or governor
Primer control
- Tank fill control
- Tank to pump control
- Master Discharge gauge
- Ivlaster Intake gauge
- 1/4" NPT Allen head pressure and vacuum test plugs
- Stop-engine/check engine warning lights and audible alarm
- Auxiliary cooler control
Master pump drain control
- Individual pressure gauges
- Water level indicator
There shall be a hinged ATP cover over theleft hand side_of the open bin.
The entire pump stand shall be extended to match the height of the body.
ENG. NOTES
Must select inspection door(s) or compt(s) separately.
One (1) Pump Panel Labels - NFPA
30-02-0100
PUIVIP PANEL LABELS
Labeling of the pump panel shall be per NFPA guidelines. Beyond NFPA;
additional color selection. and. verbiage shall be at the manufacturer's discretion.
One (1) Pump Panels -Side Mount, Brushed S/S
30-02-0500
BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL ON PUMP PANEL
Pump panels, on both sides of vehicle and including. the gauge panel, shall be
brushed stainless steel.
One (1) Pump Panel Lights - (6) Weldon 2630-0000-30, Incand, Side Mt
30-02-1450
PUMP PANEL LIGHTS
Each side of the operator stand shall have three (3) Weldon 2630-0000-30
incandescent lights located beneath a full length polished stainless steel shield to
illuminate the pump panel controls and gauges.
One (1) Pump Panel Light-Activation - 1 Light by Pump Shift, Side Mt
30-02-2110
PUMP PANEL LIGHT ACTIVATION
One (1) of the lights on the driver's side of theoperator stand shall be activated
when the pump is engaged.
.One (1) Light Switch-Pump Panel
30-02-2130
PUMP PANEL LIGHT SWITCH
A switch on the pump panel shall activate the pump panel lights not already
activated by either the pump engaging or the marker/ground lights & parking
brake combination.
One (1) Pump Panel Compt Lights - (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30, Incand.
30-02-2355 .
Two (2) Weldon 2630-0000-30 incandescent lights shall be provided for the
.pump panel compartments; one each side. Each light shall be wired to illuminate
automatically when the compartment door is opened.
S One. (1) Pump Panel Compt - 60'" & 66" Op. Stand, Both Sides, S/S
30-10-5500
PUMP PANELCOMPARTMENT'
A pump panel compartment shall be provided ahead of the pump on both the left
and right side. The compartment shall be 34.75" high x 1.5" deep x 18" wide..
Each compartment door shall be vertically hinged and equipped with stainless
steel double spring door stays -that automatically hold the door in both the open
and closed positions. The pump panel compartment door shall consist of double
panel construction,- "D" ring door handles, Eberhard 206 latches, stainless steel
piano hinges, etc. The, door sheet metal panels shall be stainless steel.
Compartment height on the right side shall be reduced by 10" if the engine is
equipped with a diesel particulate filter.
Both compartments are to be 25" high IPO 34.75" high.
Both compartments are to be 25" high IPO 34.75" high.
ENG. NOTES
Note: This option is for 60"/66" operators stands only.Compartment height
shall ~be reduced by the space occupied by the. diesel particulate filter, if
so equipped..
One (1) :Vents - Operator Stand Compts
30-1~0-8A00
VENTS
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current edition.
One (1) Running Board - 60", LH, 3/16" ATP, w/Hosewell
30-20-1800
LEFT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH HOSEWELL
Left side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum treadplate. Two (2)
1/4" thick aluminum gusset type supports-shall extend from the pump
compartment framing to securely supportthe running board. Outer edges of the
running boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed down and in. Running board
shall not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame...
An airspace shall be provided between. the aluminum running board, the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and debris from being trapped
between these components.
There shall be one (1) hosewell recess mounted in the running board. It shall be .
approximately 9.00" wide x 38.00" long x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well.
One (1) Running Board - 60", RH 3/16" ATP, w/Hosewell
30-20-2100
RIGHT SIDE RUNNING BOARD WITH HOSEWELL
Right side running board shall be made of 3/16" aluminum .treadplate. Two (2)
1/4" thick aluminum gusset type supports shall extend from the pump.
compartment framing to securely support the running board. Outer edges of the
running boards shall be double flanged, i.e. formed-down and in. Running board
- shall -not be fastened to supports "hung" from the chassis frame. .
An air space shall be provided between the aluminum running board, the body
and the operator stand to prevent moisture and debris from. being trapped
between these components.
There shall be one (1) hosewell recess.rnounted in the running board. It shall be
approximately 9.00" wide x 38..00" long x 9.00" deep. Black Dri-Deck shall be
provided in the well.
One (1) Covers =ATP, Running Board. Hosewell
30-20-4700
RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one (1) for each side of the
running'board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Covers -ATP. Running Board Hosewell
30-20-4700
RUNNING BOARD HOSEWELL -ALUMINUM TREADPLATE COVERS
Aluminum treadplate covers shall be provided; one { 1) for each side of the
_ running board hosewells. A stainless steel butterfly latch shall be installed to
secure the cover in place.
One (1) Crosslay Hosebeds - (2) 1.75"
30-26-0100
CROSSLAY HOSEBEDS
There shall be two (2) crosslay hosebeds provided, cutout and recessed into the
forward corner of the pump operator's panel. -The bottom of each crosslay shall
be a maximum of 66" from the ground. Each hosebed shall be approximately 24"
deep and have the capacity to carry a minimum of 200 feet of preconnected 1.75"
double jacketed hose.
The sides of the hosebed shall be constructed of aluminum and they shall have a
large. vertical radius at each end to form hose payout guides. A horizontal
aluminum hose: guide with a large radius shall also be provided at the bottom of
the outer ends of the hosebed. The interior of the hosebeds shalTbe smooth and
free from all sharp projections which might damage hose. Aluminum interior
sides shall have a "DA" type finish and shall not be painted.
One adjustable hose bed partition (divider) shall be provided. Partition shall be
constructed of 3/16" thick 5052-H32 aluminum alloy sheet. Bottom of the
divider shall be adequately reinforced. Partition shall have "DA" type finish.
Divider shall be fully adjustable by providing slots at each end of the hosebed.
The divider shall be held in place by tightening two (2) 3/8" flathead bolts at each
end of the partition bottom flanges.
The bottom of these hose compartments shall be provided with a removable,
single piece, inverted aluminum "pan". Pan shall have .50" holes punched in it to
provide for the ventilation of the hose.
ENG. NOTES
Hi-polished S/S hose guides not. available. Xlays f/side mount stand only.
Capacity based on average hose'& doesn't consider specialty nozzles. A
hose restraint is req'd per. NFPA. Hosebed to be 14'', 17", 19" or 24" wide;
determine w/PE dwg.
S One (1) Crosslay Hosebed -Additional, for Dry Hose Load
30-26-1300
DRY CROSSLAY HOSEBED
In addition to the preconnected crosslay hosebeds a "dry", non-preconnected, bed
shall be provided for carrying additional. fire hose. This crosslay bed shall be
located to the rear of the preconnected ones and shall have an adjustable divider
and grating similar to the other beds.
The deadlay shall be the same dimensions as the front two with a horizontal shelf
evenly dividing-from top to bottom. It shall be large-enough to hold two high
rise style packs (one upper; one lower) of 100' of 1.75" with an Akron #1720.1.5"
fog nozzle with a pistol grip and an Akron #1480 gated wye.
Crosslay height (bottom to ground):
[ ] 66" Standard
[ ] 72" Optional
The deadlay shall be the same dimensions as the front two with a
horizontal shelf evenly dividing from top to bottom. It shall be large
enough to hold. two high rise style packs (one upper, one lower) of 100' of
1.75" with an Akron #1720 1.5" fog nozzle with a pistol grip and an Akron
#1480 gated wye.
ENG. NOTES
Xlays for side mount only. Cap. of 200' of 1-3/4" double jacket hose
based on average hose w/o special nozzles. A hose restraint is req'd per
NFPA. Hosebed be 14", 17" 19" or 24" wide; deter w/PE dwg.
One (1) ATP Cover -Crosslay
30-2$-0130
CROSSLAY COVER
.There shall'be an aluminum cover for the crosslay. The cover shall be
constructed of 3/16" aluminum treadplate and be hinged with a stainless steel
piano hinge. The cover shall be hinged at the front of the hosebed with a hold
open device provided for repacking hose. A positive latching mechanism shall
be provided. -
ENG. NOTES
Option is for side control panel only. .
One (1) Vinyl End Flaps -Crosslay w/ ATP Cover
30-28-0160
CROSSLAY END FLAPS
A weighted cover shall be provided for the ends of the crosslay. The cover shall
be made of 16 oz. per square yard polyester coated with a urethane top coat
(vinyl). The vinyl cover shall be permanently attached to the ATP cover and
have stainless steel springl clips and hooks on the bottom corners.
This cover combination shall restrain.-the hose in the crosslay from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle is underway in normal operations.
Color of vinyl cover shall be:
[ ]Red.
[ l White
[ ]Black
[ l Yellow-
One (1) Pump -Waterous, 1500 GPM, 2-Stage, CMU
31-00-1400
WATEROUS PUMP
Pump shall be a Waterous CMU two-stage 1500 GPM midship mounted
centrifugal type, carefully designed in accordance with good modern practice.
The pump shall be the class "A" type and be tested at the manufacturer's facility
and certified by an independent testing organization.
The pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated
below.
100% of rated capacity at 150 PSI net pump pressure
70% of rated capacity at 200 PSI net pump pressure
50% of rated capacity of 250 PSI net pump pressure
Pump when dry shall be capable of taking suction and discharging water with a
lift of •10 feet in not more than 30 seconds through 20 feet of suction hose of the
appropriate size.
The pump shall have atwo-piece, horizontally-split body with intake and
discharge passageways in a single casting and on the same level providing the
lowest possible height, a lower center of gravity, and more room for hose reels,
hose beds and other equipment. The two-piece, horizontally-split pump body
design allows removal of the bottom pump cover without disturbing the main
pump body mounting or any piping.
The casing shall be made of high-tensile, close grained gray iron. All
passageways shall be carefully matched to assure the very best hydraulic flow
characteristics.
Matched bronze impellers shall be balanced both mechanically and hydraulically
for vibration-free operation. Flame-plated impeller hubs shall. be standard to
assure longer life despite the presence of abrasives in the water supply.
An exclusive two-piece impeller shaft shall allow true separation of the pump
and pump transmission without disassembling either unit, greatly reducing repair
labor time. The heat-treated. stainless steel impeller shaft shall be ground at all
,critical areas and polished under packing.
Three deep-groove, anti-friction ball bearings shall be located outside the
pumping chamber, giving support and proper alignment to the impeller shaft
assembly. Bearings shall be oil or grease lubricated completely separated from
the water being pumped, and protected by seal housing, flinger rings and oil
seals.
. .Flinger rings shall be located on the impeller shaft between seal housings and
bearing housings to provide added protection and keep water and foreign matter
out of the bearings.
Bronze, reverse-flow, labyrinth-type wear rings shall resist water bypass and °
maintain high efficiency and lasting performance. These replaceable wear rings
increase pump life and minimize maintenance costs.
Braided flexible graphite (BFG) packing rings shall be held in place by a split-
bronze gland which is fully removable and adjustable. BFG packing improves
heat dissipation, reduces maintenance and minimizes shaft wear: .
A ball-type bronze transfer valve, in removable bronze housings with large
waterways shall allow for smooth transfer to either PRESSURE or VOLUME
without sticking. A floating seal designshall allow sand to be flushed away to
prevent the valve from sticking or jamming.. The hydraulically-balanced seal
assembly reduces pressure loss and improves pump efficiency.
A C10 series pump transmission shall be housed in a three-piece horizontally-
split, high-strength aluminum housing. Power transfer to pump shall be through
a Morse HV high-strength involute form chain. An internal lubrication system
shall directly lubricate the chain. -Drive and driven sprockets: shall be made of
steel. ~ Sprockets shall be hardened and have ground bores. Driveline shaft shall
be made of alloy steel, hardened and ground to size. All shafts shall be ball=
bearing supported.
-One (1) Pump Anti-Corrosion System -Zinc Anode,. Waterous Pumps.
31-01-0400
PUMP ANTI-CORROSION SYSTEM
An anti-corrosion system shall be installed to prevent galvanic corrosion within
the pump. It shall consist of two (2) sacrificial zinc anodes: One shall be installed
on each of the 6" main inlets. Anodes shall be easily removable for inspection
and replacement.
One (1) Pumla Seal =Mechanical, Waterous
31-01-6100
MECHANICAL PUMP SEALS
Mechanical. pump seals shall be provided to eliminate the need for conventional
packing. rings.-
One (1) Pump Shift -Three-Position; Air, w/Locking Collar
31-02-0800
PUMP SHIFT
An air operated shift system shall be provided that allows the shift arm position
to be changed by means of an in-cab mounted switch. It~ shall engage either the
pump drive gear or the truck drive shaft gear. Athree-position positive lock air
shift shall be provided.
One (1) Pump Shift Manual Override
31-02-0900
PUMP SHIFT MANUAL OVERRIDE
A manual pump shift override shall be provided.
One (1) Relief Valve -Intake. Pressure, Elkhart, 2-1/2"
31-03-0000
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A 2-1/2" Elkhart intake relief valve shall be permanently installed in the inlet
piping. It shall. have minimum pressure adjustment of 75: to 250 psi. The surplus
water shall be plumbed to the underside of the-truck away from the operator.
One (1) Relief Valve -Intake Pressure, Pilot Operated, Waterous
31-03-DD00
INTAKE PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous pilot operated intake relief (dump) valve shall be installed on the
pump intake manifold with a minimum pressure adjustment of 50 to 250 psig.
' The surplus water shall be plumbed to the underside of the truck away from the
operator and shall terminate with a 2-1/2" Victaulic outlet. Hose connection shall
only be used when- excess- water flow is creating a nuisance or hazard around the
apparatus and dumping would be more convenient elsewhere. A permanent label
shall be provided near the outlet that states "Intake Pressure Relief .Outlet - Do
Not Cap".
ENG. NOTES
This .option is only available with Waterous Pumps.
One (1) Transfer Valve -Manual Shift. Waterous
31-04-0100
TRANSFER VALVE
.Transfer valve design shall be of latest ball type, of all bronze construction and
incorporate a hydraulically balanced seal assembly to minimize leakage around
the ball and assure maximum pump efficiency. The transfer valve shall operate
smoothly and without sticking even when exposed to sandy or dirty water.
' Operation of the transfer valve shall provide smooth changing of the transfer
- valve to either PRESSURE or VOLUME without shutting down at any discharge.
pressure up to 250 psi.
ENG. NOTES
This option is only available with Waterous Pumps. Not available with top
mount operator's stand options.
One (1) Primer -Rotary Vane, Waterous #VPO, Oil-less.
31-05-0300
PRIMING DEVICE
.Priming pump shall be a Waterous Model VPO electrically driven, positive
displacement, rotary vane type. It shall operate without the use of sealing oil, i.e.
be of oil-less design and not require an oil tank. Motor shall be totally enclosed to
prevent dust, dirt and water-from entering. Priming pump shall be built by the
manufacturer of the. fire pump.
ENG. NOTES
This `option is only available with Waterous Pumps.
One (1) Priming Valve -Waterous, Vacuum Activtd, Push Button, Elect
31-05-0700
PRIMIlVG-VALVE
Priming valve shall be operated by a push button control..on the pump. panel.
Pushing the button shall automatically open the priming valve and activate the
primer motor. at .the same time, thus being a one .hand operation. Primer valve
shall be connected to the. top of both pump volutes {two stage pumps) making it
possible to prime the pump no matter if the pump is in pressure or volume.
One (1) Transmission Lock Up -Pump Shift Activation
31-07-0100
TRANSMISSION LOCK UP
The direct gear transmission lockup for the-fire pump operation shall engage
automatically when the pump shift, control in the cab is activated.
One (1) Drain Valve -Master-Pump, Brass/S/S, w/Sealed Port
31-07-0300
MASTER DRAIN -FIRE PUMP
A master drain valve shall be provided and installed. The drain assembly shall
be constructed of brass and stainless steel with individually sealed ports for low
point drainage of the fire pump and auxiliary devices.
One (1) Pressure Relief System -Waterous, .Manual
31-11-1100
PRESSURE CONTROL
Waterous adjustable pressure relief valve system specifically designed for fire
service shall be provided. Valve shall be positive and quick acting and have
instantaneous on/off control. When in the off position, the relief valve shall
functionally be removed from the system. When turned back on, it shall again
monitor: and maintain -the pressure the relief. valve was set at the .last time it was
used..Control for adjusting pressure to be elliptical shaped for-positive grip.
-Wheel control not acceptable.. An easily removable pilot valve strainer shall be
provided and be accessible from pump operator's panel. LED lights to indicate
when the relief valve is bypassing and when the relief valve is fully closed shall
be furnished.
ENG. NOTES
- This option is only available with Waterous Pumps.- Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Manual Push-Button Throttle - FRC, RTU
31-12-0200
MANUAL PUSH-BUTTON THROTTLE CONTROL
A Fire Research manual push-button throttle, model RTU series, shall be
installed. The remote throttle shall. maintain the engine RPM at the level set by
the operator. The program features shall be accessed via push buttons located on
the front of the module. The program shall support automatic regulation of
.engine. RPM; a field programmable preset, and diagnostic capabilities. The
remote throttle safety features shall include an OK to pump interlock signal _
recognition and return to idle push button.
When the throttle is active, the cab accelerator. shall be inhibited to prevent
inadvertent operation of the cab accelerator, which could result in a sudden and
dangerous increase in pump discharge pressure.
ENG. NOTES
- Requires ENFO IV
One (1) Auxiliary Cooling. System
32-00-0100
AUXII,IARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system shall be installed to permit use of
water from the discharge side of the fire pump to reduce the temperature of the
antifreeze solution circulating through the engine cooling system.
- ENG. NOTES
Not compatible with Triton pumps.
.One (1) Pump Piping - S/S Pipe and HP Hose, Hydrotested
32-01-0110
PUMP PIPING - HYDROTESTED STAINLESS STEEL AND HIGH
PRESSURE HOSE
All suction and discharge lines shall use schedule 10 stainless steel pipe or heavy
duty pressure/vacuum hose with stainless steel end fittings. Sweat soldered
copper tubing is not acceptable.. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage
or loosen piping, the pipe shall be equipped with Victaulic or rubber couplings.
All discharge and gated inlet lines to drain through individual drain valves. All
individual drain lines are to be extended to drain below chassis frame.
All threaded fittings shall be sealed with a heavy duty Teflon anaerobic pipe
sealant. If shall be in a liquid form with a consistency similar to grease: Teflon
tape shall not be acceptable. It shall be designed to prevent corrosion between
the mating surfaces and to allow for easy disassembly of'the joints if necessary.
Permaborid shall manufacture with a trade name of Perma-lok. .
All water carrying pressure gauge lines are to be of flexible polypropylene tubing
to prevent breakage from vibration. All suction inlets and discharge outlets shall
be equipped with National Standard Threads (NST).
The entire pump and plumbing system shall be hydrostatic tested up to 250 psi by
the manufacturer. The test shall.be third party witnessed.and shall comply with
the requirements of Section 16.13.8 of NFPA 1901, current edition.
ENG. NOTES
SOPR needed if over ten (10) discharges.
' Fourteen (14)
32-01-2500 Drain Valves -.Line, Class 1, Quarter Turn
.DRAINS
A Class One .75" quarter turn ball drain or bleed off valve shall be provided for
each gated hydrant inlet or discharge outlet. The drain valves shall be recessed
behind the panel with the control handle extending through it. They shall be
located along the bottom of the side pump panels in a single horizontal row. The
drain controls shall be properly labeled. The water. discharged from the drain
lines shall be routed so it is exhausted below the chassis frame rails.
ENG. NOTES
The cost of the drain(s) is included in each MIV, aux inlet, front/rear inlet
and discharge>1.5" and aerial waterway.
One (1) Tank To Pump Line Valve - 3", Side Panel Control
32-02-3000
TANK TO PUMP L1NE
A 3" tank to pump valve shall be installed between the water tank and the pump.
The. valve shall be a quarter turn ball type, drop out design and constructed of
bronze. The control handle shall be chrome push/pull locking.:"T"type and will
be installed on the left side pump panel. A check valve shall be installed between
the pump- and the valve to prevent water-from flowing back into the tank.
ENG. NOTES
If top mount control panel is quoted delete this option and use option #32-
02-3100. .
One (1) .Valve. Controls -Side Mount, .Class 1
33-00-5100
INLET.. AND OUTLET PUSH PULL .CONTROLS
All inlet and outlet push-pull valve control handles-shall be the "T" handle design
with arecess in its-face fora 7/8" x 2-7/8" identification plate. Handles and
panel plates (escutcheons) shall be constructed of cast zinc -with a polished
chrome plated finish. Handles shall be labeled describing the function of the
control handle. The discharge valves that are remote mounted in the pump
system piping shall be actuated by Class 1 1/4 turn locking. push-pull control
assembly. The sliding rod for the outlet which pulls out from the pump panel
shall be constructed of 3/4" diameter aluminum with a hard coated anodized
surface. Inlet valve controls do not have to be the locking type nor have the
Class l control rod.
ENG. NOTES
If quotation has top. mount pump panel feature delete this option and add
option #33-00-5200.
-One (1) Valves - AlI Akron, Direct & Inline
33-00-5400
AKRON VALVES
All direct and in-line valves shall be Akron model 8600 or 8800 heavy duty
swing-out brass valves designed for operating pressures to 250 psi. Akron 8000
series valves have a 316 .stainless steel ball turning in self-adjusting ball seats and
shall create a positive seal to hold pressure or vacuum in both directions without
the use of high maintenance o-rings. Lubrication or regular maintenance shall
not be required to support the valve manufacturer's warranty.
One (1) Master Compound Gauges:- (21 Ashcroft, 4.5" dia., 30-0-600
33-03-4000
MASTER GAUGES
A pair of Ashcroft compound gauges. shall be provided for the master Pump .
Intake and master Pump Discharge gauges. -The gauges shall be 4.5" in diameter
and have a pressure range of 30-0-600 and shall dampen vibration and pulsation.
The gauges shall be the dry type for optimal. performance in freezing
temperatures. The gauge body and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with
.black lettering on white faces. -Thegauges shall each have an adjustable pointer
and a vent hole to assist with condensation.
The master gauges shall be grouped together on the pump operator's control
panel for ease of observation during pump operations, as required by NFPA
1901.
Eleven (11) Gauges -Line, 2.5", Ashcroft, 30-0-600, 1 per Disc
33-04-0100 .
PRESSURE GAUGES )
{Quantity } individual line pressure gauges for the 1.50" and larger discharges
.shall be furnished. The gauge(s) shall be 2.5" in diameter and have. a pressure
range: of 30-0-600 and shall dampen vibration and pulsation.- -Each gauge shall be
the dry type for optimal performance in freezing. temperatures. The gauge body
and bezel shall be stainless steel construction with-black lettering on white faces.
Each gauge shall have an adjustable pointer and a vent hole to assist with
condensation.
ENG. NOTES
A gauge is required for every discharge 1.5" or larger.,.
One (1) Pump Panel Engine Gauges - Classl ENFO IV
33-04-9700
PUMP PANEL ENGINE GAUGES -CLASS 1 ENFO IV
A Class 1 "ENFO IV" shall be provided: The ENFO IV.provides the pump
operator with engine rpm, oil pressure, engine temperature and electrical system
voltage. The ENFO IV shall utilize the SAE J-1939 bus for engine information.
The voltage shall be displayed. from the battery.. This compact unit contains all
required engine audible and visual alarms including the voltage warning..
One (1) Fuel .Gauge -Pump Panel
33-05-0400
FUEL GAUGE
A 2" .weatherproof fuel gauge shall be mounted on pump~panel indicating the
amount of fuel in tank: The gauge shall be mounted in a well lighted area for
- night operations.
S One (1) .Tank Level Gauge -Water, Sight-Glass Style Plastic Tube
33-06-1010
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE
There shall be a "sight-glass" style water tank level gauge mounted on the pump
panel. The tank level gauge shall be a length of clear plastic tubing that is equal
in height to that of the booster tank. The tubing shall be mounted on the: pump
operators panel in a protective stainless steel channel.--.The. tubing shall be-piped
directly into the booster tank and shall fill at a rate, and to a level, that is in direct
relation to thewater in the booster tank.
The sight tube is to be illuminated with a LED light strip.
Sight tube to be illuminated with a LED light. strip.
.ENG. NOTES
-Not available with a hinged gauge panel. Subject to freezing in cold
climates.
One (1) Tank Level Gauge -Water, Classl, Intelli-Tank
33-06-1110 ~ _
WATER TANK LEVEL GAUGE -MASTER.
The apparatus shall. be equipped with a Class 1 "Intelli-Tank" tank level gauge
for. indicating water level. The tank level gauge shall indicate the liquid level on
a 4-light LED display and show increments of 1/8 of a tank.
The Class 1 "Intelli -Tank" tank level gauge utilizes a pressure transducer that
mounts on the outside of the tank for sensing water or foam levels. No probes-are
required for, the tank.
One (1) Large Tank Level Displays - (2) Water, Whelen PST LED -Cab
33-06-1 A21
LARGE WATER TANK LEVEL DISPLAYS
Two (2) Whelen "PST" water tank level display(s) shall be provided on the-cab,
one on each side of the body. The displays shall be vertically mounted and-wired
to the Master water tank level gauge through a remote display driver module.
ENG. NOTES
Be sure that you have added a Classl Remote Large Display Driver
Module.
One (1) Main Pump Inlets - 6", (1) US, (1) R/S
33-10-0100
PUMP INLETS
A 6" pump manifold inlet shall be provided on each side of the vehicle.
Removable die cast zinc strainers shall be provided in each side inlet to provide
cathodic protection for the pump and thus reduce corrosion in the pump.. Each
inlet shall extend past the pump panel and shall allow a minimum of 8" clearance
to the outside edge of the running board.
ENG. NOTES
If clearance is not correct, use short or recessed and short inlets.
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -.Gated, 2-1/2", Left Side
33-10-1300
2-1/2" HYDRANT INLET
One 2-1/2" gated hydrant-inlet shall be furnished on the left side of the operator's
stand. The valve shall be recessed beHirid the panel and shall be provided with a
push pull control extending through the panel. The valve shall be of the drop out
type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2" NST female swivel adapter and screen.
A warning label shall be provided near .the inlet identifying it as a pressurized
water source.
ENG. -NOTES
Must be controlled at operator's control panel when only one (1) auxiliary
inlet is provided.
One (1) Auxiliary Inlet -Gated, 2-1/2", Right Side
33-10-1400
2-1%2 HYDRANT INLET.
One 2-1/2" gated hydrant inlet shall be furnished on the right. side of the
operator's stand.. The valve shall be recessed behind the panel and shall be
provided with a push pull control extending through the panel. The valve shall
be of the drop out type. Inlet shall terminate with a 2-1/2"-NST female swivel
adapter and screen. A warning label shall be~provided near the. inlet identifying it
as a pressurized water source.
ENG. NOTES
Must be controlled at operator's control panel when only one (1) auxiliary
inlet is provided..
.One (1) I°ront Inlet - 5" w/o Valve -for Mll w/'07 Eng. or Sentinel
33-13-1300
FRONT 5" PUMP INLET
The apparatus shall be provided with a 5" front pump inlet. It shall be installed
with the hose -inlet at the right side of the cab front bumper.
The inlet shall be constructed of schedule 10 stainless steel piping and shall enter
' the inlet manifold section of the pump.. Galvanized or black-iron (steel): pipe is
not an acceptable alternative. Connection to the pump shall be via a bolted
flange, threaded pipe turned into the manifold will not be acceptable. The front
suction shall be a welded fabrication utilizing sweep type welded pipe elbows.
Threaded pipe and elbows shall not be used in the design of the front inlet.
Piping shall be routed. under the cab and over the front axle in the right side
wheel well area. It shall be mounted to the chassis frame (not cab or body) with
heavy duty support brackets.
The multi-piece assembly shall be connected together with Victaulic couplings.
They shall prevent damage to the piping when- the chassis frame twists or flexes.
- Also they shall provide a means of disassembly and removal of any individual
piping section. if necessary because of accident or for easier access to other
damaged areas or places requiring special maintenance needs. Front inlet piping
shall be removable without having to remove the cab.
Total assembly shall be fully engineered, and not a "make on job" fabrication
where future replacement parts cannot be ordered from the apparatus builder.
Bidder may be required to provide evidence of his ability to supply engineering
drawings of the front inlet assembly and its individual parts. ,
ENG. NOTES
Contact factory for approval if utilizing on Meanstick. Front suction option .
is not available with air ride front suspension. Not available on MII with
2006 engine.
One (1) 5"_$utterfly Valve-Front Inlet, w/Handwheel Control
33-13-2000
5" BUTTERFLY VALVE
' The front inlet shall include a handwheel controlled 5" butterfly valve (or equal)
with indicator. Handwheel shall be located on the pump panel. Indicator shall
show valve rotation for opening or closing. Valve shall be equipped with an
aluminum bronze disc or other similar non-corrosive material.-Valve seat
material shall be a nonfreezing synthetic rubber similarto Buna N. There shall be
a right angle gear assembly mounted on top of valve with'control rod extended xo
pump panel. Rod shall be equipped with a minimum of two (2) universal joints to
prevent binding during operation.
One (1) Tank Fill Line - 2-1/2"
33-20-0250
TANK FII.L
- There shall be a 2-1/2" pump to tank fill line installed with a 2-1/2" inline
bronze valve. Valve shall be controlled at the pump panel.with a chrome locking
handle.
One (1) .Front Bumper Discharge - LS, 1.5" w/ 2" Plumbing
34-15-0152
' 1.5" FRONT BUMPER DISCHARGE -LEFT
One (1)1'.5" preconnect discharge shall be located in the front bumper extension
on the left side. The discharge shall be plumbed from the pump with 2" pipe and
high pressure hose. It shall have a 2" full flow quarter turn valve and a pressure
gauge.
ENG. NOTES
Rememberao increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-
0100: or QW#33-04-0200.
S One (1 } Hand Wheels
34-15-9999
HAND WHEEL VALVES
The following discharges shall have. handwheel actuators IPO puck pull
actuators. - .
-LM 2 1 /2"
-RH 2 1/2"
-LH Rear 2 1/2"
-RH Rear 2 1/2"
-Booster Reel
The following discharges shall have handwheel actuators IPO push pull
actuators: .
-LH 2 1 /2"
-RH 2 1/2..
-LH Rear 21/2"
-RH Rear 2 1/2"
-Booster Reel
One (1) Crosslay Discharqe - (2) 1.5" w/ 2" Plumbing
34-17-0100
CROSSLAY DISCHARGES
A 1.5" discharge shall terminate in the bottom of each crosslay bed. It shall be
plumbed with 2'' high pressure hose, be gated with a 2" ball type bronze valve
and have a 1.5" NST 90 degree swivel outlet in the hosebed. The valve controls
and pressure gauges for the crosslays shall be installed on the pump operator's
panel. Push-pull valve controls shall be-the quarter turn locking type with
chrome plated "T" style handle:
One (1) Discharqe - LS, 2-172° (Ea) -
34-20-0250...
2-1/2"- LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with a pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve
and pressure gauge shall be located on the left side panel. Each valve shall be
capable of being locked or unlocked at the valve`from the control panel at any
position between open or closed and shall operate freely up to maximum pump
discharge pressure. Each valve shall bemounted with the body behind the pump
panel.and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump..
One (1) Discharqe - RS, 2-1/2" (Ea)
34-21-0250
2-1/2" RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE(S)
-One (1) 2 1/2" discharge(s), each with pump mounted, quarter turn ball valve and
pressure gauge shall be ocated on the right side panel. Each valve shall be
capable of-being locked or unlocked at the valve from the control panel at any
position between open or closed and shall operate freely up to maximum pump
discharge, pressure. Each valve shall be mounted- with the body behind the pump
panel and bolted to the discharge manifold of the pump.
Two (2) Discharqe - RS, 4" w/.Akron Valve, iylanual Handwheei Control
34-21-0400
4" RIGHT SIDE-DISCHARGE
There shall be one (1) 4" discharge with pressure gauge to the right side pump
panel. The outlet shall be piped from the discharge side of the pump through.an
..Akron 4" handwheel controlled valve with 4" piping. The'valve shall be pump
panel controlled.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-
0100 or QW#33-04-0200.- Not available for top mounts.
One (1) Rear Discharge - LS, 2-1/2" •
34-24-0250
2-1/2" LEFT REAR DISCHARGE
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose bed on the left
hand side. It shall be plumbed with 2--1/2" pipe. The outlet shall be operated by
an in-line 2-1/2" drop. out typevalve with control and pressure gauge at the pump
parieL Victaulic or other flexible type coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
. appropriate.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-0100
or QW#33-04-0200.
One {'1) Rear Discharge:- RS, 2-1/2"
34-25-0250
- 2-1/2'.' RIGHT REAR DISCHARGE
One (1) 2-1/2" discharge shall be provided at the rear of the hose bed on the right
hand. side. It shall be plumbed 2-1/2" .pipe. The outlet-shall be operated by an in-
line 2-1/2" drop out type valve with control and pressure gauge at the pump
panel. Victaulic or other flexibletype coupling(s) shall be installed in the line as
appropriate.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the: number of Pressure Gauges! QW#33-04-0100
or QW#33-04-0200..
One (1) Cap -Main Pump Inlet, 6", Long Handled, Chrome Plated (Ea1
34-85-0030
MAIN PUMP INLET CAP(S)
One (1) 6" NST long handled chrome plated cap(s) shall. be provided for the
main pump inlet(s),
One (1) P_I_ug•& Chain.- LS AuxiNarv Gated Inlet, 2.5", Chrome Plated
34-85-0110
LEFT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining-chain shall be provided for the left side
2.5"auxiliary gated inlet.
One (1) Plug & Chain - RS Auxiliary Gated Inlet, 2.5", Chrome Plated
34-85-0120
RIGHT SIDE AUXILIARY GATED INLET PLUG.
A 2.5" chrome plated plug and retaining chain shall be provided for the right side
2.5" auxiliary gated inlet.
One (1) Adapter & Screen -Front Inlet, 5" NST, Chrome Plated
34-85-0310
FRONT INLET ADAPTER & SCREEN
A 5" NST chrome plated adapter and screen shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1) Cap -Front Inlet, 5" Long Handled. Chrome Plated
34-85-0360
FRONT INLET CAP
A 5" NST long handled chrome plated cap shall be provided for the front inlet.
One (1) Swivel - LS Front Bumper Discharqe, 1.5"NST 90 Degree, S/S
34-85-1010
FRONT PRECONNECT DISCHARGE SWIVEL
A Chicksan Style, polished stainless steel; 1-1/2" MNST.90 degree swivel elbow
shall be provided for the left side of the front preconnect discharge.
One (1) No Cap & Chain for Left Front Bumper Discharqe
34-85-1045
One (1) Adapter- LS 2.5" Discharqe, 2.5" x 2.5" NST, Chrm Pltd (Ea)
34-85-1210
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" left side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-1930..
One (1) Elbow - LS 2.5" Discharqe, 2.5" NST, 45 .Deq, Chrm Pltd (Ea)
34-85-1214
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" left side. discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" -cap and chain, 34-85-1930,
One (1) Adapter- RS Discharqe, 2.5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1610
- RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (I) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
. the 2.5" right side discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This adapter takes a 2.5" cap & chain, 34-85-2030.-
One (1) Elbow - RS Discharqe, 2.5" NST, 45 Deq., Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-.1614
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 4S degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" right side. discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-2030.
Two (2) Adapter - RS 4" Discharqe, 4" x 5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1820
.RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE ADAPTER
Two (2) 4" FNPT x 5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for the
4" right side discharge(s)..
Two (2) Elbow- RS 4" Discharge, 4" NST, 45 Deg., Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-1834
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE. ELBOW •
Two (2) 4" FNST x 4" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 4" right side discharge(s). -
ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 4" cap & chain, 34-85-2060.
One (1) _ Cap & Chain - LS Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated. (Ea)
34-85-1930
LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One: (~L) 2:5" chrome plated cap(s): and retaining chain(s). shall be provided for the
2.5" left side discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - RS Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2030
• RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP &-CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
right side discharge(s).
Two (2) -Cap. & Chain - RS .Discharge, 4", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2060
RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
Two (2) 4" chromeplated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for-the
right side, discharge(s).
Location of 4" cap & chain shall be:
-ENG. NOTES
Identify which right side discharges:receive this cap & chain.
One (1) Adapter LS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST; Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2210
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2.5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" left side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow- LS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST. 45 Deg, Chrm Platd {Ea)
34-85-2214..
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (i) 2.5" FNST x.2.5" MNST 45 degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5"left side rear discharge(s).
ENG. NOTES
This .elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain, 34-85-2930.
-One (1) Adapter - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2610
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ADAPTER
One (1) 2:5" FNPT x 2.5" MNST chrome plated adapter(s) shall be provided for
the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Elbow - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5" NST, 45 Deg, Chrm Platd (Ea)
34-85-261.4
RIGHT. SIDE REAR DISCHARGE ELBOW
One (1) 2.5" FNST x 2.5" MNST 45, degree chrome plated elbow(s) shall be
provided for the 2.5" right side rear discharge(s).
- ENG. NOTES
This elbow takes a 2.5" cap and chain,. 34-85-3030.
One (1) Cap & Chain - LS Rear Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-2930
LEFT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
-One (1) 2.5'' chromeplated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
left side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Cap & Chain - RS Rear Discharge, 2.5", Chrome Plated (Ea)
34-85-3030
RIGHT SIDE REAR DISCHARGE CAP & CHAIN
One (1) 2.5" chrome plated cap(s) and retaining chain(s) shall be provided for the
right side rear discharge(s).
One (1) Discharge -Deck Gun, 3", Akron w/ Handwheel Control
34-90-03AH
3" DELUGE RISER W/ AKRON HANDWHEEL CONTROL
A 3" deluge gun riser shall be installed above the pump terminating in the open
bin with National Pipe Thread (NPT): Location to be determined on the P. E.
Drawing and approved by the'customer. Piping shall be installed securely so no
movement develops when the line is charged. The riser shall be gated and
controlled at the pump operator panel by an Akron handwheel controlled valve.
The outlet shall be piped from the discharge manifold of.the pump through 3"
piping. An open/closed dial indicator shall 6e provided on the pump panel.
Piping shall terminate above the pump housing floor:
[ ] approximately,12.5"
[ ]Specify other height:
NOTE: Class 1 auto drain. shall be used on all deck-gun installations.
.ENG. NOTES
Remember to increase the number of Pressure Gauges! Discharges
limited to one. Does not include flange or adapter. Not available on top
mounts. NOTE: Class 1 auto drain will be used on all deck gun
installations.
S One (1) Deck Gun and monitor
35-00-9999 .
AKRON APPOLLO DECK GUN
Akron Turbo master Nozzle #1755, Akron Apollo monitor base #3416, Akron
master stream straightner, Akron master stream foam nozzle #3625, Akron
master stream smooth bore#2499. .
' Akron Turbo master Nozzle #1755, Akron Apollo monitor base #3416,
Akron master stream straightener, Akron master stream-foam nozzle
#3625, Akron master stream smooth bore #2499.
One (1) 3" ASA Deck Gun Flange for 3° Pipe
35-00-9X 10
3" ASA DECK GUN FLANGE
A 3" .4-bolt ASA flange shall be furnished and installed on the end .of the deluge
.riser.
One (1 } Booster Reel -Open. Bin, Polished Aluminum
35-70-1100
BOOSTER REEL =OPEN BIN -POLISHED ALUMINUM
A Hannay aluminum booster reel with: aluminum discs shall be installed over the
pump compartment. Reel shall be constructed utilizing an aluminum welded
base. 'Rewind will be 12- volt - 1/2 HP electric motor and will chain drive the
reel drum. The booster reel shall have an automatic brake to prevent the booster
.hose-:from unwinding uncontrollably. Reel shall have acapacity-.for 200'.of 1"
booster hose or 300' of 3/4" booster hose. A gear driven manual rewind. shall be
included.. A push button rewind switch shall be provided at a convenient
location on the pump panel. The booster reel discharge control shall be located
at the operators control panel. The reel shall be piped with 1-1/2" piping and
flexible high pressure. hose. -Reel access locationto unwind to the right hand
side hf the apparatus. unless otherwise specified.
K quantity selection for this option is two, then one reel will unwind to the right
hand side and one reel will unwind to the left hand side. Open bin space needed
for reel mounting is 28.00" wide x 27.00" deep x 29.00" high.
THE BOOSTER REEL SHALL BE MOUNTED AS -FAR RIGHT AS
POSSIBLE TO WITH DECK GUN TO MAXIMIZE THE COMPARTMENT
SPACE IN DUNNAGE-AREA. Foam discharge.
.One (1) Booster Hose- 1 100'. Length
35-70-6200
100' LENGTH OF 1" BOOSTER HOSE
One (1) hundred (100') foot length(s) of l 800 PSI booster hose, coupled with
chrome plated: pin hole type 1" CHT couplings shall be provided and installed.
One (1) Hose Reel Polished S/S Rollrs &'Guides -Open Bin, Same Side
35-70-6800
HOSE REEL POLISHED S/S ROLLERS AND GUIDES -OPEN BIN
Polished stainless steel hose reel rollers and guides shall be provided at the op of
the operator's stand compartment on the same side as the hose reel location.
Option quantity can be two if two reels are specified in the open bin.
S One (1) Booster Reel Nozzle Holder
35-70-68JK
• BOOSTER REEL NOZZLE HOLDER •
An aluminum booster reel nozzle holder shall be supplied and installed on the
officer's side pump. panel.
.One (1) Reel Master Switch
35-70-7200
• REEL MASTER SWITCH
A reel master switch shall be provided on the operator's panel.
Standard location is on pump panel
One (1) Hose Reel Blowout From Vehicle Air Supply
35-70-8200
BLOW-OUT FOR BOOSTER REEL
An air valve shall be provided on the pump panel,piped from the vehicle air
system to the hose reel, to blow the water out of .the booster hose.
Standard valve location is on the pump panel.
-One (1) Foam Systern - FoamPro 2002, A or B foam
36-90-5200
FOAMPRO 2002 FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM FOR CLASS "A" OR
..B.' FOAM
AFoam]?ro 2002 direct injection foam system capable of flowing 1000 GPM of
0.5% concentration, 500 GPM of 1.0% concentration and 166 GPM of 3% •
concentration shall be provided.
The foam system shall be capable of discharging either Class A or B foam.
The foam proportioning system operation shall be based on a direct measurement
of water flows and pressure. The system shall be equipped-with. a digital
electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control
.display shall be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow •
meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate output. The microprocessor
shall compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure that
the proportion rate is accurate.
Push button control for the foam proportioning rate shall allow a ratio from .1%
to 3.0°Io in 0.1% increments. The rated~,capacity of the. system shall be 166 GPM
at 3.00% and 1000 GPM at 0.5%.
Foam injection pump shall be: rated 5.0 GPM and be the positive displacement
type powered by a 12 volt DC electric motor.
A check valve shall be installed between the water pump and foam injection
point to prevent foam agent from contaminating the water pump. Also a check
valve shall be placed between the foam pump and injection point to prevent
water flowing. into the foam pump and foam tanks.
After the flowmeter and the foam injection point the discharge shall be split to
feed four (4) different outlets as directed by the fire department. It is understood
by the department that depending on the number of discharges utilized, nozzle
flow rates selected and foam agent percentage, that all outlets may not be able to
be used simultaneously at rated water or foam flows (see foam- capacities stated
above) nor can one outlet (of the four) discharge water and another foam while
the system is in operation.
- Foam shall be plumbed to the following discharges:
.Front Bumper
• Rear 2 1/2" LH Discharge
Booster Reel •
Deck. Gun
ENG. NOTES
Only one foam tank so tank selector (manual or electric) is not an option.
Foam Tank priced separately.NOTE: This option is limited to four (4) or
less discharges: If more,discharges are required, an SOPR must be
submitted to the factory.
One (1) Foam System Testing -Test Method 2
36-91-01 M2 •
FOAM PROPORTIONING SYSTEM TESTING
The foam proportioning system accuracy shall be tested using method 2 of
section A.21.11.1 as specified in NFPA 1901, current edition:. "Measuring Foam
Concentrate Pump Output Directly". With the foam system operating- at a given
water flow rate, and either foam concentrate or water used as a substitute for
foam concentrate, the output. of the foam concentrate pump shall be measured by
.diverting that output into a calibrated container for direct measurement over a
measured period of time. An alternative is to measure the. foam concentrate flow
or water substitute with a calibrated.meter.
The contractors report shall contain the following information for each foam
tested:
TANK A •
Set Ratio:
% and Flow Rate:
- GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio;. •
% Lower Control Limit:
% Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: _Yes
No
TANK B_
Set Ratio
and Flow Rate:
GPM to determine Foam Quantity:
Determine Gallons consumed for Run.Time:
Actual Mixing Ratio;
Lower Control Limit:
% Upper Control Limit:
The mixing ratio shall fall within the NFPA specification for accuracy: _Yes
No
One (1) Warranty -Waterous. Pump, 5 Yrs, Parts Only
91-75-0500
WATEROUS WARRANTY
The pump shall be warranted by Waterous'to the original buyer that the pump is
free from defects in: material and workmanship for 5 years. This warranty covers
parts only. The "Warranty Period" commences on the date the original buyer
.takes delivery of the apparatus. Please refer to Waterous warranty documents
.enclosed.
ENG. NOTES
-The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed,and included with the proposal
One (1) Warrantv -Akron Brass, 8600/8800 Heavv Duty Valves, 10 Year
91-75-0528
WARRANTY
Akron Brass warrants the 8600 and 8800 heavy duty valves for a period of ten
(10) years after purchase against defects in materials or workmanship.
One (1) Warrantv -Ashcroft. Gauges, 5 Yr
91-75-3180
WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have'a five (5) year manufacturer's warranty.
Eleven (11) Warrantv -Ashcroft Gauge:
91-75-3180
.WARRANTY
The Ashcroft gauge(s) shall have a five (5) year manufacturer's warranty.-
One (1) -Water Tank - 500 Gallon, T-Type, Short
37-02-0050 '
- WATER TANK
Booster-Tank .
The-Tank shall have a capacity of 500 U.S. Gallons The tank manufacturer shall.
mark the tank and furnish notice that indicates proof of warranty: The purpose of
the notice is to inform department personnel who store, stock, or use the tank that
the unit is under warranty. There shall be a 3" diameter threaded plug located in
the. bottom of the booster tank sump to provide a drain when cleaning and
flushing Tank of foreign substances.
Construction
The tank shall be .constructed from'/z" thick sheet stock material that shall 6e a
non-corrosive stress relieved thermoplastic and U. V. stabilized for maximum
protection. The tank shall be of a special configuration and is so designed to be •
completely independent of the body and compartments. All joints and seams
shall be welded and tested for maximum strength and. integrity.. The top of the
tank will befitted with locations for removable lifting. eyes designed with a 3 to 1
safety factor to allow for easy removal All transverse and longitudinal swash
partitions shall be equipped with vent and: air holes to permit movement of air
and water between compartments. The partitions shall be designed to provide
maximum water flow. All swash partitions: interlock with,one another and. are
welded to each other as well as to the walls of the tank.
Fill Tower
The tank shall have a combination vent and manual fill tower. The fill tower
shall be constructed of ~/i' sheet stock material: and shall ~be a minimum
dimension of 8.00° x.8.00" outer perimeter (Standard size to be 12.00" x 12.00").
The tower shall be located in the left front corner of the tank unless otherwise
specified by the purchaser. The tower shall have a'/a" thick removable screen
and ahinged-type cover. Inside the fill tower shall be a combination vent
overflow pipe. The vent overflow: shall be a minimum of schedule 40
polypropylene pipe with a minimum I.D. of 4"'that is designed to run through the
tank, and shall be piped behind the. rear wheels so as to maximize traction.
Cover
The tank cover shall be constructed of/z" thick sheet stock material that is U. V.
stabilized. A minimum of two lifting dowels shall be drilled and tapped to
accommodate the lifting eyes.
Sump
There shall be one (1) sump standard per tank. The sump shall be constructed of
1/z" thick sheet stock material and be located in the bottom of the tank to the front.
On all tanks that require a front suction, a 3" schedule 40 polypropylene pipe
shall be installed that-will incorporate a dip tube from the front of the tank to the
sump location. The sump shall have a minimum 3" NPT threaded outlet on the
bottom for. a drain plug. This shall be used as a combination clean-out and drain.
The tank. shall have an anti-swirl plate located approximately. 2" - 21/z" above the
sump.
Outlets
- There will be two (2) standard tank outlets: one for tank-to-pump suction line
which shall be a minimum of 3" coupling; one for a tank fill line, which shall be
a minimum of 1" pipe, NPT coupling. All tank fill couplings shall. be backed
with flow deflectors to break up the stream of water entering the tank, and be
" capable of withstanding sustained fill rates of up to 1,000 GPM.
Mountin~2
The tank shall rest on cross members in conjunction with such additional cross-
members, spaced at a distance that would not allow for more than 530 square-
inches of unsupported area under the tank floor. In cases where overall height of
the tank exceeds 40 inches, cross-member spacing will be decreased to allow for
not more than 400 square inches of unsupported area. The. tank will be isolated
from the cross members through the use of hard rubber strips with a minimum
thickness and width dimension of .250" x 2.00" and a minimum Rockwell
Hardness of 60 durometer. Additionally, the tank will be supported around the
entire bottom outside perimeter and captured both front and rear as well as side to
side to prevent the tank from shifting during vehicle operation. Although the .
.tank is designed on a free floating suspension principle, the tank will have
adequate hold down restraints to minimize movement during vehicle operation. "
If proper retention is not available or incorporated into the apparatus hose floor,
an optional mounting restraint system shall be located on top of tank, half way
" .between the front and the rear on each side of the tank. These stops will be
constructed of carbon steel having minimum angular dimensions of 3.00" x 3.00"
x .250" and shall be approximately 6.00" to 12.00" long. These brackets will
incorporate a hard rubber isolating pad with a minimum thickness of .250"
affixed on. the underside of the angle. The angle will then be bolted to-the body
sidewalls of the vehicle while extending down to rest on the top outside edge of
theupper sidewall of the tank. Internal mounting block design and hose bed
floors will be so designed that the floor slat supports extend full width from side
wall to side wall and are not permitted to drop off the edgeof the tank or in any
way come in contact with the individual covers where a puncture could occur.
Hose floor loading will. support up to 200 lbs. per sq. foot and will be evenly
distributed whenever possible. Other equipment such as generators, portable
.pumps, etc. will not be mounted- directly to the tank top.
ENG. NOTES
Only available for'short or short extended pumper bodies. Req. min. 1"
tank fill Req. min. axle capacity of 22,000 Ib. on Attacker or 24,000 Ib. on
MII. Max. rear compt. height is 39.75".
One (1) Foam Tank - "A". 40 Gallon. Built Into Water Tank .
37-35-040A
FOAM TANK `
A forty (40) gallon "A" foam tank shall be incorporated into the water tank.
These 40 gallons- shall be in addition to the amount of water specified. The fill
tower shall be a minimum dimension of 8" x 8" outer perimeter (standard size to
be 12" x 12" The fill tower shall be provided with an easy opening, hinged,-
latching cover. Within the fill tower shall be an anti-foaming fill pipe. The fill
tower shall be constructed to facilitate complete interior flushing as required.
The fill tower shall be equipped with apressure/vacuum vent that enables the
tank to compensate for changesin pressure or vacuum when filling or
withdrawing foam concentrate.
ENG. NOTES
.Foam cell(s) totaling more than 50 gal. in an L-Tank requires engineering
approval.
One (1) Direct Tank Fill - 2.5" LS Pump Panel, Recessed Valve
37-40-0300
TANK F]LL,-LEFT. SIDE PUMP PANEL
A 2-1/2" ball type, quarter turn, tank fill valve shall be provided. The control
valve shall be a swing handle valve and-shall be located inside the pump "
enclosure on the left-side.
It shall terminated in a chrome plated 2-1/2" swivel female connector with a
.screen. and chrome plated 2-1/2" plug with retaining chain. Only the control
handle and 2-1/2" NST female swivel shal be exposed.
ENG. NOTES
If water tank is -not a standard tank please contact the factory for
availability of this option.A single 2.5" direct tank fill does NOT meet the
requirements of NFPA 1901 for a Mobile Water Supply Apparatus water
tank.
One (1) Pumper Body OA Length -121" Short (C=52.5")
40-00-0121
121" OVERALL BODY LENGTH
The overall length of the body shall be :121". The. distance from the front exterior
edge of the body to the midline of therear axle shall be 52.5". Body overall
width shall be 98", fender to fender....
One (1) Body Material & Construction -Stainless Steel, ShorC ~ -
40-00-1100 ~
STAINLESS STEEL BODY CONSTRUCTION
The body and compartments shall be constructed of heavy duty 3CR12 stainless
steel. The body shall be welded on external or hidden surfaces wherever possible
to insure aclean compartment interior look: The front portion of the-right and
.left hand-side compartments shall mount to a front cross panel. The panel shall
be constructed of stainless steel tubing and heavy duty stainless steel sheet metal. .
The front cross panel assembly shall rest. on two (2) heavy duty rubber isolators.
These isolators shall be bolted to brackets mounted to -the chassis frame, as close
to the center line of the chassis frame as possible. These center mounted
isolators shall provide a pivot point which shall allow chassis movement without
introducing stresses into the body. The rear portion of each side compartment
shall bolt.directly to the rear step support assembly,. which is bolted directly to_
the chassis .frame. The step support, assembly. shall be constructed of formed .25"
and .375" plate, 2" X 3" tubes, 2" X 2° angles, and 3" structural channels in a
welded assembly. The rear wall shall be reinforced with formed heavy duty
panels.
The compartments shall be a "sweep out" design with the floor higher than the
door sill. The compartment floors shall be a minimum of 2.5 mm 3CR12
stainless steel. All compartment seams shall be caulked with gray
adhesive/sealant. Each compartment shall be rated for SOO~ lbs. of storage. False
bulkhead panels shall be provided on the inside of the forward and rearward wall
of the side compartment panel to cover and protect all electrical wiring and
components. This also provides a clean interior for equipment mounting. These
panels shall be removable. Door frames on compartments with hinged doors
shall be fabricated by flanging the door opening edges inward 1.88" and bending
out again .75" to form an angle. The hose body side panels and partitions shall
be raised in 5" increments to provide adequate storage for the required and
specified hose load.
A .125" bright aluminum treadplate cover shall be installed over the side
compartments. The cover shall not form the compartment top but. shall be an
overlay. 'The forward and rearward edges of the cover shall be folded down 1.5"
to cap the forward and rearward ends of the side compartment panel. The outside
edge of thecover shall be folded down 1..5'` to cap the outside of the side
compartment panel and shall have a 45 degree outward bend to provide drip
protection over any compartment doors which are immediately below the cover.
Extruded aluminum drip molding with a bright anodized finish- shall provide drip
protection for any compartment doors that are not directly below an aluminum
treadplate cover. The forward-face of the side compartments and the face of the
front cross panel above the operator stand shall be covered with a bright
aluminum treadplate overlay. All body components covered with aluminum
treadplate overlays shall be coated with an anti-corrosion compound prior to
installation. All treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All: exposed
screw or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon acorn nuts.
Fender compartments shall be integral with the body side compartmentation.
There-shall be no sharp objects protruding into the wheel well area that could
cause injury while cleaning or doing other maintenance in this area.
The compartment sizes shall be as follows:
One. (1) LS Compts -Short SS 70"H Hilo, 22.5/64/34.5, Hinged
45-10-.1285
LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTS
..The high over low left hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00" high shall be
made of stainless steel. This panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rear wheels, one (1) low compartment behind the rear wheels, and two (2)
upper compartments. The two upper compartments shall be separated by a
doorframe, but shall be transverse. The compartment behind the rear wheels has
a 25.75" wide x 29.75" high transverse area through the reartailboard
compartment. All compartments shall have hinged doors. This panel shall have
an angled beavertail designed to be 1.00" shorter than the tailboard width at the
bottom and 4.00" wide at the top.
The compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" wide x'29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 16.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 19.50" wide x
29_.75" high, x 25:75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
The compartment behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 3.1:50" wide x 29.75:" high: The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall be 31.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" .deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single .door.
Each upper compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
56.00" wide x 30:50" high. Each clear door opening shall be 52.50" wide x
27.00" high. Each usable. compartment space shall be 57.50" -wide x 33.00" high
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door...
One (1) RS Comets -Short SS 70"H Hilo, 22.5/64/34.5, w/Rack, Hinged
45-20-1295
.RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTS.
- The high .over low right hand side panel at 121.00" long by 70.00" high shall be
made of stainless steel. This panel consists of one (1) low compartment ahead of
the rear wheels, one (1) low compartment behind the rear wheels, and two (2)
upper compartments. A ladderrack pivot area shall separate the-two upper
compartments. -The compartment behind the rear wheels has a 25.75" wide x
29.75" high .transverse area through the rear tailboard compartment. All
compartments shall have hinged doors. This panel: shall have an angled
beavertail designed:to be 1.00" shorter than the tailboardwidth at the bottom and.
4.00" wide at the: top.
The compartment ahead of the rear wheels shall have a doorframe to doorframe
dimension of 19.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 16.00"
wide x 27.75" high. The usable compartment space shall_be 19.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" .deep.. This.compartment shall. have a vertically hinged
single door.
The compartment behind the rear wheels shall have a doorframe`to doorframe
dimension of 31.50" wide x 29.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 28.00"
wide: x 27.75" high. The usable compartment-space shall be 31.50" wide x
29.75" high x 25.75" deep. This compartment shall have a vertically hinged
single door.
Each upper compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
49.25" wide x 30.50" high. Each. clear door opening shall, be 45.75" wide x
27.00" high.. Each .usable compartment space shall be 52.06" .wide. x 33.00" high.
x 11.75" deep. Each compartment shall have a horizontally hinged lift-up door.
S One (T) BeaverTail Comets Full Height Both Sides
45-20-T2TP
BEAVERTAIL COMPARTMENTS
Two (2) rear full height beavertail compartments, 64.50" high x 16.00" wide x
10.75.".deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the vehicle, one each
side. The compartments shall open. to the outside of the vehicle, and shall be
provided with double panel, lap type, doors, constructed of the same material as
the body, with "D"ring latches and Eberhardt #2061ocks., The compartment
floors shall be of the sweep out design.
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel double
spring door stays.
Two' (2) rear full height beavertail compartments, 64.50" high x 16.00"
wide x 10.75" deep shall be provided on the rear outside corners of the
vehicle, one each side.-The compartments shall open to the outside of the
vehicle, and shall be provided with double panel, lap type, doors,
constructed of the same material as the body, with "D" ring latches and
Eberhardt #206 locks. The compartment floors shall be of the sweep out
design.
The beavertail compartment doors shall be provided with stainless steel
double spring door stays.
One (1) Vents - Body Compartments (Matrix)
45-38-0100
VENTS .
Compartment vents shall be provided to meet the requirements of NFPA 1901,
current edition.
One (1) Innerliners -Rear Sinale Axle, 304 S/S
45-39-0010
REAR STAINLESS STEEL INNERLINERS
:Full semi-circular innerliners shall be provided in each wheel housing. They
shad be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be bolted in,place so they
may be removed if damaged. Self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable.
The bottom edge of liner shall be reinforced along its full length, however, it
shall not have a formed reinforcement flange to avoid trapping dirt and debris.
One (1) Fenderette - Rear Sinale Axle. S/S
45-39-0030
REAR FENDERETTE
Polislied stainless steel fenderettes shall be installed on the rear wheel openings.
The fenders shall be wide enough to completely cover the outside rear tire and
reduce wheel splash up the sides of the body. They shall be installed with 1/4"
hex head bolts, self-tapping sheet metal screws are not acceptable. A full width
rubber welt shall be placed between the: fenderette and body wheel well. opening
flange. The outside edge of the welting shall forma "V" bead between the fender
and the body side face to prevent moisture-from entering. The inside edge shall
.also have a small raised bead. -The outside edge of fenderette, at the wheel
opening, shall be rolled inward to eliminate any sharp edges and avoid injury
when cleaning the apparatus.
One (1) Fender Panel -Rear. S/S. Sinale Axle. Painted
45-39-006.0
REAR FENDER PANELS
Painted 3CR12 stainless steel fender panels shall be provided on the outer face of
each fender area. The panels. shall be painted to match the job color.
S One (1) Rear Compt. = 33.75" H. SS
45-40-3375
REAR COMPARTMENT
One (1)full-height, full width stainless steel compartment shall be provided at the
rear of the apparatus above the tailboard, 42.00" wide x 38:63" high x 28.00"
deep. The compartmen> shall be transverse as standard with a 25.75" wide x .
29.75" high transverse area through each rear side compartment. In the. rear wall,
there shall be a removable. access cover adequately sized. to service the fuel tank
• pickup tube and sending unit without having to remove the tank.
The full height compartment shall have a doorframe to doorframe dimension of
38.00" wide x 33.75" high. The clear door opening shall be 36.50" wide x 28.50"
high: The usable compartment space for the area under the roll shall be 41.75"
wide X 29.50" high x 26.50" deep and the area behind the roll shall be 41.75"
wide x 6.75".high x 15.75" deep. This compartment shall have an aluminum
. shutter type roll up door.
The. compartment is to have aluminum treadplate hinged doors IPO a roll-
- up door. •
ENG. NOTES
A camera, lightbar or discharge above the rear compt will reduce the
height of the rear compt by 6" ea from the max allowable ht for the water
tank selected. EX: A combo camera & discharge only need 6" total.
Check water tank req.
One (1) Rear Surface -ATP Below Hosebed & .Beavertail Faces(Non-Ext1 •
45-48-9050
REAR BODY SURFACE
The. surface of the rear body below the hosebed and the: inward and side facing
walls of each beavertail shall be covered with adequately reinforced bright
aluminum treadplate up to the height of the hosebed.floor, Then the remaining
upper inside surface of the. beavertail shall be covered with brushed stainless
• steel: All treadplate shall be secured with threaded fasteners. All exposed screw
or bolt threads shall be capped with nylon acorn nuts.
The rear facing bulkhead of the compartments, as well as the rear facing edge of
the beavertail, shall be painted job color.
ENG. NOTES
Reflective Chevron Striping available only on rear facing compartment
body panels, #91-03-4000 or #91-03-400D:
S .One (1) Rear Special Compartments
45-50-0999
REAR OF-BODY COMPARMENTS
There shall be two (2) compartments on the rear of the apparatus approximately
30"high, '14" wide and the complete depth of the beaver tail: Compartments shall
be.to the inside of the beavertails compartments: They shallopen from the rear
side with locking D-Ring handle and aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of
the compartment shall be covered with aluminum tread plate to provide abrasion
resistance and a stepping surface.
There shall be two (2) compartments on the rear of-the. apparatus
.approximately 30" high, 14" wide and the complete depth of the beaver
tail. Compartments shall be #o the inside- of the beavertails compartments.
They shall. open from the rear side with locking D-Ring handle and
aluminum tread plate door. Sides and top of the compartment shall be
covered with aluminum tread plate to provide abrasion resistance and a
stepping surface.
Two (2) Rooftop Compt -Over Short/Medium Side Body Compts, S/S
45-50-1100
ROOF TOP COMPARTMENT OVER BODY SIDE COMPARTMENT
One (1) rooftop compartment shall be:provided on top of the body side
compartment. The compartment shall be constructed. of stainless steel. It shall
be equipped with two (2) top opening hinged doors made from. aluminum
treadplate. The width of the door opening. shall be the width of the compartment
minus 6.50". The length of the door openings shall be 51"-for the short body,
59".for the short extended body, 55.5" for the medium body, and 63.5" for the
medium extended body. The: piano hinges shall .run full length of the doors.-and
be located at the outboard side so the compartment interior is accessible from the
hose bed. Gas cylinder type stays shall be provided to hold the door open. A
positive locking latch hall be provided to hold the door closed. This
compartment shall be the same. width and length as the compartments below and
the.same height as the distance from the top of the body side compartments to the
top of the hose bedsides.
Location shall be:
[X] Left Side
[X]Right Side
Height shall. be:
[X] i 0"
[ ] 15"
[ ] 20°
ENG. NOTES
Choose location .and height of compartments. Only available on full
height body sides.
Six (6) Partition -Rooftop Compartment, Vertical (Ea)
45-58-0100
ROOFTOP COMPARTMENT PARTITION
Six (6) bolt in partition(s) to match body material shall be installed in the rooftop
compartment. The partition(s) shall be fastened with #l0 self-tapping screws.
ENG. NOTES
Specify detailed .location of the compartments.
S One (1) Tailboard -Pumper, 16" D, for Ext. w/Grip
57-20-5110
TAILBOARD .
The tailboard shall be 16"-deep located between the rear body compartments.
The width. of the tailboard between the rear body compartments shall be 42"
when both compartments are 28" deep; 70" when both compartments are 14"
deep, -and 56"-when one compartment is 14" deep and the other compartment is
28" deep: The. tailboard surface shalTbe 3/16thick aluminum treadplate with 2-
1/2deep flanges on the front; rear, and-side edges. It shall be installed over a
heavy-duty steel framework to prevent the tailboard from bending and flexing.
The tailboard support shall be constructed of formed 1/4- 3/8plate, 2X 3tubes, 2X
tangles; and 3structural channels in a welded assembly..`It shall be bolted
..directly to the chassis frame rails, not the body.
All mounting bolts used to fasten the treadplate to the tailboard support shall be
5/16flat-head Phillips: Holes for these fasteners shall be countersunk so bolt
heads are flush with the. walking surface. Self-tapping sheet metal. screws shall
not be used to install the aluminum treadplate. There shall be a 1/2gap between
- the tailboard and the body to prevent moisture from being trapped. Rear outside
corners shall have a 445 degree miter to house the vehicle identification lights.
Light,mounting support shall be provided to protect and shield the lights -from
debris.
There shall be a "Gripstrut" insert welded into the tailboard.. The insert shall be
centered by width 31-3/4" wide x 4-1/2" deep:
ENG. NOTES.
Only for use with the extended pumper-with-standard (Non-flush) rear.
One (1) Hydraulic Ladder Rack
90-10-0100
HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
The ground ladders shall be mounted above the side compartments on a swing
. down ladder rack. This rack is to be constructed of 6061 aluminum plate and
6063 aluminum tubing. The rack is to be mounted to the body at three pivot
locations; front, rear and center. All pivot locations shall be bronzed bushed. and
all pins shall be 1" diameter.minimum: The center arm shall be constructed of
two 3/4" thick aluminum plates spaced no -less than 4.75" apart. The side pivot
arms shall be constructed of solid 3/4" x 2-1/2" aluminum. bar, gusseted at the top
where joining the tube structure. The tube structure under the ladder shall be no
less than 2" x 2" x 1/8" wall and shall be diagonally braced. The ladder must be
secured with. two leather lined.-quick release ladder locks.
One (1) double acting hydrauliccylinder shall be furnished at the center pivot
location to move the rack up and down. The cylinder shall have a 2 1/2" diameter
bore size and a 1-1/4" diameter piston rod size. The piston rod shall be threaded
and .provided with an adjustable clevis. Mounted directly to the cylinder shall be
a flow control valve to prevent the rack from dropping suddenly in case of
hydraulic line burst or leakage. A tie rod type cylinder with O-ring seals will not
be acceptable.
A door shall be provided to cover the hydraulic cylinder and will close
automatically when the rack is in the up position.
The hydraulic cylinder shall be operated by an independent hydraulic .pump
coupled to a 12 VDC motor. The pump. shall be capable of 150 cubic inches of
oil a minute at 1000 psi. The pump reservoir shall be made of high density
polyethylene and hold 46 cubic inches. of oil.
A guarded toggle switch shall control the hydraulic pump through a 12 volt relay.
This- switch shall be located on the pump panel to allow the operator full view of
the rack when lowering. An over center stainless steel eam lock shall secure the
ladder rack when in the up position. This cam lock shallprevent the ladder rack
from rrioving both side to side and from moving fore and aft during road travel.
The cam lock shall be installed at the forward position within easy reach of the
.operator. An indicator light shall be installed in the cab to notify the driver when
the cam.lock is unlocked from the stored position. There shall be interlocks to
prevent the rack from being lowered when the cam is closed or when the
compartment doors are open in the area of ladder rack travel.
The ladder rack shall be capable of being lowered within 12 seconds. When
lowered, the bottom of the rack shall not be more than 54 inches above the
ground.
A warning light, activated when parking brake is disengaged, shall. be provided in
the cab to indicate when rack is in motion.or down. Flashing lights shall be
provided on the front and rear of the rack and activated when rack is in use.
Reflective striping shall be provided on .the outward side of the rack.
ENG. NOTES ~ .
Not available with vertical exhaust or Upper crossrail option 57-20-0100.
Must also select 90-00-9650 and deselect 90-00-9600 ladder brackets
when choosing this option.
One.. (1) .Finish -Cornet interior, Gray ~olatone Paint •
91-01-1000
ZOLATONE FINISH -COMPARTMENT INTERIOR
Each compartment interior shall be finished with gray Zolatone type paint.
One (1) Hosebed Finish -Paint Job Color
91-02-2000 .
PAINT HOSEBED
The interior of the hose bed shall be painted to match the body color.
One (1) Warranty -Water Tank, Limited Lifetime '
91-75-0530
WARRANTY .
The water tank manufacturer shall provide a limited lifetime warranty.
One (1) Hose Load -Main Hosebed
45-60-0100
HOSE LOAD
The hose load in the main. hosebed shall be:
400' of 1.75"
1000' of 4"
1000' of 2.50"
ENG. NOTES
State quantity, size and manufacturer's brand of hose to be carried and
location of each size hose in bed from left to right (facing ,rear of truck).
One (1) Hosebed - w/Aluminum Slats, Pumper
45-60-0200
HOSEBED
The. hosebed shall be a minimum of 70" wide and shall be thoroughly reinforced
at the corners. Removable aluminum grating shall be installed in the bottom of
. the hosebed to provide ventilation. The grating slats shall be 4-5/8" wide by 1/2"
thick and shall have a corrugated or ribbed surface to help drain.and dry the hose.
The interior of the hosebed body shall be smooth and free from all sharp
projections that might damage the hose.
Pumper Body Style:
The shape of the hosebed for a pumper body shall be rectangular, 70" wide as
standard.
Rescue Pumper BodyStyle:
The shape of the hosebed for a rescue pumper body shall be T-shaped when the.
tank is shorter than the height of the body sides. The upper portion shall be 70"
wde'between the risers as standard. The bottomportion of the hosebed between
the compartments shall be 42" wide.
Choosing options such. as hatch compartments, hydraulic ladder rack, and/or split
body styles (one side pumper and one side rescue) may change the width and
shape of the hosebed.
Three (3) Hosebed Partitions - Aluminum; Milt Finish (Ea).
45-65-1300
HOSEBED DIVIDERS
Three (3) smooth aluminum hosebed divider(s) with a mill finish shall be
provided to separate the individual hose loads. The divider shall be constructed
of .1875" aluminum sheet welded to a T-shaped extruded foot that runs the full
length of the partition.. The divider(s) shall be fully adjustable by providing slide
tracks at the front and rear of the hosebed.. The divider shall be held in place by
.two (2) 5/16".tapered bolts at each end of the partition. The mounting bolts shall
turn into threaded slide blocks located in the track. Holes in the T-shaped foot
shall be countersunk so the-bolt head, is flush with the surrounding surface and
will not damage the hose.
ENG. NOTES
Hose Bed Partition Stiffeners 45-68-0100 required for hose bed partitions
,over 23" tall. ~ ,
S One (1) Hosebed Bulkhead full Width
45-65-13TP
BULKHEAD REAR OF FILL TOWERS
- There shall be a bulkhead. installed towards the rear of the fi1T towers the full
width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes the area
just in front of the backboard/ pike pole. storage area.
There shall be a bulkhead installed towards the rear of the fill towers the
- full width of the hosebed. There shall be a slide-out partition that includes ,
the area just in front of the backboard/ pike pole storage area.
- Three (3) Hosebed Part. Reinforcement- reg'd 23"-36" tall {Ea)
45-68-0100
HOSEBED DIVIDER REINFORCEMENT
A 1.25" round aluminum extrusion slotted on the bottom to fit over the top acid
rear edge of the partition shall be provided on each hosebed divider. The
extrusion shall be beveled at the corner and welded in place to reinforce the
.partition. This option is required for partitions with excessive length or height.
ENG. NOTES
Check Qty.Required for Hose Bed Partitions over 23" - 36" tall. If the
partition is over 36" tall, you must select the partition reinforcement with
bracket option.
S One (1) Hose Bed Compartments Vertical
45-68-0999
BACKBOARD/PIKE POLE COMPARTMENT
There shall be a vertical diamond plate compartment on the right side of the hose
bed to hold two (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold one (1) 6' pike pole
aad one (1) rubbish hook with d-handle.
There shall be a vertical diamond plate compartment on the right side of
the hose bed to hold-two (2) Backboards (separately) and also hold one
(1) 6' pike pole arid one (1) rubbish. hook -with d-handle.
One (1)° _Hosebed Cover - Hinged, ATP w/ Center Partition
45-68-1220
HOSEBED COVER
A 1/8" thick aluminum treadplate hosebed cover shall be provided. It shall fully
cover the entire top of the hosebed.. The cover shall be made of two (2) doors
with continuous piano type hinges bolted to each hosebed side panel. Hinges
shall be bolted to the covers. Edges of each cover shall be flanged down l-3/8"
and each corner shall be welded. Each cover shall be reinforced with 1-1/4"
square tubes. welded to the underside of the cover for increased strength.
The cover shall be supported in the center by a modified hosebed partition that
incorporates a channel at its top. The cover edges shall fit into the channel and
provide a draintrough.. The center partition shall be higher than hose body sides
to create a downward slope to each side of body for proper moisture drainage.
This center divider shall be allowed to move a maximum of 6" in either direction
to accommodate special hoseload requirements. A 150 lb. rated gas cylinder
-shall be installed on each cover to assist in lifting it. The cylinders shall also
hold the covers in the raised position. An aluminum treadplate panel shall be .
provided to close off the front of the hosebed.
ENG. NOTES
Must pick 45-68-1250;end flaps. NA w/15" riser & hyd Idr rack.Need
drawing for riser ht. If hose load regs center partition to move more .than
6", pick ATP cover 45-68-1210. Need dwg to determine.
One (1) Vinyl End. Flap - F/Rear of ATP Hosebed Cover
45-68-1250
WEIGHTED END FLAPS
A weighted and secured vinyl cover shall be provided for the rear of the
aluminum hosebed cover. The cover shall bemade of 16 oz per square yard
polyester coated with a urethane top coat (vinyl). The vinyl shall' be permanently
attached to the ATP cover and have stainless steel spring clips and hooks on the
bottom corners. This cover combination shall secure the-hose from unintentional
deployment while the vehicle is underway in normal operations.
Color of vinyl flap shall be:
[ ]Red
[ ]White.
[ ]Black
[ ]Yellow
S One (1) Access Cover -.Hinged, F/Water & Foam Tank fill Towers
45-68-:1300
HIlVGED ACCESS COVER
The forward end of the cover shall have a hinged access cover for the water &
foam tank fill towers. It shall be constructed of aluminum treadplate and be
equipped with a spring loaded snap latch.
ENG. NOTES
Requires option 45-68-1210 or 45-68-1220.
One (1) Compartment Door -Hinged.
57-00-0005
HINGED COMPARTMENT DOORS
The compartment doors, unless otherwise specified, are to be lap type, double
panel construction outer and inner panels. Outer pan edges that form the lap
portion- of the door shall be "hemmed" (bent over and back 180 degrees) over the
inner pan edges. Inside corners, at the hem area, shall be welded and ground
smooth: A minimum of one (1) "Z" shaped formed 14 gauge support rail (two
(2) if door is wider than 14") shall be. placed between the panels to stiffen and
reinforce the door. Stiffener shall be welded to the inside pan and fastened to the
outside pan with 3M two sided industrial strength taper
The doors sha116e weather stripped with an automotive bulb type extruded
rubber inner seal.' A second outer seal of closed cell :rubber shall be placed on the
lap edge of the door to prevent damage to the paint finish. Outer seal shall have
corrugated surface to prevent sticking.
The doors shall be mounted on highly polished stainless steel piano hinges with a
pin diameter of .25". Mounting holes shall be slotted vertically on one side of the
hinge and horizontally on the other side to provide for proper adjustment of the
door. ~ The hinge-pins shall .have spun ends (crowns) at both. ends to hold them in
place and provide a finished look: Eberhard 2061atches with stainless steel "D"
ring handles shall be provided on the lift, single, drop down, and lock door
(double door set-up). The free door (double door set-up) shall have an (2)
Eberhard latches -top and bottom with a single handle located inside the door
(standard location at bottom). Isolation tape shall be furnished between the door
hinge and door jam. A rubber gasket shall be provided between the "D" ring
handle and the door.
Verticallyhinged doors shall be equipped with Hansen SEZ or Thomas EZ spring
type door checks that also hold the doors in the open and closed position. Checks
shall be the two point mounting type for simplicity. Spring tension (15 lb.) shall
be easily adjustable. Checks shall have black zinc mounting brackets with
stainless steel springs, 11" long rods and clamps. Springs shall be polished.
Horizontally hinged doors shall be held in the opened position with gas cylinder
type stays. Switches for automatic compartment light operation shall be installed
in the door hinge area.
ENG. NOTES
You must selecta compartment door liner.-
Two (2) Compt. Door -Vert Hinged Double Door IPO Lift Up Door
57-00-0100
UPPER COMPARTMENT DOORS
In place of the standard horizontally hinged lift door in the over the wheels
compartment, there shall be vertically hinged double doors.
The location(s) for the vertical hinged double doors shall be:
Both RH over the wheel well compartments.
ENG. NOTES
Enter quantity and describe location(s)..
One (1) Sill Protector - Bodv Compt. Door, Brushed S/S
57-00-3500
COMPARTMENT DOORSILL PROTECTORS
Brushed stainless steel sill protectors, approximately .50" wide, shall be provided
on the body compartment door sills to protect the painted finish.
ENG. NOTES
Pump panel compartment is not included, see 30-10-9020..
Thirteen (13)
57-00-5204 Liner -Interior Comet Door, Brushed S/S (Ea)
BRUSHED STAINLESS COMPARTMENT DOOR LINERS
Brushed stainless steel overlay shall be provided on the inside of each
compartment door to protect the painted finish and to cover inside door
hardware.
ENG. NOTES
Be sure to adjust quantity to the number of doors on the apparatus
receiving hinged doors. You must select a compartment door liner for all
hinged doors, including those on broomer comets, which are always
- hinged.
Twenty One (21~)
57-05-0100 Dri-Dek -Per Compartment /Shelf / Tray (Ea)
DRI-DEK
Twenty-0ne (21) Black Dri-Dek mats shall be provided and installed on
compartment floors and/or in shelves/trays as specified.
[ ]All. compartments
[ ] All,Shelves and Trays.
[ ]Compartments, Shelves and Trays as Specified:
Eight (8) Shelf - Adjustable, Stainless Steel (Ea)
57-05-3030
ADJUSTABLE SHELF OR SHELVES
Eight (8) adjustable shelf or shelves,(with open corners) made from 12 gauge 304
stainless steel shall be provided. Each shelf shall be supported by four (4)
stainless steel angles bolted to "alumastrut" tracks for adjustability.
Location of shelves shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Please provide location and quantity of shelves.Shelves are universally
sized for the compartmenf they occupy. Special sizes are not available.
S One (1) Tool Chest
57-05-41 TP
TOOL CHEST
There shall be a LAFD style tool chest located in-the driver's side front comet.
There shall be a LAFD style tool chest located in the driver's side front
.comet. This tool chest shall match the LAFD Engine 51 tool chest that is
mounted in the R/S rear compartment
One (1) Swing Out Tool Board- Aluminum Peg Board, Adjustable (Ea)
57-05-5025
SWING-OUT TOOL BOARD(S)
-One (1) swing-out tool board(s) shall be installed as instructed by the fire
department, for mounting of fire department tools and equipment.. Each tool
board shall be constructed of .1875" aluminum pegboard awith 1..00" hole
spacing and mounted on heavy duty hinges. The top and outside edges of the
pegboard(s) shall be reinforced with heavy duty 1.25" round aluminum extrusion.
Each board shall be hinged at the front or rear (specify) and latched opposite the
hinge. The board(s) shall be horizontally adjustable on unistrut.
The hinge on the pegboard shall beat the front [ ] or.the rear
Location of swing out tool board(s). shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Please identify location and if pegboard is to be hinged at the front or
rear.
S One (1) Factory tool mounting
57-05-9999
- TOOL MOUNTING
Seagrave will mount specified tools on-unit prior to delivery. Tools and mounting
locations will be determined both before purchase and at.preconstruction
meeting. .
Seagrave will mount specified tools on unit prior to delivery. Tools and
. mounting locations will be determined. both before purchase and at
preconstructionmeetjng.
One (1) Mike Compartment -High Polished S/S Door
57-10-0100
MIKE COMPARTMENT
A mike and speaker compartment with a high polished stainless steel door with
chrome plated latch. shall be furnished adjacent to the pump operator's panel.- The
compartment size shall be 9" wide x 12" high x 8" deep with a 7" x 11.75" door
opening.
ENG. NOTES
Mike-compartment is not allowed with a third folding step on front of body.
Mike box may fit on the operator stand.
One (1) Air Bottle Comets - (8) Bottles. In Sinale Wheel Well Rect.
57-10-1300
-AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENTS
There. shall be four (4) enclosures to accommodate eight (8)-air bottles. Four (4) .
double air bottle compartments shall be located,- one each side in front of the rear
wheels and one each side behind the rear wheels. The compartments shall be
fabricated to match the body type, provide a minimum of 26.00" usable depth,
and an 8.OOoverall height. There shall be a rubber pad provided on the rear wall
to prevent bottle dainage. The bottom half of each compartment shall be lined
-with a ribbed rubber matting to prevent damage to the bottles. The double
compartments shall have a single wide opening and a raised nylon center divider
to prevent the bottles from rollingtogether.
ENG: NOTES
Please verify the air bottle size being provided. Requires (4) air bottle
compartment doors.
Four (4) Air Bottle Compt. Door -Brushed w/Lift & Turn (Ea)
57-10-159 0
AII2 BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR
The compartment doors shall be constructed of 14 gauge brushed stainless steel
secured by a full length stainless steel hinge and a chrome finish lift and turn
lock.
ENG. NOTES
Adjust .quantity to match how many bottle enclosures, not bottles.
One (1) -Steps -Chrome Folding
57-20-8010
BODY STEPS
There shall be 3 chrome folding steps on the front of the body; two on the
driver's side and one on the officer's side.' There shall be chrome folding steps on
both sides of the rear, in sufficient quantities, to meet NFPA regulations for the „
height configured by the body and tank. chosen.
The folding steps shall be a minimum of 42 square: inches of serrated non-skid
surface per step. Each step shall be tested to withstand a.minmum of 2000
pounds of static load. Heavy duty stainless steel springs,shall be incorporated in
the hinge to hold the step in either the open or closed positions.
Two (2) 8" knurled grab rails shall be provided on the front of the body, one on
each side, as high as possible in compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for 3-
point contact for access and egress at that .location..
One (1) Handrail- Body. (3) Rear, Intermediate X-rail
57-25-0110
BODY HANDRAILS
Handrails to be 1-1/4"diameter extruded, knurled, aluminum with a bright
anodized finish.
All handrail stanchions shall be chrome plated. They shall be bolted to the body
with 1/4" stainless steel hex head bolts. Stanchions shall have a rubberized
gasket placed between them and the body surface they are mounted on. A drain
hole shall be provided in each bottom stanchion.
Handrails shall be installed as follows:
One (1) handrail; a minimum of 30" long, shall be provided and installed on each
rear beavertail or body side. Each handrail. shall be located so as to provide a 3-
point stance while climbing onto and. off the rear step.
One (1) full-width intermediate handrail shall be installed below the hosebed.
Additional handrails may be required per NFPA, dependent upon body
configuration:
One (1) Rub Rail, Side Bodv - S/S, Brushed
57-30-0120
RUB RAILS
Brushed stainless. steel rub rails shall be provided along the lower portion of the
..body; beneath the compartment doors, on each side to prevent damage to the
body and finish. The rub rails shall be a minimum of 2-5/8" wide x 1" deep and
shall. be mounted on rubber supports. Rub rails shall have a 1" x l" chamfer at
the front and rear of the rail. The rails shall protrude 1-11/16".from the face of
the body.
Eight. (8) Finish - Adjustable Shelf, DA (Ea)
91-01-5300
DA'd FINISH -ADJUSTABLE SHELF(S):
Eight (8) adjustable shelf(s) shall have a DA'd finish.
S Two (2) Recessed Havis Shield Floods .
23-01-9999
RECESSED BODY MOUNTED SCENELIGHTS
Two (2) Havis-Shields Equipment Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-L and KR-
4035X-D-R comprised of the following components shall.be supplied.
A Kwik-Strike _4000,"model KR-4000 .light fixture shall be supplied. The overall
rectangular die cast light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide by 7" high by 1.875"
- deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 35 watt 12 volt light shall have a
Xenon, high. intensity ..discharge (HID) bulb with a field replaceable, .aluminum
reflector The reflector shall project light in an' asymmetrical downward.. angle
pattern out from the center of the light fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated, internal mounted, electronic
ballast assembly. for corrosion and. vibration resistance. The ballast and bulb
assembly will be easily accessible by removing the front faceplate also. made of
die cast aluminum-and finish as the main housing. This faceplate will cover the
ballast storage compartment which, when facing the light fixture, will be oriented
on the left side and the right side.
Two (2) Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with one (1)
3-way switch for both lights including aswitch in cab.
Two (2) Havis-Shields Equipment Corp. part number KR-4035X-D-Land
KR-4035X-D-R comprised of the following components shall be supplied.
A Kwik-Strike 4000, model KR-4000 light fixture shall be supplied. The- .
overall rectangular die cast light fixture shall measure 9.3" wide by 7" high
by.1.875" deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 35 watt 12 volt
light shall have a Xenon, high intensity discharge (HID) bulb with a field •
replaceable, aluminum reflector The reflector shall project light in an
asymmetrical-downward angle pattern out from the center of the light
fixture.
The fixture shall have an epoxy encapsulated, internal mounted,
electronic ballast assembly for corrosion and vibration resistance. The
ballast and bulb assembly will. be easily accessible by removing,the front
faceplate also made of die casf aluminum and finish as the main housing.
This faceplate will cover the ballast storage compartment which, when
facing the light fixture, will be oriented on the left side and the right side.
Two (2) Havis Shield recessed flood lights mounted on rear of body with
one (1) 3-way switch.. for both lights including a switch in cab.
Two (2) Telescopic-Pole Mt - HS: KR-SB-1100,Side Mt,PushUp,Rmt (Ea)
71-GH-1100
TELESCOPIC POLE MOUNT SCENELIGHT(S)
Two (2) -Havis Shields model KR-SB-.1100, side mounting, .push-up, telescopic
pole with manual remote controlledlighthead assembly,.shall be installed as
directed by the fire department.
Model KR-SB-1100 telescopic pole(s) shall be located:
ENG. NOTES
iD location. Only available with Magnafire lampheads. Not available w/
concealed wire or on/off switch. Access steps/handrail must be provided if
not operable from ground. Spec/cost doesn't include light.
Two (2) ~hthead - HS, Magnafire 3000, KR-32,_12V, 150W HID (Ea)
71-KH-3032
Two (2) Havis Shields Magnafire 3000, KR-32, 12 volt, 150 watt, 6 amp, metal
halide HID,: lighthead(s) shall be installed as directed by the fire department.
ENG. NOTES -
Not available on KR-2500-SP-KOV, KR-SB-65X-W4, KR=2800, KR-2900,
KR-3100 Havis Shields mounts. Spec & cost does not include mount.
Two (2) Light Raised Indicator Switch- HS. (-I) (Ea)
71-PH-OL01
Two. (2) Havis Shields telescopic. poles shall be connected to the hazard indicator
in the cab. The hazard light shall be activated when the telescopic light is not in
-the nested position.
Three (3) 12V Light Switched at Cab Dash & Op St w/ 3 Way Switch
71-YO-0025
Three (3) 12 volt light(s) shall be switched at the cab dsah and the pump operator
stand with a 3-way switch.
Two (2) Switches are for each telescoping light. The additional switch is
for the rear floodlights. The rear lights are to be switched from the cab
dash and the rear of the body.
One (1) Ground Ladders -Pumpers "
90-00-0100
GROUND LADDERS
Ladders shall be provided in full compliance with NFPA 1901 requirements for
pumper trucks. The following ground ladders shall be provided:
One (1) Ladder -Folding, Duo-Safety #585A, 10' Aluminum
90-00-1000
DUO-SAFETY #585A, 10' ALUMINUM FOLDING LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety l0 ft aluminum folding "ladder, Series 585-A
One (1) Ladder -Roof, Duo-Safety #775A, 14' Aluminum
90-00-2700
DUO-SAFETY#775A, 14' ALUMINUM ROOF LADDER
One (1)Duo-Safety 14 ft aluminum roof ladder, Series 775-A
One (1) Ladder - 24'-2 Sect. Ext., Duo-Safety #900A, Aluminum
90-00-4100
DUO-SAFETY-#900A, 24'-2 SECT. ALUM EXT LADDER
One (.1)Duo-Safety 24 ft. 2-section: aluminum extension ladder, Series 900-A
One (1) Ladder Brackets. F/Hvd Ladder Rack
90-00-9650
LADDER BRACKETS
There shall be two stainless steel fabricated ladder brackets with an unpainted
finish used to install the ladders on the hydraulic ladder rack. The ladder
brackets shall bolt to horizontal adjustable stakes on the rack.
One (1) Ladder Bracket Nylon Wear Strips
90-00-9690
LADDER BRACKET NYLON WEAR STRIPS
The ladder brackets shall have nylon (UHMW) wear strips attached to prevent
damage to the- ladders.
One (1) Ladder Clamps - Pull/Twist Tvpe
90-00-9800
LADDER CLAMPS
Polished aluminum pull/quarter turn type ladder clamps shall be provided for the
ground ladders. They shall be vertically adjustable up and down independent of
:the ladder brackets. Clamps shall be attached to a stainless steel spring loaded
shaft, Clamp spring Pension shall be adjustable. The spring assembly shall be
fully enclosed within a white metal cast housing. Housing shall be painted a
silver/gray color. A vertically adjustable rubber bumper shall be placed in the
ladder bracket mounting guide to serve as a stop or rest for the inside lower
ladder beam and to prevent it from hitting and damaging.the body sides.
One (1) Pike "Poles .
90-05-0100
PIKE POLES/MOUNTING
The.following pike poles shall be furnished:
One (1) Pike Pole - 6' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberglass Handle
90-05-2200
6' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1) 6 ft. Duo-Safety pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
One (1) Pike Pole - 10' Duo-Safety w/ Hollow Fiberglass Handle
90-05-2400
10' PIKE POLE WITH FIBERGLASS .HANDLE
One (1) 10 ft. Duo-Safety pike pole(s) with hollow fiberglass handle(s).
S One (1) Rubbish Hook - 6' Nupla RH-6
90-05-2499
6' RUBBISH HOOK WITH FIBERGLASS HANDLE
One (1) 5 ft. Nupla Rubbish Hook with hollow fiberglass handle(s) w/D-handle.
One (1) "D".Handles for PikePoles(Ea)
90-05-5100 •
"D" HANDLES FOR PIKE POLES
Each pike pole shall be provided with a "D" ring handle.
One (1) Pike Pale Mountinq - (2) Clips (Ea)
90-05-6150.
TULIP CLIP PIKE POLE MOUNTS
The pike poles shall be mounted in tulip clips.
Location of mounting clips shall be
.One (1) Pike Pole Mountinq -Aluminum: Tube (Ea)
90-05-6550
ALUMINUM TUBE PIKE POLE MOUNTS
The pike poles shall be mounted below the ground ladders in aluminum tubes.
Tubes that are mounted to the top of the compartment shall not be acceptable.
No Exceptions.
One (1) Wheel Chocks - (2) Zico Folding Alum. (Pumper)
90-21-0300
ZICO FOLDING ALUMINUM WHEEL CHOCKS.
Two (2) folding. aluminum wheel chocks Model SAC-44 with SQCH-44-H
holders shall be furnished. The holders shall be installed by the manufacturer
and the chocks shipped loose with the apparatus.
Mounting location of wheel chock holders shall be:
S One (1) Attic Ladder and 10' pike-pole mounted on Hvd Ladder rack
91-1~0-0999
FOLDING LADDER & PIKE POLE MOUNTING
The Attic ladder and 10' Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydrualic ladder rack.
.The Attic ladder and 10' Pike pole shall be mounted on the hydraulic
ladder rack.
One (1) Paint - Prea & Finish,. Non-Metallic
91-00-0000
- PAINT PREP AND FINISH
All bright metal parts shall be chrome plated or stainless.steel (brushed and/or
,polished) or bright finish aluminum treadplate. The body and cab shall be treated.
in critical areas during assembly with an anti-corrosive and rust preventative
wherever necessary. The complete exterior of the apparatus shall be painted with
polyurethane paint of the highest quality. The cab, pump compartment and body
shall be prime and,finish painted prior to installation on the chassis to ensure
paint coverage in all areas (including the difficult to reach places) meets or
exceeds the mil thickness requirements of the paint manufacturer. The
compartment doors shall be fitted, then removed and painted separately.to ensure
finish paint behind the hinges and seals. The exterior and interior of the cab shall
be finish painted before doors are mounted or any assembly is started to insure a
finished. painted surface beneath trim items.
One (1) Paint -Prep & Finish
91-00-2600
PAINT PREPARATION
All substrates shall b~ thoroughly cleaned, before painting, with a
chemical/phosphatizing cleaner, cleaner coater and sealer, The entire unit shall be
wiped with 3919-5 wax -and grease remover. This process shall ensure a clean-
substrate free of all contaminants prior topriming.
PRIIVIER_
All prepared surfaces shall be primed with a minimum of three (3) coats of
primer, designed to provide excellent fill and corrosion resistance when used
over properly prepared substrates. Two (2) cross-coats of 3980 urethane lead and
chrome free primer.
TOPCOAT
The entire unit shall be DA sanded using. 280 grit or finer to provide for the
optimum topcoat appearance. 3939-5 cleaner shall be used to remove all sanding
dust prior to topcoat application. Three (3) wet coats of high quality two-
component polyurethane PPG Del Fleet shall be applied to insure a long lasting
premium performance finish.
PAINTERS
All. painters shall be PPG certified. They shall be re-certified periodically in order
to keep up to current standards and procedures in the paint industry.
FACILITY
The finishing facility shall be PPG certified. In order to be certified, the facility
shall meet or exceed the extensive and stringent requirements demanded by PPG.
The paint facility shall be audited quarterly to ensure proper equipment,
procedures and safety regulations are being used and adhered to;
One (1) Paint -Clear Coat Paint Finish (Exterior)
91-00-3000
CLEAR COAT PAINT
Upon completion. of the color coats, a clear coat paint finish shall be applied to
the entire exterior of the vehicle.
ENC..NOTES
Note:.Series 5000 only!)
One (1) Paint -.frame & Undercarriage Finish, Job. Color
91-00-4600.
FRAME & UNDERCARRIAGE. FINISH
The chassis frame, bumper extension, suspension, axles, air tanks, fuel tank,
battery boxes, etc shall be painted job color along with the following items.
- Pump module mounting brackets.
-Body mounting brackets.
- Steering-gearbox and steering link arm.
- Drive shafts:.
-.Front suction (when furnished).
The following items shall be furnished with the finish as provided by their
respective manufacturer.
- Engine, transmission and accessories.
-:Exhaust system...
-Retarder (when furnished).
PTO & hydraulic pump (when furnished).
- Cab lift cylinders & hydraulic pump:
= Shock absorbers.
- Fuel filter.
- Air drier and air cleaner.
- Electrical wiring and loom.
- Air brake lines, valves and mounting brackets.
One (1) .Paint --Cab Interior, Gray Zolatone Paint
91-00-5000
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be provided with gray Zolatone paint.
One (1) Paint.--Cab Interior, Clear Coat (Full Cabs)
91-00-5400
PAINT INSIDE OF CAB
The inside of the cab shall be clear coated.
One (1) Paint -Cab Exterior, One Color
91-00-5900
SINGLE COLOR CAB- PAINT
The cab shall be painted one color. A decorative molding shall be installed
horizontally across the front of the cab above the wipers and taper down with a
radius even with the outside corners of the grille.
Paint number shall be:
ENG. NOTES
Remember to provide paint codes in Shop Notes.
.One (1) Cab Decorative Trim Molding -Straight
91-00-A120
A decorative molding shall .provided around the cab. The decorative molding
shall be horizontal across the front of the cab above the wipers.
Trim configuration below windshield shall be:
- At horizontal trim below windshield
One (1) Paint - Body Exterior, Single Color
91-02-1000
BODY PAINT, SINGLE COLOR
The body of the apparatus shall be painted to match-the primary cab color.
ENG. NOTES
Remember to provide paint. codes in. Shop Notes.
One (1) ' Paint -Pump Compt/PumpNalves/Plumbing, Job Color -
91-02-3000
PUMP COMPARTMENT, PUMP, VALVES, HARD PIPIlVG -PAINT
The pump compartment, pump, intake and discharge. valves, and -all hard piping
shall be painted job color.
ENG. NOTES
Drains,:drain lines and foam system components shall not be painted..
One {1) 4" Reflective Striping
91-03-0400
REFLECTIVE STRIPING
A.4" reflective stripe shall be provided around the perimeter of the vehicle. At
least 50 percent of the cab-and body sides, at least 50 percent of the rear-body
width and at least 25 percent of the width of the cab front shall have reflective .
material affixed to it per NFPA standards.
Color shall be:
[ ]White
[ ]Black
[ l Red
One (1) 1" Border -Each Side Of Reflective Stripe
91-03-3000..
1 "REFLECTIVE STRIPING
A one -inch border shall be provided just. above and below the- large reflective
apparatus striping.
Color shall be:
[ ] VVhite
[ ]Black.
[ ]Red
One (1) Chevron Striping -Rear Facing Compt Body Panels Only
91-03-4000
CHEVRON STRIPING
The-rear facing body panels outside the hose bed area shall be covered with 6"
wide reflective striping in an alternating Scotchlite Red and.Scotchlite Yellow
chevron pattern with the stripes running at a 45 degree downward angle from the
top center of the vehicle.
ENG. NOTES
Available on Matrix Bodies only,. SOPR for other applications.Body panels
under the hose bed-and on the insides of the "beavertails" shall be
covered in ATP, as is standard.
Forty (40) Lettering - Reflective Color, 4" (per Ltr)
91-04-0140
LETTERING
Forty {40) letters in 4" reflective color shall be installed on the apparatus as
directed by the fire department.
Color of 4" reflective lettering shall be:
[ ]White 5000
[ ]Gold
[ ]Black
{ ]Ruby Red
[ ]Blue
ENG. NOTES
Please identify font, upper/lower case, color, letters needed, and exact
location and presentation on the apparatus where the letters are to be
installed. For letter shading/highlighting, see 91-04-9502..
S One (1) Warranty - Seagrave, Base, 3 Year Parts & Labor, All Units
91-50-0100
MANUFACTURER'S LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC, warrants to the original owner that each new
Seagrave fire apparatus manufactured shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship under normal .use and service for a period of three (3) years from
the date of delivery. For further details, please refer to the enclosed warranty
documents.
3 Year- Parts & Labor Warranty
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included-with the proposal
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Cab, Structural - 10 Years .
91-50-0200
CAB -TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL 1NTEGRTI'Y LIMITED WARRANTY .
..Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the cab of each -new custom fire and
rescue vehicle manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused
by defective design or workmanship for a warranty period of ten years after the
date on which the vehicle is first delivered to the. original purchaser or 100,000
miles, whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to the cab tubular support.
and mounting structures and to the other structural components, as identified in
Seagrave's specifications, of the cab: For further details, please refer to the
enclosed warranty documents.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can. be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Body, Structural -10 Years
91-50-0300
BODY TEN YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED.WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the body of each new fire and rescue
vehicle built by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship for a warranty period often years after the date on which
the vehicle is first delivered to the original purchaser or'100,000 miles,
whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to the body, it's support and
mounting structures and other structural components, as identified in Seagrave's
specifications, of the body. For further details, please refer to the warranty
documents enclosed.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
.These. documents must be printed and included with the proposal
One (1) Warranty -Seagrave, Frame Rail. Structural- Lifetime
91-50-0500
.CHASSIS -FRAME RAIL LIFETIME ,STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY LIMITED
WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants each new chassis frame rail
manufactured by Seagrave to be free of structural failures caused by defective
design, material or workmanship fora warranty period equal to the vehicle's
useful life after the date on,which the vehicle is first delivered to the original
purchaser. For further details, please refer to the warranty documents enclosed.
- ENG.. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warrantv - Seagrave, Paint & Corrosion, 6 Years, Pro-Rated, All
Units
91-50-0600
PAINT/CORROSION LIMITED WARRANTY
Seagrave Fire Apparatus, LLC warrants the paint on each new cab and body
manufactured by Seagrave for a period of six (6) years after the date on-which
the vehicle is first delivered to;the original purchaser. Seagrave warrants that the
areas finished will be free throughout the warranty period from defects causing
paint failures resulting in corrosion, blistering, cracking,peeling, hazing,
chalking, delamination or unreasonable loss of gloss throughout the entire area
finished: Seagrave also warrants each new cab and body manufactured by
Seagrave against exterior corrosion perforation for a warranty period of ten (10)
years .after the date on which the vehicle is-first delivered to the original
purchaser or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first. This warranty is limited to
• exterior painted urfaces of the cab and body of the vehicle and does contain
some pro=rated stipulations. For further details, please see the enclose warranty
documents.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Warrantv -Seagrave, Plumbing, 10 Years
91-50-0700
PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The stainless steel plumbing components used in the construction of the
.water/foam plumbing system-shall be warranted for a period of at least ten (10)
years•or 100,000 miles and shall cover structural failures caused by defective
design or workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion, provided the
apparatus is used in a normal and reasonable manner.
ENG. NOTES
The actual warranty documents can be found in the PDF tab of this item.
These documents must be printed and included with the proposal.
One (1) Weight analysis -Required if over Min. NFPA Equip.
92-00-1000
WEIGHT ANALYSIS -LOOSE EQUIPMENT
It shall be the. responsibility of the purchaser to specify the details of the
apparatus; its required performance, including where operations at elevations
above 2000 ft (610m) or on grades greater than. 6 percent are required; the
maximum number of fire fighters to ride within the apparatus; specific added
- continuous electrical loads which exceed the minimum of this standard; and any
hose, ground ladders, or equipment to be carried by the apparatus that exceed the
minimum requirements of this standard.
ENG. NOTES
A weight analysis is required on all of the loose equipment to be provided
on this unit.
S One (1) Loose Equipment
93-00-9998
LOOSE EQUIPMENT
Unit shall be delivered with all loose equipment specified previously by Vernon
Fire Department to be provided by California Seagrave.
Unit shall be delivered with all loose equipment specified previously by
Vernon Fire Department to be provided by California. Seagrave.
Two (2) Oper & Parts Manuals w/Wiring Diagram - (2) CD (Non-Aerial)
98-50-5000
ELECTRONIC OPERATOR'S & PARTS MANUAL
A binder shall be supplied. that has CDs and paper documents as listed below.
The CD's shall have a linked Navigation page for easy access to information.
Navigation Page:
Instructions
Operation Manuals
Service & Maintenance
Electrical Systems -
Parts
Certificates & Warranties
The binder shall contain 2 duplicate CDs. Each CD shall have:
1. Operations & maintenance instructions for all items on the vehicle, except the
engine. The CD shall also include instructions for the transmission and the pump,
if applicable.
2. Electrical diagrams including charts illustrating the individual wire color,
number code, and function.
3. Parts manuals keyed to OEM bill of materials code system for ease of locating.
replacement parts. An overall vehicle layout in 5 views and expanded drawings
shall be provided to assist in part identification.
4. Certificates
5. Warranties
Printed documents shall include:
1. Operations & maintenance instructions for engine.
2. Certificates of independent test results.
3. Warranty documents.
4. Manufacturer's record of construction details and engine. power curve.
5. Vehicle alignment report.
6. Caution label: "Do Not Wear Helmet While Seated".
Additional CDs and paper documents, as provided by equipment suppliers, shall
also be included.
One (1) "Proposal" Cover Letter -Marauder II
00-03-221 M
PROPOSAL
SEAGRA`VE-FIRE APPARATUS, LLC
April, 21st 2009
Vernon Fire Department
Vernon, CA
Fire Chief Mark Whitworth:
Thank you for the opportunity to present this proposal for a new Seagrave
"Marauder II" Fire Apparatus. Seagrave is prepared to manufacture for you, upon
an order being placed by -you for final acceptance by Seagrave Fire Apparatus,
LLC at its home office in Clintonville,. Wisconsin, the apparatus and equipment
herein named and for. the following .prices:
Quantity 2 Marauder. II Pumpers
The attached specification document is only a preliminary .proposal; it can be
modified to suit the exact needs of your. Fire Department.- Our Sales and
Engineering. staff is ready and able to provide you with whatever assistance and
resources you need to complete the complicated task of designing a custom fire
apparatus specifically to meet your -needs, ° and then to produce a set of
specifications for publication that accurately defines .what -your community
requires'. Based on our current backlog of orders, the apparatus and equipment
detailed in the attached specification can be delivered to you at the above address
within approximately 260 calendar days after receiving .the. signed approval
drawings and the acceptance thereof at our office in Clintonville, Wisconsin.
The published specification document shall form a part of the final contract, and
is subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are
interlined. prior to the acceptance by the company of the offer to purchase, and.
. provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of
the apparatus or said costs have been negotiated, documented and accepted by
both parties.
Representing SEAGRAVE FIRE APPARATUS, LLC
By
~..T... ~ ..v..
SALES, SERVICE & PARTS
17160 Alburtis Ave, Artesia CA 91760
Phone: 562 924-4499 Fax: 562 924-3322 E-mail: manny@caseagrave.com
Apri121, 2009
. Fire Chief 1VIark Whitworth
Engineer Dave Shea
Vernon Fire Department
4305 Santa Fe Ave
Vernon, CA 90058-
- Re: Seagrave Marauder II Pumper
Chief ~~'hit~~~orth. Filgineer Shea. California Sc~i~rn~~e i~ happy to provide your
department ~~~i1h 1h~ follo~~~ ing hroj~osal for t~~ o Se,1~ra~~c 1v>Iarat~der II Custom Pumpers.
This pricing includes the foll~~«~iii~~: 1'OB to Vcrnoii Fire D~h<~rtment,~"('raining onnew
appar~~tu~, all inspection trips a»d a~~ociated costs, Intcrcon~s ~md intercom installation, -
radioin~~talla(ion off' Vern~nT'ireD~partil~entpro~ ic]e~l radios,lactorv warranties, and all
2009 N1~P,-1~I9U 1 safe(>> uh~~radcs. Attached ~~re the Pumper specifi~•ntions designed
specficall~~for the City bf Vernon Fire Department.
~Thef~>llo~l~ii~~ pi~icin~ is calcul~iied ona fiillpa~~~nenton d~li~~er~~-arid acceptance by
Vernon=Fire ~t~ersonncl for t~~'o Pumper~~
Seagrave Il~Iarau~I~r I I C~istom Pumper 1st ~ $621,903.00 each
Seagrave Marauder it Cuswiu Pumper 211` $611,903.00 each
Total (Two Pumpers) $1,233,806.00
Tax $114,127.00.
Total Sell Price $1,347,933.00
Delivery for these units is 260 calendar days from receipt of signed purchase order: The
above mentioned intercoms and Vernon Fire Department supplied radios will be installed
at California Seagrave. Should you have any questions. please call me at 626 893-9589.
Thank you,
.Manny Perez .
Sales Manager; Seagrave